elibrary.ltelibrary.lt/resursai/DB/LB/ES_rinkinys/EB_kredito_istaigos_2.pdf · 3 TURINYS Kapitalo pakankamumas 7 Council Directive 93/6/EEC of 15 March 1993 on the capital adequacy

1

EUROPOS BENDRIJOSTEISËS AKTØ

RINKINYS

K r e d i t o á s t a i g o s

Antra knyga

Serija leidþiama nuo 2002 m.

Vilnius2003

2

Leidinio sudarytoja Aelita LikienëRedaktorius Jurgis Paskoèinas

Pastabas ir pasiûlymus dël leidinio pateikite Lietuvos bankoTarptautiniø ryðiø departamentui:

Gedimino pr. 6, LT-2001 Vilnius; tel. (8 5) 2 68 02 51, faks. (8 5) 2 68 02 73,el. p. [email protected]

3

TURINYS

Kapitalo pakankamumas 7

Council Directive 93/6/EEC of 15 March 1993 on the capital adequacy ofinvestments firms and credit institutions 8

1993 m. kovo 15 d. Tarybos direktyva 93/6/EEB dël investiciniø firmø irkredito ástaigø kapitalo pakankamumo 9

Directive 98/31/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of22 June 1998 amending Council Directive 93/6/EEC on the capitaladequacy of investment firms and credit institutions 84

1998 m. birþelio 22 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 98/31/EB,ið dalies pakeièianti Tarybos direktyvà 93/6/EEB dël investiciniø firmø irkredito ástaigø kapitalo pakankamumo 85

Directive 98/33/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of22 June 1998 amending Article 12 of Council Directive 77/780/EEC on thetaking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions, Articles 2, 5, 6,7, 8 of and Annexes II and III to Council Directive 89/647/EEC ona solvency ratio for credit institutions and Article 2 of and Annex II toCouncil Directive 93/6/EEC on the capital adequacy of investment firmsand credit institutions 126

1998 m. birþelio 22 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 98/33/EB,ið dalies pakeièianti Tarybos direktyvos 77/780/EEB dël kredito ástaigøsteigimosi ir veiklos 12 straipsná, Tarybos direktyvos 89/647/EEB dëlkredito ástaigø mokumo normatyvo 2, 5, 6, 7, 8 straipsnius ir II bei III priedusir Tarybos direktyvos 93/6/EEB dël investiciniø firmø ir kredito ástaigøkapitalo pakankamumo 2 straipsná ir II priedà 127

Elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos 149

Directive 2000/28/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18September 2000 amending Directive 2000/12/EC relating to the taking upand pursuit of the business of credit institutions 150

2000 m. rugsëjo 18 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 2000/28/EB,ið dalies pakeièianti Direktyvà 2000/12/EB dël kredito ástaigø steigimosi irveiklos 151

4

Directive 2000/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18September 2000 on the taking up, pursuit of and prudential supervisionof the business of electronic money institutions 154

2000 m. rugsëjo 18 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 2000/46/EBdël elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø steigimosi, veiklos ir rizikà ribojanèiosprieþiûros 155

Ataskaitos 173

Council Directive of 8 December 1986 on the annual accounts andconsolidated accounts of banks and other financial institutions(86/635/EEC) 174

1986 m. gruodþio 8 d. Tarybos direktyva dël bankø ir kitø finansø ástaigømetiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø (86/635/EEB) 175

Council Directive of 13 February 1989 on the obligations of branchesestablished in a Member State of credit institutions and financialinstitutions having their head offices outside that Member State regardingthe publication of annual accounting documents (89/117/EEC) 232

1989 m. vasario 13 d. Tarybos direktyva dël kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kuriøpagrindinës buveinës yra kitose valstybëse narëse, skyriø prievoliø, susijusiøsu metiniø finansiniø atskaitomybës dokumentø skelbimu (89/117/EEB) 233

Directive 2001/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of27 September 2001 amending Directives 78/660/EEC, 83/349/EEC and86/635/EEC as regards the valuation rules for the annual and consolidatedaccounts of certain types of companies as well as of banks and otherfinancial institutions 242

2001 m. rugsëjo 27 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva2001/65/EB, ið dalies pakeièianti direktyvas 78/660/EEB, 83/349/EEB ir86/635/EEB, dël tam tikrø bendroviø, taip pat bankø ir kitø finansø ástaigømetiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø vertinimo taisykliø 243

Indëliø garantijø sistemos 261

Directive 94/19/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of30 May 1994 on deposit-guarantee schemes 262

1994 m. geguþës 30 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 94/19/EBdël indëliø garantijø sistemø 263

5

Kredito ástaigø reorganizavimas ir likvidavimas 293

Directive 2001/24/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of4 April 2001 on the reorganisation and winding up of credit institutions 294

2001 m. balandþio 4 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva2001/24/EB dël kredito ástaigø reorganizavimo ir likvidavimo 295

Þodynas 331

Rodyklë 341

KAPITALOPAKANKAMUMAS

Council Directive 93/6/EEC

8

Direktyva iðspausdinta „Europos bendrijø oficialiajame leidinyje“ L 141, 1993 06 11, p. 1–26

COUNCIL DIRECTIVE 93/6/EEC

of 15 March 1993

on the capital adequacy of investments firms and credit institutions

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,

Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and inparticular the first and third sentences of Article 57 (2) thereof,

Having regard to the proposal from the Commission (1),

In cooperation with the European Parliament (2),

Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee (3),

Whereas the main objective of Council Directive 93/22/EEC of 10 May 1993 oninvestment services in the securities field (4) is to allow investment firms authorizedby the competent authorities of their home Member States and supervised by thesame authorities to establish branches and provide services freely in other MemberStates; whereas that Directive accordingly provides for the coordination of the rulesgoverning the authorization and pursuit of the business of investment firms;

Whereas that Directive does not, however, establish common standards for the ownfunds of investment firms nor indeed does it establish the amounts of the initial capitalof such firms; whereas it does not establish a common framework for monitoring therisks incurred by the same firms; whereas it refers, in several of its provisions, toanother Community initiative, the objective of which would be precisely to adoptcoordinated measures in those fields;

Whereas the approach that has been adopted is to effect only the essential harmonizationthat is necessary and sufficient to secure the mutual recognition of authorization andof prudential supervision systems; whereas the adoption of measures to coordinatethe definition of the own funds of investment firms, the establishment of the amountsof their initial capital and the establishment of a common framework for monitoringthe risks incurred by investment firms are essential aspects of the harmonizationnecessary for the achievement of mutual recognition within the framework of theinternal financial market;

Whereas it is appropriate to establish different amounts of initial capital dependingon the range of activities that investment firms are authorized to undertake;

(1) OJ No C 152, 21. 6. 1990, p. 6; andOJ No C 50, 25. 2. 1992, p. 5.

(2) OJ No C 326, 16. 12. 1991, p. 89; andOJ No C 337, 21. 12. 1992, p. 114.

(3) OJ No C 69, 18. 3. 1991, p. 1.(4) See page 27 of this Official Journal.

Tarybos direktyva 93/6/EEB

9

Autentiðkas vertimas,Europos komiteto prie Lietuvos Respublikos Vyriausybës

Vertimo, dokumentacijos ir informacijos centras

1993 m. kovo 15 d.

TARYBOS DIREKTYVA 93/6/EEB

dël investiciniø firmø ir kredito ástaigø kapitalo pakankamumo

EUROPOS BENDRIJØ TARYBA,

atsiþvelgdama á Europos ekonominës bendrijos steigimo sutartá ir ypaè á ðios sutarties57 straipsnio 2 dalies pirmà ir treèià sakinius,

atsiþvelgdama á Komisijos pasiûlymà1,

bendradarbiaudama su Europos Parlamentu2,

atsiþvelgdama á Ekonomikos ir socialiniø reikalø komiteto nuomonæ3,

kadangi pagrindinis tikslas, keliamas 1993 m. geguþës 10 d. Tarybos direktyvoje93/22/EEB dël investiciniø paslaugø vertybiniø popieriø srityje4 , yra leisti investicinëmsfirmoms, kurioms leidimus veiklai iðduoda ir kurias priþiûri buveinës valstybës narëskompetentingos institucijos, laisvai steigti filialus bei teikti paslaugas kitose valstybësenarëse; kadangi minëtoje direktyvoje atitinkamai numatyta derinti taisykles dël leidimøveiklai suteikimo tokioms investicinëms firmoms ir dël jø verslo prieþiûros;

kadangi vis dëlto toje direktyvoje nenustatyti nei bendri standartai dël investicinësfirmos nuosavø lëðø, nei tokiø firmø pradinio kapitalo dydis; kadangi direktyvoje taippat nenustatyta bendra ðiø firmø prisiimamos rizikos valdymo sistema; kadangi kaikuriose tos direktyvos nuostatose nurodoma kita Bendrijos iniciatyva, kurios tikslaskaip tik ir yra priimti suderintas priemones ðiose srityse;

kadangi priimta nuostata, kad reikia suderinti tik tas priemones, kurios bûtinos irkuriø pakanka tarpusavyje pripaþinti leidimø veiklai iðdavimo ir rizikà ribojanèiosprieþiûros sistemas; kadangi priemoniø, skirtø investiciniø firmø nuosavø lëðøapibrëþimui suderinti, priëmimas, ðiø firmø pradinio kapitalo dydþio nustatymas beibendros sistemos, reikalingos investiciniø firmø prisiimamai rizikai reguliuoti,sukûrimas yra esminiai derinimo aspektai, bûtini tam, kad vidaus finansø rinkossistemoje bûtø ádiegtas tarpusavio pripaþinimo principas;

kadangi reikia nustatyti skirtingo dydþio pradiná kapitalà, priklausomai nuo veiklos,kuria uþsiimti investicinëms firmoms iðduotas leidimas, masto;

1 OL C 152, 1990 06 21, p. 6; irOL C 50, 1992 02 25, p. 5.

2 OL C 326, 1991 12 16, p. 89; irOL C 337, 1992 12 21, p. 114.

3 OL C 69, 1991 03 18, p. 1.4 Þr. ðio Oficialiojo leidinio 27 puslapá.


10

Whereas existing investment firms should be permitted, under certain conditions, tocontinue their business even if they do not comply with the minimum amount of initialcapital fixed for new firms;

Whereas the Member States may also establish rules stricter than those provided forin this Directive;

Whereas this Directive forms part of the wider international effort to bring aboutapproximation of the rules in force regarding the supervision of investment firms andcredit institutions (hereinafter referred to collectively as ‘institutions’);

Whereas common basic standards for the own funds of institutions are a key featurein an internal market in the investment services sector, since own funds serve to ensurethe continuity of institutions and to protect investors;

Whereas in a common financial market, institutions, whether they are investmentfirms or credit institutions, engage in direct competition with one another;

Whereas it is therefore desirable to achieve equality in the treatment of creditinstitutions and investment firms;

Whereas, as regards credit institutions, common standards are already establishedfor the supervision and monitoring of credit risks in Council Directive 89/647/EEC of18 December 1989 on a solvency ratio for credit institutions (1);

Whereas it is necessary to develop common standards for market risks incurred bycredit institutions and provide a complementary framework for the supervision of therisks incurred by institutions, in particular market risks, and more especially positionrisks, counterparty/settlement risks and foreign-exchange risks;

Whereas it is necessary to introduce the concept of a ‘trading book’ comprising positionsin securities and other financial instruments which are held for trading purposes andare subject mainly to market risks and exposures relating to certain financial servicesprovided to customers;

Whereas it is desirable that institutions with negligible trading-book business, in bothabsolute and relative terms, should be able to apply Directive 89/647/EEC, ratherthan the requirements imposed in Annexes I and II to this Directive;

Whereas it is important that monitoring of settlement/delivery risks should take accountof the existence of systems offering adequate protection that reduces that risk;

Whereas, in any case, institutions must comply with this Directive as regards thecoverage of the foreign-exchange risks on their overall business; whereas lower capitalrequirements should be imposed for positions in closely correlated currencies, whetherstatistically confirmed or arising out of binding intergovernmental agreements, with aview in particular to the creation of the European Monetary Union;

Whereas the existence, in all institutions, of internal systems for monitoring and

(1) OJ No L 386, 30. 12. 1989, p. 14. Directive as amended by Directive 92/30/EEC(OJ No L 110, 28. 4. 1992, p. 52).


11

kadangi egzistuojanèioms investicinëms firmoms, esant tam tikroms sàlygoms, turëtøbûti leidþiama tæsti savo veiklà net ir tuo atveju, jeigu jos nevykdo naujoms investicinëmsfirmoms nustatyto minimalaus pradinio kapitalo dydþio reikalavimo;

kadangi valstybës narës taip pat gali nustatyti grieþtesnes taisykles negu tos, kuriosnumatytos ðioje direktyvoje;

kadangi ði direktyva yra dalis platesniø tarptautiniø pastangø, kuriø tikslas – suderintigaliojanèias taisykles dël investiciniø firmø bei kredito ástaigø (toliau tekste bendraivadinamø „ástaigomis“) prieþiûros;

kadangi bendri pagrindiniai standartai dël kredito ástaigø nuosavø lëðø yra esminisvidaus rinkos investiciniø paslaugø sektoriaus bruoþas, kadangi nuosavos lëðos tarnaujaástaigø tæstinumui uþtikrinti bei investuotojams apsaugoti;

kadangi bendroje finansø rinkoje ástaigos nepriklausomai nuo to, ar jos yra investicinësfirmos, ar kredito ástaigos, tiesiogiai tarpusavyje konkuruoja;

kadangi todël pageidautina uþtikrinti vienodà kredito ástaigø bei investiciniø firmøtraktavimà;

kadangi kredito ástaigoms 1989 m. gruodþio 18 d. Tarybos direktyvoje 89/647/EEB dëlkredito ástaigø mokumo normatyvo1 jau nustatyti bendri kredito rizikos prieþiûros irkontrolës standartai;

kadangi bûtina parengti kredito ástaigø prisiimamos rinkos rizikos bendrus standartusbei papildomà sistemà, reikalingà ástaigø prisiimamos rizikos, pirmiausia rinkos rizikos,o ypaè – pozicijos rizikos, sandorio ðalies (atsiskaitymø) rizikos bei uþsienio valiutosrizikos prieþiûrai vykdyti;

kadangi bûtina ávesti sàvokà „prekybos knyga“, kurià sudaro vertybiniø popieriø irkitø finansiniø priemoniø, laikomø prekybos tikslais ir kurioms labiausiai gresia rinkosrizika bei su klientams teikiamomis tam tikromis finansinëmis paslaugomis susijusirizika, pozicijos;

kadangi pageidautina, kad ástaigos, kuriø veikla, fiksuojama prekybos knygoje, yranereikðminga tiek absoliuèia, tiek santykine prasme, galëtø taikyti Direktyvà89/647/EEB, o ne ðios direktyvos I ir II prieduose iðdëstytus reikalavimus;

kadangi svarbu, kad valdant atsiskaitymø ir pristatymo rizikà bûtø atsiþvelgiama áveikianèias sistemas, kurios sukuria pakankamà apsaugà, sumaþinanèià tokià rizikà;

kadangi bet kuriuo atveju ástaigos privalo laikytis ðios direktyvos nurodymø ir atsiþvelgtiá uþsienio valiutos keitimo rizikà visoje savo veikloje; kadangi maþesni kapitaloreikalavimai turëtø bûti nustatyti glaudþiai tarpusavyje susijusiø valiutø pozicijomsnepriklausomai nuo to, ar tai patvirtinta statistiðkai arba numatyta teisiðkai saistanèiosetarpvyriausybinëse sutartyse, visø pirma atsiþvelgiant á kuriamà Europos pinigø sàjungà;

kadangi visose ástaigose vidaus sistemos, skirtos palûkanø normø rizikai valdyti ir

1 OL L 386, 1989 12 30, p. 14. Direktyva su pakeitimais, padarytais Direktyva 92/30/EEB (OLL 110, 1992 04 28, p. 52).


12

controlling interest-rate risks on all of their business is a particularly important way ofminimizing such risks; whereas, consequently, such systems must be subject to overviewby the competent authorities;

Whereas Council Directive 92/121/EEC of 21 December 1992 on the monitoring andcontrol of large exposures of credit institutions (1) is not aimed at establishing commonrules for monitoring large exposures in activities which are principally subject to marketrisks; whereas that Directive makes reference to another Community initiative intendedto adopt the requisite coordination of methods in that field;

Whereas it is necessary to adopt common rules for the monitoring and control oflarge exposures incurred by investment firms;

Whereas the own funds of credit institutions have already been defined in CouncilDirective 89/299/EEC of 17 April 1989 on the own funds of credit institutions (2);

Whereas the basis for the definition of the own funds of institutions should be thatdefinition;

Whereas, however, there are reasons why for the purposes of this Directive thedefinition of the own funds of institutions may differ from that in the aforementionedDirective in order to take account of the particular characteristics of the activitiescarried on by those institutions which mainly involve market risks;

Whereas Council Directive 92/30/EEC of 6 April 1992 on the supervision of creditinstitutions on a consolidated basis (3) states the principle of consolidation; whereas itdoes not establish common rules for the consolidation of financial institutions whichare involved in activities principally subject to market risks; whereas that Directivemakes reference to another Community initiative intended to adopt coordinatedmeasures in that field;

Whereas Directive 92/30/EEC does not apply to groups which include one or moreinvestment firms but no credit institutions; whereas it was, however, felt desirable toprovide a common framework for the introduction of the supervision of investmentfirms on a consolidated basis;

Whereas technical adaptations to the detailed rules laid down in this Directive mayfrom time to time be necessary to take account of new developments in the investmentservices field; whereas the Commission will accordingly propose such adaptations asare necessary;

Whereas the Council should, at a later stage, adopt provision for the adaptation ofthis Directive to technical progress in accordance with Council Decision 87/373/EECof 13 July 1987 laying down the procedures for the exercise of implementing powersconferred on the Commission (4); whereas meanwhile the Council itself, on a proposalfrom the Commission, should carry out such adaptations;

(1) OJ No L 29, 5. 2. 1993, p. 1.(2) OJ No L 124, 5. 5. 1989, p. 16. Directive as last amended by Directive 92/30/EEC

(OJ No L 110, 24. 9. 1992, p. 52).(3) OJ No L 110, 28. 4. 1992, p. 52.(4) OJ No L 197, 18. 7. 1987, p. 33.


13

kontroliuoti visose veiklos srityse, yra ypaè svarbi priemonë ðiai rizikai sumaþinti;kadangi kompetentingos institucijos privalo priþiûrëti tokias sistemas;

kadangi 1992 m. gruodþio 21 d. Tarybos direktyva 92/121/EEB dël kredito ástaigødideliø paskolø valdymo ir kontrolës1 nesiekiama nustatyti bendrø taisykliø dël dideliøpaskolø valdymo tose veiklos srityse, kurios daugiausia susijusios su rinkos rizika;kadangi minëtoje direktyvoje nurodyta kita Bendrijos iniciatyva, kurioje siûlomapatvirtinti metodø, naudojamø ðioje srityje, privalomo derinimo tvarkà;

kadangi bûtina priimti bendras taisykles dël investiciniø firmø dideliø paskolø stebëjimobei kontrolës;

kadangi kredito ástaigø nuosavø lëðø apibrëþimas jau yra pateiktas 1989 m. balandþio17 d. Tarybos direktyvoje 89/299/EEB dël kredito ástaigø nuosavø lëðø2 ;

kadangi apibûdinant ástaigø nuosavas lëðas turëtø bûti vadovaujamasi minëtuapibrëþimu;

taèiau kadangi yra prieþasèiø, dël kuriø ðioje direktyvoje pateikiamas ástaigø nuosavølëðø apibrëþimas gali skirtis nuo apibrëþimo, pateikto anksèiau minëtoje direktyvoje,kad bûtø atsiþvelgta á specifines tokiø ástaigø, kurioms visø pirma gali iðkilti rinkosrizika, vykdomos veiklos ypatybes;

kadangi 1992 m. balandþio 6 d. Tarybos direktyvoje 92/30/EEB dël kredito ástaigøkonsoliduotos prieþiûros3 yra nurodytas konsolidavimo principas; kadangi joje nëranustatytø bendrø taisykliø dël finansiniø ástaigø, uþsiimanèiø veikla, kuriai labiausiaigresia rinkos rizika, konsolidavimo; kadangi minëtoje direktyvoje nurodyta kitaBendrijos iniciatyva, kuria siekiama priimti suderintas priemones ðioje srityje;

kadangi Direktyva 92/30/EEB netaikoma toms grupëms, kurias sudaro viena ar daugiauinvesticiniø firmø ir kuriose nëra kredito ástaigø; taèiau kadangi paaiðkëjo, jogpageidautina sukurti bendrà sistemà, kad bûtø galima pradëti ávesti konsoliduotàinvesticiniø firmø prieþiûrà;

kadangi retkarèiais gali prireikti atlikti ðioje direktyvoje pateiktø iðsamiø taisykliøtechninio pobûdþio pakeitimus, kad bûtø atsiþvelgta á naujoves investiciniø paslaugøsrityje; kadangi prireikus Komisija atitinkamai pasiûlys tokius pakeitimus;

kadangi vëlesniame etape Taryba turëtø numatyti, jog ði direktyva turëtø bûti pakeistasuderinant jà su technine paþanga, kaip numatyta 1987 m. liepos 13 d. Tarybos sprendime87/373/EEB, kuriame iðdëstyta tvarka, kuria vadovaudamasi Komisija vykdo jaisuteiktus ágaliojimus kontroliuoti, kaip ágyvendinami teisës aktai4; kadangi tuo paèiumetu Taryba, atsiþvelgdama á Komisijos siûlymà, turëtø pati patvirtinti tokius pakeitimus;

1 OL L 29, 1993 02 05, p. 1.2 OL L 124, 1989 05 05, p. 16. Direktyva su paskutiniais pakeitimais, padarytais Direktyva

92/30/EEB (OL L 110, 1992 09 24, p. 52).3 OL L 110, 1992 04 28, p. 52.4 OL L 197, 1987 07 18, p. 33.


14

Whereas provision should be made for the review of this Directive within three yearsof the date of its application in the light of experience, developments on financialmarkets and work in international fora of regulatory authorities; whereas that reviewshould also include the possible review of the list of areas that may be subject totechnical adjustment;

Whereas this Directive and Directive 93/22/EEC on investment services in the securitiesfield are so closely interrelated that their entry into force on different dates couldlead to the distortion of competition,

HAS ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE:

Article 1

1. Member States shall apply the requirements of this Directive to investment firmsand credit institutions as defined in Article 2.

2. A Member State may impose additional or more stringent requirements on theinvestment firms and credit institutions that it has authorized.

DEFINITIONS

Article 2

For the purposes of this Directive:

1. credit institutions shall mean all institutions:that satisfy the definition in the firstindent of Article 1 of the First Council Directive (77/780/EEC) of 12 December1977 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisionsrelating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions (1)which are subject to the requirements imposed by Directive 89/647/EEC;

2. investment firms shall mean all institutions that satisfy the definition in point 2 ofArticle 1 of Directive 93/22/EEC, which are subject to the requirements imposedby the same Directive, excluding:

— credit institutions,

— local firms as defined in 20, and

— firms which only receive and transmit orders from investors without holdingmoney or securities belonging to their clients and which for that reason maynot at any time place themselves in debit with their clients;

3. institutions shall mean credit institutions and investment firms;

4. recognized third-country investment firms shall mean firms which, if they wereestablished within the Community, would be covered by the definition of

(1) OJ No L 322, 17. 12. 1977, p. 30. Directive as amended by Directive 89/646/EEC (OJNo L 386, 30. 12. 1989, p. 1).


15

kadangi turëtø bûti numatyta, kad ði direktyva bus perþiûrëta praëjus trejiems metamspo jos ásigaliojimo atsiþvelgiant á ágytà patirtá, poslinkius finansø rinkose beikontroliuojanèiø institucijø tarptautiniø forumø darbà; kadangi atliekant tokià perþiûràtaip pat reikëtø perþiûrëti sàraðà srièiø, kurioms gali prireikti techninio patikslinimo;

kadangi ði direktyva ir Direktyva 93/22/EEB dël investiciniø paslaugø vertybiniøpopieriø srityje yra taip glaudþiai susijusios, kad jø ásigaliojimas skirtingu laiku galëtøpakenkti konkurencijai,

PRIËMË ÐIÀ DIREKTYVÀ:

1 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës ðioje direktyvoje iðdëstytus reikalavimus taiko 2 straipsnyje api-bûdintoms investicinëms firmoms bei kredito ástaigoms.

2. Valstybë narë gali taikyti papildomus arba grieþtesnius reikalavimus tomsinvesticinëms firmoms ir kredito ástaigoms, kurioms ji yra iðdavusi leidimus veiklai.

APIBRËÞIMAI

2 straipsnis

Ðioje direktyvoje:

1. Kredito ástaigos yra visos ástaigos, kurios atitinka apibrëþimà, pateiktà 1977 m.gruodþio 12 d. pirmosios Tarybos direktyvos 77/780/EEB dël ástatymø, teisësaktø ir administraciniø nuostatø, susijusiø su kredito ástaigø steigimu ir veikla,suderinimo1 1 straipsnio pirmoje átraukoje ir kurios privalo laikytis Direktyvoje89/647/EEB iðdëstytø reikalavimø;

2. Investicinës firmos yra visos ástaigos, kurios atitinka apibrëþimà, pateiktàDirektyvos 93/22/EEB 1 straipsnio 2 punkte, ir kurios privalo laikytis toje paèiojedirektyvoje iðdëstytø reikalavimø, iðskyrus:

- kredito ástaigas,

- vietos firmas, kurios apibrëþtos 20 dalyje, ir

- firmas, kurios tik priima ir perduoda investuotojø pavedimus, nesaugodamosjø klientams priklausanèiø pinigø ar vertybiniø popieriø, ir kurios dël ðiosprieþasties jokiais atvejais negali turëti piniginiø ásipareigojimø savoklientams;

3. Ástaigos yra kredito ástaigos ir investicinës firmos;

4. Treèiøjø ðaliø pripaþintos investicinës firmos yra tokios firmos, kurioms, jeigu josbûtø ásteigtos Bendrijoje, bûtø taikomas 2 dalyje pateiktas investicinës firmos

1 OL L 322, 1977 12 17, p. 30. Direktyva su pakeitimais, padarytais Direktyva 89/646/EEB(OL L 386, 1989 12 30, p. 1).


16

investment firm in 2, which are authorized in a third country and which aresubject to and comply with prudential rules considered by the competentauthorities as at least as stringent as those laid down in this Directive;

5. financial instruments shall mean the instruments listed in Section B of the Annexto Directive 93/22/EEC;

6. the trading book of an institution shall consist of:

(a) its proprietary positions in financial instruments which are held for resaleand/or which are taken on by the institution with the intention of benefitingin the short term from actual and/or expected differences between theirbuying and selling prices, or from other price or interest-rate variations,and positions in financial instruments arising from matched principal broking,or positions taken in order to hedge other elements of the trading book;

(b) the exposures due to the unsettled transactions, free deliveries and over-the-counter (OTC) derivative instruments referred to in paragraphs 1, 2, 3and 5 of Annex II, the exposures due to repurchase agreements and securitieslending which are based on securities included in the trading book as definedin (a) referred to in paragraph 4 of Annex II, those exposures due to reverserepurchase agreements and securities-borrowing transactions described inthe same paragraph, provided the competent authorities so approve, whichmeet either the conditions (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) or conditions (iv) and (v) asfollows:

(i) the exposures are marked to market daily following the procedureslaid down in Annex II;

(ii) the collateral is adjusted in order to take account of material changesin the value of the securities involved in the agreement or transactionin question, according to a rule acceptable to the competent authorities;

iii) the agreement or transaction provides for the claims of the institutionto be automatically and immediately offset against the claims of itscounter-party in the event of the latter’s defaulting;

(iv) the agreement or transaction in question is an interprofessional one;

(v) such agreements and transactions are confined to their accepted andappropriate use and artificial transactions, especially those not of ashort-term nature, are excluded; and

(c) those exposures in the form of fees, commission, interest, dividends andmargin on exchange-traded derivatives which are directly related to the itemsincluded in the trading book referred to in paragraph 6 of Annex II.

Particular items shall be included in or excluded from the trading book inaccordance with objective procedures including, where appropriate,


17

apibrëþimas ir kurioms leidimai veiklai iðduoti treèiojoje ðalyje bei kurios privalolaikytis veiklos rizikà ribojanèiø taisykliø, kompetentingø institucijø nuomone,savo grieþtumu atitinkanèiø bent jau ðioje direktyvoje pateiktas taisykles;

5. Finansinës priemonës yra Direktyvos 93/22/EEB priedo B skirsnyje iðvardytospriemonës;

6. Ástaigos prekybos knygà sudaro:

a) savo sàskaita ásigytø finansiniø priemoniø, kurios laikomos perparduoti ir(arba) kurias ástaiga ásigyja tikëdamasi per trumpà laikà gauti pelno dël jøpirkimo ir pardavimo kainø realiø ir (arba) numatomø skirtumø arba dëlkitø kainø ar palûkanø normø pasikeitimø, pozicijos; taip pat finansiniøpriemoniø pozicijos, atsirandanèios atliekant sandorius savo sàskaita, arbapozicijos, kurios ágyjamos siekiant nuo rizikos apsaugoti kitus prekybosknygos elementus;

b) pozicijos, susijusios su dar neapmokëtais sandoriais, pristatymais beatsiskaitymo ir iðvestinëmis priemonëmis, kuriomis prekiaujama nebirþinëjeprekyboje ir kurios nurodytos II priedo 1, 2, 3 ir 5 dalyse; pozicijos, susijusiossu á prekybos knygà átrauktø vertybiniø popieriø, apibûdintø a punkte irnurodytø II priedo 4 dalyje, atpirkimo sandoriais bei vertybiniø popieriøskolinimu, taip pat pozicijos, susijusios su toje paèioje dalyje apibûdintaisatvirkðtiniais atpirkimo sandoriais bei vertybiniø popieriø skolinimosioperacijomis, jeigu tam pritaria kompetentingos institucijos ir jeigu minëtosrizikingos pozicijos atitinka i, ii, iii ir v arba iv ir v punktuose pateiktas sàlygas:

i) pozicija yra kiekvienà dienà ávertinama pagal rinkos kainas remiantisII priede iðdëstyta tvarka;

ii) uþstatas yra koreguojamas, kad bûtø atsiþvelgiama á atitinkamoje sutartyjear sandoryje naudojamø vertybiniø popieriø vertës esminius pasikeitimus,vadovaujantis kompetentingoms institucijoms priimtina taisykle;

iii) sutartyje arba sandoryje numatoma, jog ástaigos pretenzijos yranedelsiant ir automatiðkai tarpusavyje áskaitomos su sandorio kitos ðaliespretenzijomis, jeigu pastaroji nesilaiko ásipareigojimø;

iv) atitinkamà sutartá ar sandorá tarpusavyje sudaro profesionalai;

v) tokios sutartys ir sandoriai apsiriboja patvirtinimu ir tinkamu jønaudojimu, o dirbtiniai sandoriai, ypaè netrumpalaikiai, neátraukiami;ir

c) tokios pozicijos, kaip mokesèiai, komisiniai, palûkanos, dividendai beiprivalomi ánaðai prekiaujant iðvestinëmis finansinëmis priemonëmis birþoje,kurios tiesiogiai susijusios su prekybos knygos pozicijomis, nurodytomis IIpriedo 6 dalyje.

Tam tikros pozicijos átraukiamos arba neátraukiamos á prekybos knygàvadovaujantis objektyviomis procedûromis, kurioms prireikus priskiriami


18

accounting standards in the institution concerned, such procedures and theirconsistent implementation being subject to review by the competentauthorities;

7. parent undertaking, subsidiary undertaking and financial institution shall be definedin accordance with Article 1 of Directive 92/30/EEC;

8. financial holding company shall mean a financial institution the subsidiaryundertakings of which are either exclusively or mainly credit institutions,investment firms or other financial institutions, one of which at least is a creditinstitution or an investment firm;

9. risk weightings shall mean the degrees of credit risk applicable to the relevantcounter-parties under Directive 89/647/EEC. However, assets constituting claimson and other exposures to investment firms or recognized third-countryinvestment firms and exposures incurred to recognized clearing houses andexchanges shall be assigned the same weighting as that assigned where the relevantcounterparty is a credit institution;

10. over-the-counter (OTC) derivative instruments shall mean the interest-rate andforeign-exchange contracts referred to in Annex II to Directive 89/647/EEC andoff-balance-sheet contracts based on equities, provided that no such contractsare traded on recognized exchanges where they are subject to daily marginrequirements and, in the case of foreign-exchange contracts, that every suchcontract has an original maturity of more than 14 calendar days;

11. regulated market shall mean a market that satisfies the definition given in Article1 (13) of Directive 93/22/EEC;

12. qualifying items shall mean long and short positions in the assets referred to inArticle 6 (1) (b) of Directive 89/647/EEC and in debt instruments issued byinvestment firms or by recognized third-country investment firms. It shall alsomean long and short positions in debt instruments provided that such instrumentsmeet the following conditions: such instruments must firstly be listed on at leastone regulated market in a Member State or on a stock exchange in a third countryprovided that that exchange is recognized by the competent authorities of therelevant Member State; and secondly both be considered by the institutionconcerned to be sufficiently liquid and, because of the solvency of the issuer, besubject to a degree of default risk which is comparable to or lower than that ofthe assets referred to in Article 6 (1) (b) of Directive 89/647/EEC; the manner inwhich the instruments are assessed shall be subject to scrutiny by the competentauthorities, which shall overturn the judgment of the institution if they considerthat the instruments concerned are subject to too high a degree of default risk tobe qualifying items.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and pending further coordination, the competentauthorities shall have the discretion to recognize as qualifying items instrumentswhich are sufficiently liquid and which, because of the solvency of the issuer, are


19

atitinkamos ástaigos apskaitos standartai, o ðias procedûras bei nuoseklø jølaikymàsi tikrina kompetentingos institucijos;

7. Patronuojanti ámonë, dukterinë ámonë ir finansø ástaiga yra apibrëþiamos pagalDirektyvos 92/30/EEB 1 straipsná;

8. Finansø kontroliuojanèioji bendrovë yra finansø ástaiga, kurios visos dukterinësámonës arba jø didþioji dalis yra kredito ástaigos, investicinës firmos arba kitosfinansø ástaigos, ið kuriø bent viena yra kredito ástaiga arba investicinë firma;

9. Rizikos koeficientai yra kredito rizikos laipsniai, kurie taikomi atitinkamomssandorio ðalims pagal Direktyvà 89/647/EEB. Taèiau turtui, kurá sudaropretenzijos investicinëms firmoms arba treèiosios ðalies pripaþintomsinvesticinëms firmoms, kitoms su ðiomis firmomis susijusioms pozicijoms beipozicijai, atsirandanèiai dël sandoriø su pripaþintais kliringo rûmais arba birþomis,taikomas toks pat rizikos koeficientas, kaip ir koeficientas, nustatytas tam atvejui,kai atitinkama sandorio ðalis yra kredito ástaiga;

10. Iðvestinës finansinës priemonës, kuriomis prekiaujama ne birþoje, yra palûkanønormø bei uþsienio valiutos sutartys, nurodytos Direktyvos 89/647/EEB II priede,bei nuosavybës vertybiniais popieriais pagrástos nebalansinës sutartys su sàlyga,kad tokiomis sutartimis nebus prekiaujama pripaþintose birþose, kur joms taikomikasdieniai privalomo ánaðo reikalavimai, o uþsienio valiutos sutarèiø atveju –kad tokiø sutarèiø pradinis terminas bûtø ilgesnis kaip 14 kalendoriniø dienø;

11. Reguliuojama rinka yra rinka, kuri atitinka Direktyvos 93/22/EEB 1 straipsnio 13dalyje pateiktà apibrëþimà;

12. Pripaþástamos pozicijos – ilgosios ir trumposios turto pozicijos, nurodytos Direktyvos89/647/EEB 6 straipsnio 1 dalies b punkte, ir investiciniø firmø arba treèiøjøðaliø pripaþintø investiciniø firmø iðleistø skolos finansiniø priemoniø ilgosios irtrumposios pozicijos. Pripaþástamos pozicijos taip pat reiðkia ilgàsias ir trumpàsiasskolos finansiniø priemoniø pozicijas, jeigu tokios finansinës priemonës atitinkaðias sàlygas: pirma, jos turi bûti áregistruotos bent vienoje reguliuojamoje valstybësnarës rinkoje arba vertybiniø popieriø birþoje, esanèioje treèiojoje ðalyje, jeiguminëtà birþà pripaþásta atitinkamos valstybës narës kompetentingos institucijos;antra, atitinkamos ástaigos nuomone, abi pozicijos turi bûti laikomos pakankamailikvidþiomis ir, atsiþvelgiant á emitento mokumo bûklæ, joms turi bûti nustatytastam tikras ásipareigojimø neávykdymo rizikos laipsnis, kuris atitinka rizikà,nustatytà turtui, nurodytam Direktyvos 89/647/EEB 6 straipsnio 1 dalies b punkte,arba yra uþ ðià rizikà maþesnis; finansiniø priemoniø ávertinimo bûdà turi atidþiaiiðanalizuoti kompetentingos institucijos, kurios atmeta ástaigos sprendimà, jeigu,jø nuomone, su atitinkamomis finansinëmis priemonëmis susijæs ásipareigojimønevykdymo rizikos laipsnis yra per didelis, kad jas bûtø galima priskirtipripaþástamoms pozicijoms.

Nepriklausomai nuo anksèiau iðvardytø sàlygø ir tol, kol bus numatytas tolesnisveiklos koordinavimas, kompetentingos institucijos turi teisæ laikyti pripaþástamomispozicijomis tas priemones, kurios yra pakankamai likvidþios ir kurioms dël


20

subject to a degree of default risk which is comparable to or lower than that ofthe assets referred to in Article 6 (1) (b) of Directive 89/647/EEC. The defaultrisk associated with such instruments must have been evaluated at such a levelby at least two credit-rating agencies recognized by the competent authorities orby only one such credit-rating agency so long as they are not rated below such alevel by any other credit-rating agency recognized by the competent authorities.

The competent authorities may, however, waive the condition imposed in thepreceding sentence if they judge it inappropriate in the light of, for example, thecharacteristics of the market, the issuer, the issue, or some combination of thosecharacteristics.

Furthermore, the competent authorities shall require the institutions to applythe maximum weighting shown in Table 1 in paragraph 14 of Annex I toinstruments which show a particular risk because of the insufficient solvency ofthe issuer or liquidity.

The competent authorities of each Member State shall regularly provide theCouncil and the Commission with information concerning the methods used toevaluate the qualifying items, in particular the methods used to assess the degreeof liquidity of the issue and the solvency of the issuer;

13. central government items shall mean long and short positions in the assets referredto in Article 6 (1) (a) of Directive 89/647/EEC and those assigned a weighting of0% in Article 7 of the same Directive;

14. convertible shall mean a security which, at the option of the holder, can beexchanged for another security, usually the equity of the issuer;

15. warrant shall mean an instrument which gives the holder the right to purchase anumber of shares of common stock or bonds at a stipulated price until thewarrant’s expiry date. They may be settled by the delivery of the securitiesthemselves or their equivalent in cash;

16. covered warrant shall mean an instrument issued by an entity other than theissuer of the underlying instrument which gives the holder the right to purchasea number of shares of common stock or bonds at a stipulated price or a right tosecure a profit or avoid a loss by reference to fluctuations in an index relating toany of the financial instruments listed in Section B of the Annex to Directive93/22/EEC until the warrant’s expiry date;

17. repurchase agreement and reverse repurchase agreement shall mean any agreementin which an institution or its counter-party transfers securities or guaranteedrights relating to title to securities where that guarantee is issued by a recognizedexchange which holds the rights to the securities and the agreement does notallow an institution to transfer or pledge a particular security to more than onecounter-party at one time, subject to a commitment to repurchase them (orsubstituted securities of the same description) at a specified price on a futuredate specified, or to be specified, by the transferor, being a repurchase agreement


21

atitinkamos emitento mokumo bûklës priskiriamas toks ásipareigojimø nevykdymorizikos laipsnis, kuris atitinka turto, nurodyto Direktyvos 89/647/EEB 6 straipsnio1 dalies b punkte, rizikà arba yra uþ jà maþesnis. Tokio masto ásipareigojimø,susijusiø su ðiomis priemonëmis, nevykdymo rizikà turi bûti nustaèiusiosmaþiausiai dvi kompetentingø institucijø pripaþintos kredito reitingo agentûrosarba tik viena tokia kredito reitingo agentûra, jeigu jokia kita kompetentingøinstitucijø pripaþinta reitingo agentûra nëra blogiau ávertinusi minëtø priemoniø.

Taèiau kompetentingos institucijos gali nesilaikyti ankstesniame sakinyjenumatytos sàlygos, jeigu jos nusprendþia, kad tai nëra tinkama, pavyzdþiui,atsiþvelgiant á rinkos, emitento arba emisijos ypatybes ar á kurá nors ðiø ypatybiøderiná.

Be to, kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad ástaigos taikytø maksimalørizikos koeficientà, nurodytà I priedo 14 dalies 1 lentelëje, toms finansinëmspriemonëms, kurios susijusios su ypatinga rizika dël nepakankamo jø emitentomokumo ar dël jø likvidumo.

Kiekvienos valstybës narës kompetentingos institucijos reguliariai pateikia Tarybaiir Komisijai informacijà apie pripaþástamø pozicijø ávertinimui naudojamusmetodus, ypaè apie tuos metodus, kurie naudojami emisijos likvidumui beiemitento mokumui ávertinti;

13. Centrinës valdþios pozicijos yra Direktyvos 89/647/EEB 6 straipsnio 1 dalies apunkte nurodytos turto ilgosios ir trumposios pozicijos, taip pat turto pozicijos,kurioms taikomas 0% rizikos koeficientas pagal tos paèios direktyvos 7 straipsná;

14. Konvertuojamas vertybinis popierius yra toks vertybinis popierius, kuris, savininkopasirinkimu, gali bûti pakeistas á kità vertybiná popieriø, paprastai á emitentonuosavybës vertybinius popierius;

15. Ilgalaikë pirkimo teisë yra finansinë priemonë, kuri suteikia jo turëtojui teisæpirkti paprastàsias akcijas arba obligacijas uþ nustatytà kainà iki ilgalaikës pirkimoteisës galiojimo termino pabaigos. Uþ jà galima atsiskaityti pristatant paèiusvertybinius popierius arba sumokant jø vertæ atitinkanèià grynøjø pinigø sumà;

16. Padengta ilgalaikë pirkimo teisë yra priemonë, iðleista ne pagrindinës priemonësemitento, bet kito subjekto, kuris suteikia jo turëtojui teisæ pirkti paprastàsiasakcijas arba obligacijas uþ nustatytà kainà arba teisæ gauti pelnà arba iðvengtinuostoliø atsiþvelgiant á Direktyvos 93/22/EEB priedo B skirsnyje iðvardytøfinansiniø priemoniø indeksø svyravimus iki ilgalaikës pirkimo teisës galiojimopabaigos;

17. Atpirkimo sandoris ir atvirkðtinis atpirkimo sandoris yra bet koks susitarimas, pagalkurá ástaiga arba ástaigos sandorio ðalis perduoda vertybinius popierius arbagarantuotas nuosavybës teises á vertybinius popierius, kai tokià garantijà suteikiapripaþinta birþa, turinti teises á minëtus vertybinius popierius, ir pagal kurá ástaiganegali perduoti arba uþstatyti tam tikrø vertybiniø popieriø daugiau kaip vienaisandorio ðaliai vienu metu ásipareigodama juos (arba to paties apibûdinimovertybiniø popieriø pakaitalus) atpirkti uþ perdavëjo nustatytà kainà tam tikràdienà, kurià perdavëjas jau yra nurodæs arba dar nurodys. Vertybinius popierius


22

for the institution selling the securities and a reverse repurchase agreement forthe institution buying them.

A reverse repurchase agreement shall be considered an interprofessionaltransaction when the counter-party is subject to prudential coordination atCommunity level or is a Zone A credit institution as defined in Directive89/647/EEC or is a recognized third-country investment firm or when theagreement is concluded with a recognized clearing house or exchange;

18. securities lending and securities borrowing shall mean any transaction in which aninstitution or its counter-party transfers securities against appropriate collateralsubject to a commitment that the borrower will return equivalent securities atsome future date or when requested to do so by the transferor, being securities

lending for the institution transferring the securities and securities borrowing forthe institution to which they are transferred.

Securities borrowing shall be considered an interprofessional transaction whenthe counterparty is subject to prudential coordination at Community level or isa Zone A credit institution as defined in Directive 89/647/EEC or is a recognizedthird-country investment firm or when the transaction is concluded with arecognized clearing house or exchange;

19. clearing member shall mean a member of the exchange or the clearing housewhich has a direct contractual relationship with the central counterparty (marketguarantor); non-clearing members must have their trades routed through aclearing member;

20. local firm shall mean a firm dealing only for its own account on a financial-futures or options exchange or for the accounts of or making a price to othermembers of the same exchange and guaranteed by a clearing member of thesame exchange. Responsibility for ensuring the performance of contracts enteredinto by such a firm must be assumed by a clearing member of the same exchange,and such contracts must be taken into account in the calculation of the clearingmember’s overall capital requirements so long as the local firm’s positions areentirely separate from those of the clearing member;

21. delta shall mean the expected change in an option price as a proportion of asmall change in the price of the instrument underlying the option;

22. for the purposes of paragraph 4 of Annex I, long position shall mean a position inwhich an institution has fixed the interest rate it will receive at some time in thefuture, and short position shall mean a position in which it has fixed the interestrate it will pay at some time in the future;

23. own funds shall mean own funds as defined in Directive 89/299/EEC. Thisdefinition may, however, be amended in the circumstances described inAnnex V;


23

parduodanèiai ástaigai tai yra atpirkimo sandoris, o vertybinius popieriusperkanèiai ástaigai – atvirkðtinis atpirkimo sandoris.

Atvirkðtinis atpirkimo sandoris yra laikomas profesionalø tarpusavio sandoriu,kai sandorio ðaliai Bendrijos mastu taikoma rizikos ribojimo principais pagrástaprieþiûra, kai sandorio ðalis yra A zonai priklausanti kredito ástaiga, kaip nurodytaDirektyvoje 89/647/EEB, kai ji yra pripaþinta treèiosios ðalies investicinë firmaarba kai sandoris yra sudarytas su pripaþintais kliringo rûmais arba birþa;

18. Vertybiniø popieriø skolinimas ir vertybiniø popieriø skolinimasis yra sandoriai, kuriømetu ástaiga arba jos sandorio ðalis perduoda vertybinius popierius uþ atitinkamàuþstatà, skolininkui ásipareigojant gràþinti lygiaverèius vertybinius popieriusnustatytu laiku ateityje arba tada, kai to pareikalauja perdavëjas; vertybiniuspopierius perduodanèiai ástaigai tai yra vertybiniø popieriø skolinimas, o ástaigai,kuriai tokie vertybiniai popieriai yra perduodami, – vertybiniø popieriø

skolinimasis.

Vertybiniø popieriø skolinimasis yra laikomas profesionalø tarpusavio sandoriu,kai sandorio ðaliai Bendrijos mastu taikoma rizikos ribojimo principais pagrástaveiklos prieþiûra, kai sandorio ðalis yra A zonai priklausanti kredito ástaiga, kaipnurodyta Direktyvoje 89/647/EEB, ar kai ji yra treèiosios ðalies pripaþintainvesticinë firma arba kai sandoris yra sudarytas su pripaþintais kliringo rûmaisarba birþa;

19. Kliringo narys yra birþos ar kliringo rûmø narys, palaikantis tiesioginius sutartiniussantykius su pagrindine sandorio ðalimi (rinkos garantu); ne kliringo nariai privalosavo prekybà vykdyti per kliringo nará;

20. Vietos firma yra firma, tik savo sàskaita veikianti finansiniø ateities sandoriøarba pasirinkimo sandoriø birþoje, arba tokia, kuri veikia kitø tos paèios birþosnariø sàskaita arba nustato jiems kainà ir turi tos paèios birþos kliringo nariosuteiktas garantijas. Atsakomybæ uþ tokios firmos sudarytø sutarèiø vykdymàturi prisiimti tos paèios birþos kliringo narys ir á tokias sutartis turi bûtiatsiþvelgiama apskaièiuojant kliringo nario bendrojo kapitalo rodiklius, jeiguvietos firmos pozicijos visiðkai skiriasi nuo atitinkamø kliringo nario pozicijø;

21. Delta koeficientas (delta) yra planuojamas pasirinkimo sandorio kainospasikeitimas, proporcingas nedideliam pasirinkimo sandorio pagrindinësfinansinës priemonës kainos pasikeitimui;

22. I priedo 4 dalyje nurodyta ilgoji pozicija yra tokia pozicija, kuriai ástaiga yranustaèiusi palûkanø normà, kurià ji gaus tam tikru laiku ateityje, o trumpoji pozicija

yra tokia pozicija, kuriai ástaiga nustato palûkanø normà, kurià ji mokës tamtikru metu ateityje;

23. Nuosavos lëðos yra nuosavos lëðos, kurios apibûdintos Direktyvoje 89/299/EEB.Ðis apibrëþimas gali bûti pakeistas atsiradus V priede nurodytoms aplinkybëms;


24

24. initial capital shall mean items 1 and 2 of Article 2 (1) of Directive 89/299/EEC;

25. original own funds shall mean the sum of items 1, 2 and 4, less the sum of items9, 10 and 11 of Article 2 (1) of Directive 89/299/EEC;

26. capital shall mean own funds;

27. modified duration shall be calculated using the formula set out in paragraph 26of Annex I.

INITIAL CAPITAL

Article 3

1. Investment firms which hold clients’ money and/or securities and which offerone or more of the following services shall have initial capital of ECU 125 000:

— the reception and transmission of investors’ orders for financial instruments,

— the execution of investors’ orders for financial instruments,

— the management of individual portfolios of investments in financial instruments,

provided that they do not deal in any financial instruments for their own account orunderwrite issues of financial instruments on a firm commitment basis.

The holding of non-trading-book positions in financial instruments in order to investown funds shall not be considered as dealing for the purposes set out in the firstparagraph or for the purposes of paragraph 2.

The competent authorities may, however, allow an investment firm which executesinvestors’ orders for financial instruments to hold such instruments for its own accountif:

— such positions arise only as a result of the firm’s failure to match investors’orders precisely,

— the total market value of all such positions is subject to a ceiling of 15 % of thefirm’s initial capital,

— the firm meets the requirements imposed in Articles 4 and 5, and

— such positions are incidental .and provisional in nature and strictly limited tothe time required to carry out the transaction in question.

2. Member States may reduce the amount referred to in paragraph 1 to ECU50 000 where a firm is not authorized to hold clients’ money or securities, to deal forits own account, or to underwrite issues on a firm commitment basis.


25

24. Pradiná kapitalà sudaro Direktyvos 89/299/EEB 2 straipsnio 1 dalies 1 ir 2 punktai;

25. Pirminës nuosavos lëðos yra Direktyvos 89/299/EEB 2 straipsnio 1 dalies 1, 2 ir4 punktø suma atëmus 9, 10 ir 11 punktø sumà;

26. Kapitalas yra nuosavos lëðos;

27. Modifikuota trukmë apskaièiuojama pagal formulæ, pateiktà I priedo 26 dalyje.

PRADINIS KAPITALAS

3 straipsnis

1. Pradiná kapitalà, kurá sudaro 125 000 ekiu, privalo turëti investicinës firmos,sauganèios klientø pinigus ir (arba) vertybinius popierius ir siûlanèios vienà arbadaugiau ið toliau iðvardytø paslaugø:

- priimti ir persiøsti investuotojø pavedimus dël finansiniø priemoniø,

- vykdyti investuotojø pavedimus dël finansiniø priemoniø,

- valdyti investicijø á finansines priemones individualius portfelius

su sàlyga, kad jos nevykdo veiklos, susijusios su finansinëmis priemonëmis, savosàskaita arba negarantuoja finansiniø priemoniø emisijø iðplatinimo besàlyginiøásipareigojimø pagrindu.

Ne prekybos knygos finansiniø priemoniø pozicijø turëjimas, norint investuoti nuosavaslëðas, nelaikomas 1 arba 2 dalyje nurodyta veikla.

Taèiau kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti investicinei firmai, vykdanèiai investuotojøpavedimus dël finansiniø priemoniø, laikyti tokias finansines priemones savo sàskaitoje,jeigu:

- tokios pozicijos atsiranda tik dël to, kad firmai nepavyko tiksliai suderintiinvestuotojø pavedimø,

- visø tokiø pozicijø bendroji rinkos vertë yra ne didesnë kaip 15% firmos pradiniokapitalo,

- firma vykdo 4 ir 5 straipsniuose numatytus reikalavimus, ir

- tokios pozicijos yra atsitiktinio ir laikino pobûdþio ir yra grieþtai apribotoslaikotarpiu, kuris reikalingas ávykdyti atitinkamà sandorá.

2. Valstybës narës gali sumaþinti 1 dalyje nurodytà sumà iki 50 000 ekiu tais atvejais,kai firma neturi leidimo laikyti klientø pinigus arba vertybinius popierius, taip patneturi leidimo veikti savo sàskaita arba garantuoti naujos vertybiniø popieriø emisijosiðplatinimà.


26

3. All other investment firms shall have initial capital of ECU 730 000.

4. The firms referred to in the second and third indents of Article 2 (2) shall haveinitial capital of ECU 50 000 in so far as they benefit from freedom of establishmentor provide services under Articles 14 or 15 of Directive 93/22/EEC.

5. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 to 4, Member States may continue theauthorization of investment firms and firms covered by paragraph 4 in existence beforethis Directive is applied the own funds of which are less than the initial capital levelsspecified for them in paragraphs 1 to 4. The own funds of such firms shall not fallbelow the highest reference level calculated after the date of notification of thisDirective. That reference level shall be the average daily level of own funds calculatedover a six-month period preceding the date of calculation. It shall be calculated everysix months in respect of the corresponding preceding period.

6. If control of a firm covered by paragraph 5 is taken by a natural or legal personother than the person who controlled it previously, the own funds of that firm mustattain at least the level specified for it in paragraphs 1 to 4, except in the followingsituations:

(i) in the case of the first transfer by inheritance after the application of this Directive,subject to the competent authorities’ approval, for not more than 10 years afterthat transfer;

(ii) in the case of a change in the composition of a partnership, as long as at leastone of the partners at the date of the application of this Directive remains in thepartnership, for not more than 10 years after the date of the application of thisDirective.

7. In certain specific circumstances and with the consent of the competent authorities,however, in the event of a merger of two or more investment firms and/or firms coveredby paragraph 4, the own funds of the firm produced by the merger need not attain thelevel specified in paragraphs 1 to 4. Nevertheless, during any period when the levelsspecified in paragraphs 1 to 4 have not been attained, the own funds of the new firmmay not fall below the merged firms’ total own funds at the time of the merger.

8. The own funds of investment firms and firms covered by paragraph 4 may notfall below the level specified in paragraphs 1 to 5 and 7. If they do, however, thecompetent authorities may, where the circumstances justify it, allow such firms a limitedperiod in which to rectify their situations or cease their activities.

PROVISIONS AGAINST RISKS

Article 4

1. The competent authorities shall require institutions to provide own funds whichare always more than or equal to the sum of:

(i) the capital requirements, calculated in accordance with Annexes I, II and VI,for their trading-book business;


27

3. Visos kitos investicinës firmos privalo turëti 730 000 ekiu pradiná kapitalà.

4. 2 straipsnio 2 dalies antroje ir treèioje átraukose nurodytos firmos privalo turëti50 000 ekiu pradiná kapitalà, jeigu jos naudojasi steigimosi laisve arba laisve teiktipaslaugas pagal Direktyvos 93/22/EEB 14 ar 15 straipsná.

5. Nepaþeisdamos ðio straipsnio 1–4 dalyse nurodytø sàlygø, valstybës narës gali irtoliau leisti veikti investicinëms firmoms bei 4 dalyje nurodytoms firmoms, veikusiomsprieð pradedant taikyti ðià direktyvà, net jei tokiø firmø nuosavos lëðos maþesnës uþ1–4 dalyse nustatytà pradinio kapitalo dydá. Tokiø firmø nuosavos lëðos negali bûtimaþesnës negu didþiausias bazinis dydis, apskaièiuotas po ðios direktyvos paskelbimodienos. Minëtas bazinis dydis yra lygus nuosavø lëðø dydþio dienos vidurkiui per ðeðismënesius iki apskaièiavimo dienos. Jis apskaièiuojamas kas ðeði mënesiai atsiþvelgiantá atitinkamà praëjusá laikotarpá.

6. Jeigu 5 dalyje nurodytos firmos kontrolæ perima kitas nei anksèiau jà kontroliavæsfizinis arba juridinis asmuo, tokios firmos nuosavos lëðos turi siekti bent jau 1–4 dalysenustatytà dydá, iðskyrus toliau iðvardytus atvejus:

i) pirmo perdavimo pagal paveldëjimo teisæ, atliekamo pradëjus taikyti ðiàdirektyvà, atveju, gavus kompetentingø institucijø pritarimà, taèiau ne ilgiau kaip10 metø po tokio perdavimo;

ii) keièiantis bendrovës struktûrai, jeigu tuo metu, kai pradedama taikyti ði direktyva,bent vienas ið partneriø lieka bendrovëje, taèiau ne ilgiau kaip 10 metø pradëjustaikyti ðià direktyvà.

7. Taèiau, esant ypatingoms aplinkybëms ir gavus kompetentingø institucijøsutikimà, dviejø arba daugiau investiciniø firmø ir (arba) 4 dalyje nurodytø firmøsusijungimo atveju, po susijungimo atsiradusios firmos nuosavos lëðos nebûtinai turisiekti 1–4 dalyse nustatytà dydá. Vis dëlto per bet koká laikotarpá, kurio metu nebuvopasiekti 1–4 dalyse nurodyti dydþiai, naujos firmos nuosavos lëðos negali bûti maþesnësuþ firmø nuosavø lëðø, buvusiø susijungimo metu, bendrà dydá.

8. Investiciniø firmø bei 4 dalyje nurodytø firmø nuosavos lëðos negali bûti maþesnësnegu 1–5 dalyse ir 7 dalyje nustatyti dydþiai. Taèiau jeigu nuosavos lëðos nesiekianustatytø dydþiø, kompetentingos institucijos gali, jeigu leidþia aplinkybës, nustatytitokioms firmoms ribotos trukmës laikotarpá, per kurá jos turi iðtaisyti padëtá arbanutraukti veiklà.

PRIEMONËS, SKIRTOS APSISAUGOTI NUO RIZIKØ

4 straipsnis

1. Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad ástaigos turëtø nuosavø lëðø, kuriosvisais atvejais bûtø didesnës arba lygios bendrai sumai, gaunamai sudëjus toliauiðvardytø punktø sumas:

i) jø prekybos knygos veiklai nustatytø kapitalo reikalavimø sumà, kuriapskaièiuojama pagal I, II ir VI priedus;


28

(ii) the capital requirements, calculated in accordance with Annex III, for all oftheir business activities;

(iii) the capital requirements imposed in Directive 89/647/EEC for all of their businessactivities, excluding both their trading-book business and their illiquid assets itthey are deducted from own funds under paragraph 2 (d) of Annex V;

(iv) the capital requirements imposed in paragraph 2.

Irrespective of the amount of the capital requirement referred to in (i) to (iv) theown-funds requirement for investment firms shall never be less than the amountprescribed in Annex IV.

2. The competent authorities shall require institutions to cover the risks arising inconnection with business that is outside the scope of both this Directive and Directive89/647/EEC and considered to be similar to the risks covered by those Directives byadequate own funds.

3. If the own funds held by an institution fall below the amount of the own fundsrequirement imposed in paragraph 1, the competent authorities shall ensure that theinstitution in question takes appropriate measures to rectify its situation as quickly aspossible.

4. The competent authorities shall require institutions to set up systems to monitorand control the interest-rate risk on all of their business, and those systems shall besubject to overview by the competent authorities.

5. Institutions shall be required to satisfy their competent authorities that theyemploy systems which can calculate their financial positions with reasonable accuracyat any time.

6. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, the competent authorities may allow institutionsto calculate the capital requirements for their trading-book business in accordancewith Directive 89/647/EEC rather than in accordance with Annexes I and II to thisDirective provided that:

(i) the trading-book business of such institutions does not normally exceed 5 % oftheir total business;

(ii) their total trading-book positions do not normally exceed ECU 15 million; and

(iii) the trading-book business of such institutions never exceeds 6 % of their totalbusiness and their total trading-book positions never exceed ECU 20 million.

7. In order to calculate the proportion that trading-book business bears to totalbusiness as in paragraph 6 (i) and (iii), the competent authorities may refer either tothe size of the combined on- and off-balance-sheet business, to the profit and lossaccount or to the own funds of the institutions in question, or to a combination ofthose measurements. When the size of on- and off-balance-sheet business is assessed,debt instruments shall be valued at their market prices or their principal values, equitiesat their market prices and derivatives according to the nominal or market values of


29

ii) visoms jø veiklos rûðims keliamø kapitalo reikalavimø sumà, kuri apskaièiuojamapagal III priedà;

iii) visoms jø veiklos rûðims Direktyvoje 89/647/EEB nustatytø kapitalo reikalavimøsumà, iðskyrus jø prekybos knygos veiklà bei jø nelikvidø turtà, jeigu jis yraatimamas ið nuosavø lëðø pagal V priedo 2 dalies d punktà;

iv) 2 dalyje nustatytø kapitalo reikalavimø sumà.

Nepriklausomai nuo i–iv punktuose nurodytos kapitalo reikalavimø sumos, investiciniøfirmø nuosavoms lëðoms keliamas kapitalo reikalavimas negali bûti maþesnis uþ IVpriede nustatytà sumà.

2. Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad ástaigos padengtø rizikà, atsirandanèiàuþsiimant veikla, kuri nenumatyta nei ðioje direktyvoje, nei Direktyvoje 89/647/EEBir kuri laikoma panaðia á minëtose direktyvose nurodytà rizikà, pakankamo dydþionuosavomis lëðomis.

3. Jeigu ástaigos turimos nuosavos lëðos nesiekia 1 dalyje nustatyto nuosavø lëðøreikalavimo dydþio, kompetentingos institucijos uþtikrina, kad atitinkama ástaiga kuogreièiau imtøsi priemoniø iðtaisyti tokià padëtá.

4. Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad ástaigos sukurtø palûkanø normosrizikos valdymo ir kontrolës sistemas, kurios bûtø taikomos visoms jø veiklos rûðimsir kurias tikrintø kompetentingos institucijos.

5. Ástaigos turi ávykdyti kompetentingø institucijø reikalavimus sistemoms, kuriospadëtø bet kuriuo metu pakankamai tiksliai apskaièiuoti jø finansines pozicijas, ádiegti.

6. Nepaþeisdamos 1 dalies reikalavimø, kompetentingos institucijos gali leistiástaigoms apskaièiuoti jø prekybos knygos veiklai taikomus kapitalo reikalavimus pagalDirektyvà 89/647/EEB, o ne pagal ðios direktyvos I ir II priedø reikalavimus, jeigu:

i) tokiø ástaigø prekybos knygos veikla paprastai nëra didesnë uþ 5% visos ástaigøveiklos;

ii) visos jø prekybos knygos pozicijos paprastai nëra didesnës uþ 15 milijonø ekiu;

iii) tokiø ástaigø prekybos knygos veikla jokiais atvejais nëra didesnë uþ 6% visosástaigø veiklos, o jø prekybos knygos visos pozicijos jokiais atvejais nëra didesnëuþ 20 milijonø ekiu.

7. Siekdamos apskaièiuoti prekybos knygos veiklos santyká su visa veikla, kaipnurodyta 6 dalies i ir iii punktuose, kompetentingos institucijos gali remtis balansinësir nebalansinës veiklos bendra apimtimi, pelno ir nuostolio ataskaita arba atitinkamøástaigø nuosavomis lëðomis, arba visais minëtais vertinimais kartu. Apskaièiavusbalansinës ir nebalansinës veiklos apimtis, skolos finansinës priemonës ávertinamospagal jø rinkos kainas arba pagal jø nominalias vertes, nuosavybës vertybiniai popieriaiávertinami pagal jø rinkos kainà, o iðvestinës priemonës – pagal jø pagrindiniø


30

the instruments underlying them. Long positions and short positions shall be summedregardless of their signs.

8. If an institution should happen for more than a short period to exceed either orboth of the limits imposed in paragraph 6 (i) and (ii) or to exceed either or both of thelimits imposed in paragraph 6 (iii), it shall be required to meet the requirementsimposed in Article 4 (1) (i) rather than those of Directive 89/647/EEC in respect of itstrading-book business and to notify the competent authority.

MONITORING AND CONTROL OF LARGE EXPOSURES

Article 5

1. Institutions shall monitor and control their large exposures in accordance withDirective 92/121/EEC.

2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, those institutions which calculate the capitalrequirements for their trading-book business in accordance with Annexes I and IIshall monitor and control their large exposures in accordance with Directive92/121/EEC subject to the modifications laid down in Annex VI to this Directive.

VALUATION OF POSITIONS FOR REPORTING PURPOSES

Article 6

1. Institutions shall mark to market their trading books on a daily basis unless theyare subject to Article 4 (6).

2. In the absence of readily available market prices, for example in the case ofdealing in new issues on the primary markets, the competent authorities may waivethe requirement imposed in paragraph 1 and require institutions to use alternativemethod’s of valuation provided that those methods are sufficiently prudent and havebeen approved by competent authorities.

SUPERVISION ON A CONSOLIDATED BASIS

Article 7

General principles

1. The capital requirements imposed in Articles 4 and 5 for institutions which areneither parent undertakings nor subsidiaries of such undertakings shall be applied ona solo basis.

2. The requirements imposed in Articles 4 and 5 for:

— any institution which has a credit institution within the meaning of Directive92/30/EEC, an investment firm or another financial institution as a subsidiary orwhich holds a participation in such an entity, and


31

priemoniø nominalias arba rinkos vertes. Ilgosios ir trumposios pozicijos yrasusumuojamos nepaisant jø þenklø.

8. Tuo atveju, jeigu ástaiga ilgesná laikotarpá virðija 6 dalies i ir ii punktuose nustatytàvienà arba abu apribojimus arba jeigu ji virðija 6 dalies iii punkte nustatytus vienàarba abu apribojimus, ið jos reikalaujama ávykdyti 4 straipsnio 1 dalies i punkteiðdëstytus reikalavimus, susijusius su jos prekybos knygos veikla, o ne reikalavimus,kurie numatyti Direktyvoje 89/647/EEB, ir apie tai informuoti kompetentingàinstitucijà.

DIDELIØ PASKOLØ STEBËJIMAS IR KONTROLË

5 straipsnis

1. Ástaigos stebi ir kontroliuoja savo dideles paskolas pagal Direktyvos 92/121/EEBreikalavimus.

2. Tos ástaigos, kurios apskaièiuoja savo prekybos knygos kapitalo reikalavimuspagal I ir II priedus, nepaþeisdamos 1 dalies reikalavimø, stebi ir kontroliuoja savodideles paskolas pagal Direktyvà 92/121/EEB atsiþvelgdamos á ðios direktyvos VI priedenurodytus pakeitimus.

POZICIJØ VERTINIMAS ATSKAITOMYBËS TIKSLAIS

6 straipsnis

1. Ástaigos kiekvienà dienà ávertina savo prekybos knygos pozicijas pagal rinkoskainas, iðskyrus tuos atvejus, kai jos turi laikytis 4 straipsnio 6 dalies reikalavimø.

2. Jeigu rinkos kainos nëra nustatytos, pavyzdþiui, prekiaujant naujos emisijosfinansinëmis priemonëmis pirminëse rinkose, kompetentingos institucijos gali laikinaiatidëti 1 dalyje nustatyto reikalavimo vykdymà ir reikalauti, kad ástaigos naudotøalternatyvius ávertinimo metodus, jeigu pastarieji yra pakankamai pagrásti ir buvopatvirtinti kompetentingø institucijø.

KONSOLIDUOTA PRIEÞIÛRA

7 straipsnis

Bendrieji principai

1. 4 ir 5 straipsniuose numatyti kapitalo reikalavimai ástaigoms, kurios nërapatronuojanèios ámonës ar patronuojanèiø ámoniø dukterinës ámonës, yra taikomiindividualiai.

2. Reikalavimai, kurie nustatyti 4 ir 5 straipsniuose:

- visoms ástaigoms, turinèioms kredito ástaigø, kaip numatyta Direktyvoje92/30/EEB, investicinëms firmoms ar kitoms finansø ástaigoms, kurios yradukterinës ámonës, arba tokioms ámonëms, kurios turi tokio subjekto kapitalodalá, bei


32

— any institution the parent undertaking of which is a financial holding company

shall be applied on a consolidated basis in accordance with the methods laid down inthe abovementioned Directive and in paragraphs 7 to 14 of this Article.

3. When a group covered by paragraph 2 does not include a credit institution,Directive 92/30/EEC shall apply, subject to the following adaptations:

— financial holding company shall mean a financial institution the subsidiaryundertakings of which are either exclusively or mainly investment firms or otherfinancial institutions one at least of which is an investment firm,

— mixed-activity holding company shall mean a parent undertaking, other than afinancial holding company or an investment firm, the subsidiaries of which includeat least one investment firm,

— competent authorities shall mean the national authorities which are empoweredby law or regulation to supervise investment firms,

— every reference to credit institutions shall be replaced by a reference to investment

firms,

— the second subparagraph of Article 3 (5) of Directive 92/30/EEC shall not apply,

— in Articles 4 (1) and (2) and 7 (5) of Directive 92/30/EEC each reference toDirective 77/780/EEC shall be replaced by a reference to Directive 93/22/EEC,

— for the purposes of Articles 3 (9) and 8 (3) of Directive 92/30/EEC the referencesto the Banking Advisory Committee shall be substituted by references to theCouncil and the Commission,

— the first sentence of Article 7 (4) of Directive 92/30/EEC shall be replaced bythe following:

‘Where an investment firm, a financial holding company or a mixed-activityholding company controls one or more subsidiaries which are insurancecompanies, the competent authorities and the authorities entrusted with thepublic task of supervising insurance undertakings shall cooperate closely’.

4. The competent authorities required or mandated to exercise supervision of groupscovered by paragraph 3 on a consolidated basis may, pending further coordination onthe supervision of such groups on a consolidated basis and where the circumstancesjustify it, waive that obligation provided that each investment firm in such a group:

(i) uses the definition of own funds given in paragraph 9 of Annex V;

(ii) meets the requirements imposed in Articles 4 and 5 on a solo basis;

(iii) sets up systems to monitor and control the sources of capital and funding of allother financial institutions within the group.


33

- visoms ástaigoms, kuriø patronuojanèios ámonës yra finansø kontroliuojanèiosiosbendrovës,

yra taikomi konsoliduotai pagal anksèiau nurodytoje direktyvoje ir 7–14 dalyseiðdëstytus metodus.

3. Jeigu kredito ástaiga nepriskiriama 2 dalyje nurodytai grupei, jai taikomaDirektyva 92/30/EEB ir tokie pakeitimai:

- finansø kontroliuojanèioji bendrovë yra finansø ástaiga, kurios visos arba beveikvisos dukterinës ámonës yra investicinës firmos arba kitos finansø ástaigos, iðkuriø bent viena yra investicinë firma,

- miðria veikla uþsiimanti kontroliuojanèioji bendrovë yra patronuojanti ámonë,iðskyrus finansø kontroliuojanèiàjà bendrovæ arba investicinæ firmà, kurios bentviena dukterinë ámonë yra investicinë firma,

- kompetentingos institucijos yra nacionalinës institucijos, kurioms pagal ástatymusar kitus teisës aktus suteikti ágaliojimai atlikti investiciniø firmø prieþiûrà,

- visos nuorodos á kredito ástaigas yra pakeièiamos nuorodomis á investicines firmas,

- Direktyvos 92/30/EEB 3 straipsnio 5 dalies antra pastraipa netaikoma,

- kiekviena nuoroda á Direktyvà 77/780/EEB, pateikta Direktyvos 92/30/EEB 4straipsnio 1 ir 2 dalyse bei 7 straipsnio 5 dalyje, pakeièiama nuoroda á Direktyvà93/22/EEB,

- Direktyvos 92/30/EEB 3 straipsnio 9 dalyje bei 8 straipsnio 3 dalyje pateiktosnuorodos á Bankininkystës patariamàjá komitetà pakeièiamos nuorodomis á Tarybàir Komisijà,

- Direktyvos 92/30/EEB 7 straipsnio 4 dalies pirmas sakinys pakeièiamas tokiusakiniu:

„Tas atvejais, kai investicinë firma, finansø kontroliuojanèioji bendrovë arbamiðria veikla uþsiimanti kontroliuojanèioji bendrovë kontroliuoja vienà arbadaugiau dukteriniø ámoniø, kurios yra draudimo bendrovës, kompetentingosinstitucijos bei institucijos, kurioms patikëta valstybës uþduotis vykdyti draudimoámoniø prieþiûrà, tarpusavyje glaudþiai bendradarbiauja.“

4. Kompetentingos institucijos, ið kuriø reikalaujama arba kurioms pavesta vykdyti3 dalyje nurodytø ástaigø grupiø prieþiûrà konsoliduotai tol, kol ði prieþiûra bus vëlderinama, ir tais atvejais, kai leidþia aplinkybës, gali laikinai nevykdyti ðio reikalavimo,jeigu kiekviena tokiai grupei priklausanti investicinë firma:

i) nuosavas lëðas apibrëþia taip, kaip nurodyta V priedo 9 dalyje;

ii) individualiai vykdo 4 ir 5 straipsniuose numatytus reikalavimus;

iii) sukuria sistemas, reikalingas kapitalo ðaltiniø bei visø kitø tai grupei priklausanèiøfinansø ástaigø finansavimo valdymui bei kontrolei uþtikrinti.


34

5. The competent authorities shall require investment firms in a group which hasbeen granted the waiver provided for in paragraph 4 to notify them of those risks,including those associated with the composition and sources of their capital and funding,which could undermine their financial positions. If the competent authorities thenconsider that the financial positions of those investment firms is not adequatelyprotected, they shall require them to take measures including, if necessary, limitationson the transfer of capital from such firms to group entities.

6. Where the competent authorities waive the obligation of supervision on aconsolidated basis provided for in paragraph 4 they shall take other appropriatemeasures to monitor the risks, namely large exposures, of the whole group, includingany undertakings not located in a Member State.

7. Member States may waive the application of the requirements imposed in Articles4 and 5, on an individual or subconsolidated basis, to an institution which, as a parentundertaking, is subject to supervision on a consolidated basis, and to any subsidiary ofsuch an institution which is subject to their authorization and supervision and is includedin the supervision on a consolidated basis of the institution which is its parent company.

The same right of waiver shall be granted where the parent undertaking is a financialholding company which has its head office in the same Member State as the institution,provided that it is subject to the same supervision as that exercised over creditinstitutions or investment firms, and in particular the requirements imposed in Articles4 and 5.

In both cases, if the right of waiver is exercised measures must be taken to ensure thesatisfactory allocation of own funds within the group.

8. Where an institution the parent undertaking of which is an institution has beenauthorized and is situated in another Member State, the competent authorities whichgranted that authorization shall apply the rules laid down in Articles 4 and 5 to thatinstitution on a individual or, where appropriate, a subconsolidated basis.

9. Notwithstanding paragraph 8, the competent authorities responsible forauthorizing the subsidiary of a parent undertaking which is an institution may, by abilateral agreement, delegate their responsibility for supervising the subsidiary’s capitaladequacy and large exposures to the competent authorities which authorized andsupervise the parent undertaking. The Commission must be kept informed of theexistence and content of such agreements. It shall forward such information to thecompetent authorities of the other Member States and to the Banking AdvisoryCommittee and to the Council, except in the case of groups covered by paragraph 3.

Calculating the consolidated requirements

10. Where the rights of waiver provided for in paragraphs 7 and 9 are not exercised,the competent authorities may, for the purpose of calculating the capital requirementsset out in Annex I and the exposures to clients set out in Annex VI on a consolidatedbasis, permit net positions in the trading book of one institution to offset positions in


35

5. Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad investicinës firmos, priklausanèiosatitinkamai grupei, kuriai netaikomas 4 dalyje pateiktas reikalavimas, informuotø jasapie rizikà, áskaitant su jø kapitalo ðaltiniais bei finansavimu susijusià rizikà, kuri galipabloginti jø finansinæ bûklæ. Jeigu kompetentingos institucijos, remdamosi gautainformacija, nusprendþia, jog minëtø investiciniø firmø finansinë padëtis nërapakankamai apsaugota, tuomet jos reikalauja, kad investicinës firmos imtøsi priemoniø,o prireikus taikytø ir atitinkamus apribojimus tokiø firmø kapitalo pervedimui tai grupeipriklausanèioms ástaigoms.

6. Jeigu kompetentingos institucijos netaiko 4 dalyje nurodyto reikalavimo atliktikonsoliduotà prieþiûrà, jos imasi kitø reikiamø priemoniø visos ástaigø grupës, áskaitantir visø uþ valstybës narës ribø esanèiø ámoniø, rizikai, pirmiausia – dideliø paskolørizikai, valdyti.

7. Valstybës narës gali netaikyti 4 ir 5 straipsniuose nustatytø individualiø ar pusiaukonsoliduotø reikalavimø tai ástaigai, kuri, kaip patronuojanti ámonë, yra priþiûrimakonsoliduotai, taip pat ir bet kuriai leidimà veiklai gavusiai ir priþiûrimai tokios ástaigosdukterinei ámonei, kuriai taikoma konsoliduota prieþiûra atliekant patronuojanèiosámonës konsoliduotà prieþiûrà.

Teisë nevykdyti anksèiau minëtø reikalavimø taip pat yra suteikiama tais atvejais, kaipatronuojanti ámonë yra finansø kontroliuojanèioji bendrovë, kurios pagrindinë buveinëyra toje paèioje valstybëje narëje kaip ir ástaiga, jeigu jai taikoma tokia pati prieþiûrakaip ir kredito ástaigoms arba investicinëms firmoms, pirmiausia – 4 ir 5 straipsniøreikalavimai.

Abiem atvejais, jeigu yra naudojamasi teise nenustatyti anksèiau nurodyto reikalavimo,turi bûti imamasi priemoniø, uþtikrinanèiø patenkinamà nuosavø lëðø paskirstymàástaigø grupëje.

8. Jeigu ástaigos patronuojanti ámonë yra ástaiga, gavusi leidimà veiklai ir veikiantikitoje valstybëje narëje, ðiai ástaigai leidimà iðdavusios kompetentingos institucijostaiko 4 ir 5 straipsniuose nurodytas taisykles individualiai arba, kur tinka, pusiaukonsoliduotai.

9. Nepaþeisdamos 8 dalies, kompetentingos institucijos, kurios atsako uþ leidimoiðdavimà patronuojanèios ámonës dukterinei ámonei, kuri yra ástaiga, gali pagal dviðalásusitarimà perduoti savo atsakomybæ uþ dukterinës ámonës kapitalo pakankamumobei dideliø paskolø prieþiûrà toms kompetentingoms institucijoms, kurios leidimàveiklai iðdavë patronuojanèiai ámonei ir vykdo jos prieþiûrà. Komisija turi bûtiinformuojama apie tokius susitarimus ir jø turiná. Ðià informacijà, iðskyrus informacijàapie ástaigø grupes, kurios nurodytos 3 dalyje, Komisija perduoda kitø valstybiø nariøkompetentingoms institucijoms, Bankininkystës patariamajam komitetui ir Tarybai.

Konsoliduotø reikalavimø apskaièiavimas

10. Jeigu 7 ir 9 dalyse numatyta teise netaikyti nustatytø reikalavimø nesinaudojama,siekiant konsoliduotai apskaièiuoti I priede nustatytus kapitalo reikalavimus bei VIpriede nurodytas dideles paskolas klientams, kompetentingos institucijos gali leistitarpusavyje áskaityti ástaigos prekybos knygos grynàsias pozicijas ir kitos ástaigos


36

the trading book of another institution according to the rules set out in Annexes Iand VI respectively.

In addition, they may allow foreign-exchange positions subject to Annex III in oneinstitution to offset foreign-exchange positions subjet to Annex III in another institutionin accordance with the rules set out in Annex III.

11. The competent authorities may also permit offsetting of the trading book and ofthe foreign-exchange positions of undertakings located in third countries, subject tothe simultaneous fulfilment of the following conditions:

(i) those undertakings have been authorized in a third country and either satisfythe definition of credit institution given in the first indent of Article 1 of Directive77/780/EEC or are recognized third-country investment firms;

(ii) such undertakings comply, on a solo basis, with capital adequacy rules equivalentto those laid down in this Directive;

(iii) no regulations exist in the countries in question which might significantly affectthe transfer of funds within the group.

12. The competent authorities may also allow the offsetting provided for in paragraph10 between institutions within a group that have been authorized in the Member Statein question, provided that:

(i) there is a satisfactory allocation of capital within the group;

(ii) the regulatory, legal or contractual framework in which the institutions operateis such as to guarantee mutual financial support within the group.

13. Furthermore, the competent authorities may allow the offsetting provided for inparagraph 10 between institutions within a group that fulfil the conditions imposed inparagraph 12 and any institution included in the same group which has been authorizedin another Member State provided that that institution is obliged to fulfil the capitalrequirements imposed in Articles 4 and 5 on a solo basis.

Definition of consolidated own funds

14. In the calculation of own funds on a consolidated basis Article 5 of Directive89/299/EEC shall apply.

15. The competent authorities responsible for exercising supervision on aconsolidated basis may recognize the validity of the specific own-funds definitionsapplicable to the institutions concerned under Annex V in the calculation of theirconsolidated own funds.


37

prekybos knygos pozicijas pagal I ir VI prieduose pateiktas atitinkamas taisykles.

Be to, kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti tarpusavyje áskaityti uþsienio valiutospozicijas, kurioms taikomos III priedo nuostatos, ir kitos ástaigos uþsienio valiutospozicijas, kurioms taikomos to paties III priedo nuostatos pagal jame iðdëstytastaisykles.

11. Kompetentingos institucijos taip pat gali leisti tarpusavyje áskaityti ámoniø, esanèiøtreèiosiose ðalyse, prekybos knygos pozicijas ir uþsienio valiutos pozicijas, jeigu tuopaèiu metu vykdomos ðios sàlygos:

i) minëtos ámonës yra gavusios leidimus veiklai treèiojoje ðalyje ir atitinkaDirektyvos 77/780/EEB 1 straipsnio pirmoje átraukoje pateiktà kredito ástaigøapibrëþimà arba yra pripaþintos treèiosios ðalies investicinës firmos;

ii) tokios ástaigos individualiai vykdo kapitalo pakankamumo reikalavimus,atitinkanèius ðios direktyvos reikalavimus;

iii) aptariamosiose ðalyse nëra priimtø teisës aktø, kurie galëtø turëti rimtos átakosnuosavø lëðø perdavimui grupëje.

12. Kompetentingos institucijos taip pat gali leisti atlikti tarpusavio áskaitymus, kurienurodyti 10 dalyje, tarp atitinkamai grupei priklausanèiø ástaigø, kurioms leidimaiveiklai iðduoti atitinkamoje valstybëje narëje, jeigu:

i) tokios grupës ástaigø kapitalas yra tinkamai paskirstomas;

ii) ástatymø, teisinë ir sutarèiø sistema, kuria vadovaujasi ástaigos, gali uþtikrintifinansinæ tarpusavio paramà grupëje.

13. Be to, kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti atlikti tarpusavio áskaitymus, kaipnurodyta 10 dalyje, tarp atitinkamos grupës ástaigos, kuri atitinka 12 dalies sàlygas, irbet kurios kitos tai paèiai grupei priklausanèios ástaigos, kuriai leidimas veiklai buvoiðduotas kitoje valstybëje narëje, tada, kai tokia ástaiga privalo individualiai vykdytikapitalo reikalavimus, numatytus 4 ir 5 straipsniuose.

Konsoliduotø nuosavø lëðø apibrëþimas

14. Konsoliduotai apskaièiuojant nuosavas lëðas, vadovaujamasi Direktyvos89/299/EEB 5 straipsniu.

15. Kompetentingos institucijos, atsakingos uþ konsoliduotos prieþiûros vykdymà,gali pripaþinti galiojanèiais V priede nurodytoms atitinkamoms ástaigoms taikomustam tikrus nuosavø lëðø apibrëþimus, kai skaièiuojamos minëtø ástaigø konsoliduotosnuosavos lëðos.


38

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Article 8

1. Member States shall require that investment firms and credit institutions providethe competent authorities of their home Member States with all the informationnecessary for the assessment of their compliance with the rules adopted in accordancewith this Directive. Member States shall also ensure that institutions’ internal controlmechanisms and administrative and accounting procedures permit the verification oftheir compliance with such rules at all times.

2. Investment firms shall be obliged to report to the competent authorities in themanner specified by the latter at least once every month in the case of firms coveredby Article 3 (3), at least once every three months in the case of firms covered byArticle 3 (1) and at least once every six months in the case of firms covered by Article3 (2).

3. Notwithstanding paragraph 2, investment firms covered by Article 3 (1) and (3)shall be required to provide the information on a consolidated or subconsolidatedbasis only once every six months.

4. Credit institutions shall be obliged to report in the manner specified by thecompetent authorities as often as they are obliged to report under Directive89/647/EEC.

5. The competent authorities shall oblige institutions to report to them immediatelyany case in which their counterparties in repurchase and reverse repurchase agreementsor securities-lending and securities-borrowing transactions default on their obligations.The Commission shall report to the Council on such cases and their implications forthe treatment of such agreements and transactions in this Directive not more thanthree years after the date referred to in Article 12. Such reports shall also describe theway that institutions meet those of conditions (i) to (v) in Article 2 (6) (b) that applyto them, in particular that referred to in condition (v). Furthermore it shall give detailsof any changes in the relative volume of institutions’ traditional lending and theirlending through reverse repurchase agreements and securities-borrowing transactions.If the Commission concludes on the basis of this report and other information thatfurther safeguards are needed to prevent abuse it shall make appropriate proposals.

COMPETENT AUTHORITIES

Article 9

1. Member States shall designate the authorities which are to carry out the dutiesprovided for in this Directive. They shall inform the Commission thereof, indicatingany division of duties.

2. The authorities referred to in paragraph 1 must be public authorities or bodiesofficially recognized by national law or by public authorities as part of the supervisorysystem in operation in the Member State concerned.


39

ATSKAITOMYBËS REIKALAVIMAI

8 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës reikalauja, kad investicinës firmos ir kredito ástaigos savo valstybiønariø kompetentingoms institucijoms pateiktø visà informacijà, kuri reikalingavertinant, kaip laikomasi taisykliø, priimtø pagal ðià direktyvà. Valstybës narës taippat uþtikrina, kad ástaigø vidaus kontrolës mechanizmai, administracinës ir apskaitosprocedûros leistø bet kuriuo metu patikrinti, kaip jos laikosi tokiø taisykliø reikalavimø.

2. Investicinës firmos privalo pateikti kompetentingoms institucijoms ataskaitaspastarøjø nustatyta tvarka, bûtent: 3 straipsnio 3 dalyje nurodytos firmos atsiskaitokompetentingoms institucijoms maþiausiai kartà per mënesá, 3 straipsnio 1 dalyjenurodytos firmos – maþiausiai kartà per tris mënesius, o firmos, nurodytos 3 straipsnio2 dalyje, ataskaitas kompetentingoms institucijoms turi pateikti ne reèiau kaip kartàper ðeðis mënesius.

3. 3 straipsnio 1 ir 3 dalyse nurodytos investicinës firmos, nepaþeisdamos 2 daliessàlygø, privalo pateikti konsoliduotà ar ið dalies konsoliduotà informacijà tik kartàper ðeðis mënesius.

4. Kredito ástaigos privalo teikti ataskaitas kompetentingø institucijø nustatytatvarka ir Direktyvoje 89/647/EEB numatytu daþnumu.

5. Kompetentingos institucijos ápareigoja ástaigas nedelsiant praneðti apie visusatvejus, kai ðiø ástaigø sutarèiø ðalys nevykdo ásipareigojimø, susijusiø su jø atpirkimosandoriais ir atvirkðtiniais atpirkimo sandoriais arba vertybiniø popieriø skolinimobei skolinimosi operacijomis. Komisija pateikia Tarybai ataskaità apie tokius atvejusbei savo iðvadas dël tokiø sandoriø bei operacijø traktavimo ðioje direktyvoje praëjusne daugiau kaip trejiems metams po 12 straipsnyje nurodytos dienos. Tose ataskaitosetaip pat turi bûti apibûdinta, kaip ástaigos vykdo joms taikomas sàlygas, iðdëstytas 2straipsnio 6 dalies b punkto i–v papunkèiuose ir ypaè v papunktyje. Be to, ataskaitojeturi bûti smulkiai nurodyti visi ástaigø tradicinio skolinimo bei skolinimo naudojantatvirkðtinius atpirkimo sandorius, taip pat vertybiniø popieriø skolinimosi operacijøsàlyginës apimties pasikeitimai. Jeigu Komisija, remdamasi tokia ataskaita bei kitainformacija, nustato, kad reikalingos papildomos priemonës, padedanèios uþkirsti keliàásipareigojimø nevykdymui, ji pateikia atitinkamus pasiûlymus.

KOMPETENTINGOS INSTITUCIJOS

9 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës paskiria institucijas, kurios turi vykdyti ðioje direktyvoje numatytaspareigas. Valstybës narës apie paskirtas institucijas ir apie bet koká pareigø paskirstymàinformuoja Komisijà.

2. 1 dalyje nurodytos institucijos turi bûti valstybinës institucijos, kurios nacionaliniøástatymø arba valstybiniø institucijø yra oficialiai pripaþintos kaip atitinkamojevalstybëje narëje veikianèios prieþiûros sistemos dalis.


40

3. The authorities concerned must be granted all the powers necessary for theperformance of their tasks, and in particular that of overseeing the constitution oftrading books.

4. The competent authorities of the various Member States shall collaborate closelyin the performance of the duties provided for in this Directive, particularly wheninvestment services are provided on a services basis or through the establishment ofbranches in one or more Member States. They shall on request supply one anotherwith all information likely to facilitate the supervision of the capital adequacy ofinvestment firms and credit institutions, in particular the verification of their compliancewith the rules laid down in this Directive. Any exchange of information betweencompetent authorities which is provided for in this Directive in respect of investmentfirms shall be subject to the obligation of professional secrecy imposed in Article 25 ofDirective 93/22/EEC and, as regards credit institutions, to the obligation imposed inArticle 12 of Directive 77/780/EEC, as amended by Directive 89/646/EEC.

Article 10

Pending adoption of a further Directive laying down provisions for adapting thisDirective to technical progress in the areas specified below, the Council shall, actingby qualified majority on a proposal from the Commission, in accordance with Decision87/373/EEC, adopt those adaptations which may be necessary, as follows:

— clarification of the definitions in Article 2 in order to ensure uniform applicationof this Directive throughout the Community,

— clarification of the definitions in Article 2 to take account of developments onfinancial markets,

— alteration of the amounts of initial capital prescribed in Article 3 and the amountreferred to in Article 4 (6) to take account of developments in the economic andmonetary field,

— the alignment of terminology on and the framing of definitions in accordancewith subsequent acts on institutions and related matters.

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

Article 11

1. Member States may authorize investment firms subject to Article 30 (1) ofDirective 93/22/EEC the own funds of which are on the day of the application of thisDirective lower than the levels specified in Article 3 (1) to (3) of this Directive.Thereafter, however, the own funds of such investment firms must fulfil the conditionslaid down in Article 3 (5) to (8) of this Directive.

2. Notwithstanding paragraph 14 of Annex I, Member States may set a specific-risk requirement for any bonds assigned a weighting of 10 % under Article 11 (2) ofDirective 89/647/EEC equal to half the specific-risk requirement for a qualifying itemwith the same residual maturity as such a bond.


41

3. Atitinkamoms institucijoms turi bûti suteikti visi ágaliojimai, kurie reikalingi jøuþduotims ávykdyti, ypaè toms, kurios susijusios su prekybos knygos sudëties prieþiûra.

4. Ávairiø valstybiø nariø kompetentingos institucijos artimai bendradarbiaujavykdydamos ðioje direktyvoje numatytas pareigas, ypaè tais atvejais, kai investicinëspaslaugos yra teikiamos kaip paslaugos arba steigiant filialus vienoje ar keliosevalstybëse narëse. Papraðytos, jos suteikia vienos kitoms informacijà, kuri gali padëtivykdyti investiciniø firmø bei kredito ástaigø kapitalo pakankamumo prieþiûrà, o ypaètikrinant, kaip jos laikosi ðioje direktyvoje iðdëstytø taisykliø. Kiekvienu pasikeitimoinformacija tarp kompetentingø institucijø atveju, kuris numatytas ðioje direktyvoje irkuris susijæs su investicinëmis firmomis, turi bûti laikomasi profesiniø paslapèiøsaugojimo reikalavimo, kuris numatytas Direktyvos 93/22/EEB 25 straipsnyje, o kreditoástaigø atveju – ásipareigojimo, numatyto Direktyvos 77/780/EEB, kuri ið dalies pakeistaDirektyva 89/646/EEB, 12 straipsnyje.

10 straipsnis

Iki tol, kol bus priimta kita direktyva, iðdëstanti nuostatas dël ðios direktyvospriderinimo prie techninës paþangos toliau iðvardytose srityse, Taryba, atsiþvelgdamaá Komisijos pasiûlymà ir vadovaudamasi Sprendimu 87/373/EEB, kvalifikuota balsødauguma prireikus gali priimti tokius pakeitimus:

- paaiðkinti 2 straipsnyje pateiktus apibrëþimus, kad bûtø uþtikrintas vienodasðios direktyvos taikymas visoje Bendrijoje,

- paaiðkinti 2 straipsnyje pateiktus apibrëþimus, kad bûtø atsiþvelgta á poslinkiusfinansø rinkose,

- pakeisti 3 straipsnyje bei 4 straipsnio 6 dalyje nurodytas pradinio kapitalo sumas,kad bûtø atsiþvelgta á pasikeitimus ekonomikos bei pinigø srityse,

- suderinti terminologijà ir patikslinti apibrëþimus pagal vëliau priimtus dokumentus,reguliuojanèius institucinius ir panaðius dalykus.

PEREINAMOSIOS NUOSTATOS

11 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës gali iðduoti leidimus veiklai investicinëms firmoms, kuriomstaikoma Direktyvos 93/22/EEB 30 straipsnio 1 dalis ir kuriø nuosavos lëðos ðiosdirektyvos ásigaliojimo dienà nesiekia 3 straipsnio 1–3 dalyse nustatyto dydþio. Taèiauvëliau investiciniø firmø nuosavos lëðos turi atitikti sàlygas, iðdëstytas 3 straipsnio 5–8 dalyse.

2. Nepaþeisdamos I priedo 14 dalies reikalavimø, valstybës narës gali nustatytispecifinës rizikos reikalavimà visoms obligacijoms, kurioms, kaip numatyta Direktyvos89/647/EEB 11 straipsnio 2 dalyje, taikomas 10% rizikos koeficientas, lygus puseispecifinës rizikos reikalavimo, numatyto pripaþástamai pozicijai, kurios likæs iðpirkimoterminas yra toks pat, kaip ir likæs iki ðios obligacijos iðpirkimo.


42

FINAL PROVISIONS

Article 12

1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary for them to comply with this Directive by the date fixed in thesecond paragraph of Article 31 of Directive 93/22/EEC. They shall forthwith informthe Commission thereof.

When Member States adopt these provisions they shall include a reference to thisDirective or add such a reference on the occasion of their official publication. Themanner in which such references are to be made shall be laid down by the MemberStates.

2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the main provisions ofnational law which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.

Article 13

The Commission shall as soon as possible submit to the Council proposals for capitalrequirements in respect of commodities trading, commodity derivatives and units ofcollective-investment undertakings.

The Council shall decide on the Commission’s proposals no later than six monthsbefore the date of application of this Directive.

REVIEW CLAUSE

Article 14

Within three years of the date referred to in Article 12, acting on a proposal from theCommission, the Council shall examine and, if necessary, revise this Directive in thelight of the experience acquired in applying it, taking into account market innovationand, in particular, developments in international fora of regulatory authorities,

Article 15

This Directive is addressed to the Member States.

Done at Brussels, 15 March 1993.

For the Council

The President

M. JELVED


43

BAIGIAMOSIOS NUOSTATOS

12 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës iki Direktyvos 93/22/EEB 31 straipsnio 2 dalyje nurodytos dienospriima ástatymus ir kitus teisës aktus, bûtinus, kad bûtø laikomasi ðios direktyvos.Apie tai jos nedelsdamos praneða Komisijai.

Valstybës narës, priimdamos ðias nuostatas, daro jose nuorodà á ðià direktyvà arbatokia nuoroda daroma jas oficialiai skelbiant. Nuorodos darymo tvarkà nustatovalstybës narës.

2. Valstybës narës pateikia Komisijai ðios direktyvos taikymo srityje priimtøpagrindiniø nacionaliniø teisës aktø nuostatø tekstus.

13 straipsnis

Komisija nedelsdama pateikia Tarybai pasiûlymus dël kapitalo reikalavimø, susijusiøsu prekyba prekëmis, prekiø iðvestinëmis priemonëmis bei kolektyvinio investavimoámoniø akcijomis.

Taryba priima sprendimà dël Komisijos pasiûlymø ne vëliau kaip likus ðeðiemsmënesiams iki ðios direktyvos taikymo dienos.

PERÞIÛRËJIMO SÀLYGA

14 straipsnis

Taryba per trejus metus nuo 12 straipsnyje nurodytos dienos, veikdama pagal Komisijospasiûlymà, patikrina ir prireikus perþiûri ðià direktyvà, atsiþvelgdama á jos taikymometu ágytà patirtá, rinkos naujoves ir, svarbiausia, á prieþiûros institucijø tarptautiniøforumø sprendimus.

15 straipsnis

Ði direktyva skirta valstybëms narëms.

Priimta Briuselyje, 1993 m. kovo 15 d.

Tarybos vardu

Pirmininkas

M. JELVED


44

ANNEX I

POSITION RISK

INTRODUCTION

Netting

1. The excess of an institution’s long (short) positions over its short (long) positionsin the same equity, debt and convertible issues and identical financial futures,options, warrants and covered warrants shall be its net position in each of thosedifferent instruments. In calculating the net position the competent authoritiesshall allow positions in derivative instruments to be treated, as laid down inparagraphs 4 to 7, as positions in the underlying (or notional) security or securities.Institutions’ holdings of their own debt instruments shall be disregarded incalculating specific risk under paragraph 14.

2. No netting shall be allowed between a convertible and an offsetting position inthe instrument underlying it, unless the competent authorities adopt an approachunder which the likelihood of a particular convertible’s being converted is takeninto account or have a capital requirement to cover any loss which conversionmight entail.

3. All net positions, irrespective of their signs, must be converted on a daily basisinto the institution’s reporting currency at the prevailing spot exchange rate beforetheir aggregation.

Particular instruments

4. Interest-rate futures, forward-rate agreements (FRAs) and forward commitmentsto buy or sell debt instruments shall be treated as combinations of long andshort positions. Thus a long interest-rate futures position shall be treated as acombination of a borrowing maturing on the delivery date of the futures contractand a holding of an asset with maturity date equal to that of the instrument ornotional position underlying the futures contract in question. Similarly a soldFRA will be treated as a long position with a maturity date equal to the settlementdate plus the contract period, and a short position with maturity equal to thesettlement date. Both the borrowing and the asset holding shall be included inthe Central government column of Table 1 in paragraph 14 in order to calculatethe capital required against specific risk for interest-rate futures and FRAs. Aforward commitment to buy a debt instrument shall be treated as a combinationof a borrowing maturing on the delivery date and a long (spot) position in thedebt instrument itself. The borrowing shall be included in the central governmentcolumn of Table 1 for purposes of specific risk, and the debt instrument underwhichever column is appropriate for it in the same table. The competentauthorities may allow the capital requirement for an exchange-traded future tobe equal to the margin required by the exchange if they are fully satisfied that it


45

I PRIEDAS

POZICIJØ RIZIKA

ÁVADAS

Grynøjø pozicijø skaièiavimas

1. Ástaigos ilgøjø (trumpøjø) pozicijø pervirðis, palyginti su trumposiomis(ilgosiomis) tos paèios emisijos nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø, skolos finansiniøpriemoniø ar konvertuojamø finansiniø priemoniø pozicijomis bei identiðkaisfinansiniais ateities sandoriais, pasirinkimo sandoriais, ilgalaikëmis pirkimoteisëmis ir padengtomis ilgalaikëmis pirkimo teisëmis, yra kiekvienos ið ðiø atskirøfinansiniø priemoniø ástaigos grynoji pozicija. Apskaièiuojant grynàjà pozicijà,kompetentingos institucijos leidþia iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø pozicijasvertinti pagal 4–7 dalis kaip pagrindinio (arba sàlyginio) vertybinio popieriauspozicijas. Apskaièiuojant specifinæ rizikà pagal 14 dalá, neatsiþvelgiama á ástaigosturimas nuosavas skolos finansines priemones.

2. Neleidþiama grynøjø pozicijø skaièiuoti tarp konvertuojamos finansinëspriemonës ir pagrindinës jà sudaranèios finansinës priemonës prieðprieðiniøpozicijø, iðskyrus atvejus, kai kompetentingos institucijos vadovaujasi nuostata,pagal kurià atsiþvelgiama á tikimybæ, kad tam tikra konvertuojama finansinëpriemonë bus konvertuojama, arba jeigu ðios institucijos yra nustaèiusios kapitaloreikalavimà, pagal kurá reikia padengti bet kokius nuostolius, galinèius atsirastiatliekant konvertavimà.

3. Prieð susumuojant grynàsias pozicijas, visos jos turi bûti konvertuojamos kiekvienàdienà á valiutà, naudojamà ástaigos ataskaitose, pagal vyraujantá dabartiná kursànepaisant jø þenklø.

Atskiros finansinës priemonës

4. Palûkanø normos ateities sandoriai, iðankstiniai palûkanø sandoriai (IPS) beiiðankstiniai ásipareigojimai pirkti ar parduoti skolos finansines priemones yralaikomi atitinkamø ilgøjø ir trumpøjø pozicijø kombinacijomis. Todël ilgojipalûkanø normos ateities sandorio pozicija yra laikoma skolinimosi, kurio terminasbaigiasi ateities sandorio pristatymo dienà, ir turimo turto, kurio terminas sutampasu atitinkamu pagrindinës finansinës priemonës arba sàlyginës pozicijos, kuriaparemtas minëtas ateities sandoris, terminu, kombinacija. Panaðiai parduotas IPSlaikomas ilgosios pozicijos, kurios terminas sutampa su atsiskaitymo dienapridedant sandorio laikotarpá, ir trumposios pozicijos, kurios terminas sutampasu atsiskaitymo diena, kombinacija. Ir skolinimasis, ir turimas turtas átraukiami á14 dalyje pateiktos 1 lentelës centrinës vyriausybës stulpelá norint apskaièiuotikapitalà, kuris reikalingas padengti specifinæ rizikà, susijusià su palûkanø normosateities sandoriais ir IPS. Iðankstinis ásipareigojimas pirkti skolos finansinæpriemonæ yra laikomas skolinimosi, kurio terminas baigiasi pristatymo dienà, irpaèios skolos finansinës priemonës ilgosios (dabarties) pozicijos kombinacija.Skolinimasis átraukiamas á 1 lentelës centrinës vyriausybës stulpelá, kad bûtø galimaávertinti specifinæ rizikà, o skolos finansinë priemonë áraðoma á atitinkamà tospaèios lentelës stulpelá. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad kapitalo


46

provides an accurate measure of the risk associated with the future and that themethod used to calculate the margin is equivalent to the method of calculationset out in the remainder of this Annex.

5. Options on interest rates, debt instruments, equities, equity indices, financialfutures, swaps and foreign currencies shall be treated as if they were positionsequal in value to the amount of the underlying instrument to which the optionrefers, multiplied by its delta for the purposes of this Annex. The latter positionsmay be netted off against any offsetting positions in the identical underlyingsecurities or derivatives. The delta used shall be that of the exchange concerned,that calculated by the competent authorities or, where that is not available orfor OTC options, that calculated by the institution itself, subject to the competentauthorities’ being satisfied that the model used by the institution is reasonable.

However, the competent authorities may also prescribe that institutions calculatetheir deltas using a methodology specified by the competent authorities.

The competent authorities shall require that the other risks, apart from the dealtrisk, associated with options are safeguarded against. The competent authoritiesmay allow the requirement against a written exchange-traded option to be equalto the margin required by the exchange if they are fully satisfied that it providesan accurate measure of the risk associated with the option and that the methodused to calculate the margin is equivalent to the method of calculation set out inthe remainder of this Annex for such options. In addition they may allow therequirement on a bought exchange-traded or OTC option to be the same as thatfor the instrument underlying it, subject to the constraint that the resultingrequirement does not exceed the market value of the option. The requirementagainst a written OTC option shall be set in relation to the instrument underlyingit.

6. Warrants and covered warrants shall be treated in the same way as options underparagraph 5.

7. Swaps shall be treated for interest-rate risk purposes on the same basis as on-balance-sheet instruments. Thus an interest-rate swap under which an institutionreceives floating-rate interest and pays fixed-rate interest shall be treated asequivalent to a long position in a floating-rate instrument of maturity equivalentto the period until the next interest fixing and a short position in a fixed-rateinstrument with the same maturity as the swap itself.

8. However, institutions which mark to market and manage the interest-rate riskon the derivative instruments covered in paragraphs 4 to 7 on a discounted-cash-flow basis may use sensitivity models to calculate the positions referred to


47

reikalavimas ateities sandoriams, kuriais prekiaujama birþoje, bûtø lygus birþosreikalaujamam privalomam ánaðui, jeigu yra visiðkai ásitikinusios, kad privalomasánaðas teisingai atspindi su atskiru sandoriu susijusià rizikà ir kad privalomo ánaðoapskaièiavimo metodas atitinka toliau ðiame priede nurodytà apskaièiavimo metodà.

5. Pasirinkimo sandoriai, susijæ su palûkanø normos, skolos finansiniø priemoniø,nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø, nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø indeksø,finansiniais ateities, apsikeitimo ir uþsienio valiutos sandoriais, yra traktuojamikaip pozicijos, lygios pagrindinës pasirinkimo sandorio finansinës priemonësvertei, padaugintai ið ðio pasirinkimo sandorio delta koeficiento, kaip nurodomaðiame priede. Pastarosios pozicijos gali bûti tarpusavyje uþskaitomos su visomisidentiðkø pagrindiniø vertybiniø popieriø arba iðvestiniø pagrindiniø finansiniøpriemoniø prieðingomis pozicijomis. Gali bûti naudojamas atitinkamos birþostaikomas delta arba tas, kurá apskaièiuoja kompetentingos institucijos, o taisatvejais, kai delta nëra nustatytas, arba nebirþiniø pasirinkimo sandoriø atvejunaudojamas paèios ástaigos apskaièiuotas delta, jeigu kompetentingos institucijosmano, kad ástaigos taikomas delta skaièiavimo modelis yra priimtinas.

Vis dëlto kompetentingos institucijos taip pat gali numatyti, kad ástaigosapskaièiuotø savo deltà pagal kompetentingø institucijø nustatytus metodus.

Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad bûtø apsisaugoma ne tik nuo anksèiauminëtos rizikos, bet ir nuo visos kitos su pasirinkimo sandoriais susijusios rizikos.Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad reikalavimas, keliamas iðleistampasirinkimo sandoriui, kuriuo prekiaujama birþoje, bûtø lygus birþos reikalaujamamprivalomam ánaðui, jeigu, jø nuomone, privalomas ánaðas teisingai atspindi supasirinkimo sandoriu susijusià rizikà ir jeigu metodas, kuris naudojamasprivalomam ánaðui apskaièiuoti, atitinka toliau ðiame priede numatytàapskaièiavimo metodà, taikomà tokiems pasirinkimo sandoriams. Be to,kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad reikalavimas, keliamas nupirktampasirinkimo sandoriui, kuriuo prekiaujama birþoje, arba nebirþiniam pasirinkimosandoriui, atitiktø pagrindinei pasirinkimo sandorio finansinei priemonei nustatytàreikalavimà su sàlyga, kad ðio reikalavimo dydis nepranoksta pasirinkimo sandoriorinkos vertës. Reikalavimas iðleistam nebirþiniam pasirinkimo sandoriui nustatomasatsiþvelgiant á pagrindinæ sandorio finansinæ priemonæ.

6. Ilgalaikës pirkimo teisës ir padengtos ilgalaikës pirkimo teisës vertinamosvadovaujantis 5 dalimi taip pat kaip pasirinkimo sandoriai.

7. Vertinant palûkanø normos rizikà, apsikeitimo sandoriai vertinami taip pat kaipir balanse apskaitomos finansinës priemonës. Todël palûkanø normos apsikeitimosandoriai, kuriø metu ástaiga gauna kintanèios normos palûkanas ir mokafiksuotos normos palûkanas, vertinami kaip ekvivalentiðki kintanèios palûkanønormos finansinës priemonës, kurios terminas sutampa su laikotarpiu iki kitopalûkanø nustatymo, ilgosios pozicijos ir fiksuotos normos palûkanø finansinëspriemonës trumposios pozicijos kombinacijai, kai tokios finansinës priemonësterminas sutampa su paties apsikeitimo sandorio terminu.

8. Taèiau ástaigos, kurios iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø, nurodytø 4–7 dalyse,palûkanø rizikà ávertina ir valdo pagal rinkos kainas remdamosios diskontuotaispinigø srautais, apskaièiuodamos anksèiau nurodytas pozicijas gali naudotis


48

above and may use them for any bond which is amortized over its residual liferather than via one final repayment of principal. Both the model and its use bythe institution must be approved by the competent authorities. These modelsshould generate positions which have the same sensitivity to interest-rate changesas the underlying cash flows. This sensitivity must be assessed with reference toindependent movements in sample rates across the yield curve, with at least onesensitivity point in each of the maturity bands set out in Table 2 of paragraph 18.The positions shall be included in the calculation of capital requirementsaccording to the provisions laid down in paragraphs 15 to 30.

9. Institutions which do not use models under paragraph 8 may instead, with theapproval of the competent authorities, treat as fully offsetting any positions inderivative instruments covered in paragraphs 4 to 7 which meet the followingconditions at least:

(i) the positions are of the same value and denominated in the same currency;

(ii) the reference rate (for floating-rate positions) or coupon (for fixed-ratepositions) is closely matched;

(iii) the next interest-fixing date or, for fixed coupon positions, residual maturitycorresponds with the following limits:

— less than one month hence: same day,

— between one month and one year hence: within seven days,

— over one year hence: within 30 days.

10. The transferor of securities or guaranteed rights relating to title to securities in arepurchase agreement and the lender of securities in a securities lending shallinclude these securities in the calculation of its capital requirement under thisAnnex provided that such securities meet the criteria laid down in Article 2 (6) (a).

11. Positions in units of collective-investment undertakings shall be subject to thecapital requirements of Directive 89/647/EEC rather than to position-riskrequirements under this Annex.

Specific and general risks

12. The position risk on a traded debt instrument or equity (or debt or equityderivative) shall be divided into two components in order to calculate the capitalrequired against it. The first shall be its specific-risk component — this is the riskof a price change in the instrument concerned due to factors related to its issueror, in the case of a derivative, the issuer of the underlying instrument. The secondcomponent shall cover its general risk — this is the risk of a price change in theinstrument due (in the case of a traded debt instrument or debt derivative) to achange in the level of interest rates or (in the case of an equity or equity derivative)to a broad equity-market movement unrelated to any specific attributes of


49

jautrumo modeliais ir juos taikyti bet kuriai obligacijai, kuri iðperkama ne vienukartu sumokant nominalo vertæ termino pabaigoje, o mokant dalimis per likusáterminà. Ástaigos pasirinktà modelá bei jo naudojimà turi patvirtinti kompetentingosinstitucijos. Tokie modeliai turi imituoti pozicijas, kurios á palûkanø normospasikeitimus reaguotø taip pat jautriai, kaip ir pagrindiniai grynøjø pinigø srautai.Ðis jautrumas palûkanø normos pasikeitimams turi bûti ávertintas atsiþvelgiant ánepriklausomus baziniø palûkanø normø pokyèius visoje pelningumo kreivëjenumatant bent po vienà jautrumo taðkà kiekvienoje terminø grupëje, pateiktoje18 dalies 2 lentelëje. Pozicijos átraukiamos skaièiuojant kapitalo rodiklá pagal15–30 dalyse iðdëstytas nuostatas.

9. Ástaigos, kurios nesinaudoja 8 dalyje apibûdintais modeliais, gavusioskompetentingø institucijø pritarimà gali traktuoti, kaip visiðkai tarpusavyjeáskaitytas, tas 4–7 dalyse iðvardytas iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø pozicijas, kuriosatitinka bent tokias sàlygas:

i) pozicijø vertës yra vienodos ir iðreikðtos ta paèia valiuta;

ii) bazinë norma (kintanèiø palûkanø normos pozicijoms) ar atkarpos (fiksuotospalûkanø normos pozicijoms) palûkanø norma atitinka viena kità;

iii) kita palûkanø normos nustatymo diena arba, fiksuotø atkarpø pozicijø atveju,laikotarpis, liekantis iki termino pabaigos, atitinka toliau nurodytas ribas:

- trumpesnis kaip vienas mënuo: ta pati diena,

- nuo vieno mënesio iki vieneriø metø: septynios dienos,

- ilgiau kaip vieneri metai: 30 dienø.

10. Jeigu vertybiniai popieriai arba garantuotos teisës á vertybiniø popieriø nuosavybæperduodami atpirkimo sandorio bûdu ir jeigu vertybiniai popieriai skolinamiskolinimo operacijos bûdu, jø perdavëjas arba skolintojas átraukia ðiuosvertybinius popierius á savo kapitalo apskaièiavimus vadovaudamasis ðiuo priedutada, kai tokie vertybiniai popieriai atitinka ðios direktyvos 2 straipsnio 6 daliesa punkte iðdëstytus reikalavimus.

11. Kolektyvinio investavimo ámoniø akcijø pozicijoms taikomi ne ðio priedoreikalavimai, susijæ su pozicijos rizika, o Direktyvoje 89/647/EEB iðdëstyti kapitaloreikalavimai.

Specifinë ir bendroji rizikos

12. Skolos finansiniø priemoniø arba nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø (arba skolosar nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø), kuriaisprekiaujama, pozicijos rizika yra suskirstoma á du komponentus siekiantapskaièiuoti, kiek kapitalo reikia jø rizikai padengti. Vienas ið jø – jos specifinërizika, t. y. atitinkamos finansinës priemonës kainos pasikeitimo rizika dëlveiksniø, susijusiø su jos emitentu, arba (iðvestinës finansinës priemonës atveju)rizika, susijusi su pagrindinës finansinës priemonës emitentu. Antrasis pozicijosrizikos komponentas apima bendràjà pozicijos rizikà, t. y. tokià finansinës


50

individual securities.

TRADED DEBT INSTRUMENTS

13. The institution shall classify its net positions according to the currency in whichthey are denominated and shall calculate the capital requirement for generaland specific risk in each individual currency separately.

Specific risk

14. The institution shall assign its net positions, as calculated in accordance withparagraph 1, to the appropriate categories in Table 1 on the basis of their residualmaturities and then multiply them by the weightings shown. It shall sum itsweighted positions (regardless of whether they are long or short) in order tocalculate its capital requirement against specific risk.

Table 1

lartneCtnemnrevog

smetismetigniyfilauQ

smetirehtO

shtnom6otpUpudna6revOshtnom42ot

shtnom42revO

%00,0 %52,0 %00,1 %06,1 %00,8

General risk

(a) Maturity-based

15. The procedure for calculating capital requirements against general risk involvestwo basic steps. First, all positions shall be weighted according to maturity (asexplained in paragraph 16), in order to compute the amount of capital requiredagainst them. Second, allowance shall be made for this requirement to be reducedwhen a weighted position is held alongside an opposite weighted position withinthe same maturity band. A reduction in the requirement shall also be allowedwhen the opposite weighted positions fall into different maturity bands, with thesize of this reduction depending both on whether the two positions fall into thesame zone, or not, and on the particular zones they fall into. There are threezones (groups of maturity bands) altogether.

16. The institution shall assign its net positions to the appropriate maturity bands incolumn 2 or 3, as appropriate, in Table 2 appearing in paragraph 18. It shall do


51

priemonës (parduodamos skolos finansinës priemonës arba skolos finansinëspriemonës iðvestinës finansinës priemonës atveju) kainos pasikeitimo rizikà, kuripriklauso nuo palûkanø normos lygio pasikeitimo arba (nuosavybës vertybiniøpopieriø ar nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø atveju)nuo bendrø visos nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø rinkos svyravimø, nesusijusiøsu jokiais specifiniais atskirø vertybiniø popieriø poþymiais.

SKOLOS FINANSINËS PRIEMONËS, KURIOMIS PREKIAUJAMA

13. Ástaiga suskirsto savo grynàsias pozicijas pagal valiutà, kuria jos yra iðreikðtos,ir apskaièiuoja kapitalo reikalavimus bendrajai ir specifinei rizikai pagalkiekvienà valiutà atskirai.

Specifinë rizika

14. Ástaiga priskiria savo grynàsias pozicijas, apskaièiuotas pagal 1 dalá, atitinkamoms1 lentelëje nurodytoms kategorijoms pagal likusius terminus ir ávertina jas pagalrizikà. Po to, norëdama apskaièiuoti savo kapitalà, reikalingà apsisaugoti nuospecifinës rizikos, ástaiga susumuoja pozicijas, padaugintas ið rizikos koeficiento,nepriklausomai nuo to, ar jos ilgosios, ar trumposios.

1 lentelë

sënirtneCsëbysuairyvsojicizop

sojicizopsomatsáþapirPsojicizopsotiK

.nëm6ikIiki6ouN.nëm42

piakuaiguaD.nëm42

%00,0 %52,0 %00,1 %06,1 %00,8

Bendroji rizika

a) Kapitalo reikalavimø apskaièiavimas pagal terminus

15. Kapitalo reikalavimø, kurie susijæ su apsisaugojimu nuo bendrosios rizikos,apskaièiavimas apima du pagrindinius etapus. Pirma, visos pozicijos yrapadauginamos ið rizikos koeficiento priklausomai nuo termino (kaip paaiðkinta16 dalyje), kad bûtø galima apskaièiuoti kapitalo kieká, reikalingà jø rizikaipadengti. Antra, ðá reikalingà kapitalà leidþiama sumaþinti, jeigu ið rizikoskoeficiento padauginta pozicija turi prieðingà ið rizikos koeficiento padaugintàpozicijà, kuri patenka á tà paèià terminø grupæ kaip ir pirmoji pozicija. Sumaþintireikalingà kapitalà leidþiama ir tuo atveju, kai prieðingos ið rizikos koeficientopadaugintos pozicijos terminø ribos skiriasi, o ðio sumaþinimo dydis priklausysnuo to, ar abi minëtos pozicijos priklauso tai paèiai zonai, ar ne, taip pat nuopaèiø zonø. Ið viso yra trys zonos, sudarytos ið keliø terminø grupiø.

16. Ástaiga priskiria savo grynàsias pozicijas atitinkamoms terminø grupëms,nurodytoms 18 dalyje pateikiamos 2 lentelës 2 arba 3 stulpelyje. Priskirdama


52

so on the basis of residual maturity in the case of fixed-rate instruments and onthe basis of the period until the interest rate is next set in the case of instrumentson which the interest rate is variable before final maturity. It shall also distinguishbetween debt instruments with a coupon of 3 % or more and those with a couponof less than 3 % and thus allocate them to column 2 or column 3 in Table 2. Itshall then multiply each of them by the weighing for the maturity band in questionin column 4 in Table 2.

17. It shall then work out the sum of the weighted long positions and the sum of theweighted short positions in each maturity band. The amount of the former whichare matched by the latter in a given maturity band shall be the matched weightedposition in that band, while the residual long or short position shall be theunmatched weighted position for the same band. The total of the matchedweighted positions in all bands then be calculated.

18. The institution shall compute the totals of the unmatched weighted long positionsfor the bands included in each of the zones in Table 2 in order to derive theunmatched weighted long position for each zone. Similarly the sum of theunmatched weighted short positions for each band in a particular zone shall besummed to compute the unmatched weighted short position for that zone. Thatpart of the unmatched weighted long position for a given zone that is matchedby the unmatched weighted short position for the same zone shall be the matchedweighted position for that zone. That part of the unmatched weighted long orunmatched weighted short position for a zone that cannot be thus matched shallbe the unmatched weighted position for that zone.

Table 2

enoZdnabytirutaM

gnithgieW)%ni(

tseretnidemussAegnahcetar

)%ni(%3fonopuoCeromro

sselfonopuoC%3naht

)1( )2( )3( )4( )5(

enO

00,002,004,007,0

–00,100,100,1

owT52,157,152,2

09,008,057,0

eerhT

57,252,357,305,452,500,600,805,21

57,007,056,006,006,006,006,006,0

0 � 1 months 0 � 1 months> 1 � 3 months > 1 � 3 months> 3 � 6 months > 3 � 6 months> 6 � 12 months > 6 � 12 months

> 1 � 2 years > 1,0 � 1,9 years> 2 � 3 years > 1,9 � 2,8 years> 3 � 4 years > 2,8 � 3,6 years

> 4 � 5 years > 3,6 � 4,3 years> 5 � 7 years > 4,3 � 5,7 years> 7 � 10 years > 5,7 � 7,3 years> 10 � 15 years > 7,3 � 9,3 years> 15 � 20 years > 9,3 � 10,6 years

> 20 years >10,6 � 12,0 years>12,0 � 20,0 years

> 20 years


53

fiksuotos palûkanø normos finansines priemones, ji remiasi likusiu iki iðpirkimoterminu, o priskirdama finansines priemones, kuriø palûkanø norma prieð galutináiðpirkimo terminà keièiasi, – laikotarpiu, likusiu iki naujo palûkanø normosnustatymo. Ástaiga taip pat iðskiria skolos finansines priemones su 3% arbadidesnëmis atkarpos palûkanomis bei tas finansines priemones, kuriø atkarpospalûkanos nesiekia 3%, ir kiekvienà ið jø áraðo á 2 lentelës 2 arba 3 stulpelá. Po toástaiga kiekvienà ið jø ávertina pagal rizikà, susijusià su atitinkamu terminu,nurodytà 2 lentelës 4 stulpelyje.

17. Po to ástaiga atskirai susumuoja ilgàsias pozicijas, padaugintas ið rizikos koeficiento,ir trumpàsias pozicijas, padaugintas ið rizikos koeficiento, pagal kiekvienà terminogrupæ. Ið rizikos koeficiento padaugintos pirmosios pozicijos suma, kuri atitinkaið rizikos koeficiento padaugintos antrosios pozicijos sumà toje paèioje terminøgrupëje, yra suderinta ir pagal rizikà ávertinta vienos terminø grupës pozicija, olikusi ilgoji arba trumpoji pozicija yra tos paèios terminø grupës nesuderinta pagalrizikà ávertinta pozicija. Po to apskaièiuojama bendra visø suderintø ir pagal rizikàávertintø terminø grupiø pozicija.

18. Ástaiga apskaièiuoja nesuderintø pagal rizikà ávertintø ilgøjø pozicijø sumaskiekvienos 2 lentelëje nurodytos zonos terminø grupëje, kad galëtø apskaièiuotinesuderintà pagal rizikà ávertintà ilgàjà pozicijà kiekvienai zonai. Panaðiai, norintapskaièiuoti atitinkamos zonos nesuderintà pagal rizikà ávertintà trumpàjàpozicijà, apskaièiuojama nesuderintø pagal rizikà ávertintø trumpøjø pozicijøsuma kiekvienoje konkreèios zonos terminø grupëje. Ta atitinkamos zonosnesuderintos ilgosios pozicijos, ávertintos pagal rizikà, dalis, kuri yra suderintasu tos paèios zonos nesuderinta pagal rizikà ávertinta trumpàja pozicija, yrasuderinta pagal rizikà ávertinta tos zonos pozicija. Ta dalis atitinkamos zonosnesuderintos pagal rizikà ávertintos ilgosios arba nesuderintos pagal rizikàávertintos trumposios pozicijos, kuri negali bûti suderinta, kaip nurodyta anksèiau,laikoma nesuderinta pagal rizikà ávertinta tos zonos pozicija.

2 lentelë

anoZ

sanimreTsokiziRsatneicifeok

)%(

sanitëkiTønakûlapsomronsamitiekisap

)%(

ønakûlapsopraktAabra%3amron

uaiguad

ønakûlapsopraktApiakuaiþamamron

%3

1 2 3 4 5

amriP

00,002,004,007,0

–00,100,100,1

artnA52,157,152,2

09,008,057,0

aièerT

57,252,357,305,452,500,600,805,21 0

57,007,056,006,006,006,006,006,0

0 mën. � 1 mën.> 1 mën. � 3 mën.> 3 mën. � 6 mën.> 6 mën. � 12 mën.

> 1 m. � 2 m.> 2 m. � 3 m.> 3 m. � 4 m.

> 4 m. � 5 m.> 5 m. � 7 m.> 7 m. � 10 m.> 10 m. � 15 m.> 15 m. � 20 m.

> 20 m.

0 mën. � 1 mën.> 1 mën. � 3 mën.> 3 mën. � 6 mën.> 6 mën. � 12 mën.

> 1,0 m. � 1,9 m.> 1,9 m. � 2,8 m.> 2,8 m. � 3,6 m.

> 3,6 m. � 4,3 m.> 4,3 m. � 5,7 m.> 5,7 m. � 7,3 m.> 7,3 m. � 9,3 m.> 9,3 m. �10,6 m.> 10,6 m.�12,0 m.> 12,0 m.�20,0 m.

>20 m.


54

19. The amount of the unmatched weithted long (short) position in zone one whichis matched by the unmatched weighted short (long) position in zone two shallthen be computed. This shall be referred to in paragraph 23 as the matchedweighted position between zones one and two. The same calculation shall thenbe undertaken with regard to that part of the unmatched weighted position inzone two which is left over and the unmatched weighted position in zone threein order to calculate the matched weighted position between zones two and three.

20. The institution may, if it wishes, reverse the order in paragraph 19 so as tocalculate the matched weighted position between zones two and three beforeworking out that between zones one and two.

21. The remainder of the unmatched weighted position in zone one shall then bematched with what remains of that for zone three after the latter’s matchingwith zone two in order to derive the matched weighted position between zonesone and three.

22. Residual positions, following the three separate matching calculations inparagraphs 19, 20 and 21, shall be summed.

23. The institution’s capital requirement shall be calculated as the sum of:

(a) 10 % of the sum of the matched weighted positions in all maturity bands;

(b) 40 % of the matched weighted position in zone one;

(c) 30 % of the matched weighted position in zone two;

(d) 30 % of the matched weighted position in zone three;

(e) 40 % of the matched weighted position between zones one and two andbetween zones two and three (see paragraph 19);

(f) 150 % of the matched weighted position between zones one and three;

(g) 100 % of the residual unmatched weighted positions.

(b) Duration-based

24. The competent authorities in a Member State may allow institutions in generalor on an individual basis to use a system for calculating the capital requirementfor the general risk on traded debt instruments which reflects duration insteadof the system set out in paragraphs 15 to 23, provided that the institution does soon a consistent basis.

25. Under such a system the institution shall take the market value of each fixed-rate debt instrument and thence calculate its yield to maturity, which is implieddiscount rate for that instrument. In the case of floating-rate instruments, theinstitution shall take the market value of each instrument and thence calculateits yield on the assumption that the principal is due when the interest rate cannext be changed.


55

19. Po to apskaièiuojama nesuderintos pagal rizikà ávertintos ilgosios (trumposios)pozicijos pirmoje zonoje, kuri derinama su nesuderinta pagal rizikà ávertintailgàja (trumpàja) pozicija antroje zonoje, suma. 23 dalyje tai vadinama pagalrizikà ávertinta pirmos ir antros zonø suderinta pozicija. Tokiu pat bûduapskaièiuojama nesuderintos pagal rizikà ávertintos likusios dalies antroje zonojeir nesuderintos pagal rizikà ávertintos pozicijos treèioje zonoje suderinta pagalrizikà ávertinta antros ir treèios zonø pozicija.

20. Ástaiga gali, jeigu ji to pageidauja, pakeisti 19 dalyje nurodytà tvarkà pirmiausiaapskaièiuodama pagal rizikà ávertintà antros ir treèios zonø suderintà pozicijà, ovëliau pirmos ir antros zonø suderintà pozicijà.

21. Po to nesuderintos pagal rizikà ávertintos pozicijos likusi dalis pirmoje zonojeyra suderinama su nesuderinta pozicijos dalimi treèioje zonoje, kuri lieka popastarosios zonos pozicijos suderinimo su antros zonos pozicija, taipapskaièiuojant pagal rizikà ávertintà pirmos ir treèios zonø suderintà pozicijà.

22. Atlikus 19, 20 ir 21 dalyse nurodytus atskirus suderinimo apskaièiavimus, likusiospozicijos yra susumuojamos.

23. Ástaigos kapitalo reikalavimas apskaièiuojamas susumuojant:

a) 10% visø terminø grupiø pagal rizikà ávertintø suderintø pozicijø sumos;

b) 40% pirmos zonos pagal rizikà ávertintos suderintos pozicijos;

c) 30% antros zonos pagal rizikà ávertintos suderintos pozicijos;

d) 30% treèios zonos pagal rizikà ávertintos suderintos pozicijos;

e) 40% pirmos ir antros bei antros ir treèios zonø pagal rizikà ávertintossuderintos pozicijos (þr. 19 dalá);

f) 150% pirmos ir treèios zonø pagal rizikà ávertintos suderintos pozicijos;

g) 100% pagal rizikà ávertintø nesuderintø pozicijø likusios dalies.

b) Kapitalo reikalavimø apskaièiavimas pagal trukmæ

24. Valstybës narës kompetentingos institucijos visoms arba kai kurioms ástaigomsgali leisti naudoti skolos finansiniø priemoniø, kuriomis prekiaujama, bendrosiosrizikos kapitalo reikalavimo apskaièiavimo sistemà pagal trukmæ, kuri, skirtingainuo 15–23 dalyse nurodytos sistemos, atspindi trukmæ, su sàlyga, kad ástaiga ðiàsistemà taiko nuosekliai.

25. Naudodama ðià sistemà, ástaiga pagal kiekvieno fiksuotos palûkanø normos skolosfinansinës priemonës rinkos vertæ apskaièiuoja savo pelningumà iki iðpirkimotermino, kuris yra teorinë to vertybinio popieriaus diskonto norma. Skaièiuodamakintanèios palûkanø normos finansiniø priemoniø pelningumà, ástaiga pagalkiekvienos finansinës priemonës rinkos vertæ apskaièiuoja savo pelningumàvadovaudamasi prielaida, jog pagrindinë suma bus gràþinta tada, kai bus galimaið naujo nustatyti palûkanas.


56

26. The institution shall then calculate the modified duration of each debt instrumenton the basis of the following formula:

modifided duration = r)(1

(D)duration

+, where:

D = ∑

∑

=

=

+

+

m

1t

t

t

m

1t

t

t

r)(1

C

r)(1

Ct

where:

r = yield to maturity (see paragraph 25),

Ct = cash payment in time t,

m = total maturity (see paragraph 25).

27. The institution shall then allocate each debt instrument to the appropriate zonein Table 3. It shall do so on the basis of the modified duration of each instrument.

Table 3

enoZnoitaruddifidoM

)sraeyni(tseretnidemussA)%niegnahc(

)1( )2( )3(

enO 0> � 0,1 0,1

owT 0,1> � 6,3 58,0

eerhT 6,3> 7,0

28. The institution shall then calculate the duration-weighted position for eachinstrument by multiplying its market price by its modified duration and by theassumed interest-rate change for an instrument with that particular modifiedduration (see column 3 in Table 3).

29. The institution shall work out its duration-weighted long and its duration-weightedshort positions within each zone. The amount of the former which are matchedby the latter within each zone shall be the matched duration-weighted positionfor that zone.

The institution shall then calculate the unmatched duration-weighted positionsfor each zone. It shall then follow the procedures laid down for unmatchedweighted positions in paragraphs 19 to 22.


57

26. Po to ástaiga apskaièiuoja kiekvienos skolos finansinës priemonës modifikuotàtrukmæ pagal formulæ:

modifikuota trukmë = r)(1

(D) trukmė

+, kur:

D = ∑

∑

=

=

+

+

m

1t

t

t

m

1t

t

t

r)(1

C

r)(1

Ct

;

kur:

r = pelningumas (þr. 25 dalá),

Ct = atsiskaitymas grynaisiais per laikotarpá t,

m = visas terminas (þr. 25 dalá).

27. Atlikusi ðiuos apskaièiavimus, ástaiga kiekvienà skolos finansinæ priemonæpriskiria atitinkamai zonai, nurodytai 3 lentelëje. Ji tai daro vadovaudamasimodifikuota kiekvieno vertybinio popieriaus trukme.

3 lentelë

anoZëmkurtatoukifidoM

)siatem(amronønakûlapanitëkiT

)%samitiekisap(

1 2 3

amriP 0> � 0,1 0,1

artnA 0,1> � 6,3 58,0

aièerT 6,3> 7,0

28. Ástaiga apskaièiuoja kiekvienos finansinës priemonës pagal trukmæ ávertintàpozicijà padaugindama ðios finansinës priemonës rinkos kainà ið jos modifikuotostrukmës bei ið tokios modifikuotos trukmës priemonei taikomo tikëtino palûkanønormos pasikeitimo (þr. 3 lentelës 3 stulpelá).

29. Ástaiga apskaièiuoja kiekvienos zonos pagal trukmæ ávertintas ilgàsias ir trumpàsiaspozicijas. Ilgøjø pozicijø suma, kurià atitinka trumpøjø pozicijø suma kiekvienojezonoje, laikoma tos zonos suderinta pagal trukmæ ávertinta pozicija.

Po to ástaiga apskaièiuoja kiekvienos zonos nesuderintas pagal trukmæ ávertintaspozicijas. Tai darydama, ji vadovaujasi nesuderintø pozicijø apskaièiavimo tvarka,iðdëstyta 19–22 dalyse.


58

30. The institution’s capital requirement shall then be calculated as the sum of:

(a) 2 % of the matched duration-weighted position for each zone;

(b) 40 % of the matched duration-weighted positions between zones one andtwo and between zones two and three;

(c) 150 % of the matched duration-weighted position between zones one andthree;

(d) 100 % of the residual unmatched duration-weighted positions.

EQUITIES

31. The institution shall sum all its net long positions and all its net short positionsin accordance with paragraph 1. The sum of the two figures shall be its overallgross position. The difference between them shall be its overall net position.

Specific risk

32. It shall multiply its overall gross position by 4 % in order to calculate its capitalrequirement against specific risk.

33. Notwithstanding paragraph 32, the competent authorities may allow the capitalrequirement against specific risk to be 2 % rather than 4 % for those portfoliosof equities that an institution holds which meet the following conditions:

(i) the equities shall not be those of issuers which have issued traded debtinstruments that currently attract an 8 % requirement in Table 1 appearingin paragraph 14;

(ii) the equities must be adjudged highly liquid by the competent authoritiesaccording to objective criteria;

(iii) no individual position shall comprise more than 5 % of the value of theinstitution’s whole equity portfolio. However, the competent authorities mayauthorize individual positions of up to 10 % provided that the total of suchpositions does not exceed 50 % of the portfolio.

General risk

34. Its capital requirement against general risk shall be its overall net positionmultiplied by 8 %.

Stock-index futures

35. Stock-index futures, the delta-weighted equivalents of options in stock-indexfutures and stock indices collectively referred to hereafter as ‘stock-index futures’,may be broken down into positions in each of their constituent equities. Thesepositions may be treated as underlying positions in the equities in question;therefore, subject to the approval of the competent authorities, they may benetted against opposite positions in the underlying equities themselves.


59

30. Ástaigos kapitalo reikalavimas yra apskaièiuojamas sudedant:

a) 2% kiekvienos zonos suderintos ir pagal trukmæ ávertintos pozicijos;

b) 40% suderintø ir pagal trukmæ ávertintø pirmos ir antros bei antros ir treèioszonø tarpusavio pozicijø;

c) 150% suderintos ir pagal trukmæ ávertintos pirmos ir treèios zonø tarpusaviopozicijos;

d) 100% likusios nesuderintø ir pagal trukmæ ávertintø pozicijø dalies.

NUOSAVYBËS VERTYBINIAI POPIERIAI

31. Ástaiga susumuoja visas savo grynàsias ilgàsias ir grynàsias trumpàsias pozicijastaip, kaip nurodyta 1 dalyje. Abiejø ðiø pozicijø suma yra ástaigos visa bendrojipozicija. Skirtumas tarp ðiø dviejø pozicijø yra ástaigos visa grynoji pozicija.

Specifinë rizika

32. Norëdama apskaièiuoti kapitalo reikalavimà, kad apsisaugotø nuo specifinësrizikos, ástaiga padaugina savo visà bendràjà pozicijà ið 4%.

33. Nepaþeisdamos 32 dalies reikalavimø, kompetentingos institucijos gali numatytine 4%, bet 2% kapitalo reikalavimà specifinei rizikai padengti tiems ástaigosturimiems nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø portfeliams, kurie tenkina tokias sàlygas:

i) tai negali bûti nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø emitentø, iðleidusiø skolosfinansines priemones, kuriomis prekiaujama ir kurioms pagal 14 dalyjepateiktà 1 lentelæ ðiuo metu taikomas 8% reikalavimas;

ii) laikantis objektyviø kriterijø, atitinkami nuosavybës vertybiniai popieriai turibûti kompetentingø institucijø laikomi labai likvidûs;

iii) jokia atskira pozicija negali sudaryti daugiau kaip 5% viso ástaigos nuosavybësvertybiniø popieriø portfelio vertës. Taèiau kompetentingos institucijos galileisti, kad atskiros pozicijos sudarytø iki 10%, jeigu bendra tokiø pozicijøsuma nëra didesnë kaip 50% viso portfelio.

Bendroji rizika

34. Ástaigos kapitalo reikalavimas bendrajai rizikai padengti yra jos visa grynojipozicija padauginta ið 8%.

Akcijø indekso ateities sandoriai

35. Akcijø indekso ateities sandoriai, pagal delta koeficientà ávertinti sandoriai,ekvivalentiðki akcijø indekso ateities pasirinktiniams sandoriams bei nuosavybësvertybiniø popieriø indekso pasirinkimo sandoriams, kurie toliau tekste bendraivadinami „akcijø indekso ateities sandoriais“, gali bûti suskirstyti á pozicijas pagalvisus juos sudaranèius nuosavybës vertybinius popierius. Ðios pozicijos gali bûtitraktuojamos kaip pagrindinës pozicijos, iðreikðtos atitinkamais nuosavybësvertybiniais popieriais. Todël, gavus kompetentingø institucijø pritarimà, jos galibûti tarpusavyje áskaitomos su prieðingomis tø pagrindiniø nuosavybës vertybiniøpopieriø pozicijomis.


60

36. The competent authorities shall ensure that any institution which has netted offits positions in one or more of the equities constituting a stock-index futureagainst one or more positions in the stock-index future itself has adequate capitalto cover the risk of loss caused by the future’s values not moving fully in line withthat of its constituent equities; they shall also do this when an institution holdsopposite positions in stock-index futures which are not identical in respect ofeither their maturity or their composition or both.

37. Notwithstanding paragraphs 35 and 36, stock-index futures which are exchangetraded and — in the opinion of the competent authorities — represent broadlydiversified indices shall attract a capital requirement against general risk of 8 %,but no capital requirement against specific risk. Such stock-index futures shallbe included in the calculation of the overall net position in paragraph 31,

but

disregarded in the calculation of the overall gross position in the same paragraph.

38. If a stock-index future is not broken down into its underlying positions, it shallbe treated as if it were an individual equity. However, the specific risk on thisindividual equity can be ignored if the stock-index future in question is exchangetraded and, in the opinion of the competent authorities, represents a broadlydiversified index.

UNDERWRITING

39. In the case of the underwriting of debt and equity instruments, the competentauthorities may allow an institution to use the following procedure in calculatingits capital requirements. Firstly, it shall calculate the net positions by deductingthe underwriting positions which are subscribed or sub-underwritten by thirdparties on the basis of formal agreements; secondly, it shall reduce the netpositions by the following reduction factors:

— working day 0: 100 %


— working days 2 to 3: 75 %



— after working day 5: 0 %.

Working day zero shall be the working day on which the institution becomesunconditionally committed to accepting a known quantity of securities at anagreed price.

Thirdly, it shall calculate its capital requirements using the reduced underwritingpositions. The competent authorities shall ensure that the institution holdssufficient capital against the risk of loss which exists between the time of theinitial commitment and working day 1.


61

36. Kompetentingos institucijos uþtikrina, kad visos ástaigos, kurios yra tarpusavyjeáskaièiusios vienos ar keliø nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø, sudaranèiø akcijøindeksø ateities sandorá, pozicijas su viena ar keliomis pozicijomis, kurias sudaropats akcijø indeksø ateities sandoris, turi pakankamai kapitalo padengti nuostoliørizikà, galinèià atsirasti dël to, kad tokiø ateities sandoriø vertë keisis taip, kadðie pokyèiai nesutaps su juos sudaranèiø nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø vertëspokyèiais; kompetentingos institucijos ðá reikalavimà taiko ir tada, kai ástaigosturi prieðingø akcijø indeksø ateities sandoriø pozicijas, kurios skiriasi savoterminais arba sudëtimi arba ir terminais, ir sudëtimi.

37. Nepaþeidþiant 35 ir 36 daliø reikalavimø, tiems akcijø indeksø ateities sandoriams,kuriais prekiaujama birþoje ir kuriø indeksai, kompetentingø institucijø nuomone,yra plaèiai diversifikuoti, taikomas 8% kapitalo reikalavimas bendrajai rizikaipadengti, taèiau specifinei rizikai kapitalo reikalavimas netaikomas. Tokie akcijøindeksø ateities sandoriai átraukiami á 31 dalyje nurodytus visos grynosios pozicijosapskaièiavimus, taèiau neátraukiami á toje paèioje dalyje nurodytus visosbendrosios pozicijos apskaièiavimus.

38. Jeigu akcijø indeksø ateities sandoris neskirstomas á pagrindines já sudaranèiaspozicijas, tuomet jis traktuojamas kaip atskiras nuosavybës vertybinis popierius.Taèiau ðio atskiro nuosavybës vertybinio popieriaus specifinës rizikos galimanepaisyti, kai atitinkamu akcijø indeksø ateities sandoriu yra prekiaujama birþoje,o jo indeksas, kompetentingø institucijø nuomone, yra plaèiai diversifikuotas.

FINANSINIØ PRIEMONIØ EMISIJOS PLATINIMAS

39. Jeigu ástaiga organizuoja skolos finansiniø priemoniø ir nuosavybës vertybiniøpopieriø platinimà, kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti jai naudoti toliaunurodytà kapitalo reikalavimø apskaièiavimo tvarkà. Pirmiausia ástaigaapskaièiuoja savo grynàsias pozicijas atimdama platinamas pozicijas, kurias yrapasiraðiusios ar kuriø nupirkimà oficialiais susitarimais patvirtino treèiosios ðalys.Antra, ástaiga sumaþina savo grynàsias pozicijas tokiais koeficientais:

- 0 darbo diena: 100%;


- 2–3 darbo dienos: 75%;



- po 5 darbo dienos: 0%.

Nulinë (0) darbo diena yra ta darbo diena, kurià ástaiga besàlygiðkai ásipareigojanupirkti þinomà kieká vertybiniø popieriø uþ sutartà kainà.

Treèia, ástaiga apskaièiuoja savo kapitalo reikalavimus pagal sumaþintasplatinamos emisijos pozicijas. Kompetentingos institucijos uþtikrina, kad ástaigaturëtø pakankamà kapitalà padengti nuostoliø rizikai, kuri yra laikotarpiu nuopradinio ásipareigojimo iki 1 darbo dienos.


62

ANNEX II

SETTLEMENT AND COUNTER-PARTY RISK

SETTLEMENT/DELIVERY RISK

1. In the case of transactions in which debt instruments and equities (excludingrepurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending andsecurities borrowing) are unsettled after their due delivery dates, an institutionmust calculate the price difference to which it is exposed. This is the differencebetween the agreed settlement price for the debt instrument or equity in questionand its current market value, where the difference could involve a loss for theinstitution. It must multiply this difference by the appropriate factor in column Aof the table appearing in paragraph 2 in order to calculate its capital requirement.

2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, an institution may, at the discretion of its competentauthorities, calculate its capital requirements by multiplying the agreedsettelement price of every transaction which is unsettled between 5 and 45 workingdays after its due date by the appropriate factor in column B of the table below.As from 46 working days after the due date it shall take the requirement to be100 % of the price difference to which it is exposed as in column A.

syadgnikrowforebmuNetadtnemeltteseudretfa

AnmuloC)%(

BnmuloC)%(

51—5 85,0

03—61 050,4

54—13 570,9

eromro64 001 2hpargarapees

COUNTER-PARTY RISK

Free deliveries

3.1. An institution shall be required to hold capital against counter-party risk if:

(i) it has paid for securities before receiving them or it has delivered securitiesbefore receiving payment for them; and

(ii) in the case of cross-border transactions, one day or more has elapsed sinceit made that payment or delivery.

3.2. The capital requirement shall be 8 % of the value of the securities or cash owedto the institution multiplied by the risk weighting applicable to the relevantcounter-party.


63

II PRIEDAS

ATSISKAITYMØ IR SANDORIO ÐALIØ RIZIKA

ATSISKAITYMØ IR PRISTATYMO RIZIKA

1. Tokiais atvejais, kada sudarius sandorius, kuriø metu uþ skolos finansinespriemones bei nuosavybës vertybinius popierius (iðskyrus atpirkimo sandoriusbei atvirkðtinius atpirkimo sandorius, taip pat vertybiniø popieriø skolinimà irskolinimàsi) nëra atsiskaityta po jø pristatymo dienos, ástaiga privalo apskaièiuotikainos skirtumà, kurio ji gali negauti. Tai yra sutartos atsiskaitymo kainos uþatitinkamas skolos finansines priemones arba nuosavybës vertybinius popierius irjø einamosios rinkos vertës skirtumas, dël kurio ástaiga gali patirti nuostoliø.Norëdama apskaièiuoti savo kapitalo reikalavimà, ástaiga turi padauginti ðá skirtumàið atitinkamo koeficiento, kuris nurodytas 2 dalyje pateiktos lentelës A stulpelyje.

2. Nepaþeisdama 1 dalies reikalavimø, ástaiga gali, jeigu tam pritaria kompetentingosinstitucijos, apskaièiuoti reikalingà kapitalà padaugindama atsiskaitymo kainà,nustatytà kiekvienam sandoriui, uþ kurá nebuvo atsiskaityta per laikotarpá nuo 5iki 45 darbo dienø po nustatytos atsiskaitymo dienos, ið atitinkamo koeficiento,nurodyto pateiktos lentelës B stulpelyje. Po nustatytos atsiskaitymo dienos praëjus46 darbo dienoms, ástaiga taiko 100% kainø skirtumo, kurio ji gali negauti,koeficientà, kaip nurodyta lentelës A stulpelyje.

opsuièiaksøneidobraDomytiaksistasotytamun

soneid

sileplutsA)%(

sileplutsB)%(

51–5 8 5,0

03–61 05 0,4

54–13 57 0,9

uaiguadra64 001 álad2.rþ

SANDORIO ÐALIØ RIZIKA

Pristatymai be atsiskaitymo

3.1. Ástaiga privalo turëti kapitalà su sandorio ðalimis susijusiai rizikai padengti, jeigu:

i) ji sumokëjo uþ vertybinius popierius iki jø gavimo arba pristatë vertybiniuspopierius prieð gaudama apmokëjimà uþ juos; ir

ii) sudarant tarpvalstybinius sandorius, po minëto atsiskaitymo arba pristatymopraëjo viena arba daugiau dienø.

3.2. Reikalingà kapitalà sudaro 8% vertybiniø popieriø, kurie turi bûti pristatytiástaigai, vertës arba grynøjø pinigø, kurie turi bûti jai sumokëti, sumos. Ðiamreikalavimui apskaièiuoti minëta vertë arba grynøjø pinigø suma dauginama iðatitinkamai sandorio ðaliai taikomo rizikos koeficiento.


64

Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending andborrowing

4.1. In the case of repurchase agreements and securities lending based on securitiesincluded in the trading book the institution shall calculate the difference betweenthe market value of the securities and the amount borrowed by the institution orthe market value of the collateral, where that difference is positive. In the caseof reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing the institution shallcalculate the difference between the amount the institution has lent or the marketvalue of the collateral and the market value of the securities it has received,where that difference is positive.

The competent authorities shall take measures to ensure that the excess collateralgiven is acceptable.

Furthermore, the competent authorities may allow institutions not to includethe amount of excess collateral in the calculations described in the first twosentences of this paragraph if the amount of excess collateral is guaranteed insuch a way that the transferor is always assured that the excess collateral will bereturned to it in the event of defaults of its counter-party.

Accrued interest shall be included in calculating the market Value of amountslent or borrowed and collateral.

4.2. The capital requirement shall be 8 % of the figure produced in accordance withparagraph 4.1, multiplied by the risk weighting applicable to the relevant counter-party.

OTC derivative instruments

5. In order to calculate the capital requirement on their OTC derivative instruments,institutions shall apply Annex II to Directive 89/647/EEC in the case of interest-rate and exchange-rate contracts; bought OTC equity options and coveredwarrants shall be subject to the treatment accorded to exchange-rate contractsin Annex II to Directive 89/647/EEC.

The risk weightings to be applied to the relevant counter-parties shall bedetermined in accordance with Article 2 (9) of this Directive.

OTHER

6. The capital requirements of Directive 89/647/EEC shall apply to those exposuresin the form of fees, commission, interest, dividends and margin in exchange-traded futures or options contracts which are neither covered in this Annex orAnnex I nor deducted from own funds under paragraph 2 (d) of Annex V andwhich are directly related to the items included in the trading book.

The risk weightings to be applied to the relevant counter-parties shall bedetermined in accordance with Article 2 (9) of this Directive.


65

Atpirkimo sandoriai ir atvirkðtiniai atpirkimo sandoriai bei vertybiniø popieriøskolinimas ir skolinimasis

4.1. Sudarydama atpirkimo sandorius bei skolindama á prekybos knygà átrauktusvertybinius popierius, ástaiga apskaièiuoja skirtumà tarp vertybiniø popieriø rinkosvertës bei ástaigos pasiskolintos sumos arba uþstato rinkos vertës, kai ðis skirtumasyra teigiamas. Sudarydama atvirkðtinius atpirkimo sandorius bei skolindamasivertybinius popierius, ástaiga apskaièiuoja skirtumà tarp sumos, kurià ji yrapaskolinusi, arba uþstato rinkos vertës ir jos gautø vertybiniø popieriø rinkosvertës, kai ðis skirtumas yra teigiamas.

Kompetentingos institucijos imasi priemoniø, kad uþtikrintø, jog pateiktas uþstatopervirðis bûtø priimtinas.

Be to, kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti ástaigoms neátraukti uþstato pervirðiosumos á apskaièiavimus, apibûdintus ðios dalies pirmuose dviejuose sakiniuose,jeigu uþstato pervirðio suma garantuojama taip, kad perdavëjas bet kuriuo atvejuyra tikras, jog, sandorio ðaliai neávykdþius ásipareigojimø, uþstato pervirðis jambus gràþintas.

Á paskolintø ar pasiskolintø sumø bei uþstato rinkos vertës apskaièiavimusátraukiamos sukauptos palûkanos.

4.2. Reikalingas kapitalas yra lygus 8% skaièiaus, gaunamo atlikus 4 dalies 1 punktenurodytus apskaièiavimus ir já padauginus ið atitinkamai sandorio ðaliai taikomorizikos koeficiento.

Iðvestinës finansinës priemonës, kuriomis prekiaujama ne birþoje

5. Norëdamos apskaièiuoti kapitalo reikalavimà iðvestinëms finansinëmspriemonëms, kuriomis prekiauja ne birþoje, ástaigos palûkanø normø bei keitimokurso sutartims taiko Direktyvos 89/647/EEB II priedo reikalavimus; nupirktiemsnuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø pasirinkimo sandoriams, kuriais prekiaujama nebirþoje, bei padengtoms ilgalaikëms pirkimo teisëms yra taikomi tie patysreikalavimai, kaip ir valiutø keitimo kurso sandoriams, numatyti Direktyvos 89/647/EEB II priede.

Atitinkamoms sandorio ðalims taikomi rizikos koeficientai yra nustatomi pagalðios direktyvos 2 straipsnio 9 dalá.

KITOS SÀLYGOS

6. Direktyvoje 89/647/EEB nurodyti kapitalo reikalavimai taikomi tokiomspozicijoms, kaip antai: mokesèiai, komisiniai, palûkanos, dividendai bei privalomiánaðai prekiaujant ateities arba pasirinkimo sandoriais birþoje, kuriosnenumatytos nei ðiame, nei I priede ir kurios nëra atimamos ið nuosavø lëðøpagal V priedo 2 dalies d punkto reikalavimus, taip pat toms rizikos rûðims,kurios yra tiesiogiai susijusios su prekybos knygos punktais.

Atitinkamoms sandorio ðalims taikomi rizikos koeficientai yra nustatomi pagalðios direktyvos 2 straipsnio 9 dalá.


66

ANNEX III

FOREIGN-EXCHANGE RISK

1. If an institution’s overall net foreign-exchange position, calculated in accordancewith the procedure set out below, exceeds 2 % of its total own funds, it shallmultiply the excess by 8 % in order to calculate its own-funds requirement againstforeign-exchange risk.

2. A two-stage calculation shall be used.

3.1. Firstly, the institution’s net open position in each currency (including the reportingcurrency) shall be calculated. This position shall consist of the sum of the followingelements (positive or negative):

— the net spot position (i.e. all asset items less all liability items, includingaccrued interest, in the currency in question),

— the net forward position (i.e. all amounts to be received less all amounts tobe paid under forward exchange transactions, including currency futuresand the principal on currency swaps not included in the spot position),

— irrevocable guarantees (and similar instruments) that are certain to be called,

— net future income/expenses not yet accrued but already fully hedged (at thediscretion of the reporting institution and with the prior consent of thecompetent authorities, net future income/expenses not yet entered inaccounting records but already fully hedged by forward foreign-exchangetransactions may be included here). Such discretion must be exercised on aconsistent basis,

— the net delta (or delta-based) equivalent of the total book of foreign-currencyoptions,

— the market value of other (i.e. non-foreign-currency) options,

— any positions which an institution has deliberately taken in order to hedgeagainst the adverse effect of the exchange rate on its capital ratio may beexcluded from the calculation of net open currency positions. Such positionsshould be of a non-trading or structural nature and their exclusion, and anyvariation of the terms of their exclusion, shall require the consent of thecompetent authorities. The same treatment subject to the same conditionsas above may be applied to positions which an institution has which relate toitems that are already deducted in the calculation of own funds.

3.2. The competent authorities shall have the discretion to allow institutions to usethe net present value when calculating the net open position in each currency.


67

III PRIEDAS

UÞSIENIO VALIUTOS KEITIMO RIZIKA

1. Jeigu ástaigos visa grynoji uþsienio valiutø pozicija, kuri apskaièiuojama toliaunurodytu bûdu, pasidaro didesnë kaip 2% jos nuosavø lëðø, tuomet ástaiga,norëdama apskaièiuoti, kiek nuosavø lëðø reikës uþsienio valiutø rizikai padengti,ðá pertekliø padaugina ið 8%.

2. Skaièiuojama dviem etapais.

3.1. Pirmiausia apskaièiuojama ástaigos kiekvienos valiutos grynoji atviroji pozicija(áskaitant valiutà, kuri naudojama ataskaitose). Ðià pozicijà sudaro susumuotitoliau iðvardyti elementai (teigiami arba neigiami):

- grynoji dabartinë pozicija (t. y. visi turto straipsniai atëmus visus ásipareigojimøstraipsnius, áskaitant ir atitinkama valiuta sukauptas palûkanas),

- grynoji iðankstiniø sandoriø pozicija (t. y. visos gautinos sumos atëmus visastas sumas, kurios turi bûti sumokëtos pagal iðankstinius valiutø keitimosandorius, áskaitant valiutos ateities sandorius bei valiutos apsikeitimosandoriø pagrindinæ sumà, neátrauktà á dabartiniø sandoriø pozicijà),

- neatðaukiamos garantijos (bei panaðios finansinës priemonës), kurias tikraireikës ávykdyti,

- grynosios ateities pajamos (iðlaidos), kurios dar nesukauptos, taèiau jauvisiðkai apdraustos (atsiskaitanèiosios ástaigos nuoþiûra bei jai gavus iðankstinákompetentingø institucijø sutikimà, minëtoms pajamoms (iðlaidoms) taippat gali bûti priskirtos grynosios ateities pajamos (iðlaidos), kurios dar nëraátrauktos á apskaitos dokumentus, taèiau jau visiðkai apdraustos iðankstiniaisuþsienio valiutos sandoriais). Toká savo pasirinkimà ástaigos turi taikytinuosekliai,

- visos uþsienio valiutos pasirinkimo sandoriø knygos grynasis delta koeficientoekvivalentas,

- kitø pasirinkimo (t. y. ne uþsienio valiutø) sandoriø rinkos vertë,

- bet kuri kita pozicija, kurià ástaiga sàmoningai prisiëmë, kad apsidraustønuo keitimo kurso neigiamo poveikio savo kapitalo pakankamumo santykiui,gali bûti neátraukiama á grynøjø atvirøjø valiutos pozicijø apskaièiavimus.Tokia pozicija turëtø bûti ne prekybinio arba struktûrinio pobûdþio, o josneátraukimà arba bet koká tokio neátraukimo sàlygø pakeitimà turi patvirtintikompetentingos institucijos. Ástaigos turimos pozicijos, kurios susijusios supunktais, atimtais skaièiuojant nuosavas lëðas, gali bûti vertinamos pagaltokias paèias anksèiau iðdëstytas sàlygas.

3.2. Kompetentingos institucijos savo nuoþiûra gali leisti ástaigoms naudoti grynàjàdabartinæ vertæ apskaièiuojant kiekvienos valiutos grynàjà atviràjà pozicijà.


68

4. Secondly, net short and long positions in each currency other than the reportingcurrency shall be converted at spot rates into the reporting currency. They shallthen be summed separately to form the total of the net short positions and thetotal of the net long positions respectively. The higher of these two totals shallbe the institution’s overall net foreign-exchange position.

5. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 to 4 and pending further coordination, thecompetent authorities may prescribe or allow institutions to use alternativeprocedures for the purposes of this Annex.

6. Firstly, the competent authorities may allow institutions to provide lower capitalrequirements against positions in closely correlated currencies than those whichwould result from applying paragraphs 1 to 4 to them. The competent authoritiesmay deem a pair of currencies to be closely correlated only if the likelihood of aloss — calculated on the basis of daily exchange-rate data for the preceding threeor five years — occurring on equal and opposite positions in such currencies overthe following 10 working days, which is 4 % or less of the value of the matchedposition in question (valued in terms of the reporting currency) has a probabilityof at least 99 %, when an observation period of three years is used, or 95 %,

when an observation period of five years is used. The own-funds requirement onthe matched position in two closely correlated currencies shall be 4 % multipliedby the value of the matched position. The capital requirement on unmatchedpositions in closely correlated currencies, and all positions in other currencies,shall be 8 %, multiplied by the higher of the sum of the net short or the net longpositions in those currencies after the removal of matched positions in closelycorrelated currencies.

7. Secondly, the competent authorities may allow institutions to apply an alternativemethod to those outlined in paragraphs 1 to 6 for the purposes of this Annex.The capital requirement produced by this method must be sufficient:

(i) to exceed the losses, if any, that would have occurred in at least 95 % of therolling 10-working-day periods over the preceding five years, or, alternatively,in at least 99 % of the rolling 10-working-day periods over the precedingthree years, had the institution begun each such period with its currentpositions;

(ii) on the basis of an analysis of exchange-rate movements during all the rolling10-working-day periods over the preceding five years, to exceed the likelyloss over the following 10-working-day holding period 95 % or more of thetime, or, alternatively, to exceed the likely loss 99 % or more of the timewhere the analysis of exchange-rate movements covers only the precedingthree years; or

(iii) irrespective of the size of (i) or (ii) to exceed 2 % of the net open position asmeasured in paragraph 4.


69

4. Antra, kiekvienos valiutos, iðskyrus ataskaitose nurodomà valiutà, grynosiostrumposios ir ilgosios pozicijos konvertuojamos pagal dabartinio keitimo kursà áataskaitose nurodomà valiutà. Po to jos sudedamos atskirai norint gautiatitinkamas bendràsias grynøjø trumpøjø pozicijø bei grynøjø ilgøjø pozicijø sumas.Didesnioji ið ðiø dviejø gautø sumø yra ástaigos visa grynoji uþsienio valiutospozicija.

5. Nepaþeisdamos 1–4 dalyse iðdëstytø reikalavimø, kompetentingos institucijosiki tol, kol bus suderinta, gali nustatyti arba leisti ástaigoms taikyti alternatyviasprocedûras vykdant ðio priedo reikalavimus.

6. Pirmiausia kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti ástaigoms numatyti artimaitarpusavyje susijusiø valiutø pozicijoms maþesnius kapitalo reikalavimus negutie, kuriuos reikëtø vykdyti pagal 1–4 dalis. Kompetentingos institucijos galitraktuoti dvi valiutas kaip artimai tarpusavyje susijusias tik tuomet, kai nuostolio,sudaranèio 4% arba maþiau atitinkamos suderintos pozicijos vertës (ávertinusataskaitose nurodoma valiuta), tikimybë (apskaièiuota remiantis pastarøjø trejøar penkeriø metø kiekvienos dienos keitimo kursu) tokiø valiutø vienodose irprieðingose pozicijose per ateinantá 10 darbo dienø laikotarpá yra maþdaug 99%(taikant trejø metø stebëjimo laikotarpá) arba 95% (taikant penkeriø metøstebëjimo laikotarpá). Nuosavos lëðos, reikalingos apsaugoti dviejø artimaisusijusiø valiutø suderintà pozicijà, yra 4%, padauginti ið suderintos pozicijosvertës. Kapitalas, reikalingas artimai susijusiø valiutø nesuderintoms pozicijomsbei visoms kitø valiutø pozicijoms apsaugoti, yra 8%, padauginti ið didesnësgrynøjø trumpøjø arba grynøjø ilgøjø pozicijø sumos tomis valiutomis po to, kaiið ðiø sumø atimamos suderintos artimai tarpusavyje susijusiø valiutø pozicijos.

7. Antra, ágyvendinant ðio priedo sàlygas, kompetentingos institucijos gali leistiástaigoms taikyti metodà, alternatyvø ðio priedo 1–6 dalyse nurodytiemsmetodams. Reikalingas kapitalas, apskaièiuotas pasinaudojant alternatyviumetodu, turi tenkinti tokias sàlygas:

i) reikalingas kapitalas turi bûti didesnis uþ bet kokius galimus ástaigosnuostolius, kuriø atsiradimo tikimybë pasikartojanèiais 10 darbo dienølaikotarpiais bûtø buvusi maþiausiai 95% per pastarøjø penkeriø metølaikotarpá arba nuostoliø tikimybë pasikartojanèiais 10 darbo dienølaikotarpiais bûtø buvusi maþiausiai 99% per pastarøjø trejø metø laikotarpá,jeigu kiekvienà ið anksèiau nurodytø laikotarpiø ástaiga bûtø pradëjusi susavo dabartinëmis pozicijomis;

ii) remiantis pastarøjø penkeriø metø visø pasikartojanèiø 10 darbo dienølaikotarpiø valiutø kursø pokyèiø analize, reikalingas kapitalas turi bûtididesnis uþ galimus ástaigos nuostolius per ateinantá 10 darbo dienø valiutoslaikymo laikotarpá 95% arba daugiau ðio laikotarpio trukmës arba 99% irdaugiau ðio laikotarpio trukmës, jeigu buvo atlikta tik praëjusiø trejø metøvaliutos kursø pokyèiø analizë; arba

iii) reikalingas kapitalas turi bûti 2% didesnis uþ 4 dalyje apskaièiuotà grynàjàatviràjà pozicijà nepriklausomai nuo i ar ii punkte nurodyto reikalingokapitalo dydþio.


70

8. Thirdly, the competent authorities may allow institutions to remove positions inany currency which is subject to a legally binding intergovernmental agreementto limit its variation relative to other currencies covered by the same agreementfrom whichever of the methods described in paragraphs 1 to 7 that they apply.Institutions shall calculate their matched positions in such currencies and subjectthem to a capital requirement no lower than half of the maximum permissiblevariation laid down in the intergovernmental agreement in question in respectof the currencies concerned. Unmatched positions in those currencies shall betreated in the same way as other currencies.

Notwithstanding the first paragraph, the competent authorities may allow thecapital requirement on the matched positions in currencies of Member Statesparticipating in the second stage of the European monetary union to be 1,6 %,multiplied by the value of such matched positions.

9. The competent authorities shall notify the Council and Commission of themethods, if any, that they are prescribing or allowing in respect of paragraphs 6to 8.

10. The Commission shall report to the Council on the methods referred to inparagraph 9 and, where necessary and with due regard to internationaldevelopments, shall propose a more harmonized treatment of foreign-exchangerisk.

11. Net positions in composite currencies may be broken down into the componentcurrencies according to the quotas in force.

____________

ANNEX IV

OTHER RISKS

Investment firms shall be required to hold own funds equivalent to one quarter oftheir preceding year’s fixed overheads. The competent authorities may adjust thatrequirement in the event of a material change in a firm’s business since the precedingyear. Where a firm has not completed a year’s business, including the day it starts up,the requirement shall be a quarter of the fixed overheads figure projected in its businessplan unless an adjustment to that plan is required by the authorities.


71

8. Treèia, kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti ástaigoms, taikanèioms bet kurá 1–7 dalyse nurodytà metodà, atimti pozicijas bet kuriomis valiutomis, kuriomstaikomi teisiðkai saistantys tarpvyriausybiniai susitarimai, skirti apriboti jø kursøkitimà kitø tuose paèiuose susitarimuose numatytø valiutø atþvilgiu. Ástaigosapskaièiuoja tokiø valiutø suderintas pozicijas ir reikalingà kapitalà, kuris negalibûti maþesnis negu pusë atitinkamame tarpvyriausybiniame susitarime numatytomaksimalaus valiutos kurso pokyèio atitinkamø valiutø atþvilgiu. Ðiø valiutønesuderintos pozicijos vertinamos kaip ir kitø valiutø nesuderintos pozicijos.

Nepaþeisdamos pirmos pastraipos reikalavimø, kompetentingos institucijos galileisti, kad Europos pinigø sàjungos antrajame etape dalyvaujanèiø valstybiø nariøvaliutø suderintø pozicijø reikalingas kapitalas bûtø 1,6%, padaugintas ið tokiøsuderintø pozicijø vertës.

9. Kompetentingos institucijos informuoja Tarybà ir Komisijà apie bet kuriuosmetodus, kuriuos jos nustato arba leidþia taikyti, kad bûtø ávykdyti 6–8 dalyseiðdëstyti reikalavimai.

10. Komisija pateikia Tarybai ataskaità apie 9 dalyje nurodytus metodus ir, prireikusið esmës atsiþvelgdama á tarptautines aplinkybes, pasiûlo labiau suderintà poþiûráá uþsienio valiutø rizikà.

11. Sudëtiniø valiutø grynosios pozicijos gali bûti suskirstytos á jas sudaranèias valiutaspagal dalis, kurios joms tenka sudëtinëje valiutoje.

____________

IV PRIEDAS

KITOS RIZIKOS

Investiciniø firmø nuosavos lëðos turi sudaryti vienà ketvirtadalá jø praëjusiø metønustatytø pridëtiniø iðlaidø. Kompetentingos institucijos gali ðá reikalavimà patikslintituo atveju, jeigu nuo praëjusiø metø firmos veikloje ávyko esminiø pokyèiø. Jeigu firmadar nëra baigusi vieneriø metø veiklos, áskaitant ir tà dienà, kai ji pradëjo veikti, tuometreikalavimas yra lygus vienam ketvirtadaliui nustatytø pridëtiniø iðlaidø, kuriosnurodomos jos verslo plane, jeigu kompetentingos institucijos nereikalauja ðá planàpatikslinti.


72

ANNEX V

OWN FUNDS

1. The own funds of investment firms and credit institutions shall be defined inaccordance with Directive 89/299/EEC.

For the purposes of this Directive, however, investment firms which do not haveone of the legal forms referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Fourth Council Directive78/660/EEC of 25 July 1978 based on Article 54 (3) (g) of the Treaty on theannual accounts of certain types of companies (1) shall nevertheless be deemedto fall within the scope of Council Directive 86/635/EEC of 8 December 1986 onthe annual accounts and consolidated accounts of banks and other financialinstitutions (2).

2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, the competent authorities may permit thoseinstitutions which are obliged to meet the own-funds requirements laid down inAnnexes I, II, III, IV and VI to use an alternative definition when meeting thoserequirements only. No part of the own funds thus provided may be usedsimultaneously to meet other own-funds requirements. This alternative definitionshall include the following items (a), (b) and (c) less item (d), the deduction ofthat item being left to the discretion of the competent authorities:

(a) own funds as defined in Directive 89/299/EEC excluding only items (12)and (13) of Article 2 (1) of the same Directive for those investment firmswhich are required to deduct item (d) of this paragraph from the total ofitems (a), (b) and (c) of this paragraph;

(b) an institution’s net trading-book profits net of any foreseeable charges ordividends, less net losses on its other business provided that none of thoseamounts has already been included in item (a) of this paragraph under item2 or 11 of Article 2 (1) of Directive 89/299/EEC;

(c) subordinated loan capital and/or the items referred to in paragraphs 5,subject to the conditions set out in paragraphs 3 to 7;

(d) illiquid assets as defined in paragraph 8.

3. The subordinated loan capital referred to in paragraph 2 (c) shall have an initialmaturity of at least two years. It shall be fully paid up and the loan agreementshall not include any clause providing that in specified circumstances other thanthe winding up of the institution the debt will become repayable before the agreedrepayment date, unless the competent authorities approve the repayment. Neitherthe principal nor the interest on such subordinated loan capital may be repaid ifsuch repayment would mean that the own funds of the institution in questionwould then amount to less than 100 % of the institution’s overall requirements.

(1) OJ No L 222, 14. 8. 1978, p. 11. Directive as last amended by Directive 90/605/EEC(OJ No L 317, 16. 11. 1990, p. 60).

(2) OJ No L 372, 31. 12. 1986, p. 1.


73

V PRIEDAS

NUOSAVOS LËÐOS

1. Investiciniø firmø bei kredito ástaigø nuosavos lëðos apibrëþiamos pagalDirektyvà 89/299/EEB.

Taèiau investicinës firmos, kuriø teisinë forma nëra viena ið iðvardytø 1978 m.liepos 25 d. ketvirtosios Tarybos direktyvos 78/660/EEB dël tam tikrø rûðiø ámoniømetiniø finansiniø ataskaitø (priimtos vadovaujantis Sutarties 54 straipsnio 3dalies g punktu) 1 straipsnio 1 dalyje1 , ðioje direktyvoje vis dëlto laikomospriskirtinomis 1986 m. gruodþio 8 d. Tarybos direktyvos 86/635/EEB dël bankøir kitø finansø ástaigø metiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø2

taikymo srièiai.

2. Nepaþeisdamos 1 dalies sàlygø, kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti tomsástaigoms, kurios privalo vykdyti I, II, III, IV ir VI prieduose iðdëstytusreikalavimus dël nuosavø lëðø, vartoti alternatyvø jø apibrëþimà tik ágyvendinantminëtus reikalavimus. Jokia nuosavø lëðø dalis, numatyta reikalavimams vykdyti,tuo paèiu metu negali bûti naudojama kitiems nuosavø lëðø reikalavimams vykdyti.Iðskyrus ðios dalies d punktà, kurá atimti kompetentingos institucijos gali leistisavo nuoþiûra, alternatyvus nuosavø lëðø apibrëþimas apima toliau pateikiamusa, b ir c punktus:

a) nuosavas lëðas, apibûdintas Direktyvoje 89/299/EEB, iðskyrus tik jos 2straipsnio 1 dalies 12 ir 13 punktø taikymà toms investicinëms firmoms, iðkuriø reikalaujama ið ðios dalies a, b ir c punktø sumos atimti d punktà;

b) ástaigos grynàjá prekybos knygos pelnà, ið jo atëmus visus galimus mokesèiusar dividendus, ir grynàjá nuostolá, susidariusá dël ástaigos kitos veiklos, susàlyga, kad në viena ið ðiø sumø nepriskirta ðios dalies a punktui pagalDirektyvos 89/299/EEB 2 straipsnio 1 dalies 2 arba 11 punktus;

c) subordinuotas paskolas ir (arba) 5 dalyje nurodytus punktus, kuriemstaikomos ðio priedo 3–7 dalyse iðdëstytos sàlygos;

d) ðio priedo 8 dalyje apibûdintà nelikvidø turtà.

3. 2 dalies c punkte nurodyto subordinuotø paskolø kapitalo pradinis terminas yramaþiausiai dveji metai. Ðis kapitalas turi bûti visiðkai apmokëtas, o á subordinuotospaskolos sutartá neturi bûti átraukta jokia sàlyga, numatanti, jog esant tam tikromsnurodytoms aplinkybëms, iðskyrus ástaigos likvidavimà, paskola turi bûti gràþintaiki nustatytos gràþinimo dienos iðskyrus atvejus, kai tokiam paskolos gràþinimuipritaria kompetentingos institucijos. Tuo atveju, jeigu gràþinus paskolà atitinkamosástaigos nuosavos lëðos sudarytø maþiau kaip 100% visø reikalavimø, kuriuosturi vykdyti ástaiga, dydþio, negali bûti gràþinama nei pagrindinë subordinuotospaskolos suma, nei jos palûkanos.

1 OL L 222, 1978 08 14, p. 11. Direktyva su paskutiniais pakeitimais, padarytais Direktyva90/605/EEB (OL L 317, 1990 11 16, p. 60).

2 OL L 372, 1986 12 31, p. 1.


74

In addition, an institution shall notify the competent authorities of all repaymentson such subordinated loan capital as soon as its own funds fall below 120 % of itsoverall requirements.

4. The subordinated loan capital referred to in paragraph 2 (c) may not exceed amaximum of 150 % of the original own funds left to meet the requirements laiddown in Annexes I, II, III, IV and VI and may approach that maximum only inparticular circumstances acceptable to the relevant authorities.

5. The competent authorities may permit institutions to replace the subordinatedloan capital referred to in paragraphs 3 and 4 with items 3 and 5 to 8 of Article2 (1) of Directive 89/299/EEC.

6. The competent authorities may permit investment firms to exceed the ceilingfor subordinated loan capital prescribed in paragraph 4 if they judge it prudentiallyadequate and provided that the total of such subordinated loan capital and theitems referred to in paragraph 5 does not exceed 200 % of the original ownfunds left to meet the requirements imposed in Annexes I, II, HI, IV and VI, or250 % of the same amount where investment firms deduct item 2 (d) referred toin paragraph 2 when calculating own funds.

7. The competent authorities may permit the ceiling for subordinated loan capitalprescribed in paragraph 4 to be exceeded by a credit institution if they judge itprudentially adequate and provided that the total of such subordinated loancapital and the items referred to in paragraph 5 does not exceed 250 % of theoriginal own funds left to meet the requirements imposed in Annexes I, II, IIIand VI.

8. Illiquid assets include:

— tangible fixed assets (except to the extent that land and buildings may beallowed to count against the loans which they are securing),

— holdings in, including subordinated claims on, credit or financial institutionswhich may be included in the own funds of such institutions, unless theyhave been deducted under items 12 and 13 of Article 2 (1) of Directive89/299/EEC or under paragraph 9 (iv) of this Annex.

Where shares in a credit or financial institution are held temporarily for thepurpose of a financial assistance operation designed to reorganize and savethat institution, the competent authorities may waive this provision. Theymay also waive it in respect of those shares which are included in theinvestment firm’s trading book,

— holdings and other investments, in undertakings other than credit institutionsand other financial institutions, which are not readily marketable,

— deficiencies in subsidiaries,

— deposits made, other than those which are available for repayment within90 days, and also excluding payments in connection with margined futuresor options contracts,


75

Be to, jeigu ástaigos nuosavos lëðos pasidaro maþesnës kaip 120% bendroreikalavimo, kurá ástaiga turi vykdyti, dydþio, ji apie bet koká subordinuotøpaskolø kapitalo gràþinimà informuoja kompetentingas institucijas.

4. 2 dalies c punkte minimas subordinuotø paskolø kapitalas negali bûti didesnisuþ 150% pradiniø nuosavø lëðø, skirtø I, II, III, IV ir VI prieduose iðdëstytiemsreikalavimams ávykdyti, ir gali priartëti prie ðio maksimalaus dydþio tik esanttam tikroms aplinkybëms, kurios yra priimtinos atitinkamoms institucijoms.

5. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti ástaigoms pakeisti 3 ir 4 dalyse nurodytàsubordinuotø paskolø kapitalà elementais, kurie nurodyti Direktyvos 89/299/EEB 2 straipsnio 1 dalies 3 ir 5–8 punktuose.

6. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti investicinëms firmoms virðyti 4 dalyjenustatytà subordinuotø paskolø kapitalo maksimalø dydá, jeigu, jø nuomone,toks virðijimas yra leistinas rizikos atþvilgiu ir jeigu tokio subordinuotø paskoløkapitalo bei 5 dalyje nurodytø punktø bendra suma nëra didesnë uþ 200% pradiniønuosavø lëðø, numatytø I, II, III, IV ir VI prieduose nustatytiems reikalavimamsvykdyti, arba 250% tos paèios sumos, jeigu investicinës firmos, apskaièiuodamosnuosavas lëðas, atima 2 dalyje nurodytà d punktà.

7. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti kredito ástaigai virðyti 4 dalyje nustatytàsubordinuotø paskolø kapitalo maksimalø dydá, jeigu, jø nuomone, toks virðijimasyra leistinas rizikos atþvilgiu ir jeigu tokio subordinuotø paskolø kapitalo bei 5dalyje nurodytø punktø suma nëra didesnë uþ 250% pradiniø nuosavø lëðø, kuriosnumatytos I, II, III ir VI prieduose nustatytiems reikalavimams vykdyti.

8. Nelikvidþiam turtui priskiriama:

- ilgalaikis materialus turtas (iðskyrus þemæ bei pastatus, kuriuos gali bûtileista laikyti uþ jais apdraustas paskolas),

- turtas, turimas kredito bei finansø ástaigose, áskaitant subordinuotaspretenzijas ðioms ástaigoms, kurios gali bûti priskirtos tokiø ástaigø nuosavomslëðoms, jeigu jos nebuvo atskaièiuotos pagal Direktyvos 89/299/EEB 2straipsnio 1 dalies 12 ir 13 punktus arba pagal ðio priedo 9 dalies iv punktà.

Kompetentingos institucijos gali ðios nuostatos netaikyti, jeigu investicinëfirma yra laikinai ásigijusi kredito ar finansø ástaigos akcijø ir jeigu taitraktuojama kaip finansinë parama, skirta atitinkamai ástaigai reorganizuotiir iðgelbëti. Kompetentingos institucijos gali netaikyti ðios nuostatos ir tuoatveju, jeigu akcijos yra átrauktos á investicinës firmos prekybos knygà,

- turtas, turimas kitose ámonëse, ir investicijos á kitas ámones, iðskyrus kreditobei kitas finansø ástaigas, jei jis negali bûti ið karto realizuojamas,

- trûkumai dukterinëse ámonëse,

- indëliai, iðskyrus tuos, kurie gali bûti gràþinami per 90 dienø, neáskaitantmokëjimø, susijusiø su ateities arba pasirinkimo sandoriais, kuriemsnustatytas privalomas ánaðas,


76

— loans and other amounts due, other than those due to be repaid within 90days,

— physical stocks, unless they are subject to the capital requirements imposedin Article 4 (2) and provided that such requirements are not less stringentthan those imposed in Article 4 (1) (iii).

9. Those investment firms included in a group subject to the waiver described inArticle 7 (4) shall calculate their own funds in accordance with paragraphs 1 to8 subject to the following modifications:

(i) the illiquid assets referred to in paragraph 2 (d) shall be deducted;

(ii) the exclusion referred to in paragraph 2 (a) shall not cover those componentsof items 12 and 13 of Article 2 (1) of Directive 89/299/EEC which aninvestment firm holds in respect of undertakings included in the scope ofconsolidation as defined in Article 7 (2) of this Directive;

(iii) the limits referred to in Article 6 (1) (a) and (b) of Directive 89/299/EECshall be calculated with reference to the original own funds less thosecomponents of items 12 and 13 of Article 2 (1) of Directive 89/299/EECdescribed in (ii) which are elements of the original own funds of theundertakings in question;

(iv) those components of items 12 and 13 of Article 2 (1) of Directive89/299/EEC referred to in (iii) shall be deducted from the original ownfunds rather than from the total of all items as prescribed in Article 6 (1)(c) of the same Directive for the purposes, in particular, of paragraphs 4 to7 of this Annex.


77

- paskolos ir kitos gautinos sumos, iðskyrus tas, kurios turi bûti gràþintos per90 dienø,

- realios atsargos, jeigu joms netaikomi 4 straipsnio 2 dalyje numatyti kapitaloreikalavimai ir jeigu tokie reikalavimai nëra grieþtesni uþ 4 straipsnio 1 daliesiii punkte nurodytus reikalavimus.

9. Investicinës firmos, priskiriamos ástaigoms, kurioms netaikomi 7 straipsnio 4dalyje apibûdinti reikalavimai, savo nuosavas lëðas apskaièiuoja pagal 1–8 dalistaikydamos toliau pateikiamus pakeitimus:

i) atimamas 2 dalies d punkte nurodytas nelikvidus turtas;

ii) 2 dalies a punkte nurodyta iðimtis neapima tø Direktyvos 89/299/EEB 2straipsnio 1 dalies 12 ir 13 punktuose nurodytø investicinës firmos turtodaliø ámonëse, kurioms taikoma ðios direktyvos 7 straipsnio 2 dalyjeapibûdinta konsoliduota prieþiûra;

iii) apribojimai, nurodyti Direktyvos 89/299/EEB 6 straipsnio 1 dalies a ir bpunktuose, apskaièiuojami ið pirminiø nuosavø lëðø atimant ðios dalies iipunkte apibûdintus Direktyvos 89/299/EEB 2 straipsnio 1 dalies 12 ir 13punktø komponentus, kurie priskiriami ámoniø pirminëms nuosavomslëðoms;

iv) Direktyvos 89/299/EEB 2 straipsnio 1dalies 12 ir 13 punktø elementai,apibûdinti iii punkte, yra atimami ið pirminiø nuosavø lëðø, o ne ið bendrosvisø elementø sumos, kaip nurodyta minëtos direktyvos 6 straipsnio 1 daliesc punkte, ypaè kai tai susijæ su reikalavimø, iðdëstytø ðio priedo 4–7 dalyse,vykdymu.


78

ANNEX VI

LARGE EXPOSURES

1. Institutions referred to in Article 5 (2) shall monitor and control their exposuresto individual clients and groups of connected clients as defined in Directive92/121/EEC, subject to the following modifications.

2. The exposures to individual clients which arise on the trading book shall becalculated by summing the following items (i), (ii) and (iii):

(i) the excess — where positive — of an institution’s long positions over its shortpositions in all the financial instruments issued by the client in question (thenet position in each of the different instruments being calculated accordingto the methods laid down in Annex I);

(ii) in the case of the underwriting of a debt or an equity instrument, theinstitution’s exposure shall be its net exposure (which is calculated bydeducting those underwriting positions which are subscribed or sub-underwritten by third parties on the basis of a formal agreement) reducedby the factors set out in paragraph 39 of Annex I.

Pending further coordination, the competent authorities shall requireinstitutions to set up systems to monitor and control their underwritingexposures between the time of the initial commitment and working day onein the light of the nature of the risks incurred in the markets in question;

(iii) the exposures due to the transactions, agreements and contracts referred toin Annex II with the client in question, such exposures being calculated inthe manner laid down in that Annex, without application of the weightingsfor counter-party risk.

3. Thereafter, the exposures to groups of connected clients on the trading bookshall be calculated by summing the exposures to individual clients in a group, ascalculated in paragraph 2.

4. The overall exposures to individual clients or groups of connected clients shall becalculated by summing the exposures which arise on the trading book and theexposures which arise on the non-trading book, taking into account Article 4 (6)to (12) of Directive 92/121/EEC. In order to calculate the exposure on the non-trading book, institutions shall take the exposure arising from assets which arededucted from their own funds by virtue of paragraph 2 (d) of Annex V to be zero.

5. Institutions’ overall exposures to individual clients and groups of connected clientscalculated in accordance with paragraph 4 shall be reported in accordance withArticle 3 of Directive 92/121/EEC.

6. That sum of the exposures to an individual client or group of connected clientsshall be limited in accordance with Article 4 of Directive 92/121/EEC subject tothe transitional provisions of Article 6 of the same Directive.


79

VI PRIEDAS

DIDELËS PASKOLOS

1. Ðios direktyvos 5 straipsnio 2 dalyje nurodytos ástaigos reguliuoja bei kontroliuojasavo pozicijà individualiø klientø bei Direktyvoje 92/121/EEB apibrëþtø susijusiøklientø grupiø atþvilgiu taikydamos toliau nurodytus pakeitimus.

2. Prekybos knygos pozicija atskirø klientø atþvilgiu apskaièiuojama sudedant toliauapibûdintus i, ii ir iii punktus:

i) pervirðá, kuriuo ástaigos ilgosios pozicijos, sudaranèios visas atitinkamokliento iðleistas finansines priemones, virðija jos trumpàsias pozicijas, jeigutoks pervirðis yra teigiamas (visø atskirø finansiniø priemoniø grynoji pozicijaapskaièiuojama pagal I priede iðdëstytus metodus);

ii) jeigu ástaiga organizuoja skolos finansiniø priemoniø ar nuosavybës vertybiniøpopieriø platinimà, ástaigos pozicija yra jos grynoji pozicija (apskaièiuojamaatimant tas platinamas pozicijas, kurias yra pasiraðiusios ar kuriø nupirkimàoficialiais susitarimais patvirtino treèiosios ðalys), sumaþinta I priedo 39dalyje nurodytais koeficientais.

Tol, kol bus imtasi tolesniø koordinavimo veiksmø, kompetentingosinstitucijos reikalauja, kad ástaigos sukurtø sistemas, padedanèias stebëtibei kontroliuoti jø pozicijas, susijusias su garantavimu iðplatinti vertybiniuspopierius laikotarpiu nuo pradinio ásipareigojimo ir pirmosios darbo dienos,atsiþvelgdamos á atitinkamose rinkose patiriamos rizikos pobûdá;

iii) pozicijà, atsirandanèià su atitinkamu klientu sudarant II priede nurodytussandorius, susitarimus bei sutartis, kuri apskaièiuojama minëtame priedenurodytu bûdu sandorio ðalims netaikant rizikos koeficientø.

3. Po to prekybos knygos pozicija susijusiø klientø grupiø atþvilgiu apskaièiuojamasusumuojant pozicijas pagal kiekvienà grupei priklausantá klientà, kaip nurodyta2 dalyje.

4. Bendroji pozicija kiekvieno atskiro kliento ar susijusiø klientø grupiø atþvilgiuyra apskaièiuojama sudedant prekybos knygos ir ne prekybos knygos pozicijasatsiþvelgiant á Direktyvos 92/121/EEB 4 straipsnio 6–12 dalis. Norëdamosapskaièiuoti ne prekybos knygos pozicijà, ástaigos vadovaujasi tuo, jog pozicija,atsirandanti dël turto, apskaièiuojamo ið jø nuosavø lëðø pagal V priedo 2 daliesd punktà, yra lygi nuliui.

5. Ástaigos teikia ataskaitas apie bendràjà pozicijà atskirø klientø arba susijusiøklientø grupiø atþvilgiu, apskaièiuojamà pagal 4 dalá Direktyvos 92/121/EEB 3straipsnyje nustatyta tvarka.

6. Pozicijø, susijusiø su atskirais klientais arba susijusiø klientø grupëmis, sumaribojama pagal Direktyvos 92/121/EEB 4 straipsná laikantis tos paèios direktyvos6 straipsnyje iðdëstytø pereinamøjø nuostatø.


80

7. Notwithstanding paragraph 6 the competent authorities may allow assetsconstituting claims and other exposures on investment firms, on recognized third-country investment firms and recognized clearing houses and exchanges infinancial instruments to be subject to the same treatment accorded to those oncredit institutions in Article 4 (7) (i), (9) and (10) of Directive 92/121/EEC.

8. The competent authorities may authorize the limits laid down in Article 4 ofDirective 92/121/EEC to be exceeded subject to the following conditions beingmet simultaneously:

1. the exposure on the non-trading book to the client or group of clients inquestion does not exceed the limits laid down in Directive 92/121/EEC,calculated with reference to own funds as defined in Directive 89/299/EEC,so that the excess arises entirely on the trading book;

2. the firm meets an additional capital requirement on the excess in respect ofthe limits laid down in Article 4 (1) and (2) of Directive 92/121/EEC. Thisshall be calculated by selecting those components of the total trading exposureto the client or group of clients in question which attract the highest specific-risk requirements in Annex I and/or requirements in Annex II, the sum ofwhich equals the amount of the excess referred to in 1; where the excess hasnot persisted for more than 10 days, the additional capital requirement shallbe 200 % of the requirements referred to in the previous sentence, on thesecomponents.

As from 10 days after the excess has occurred, the components of the excess,selected in accordance with the above criteria, shall be allocated to theappropriate line in column 1 of the table below in ascending order of specific-risk requirements in Annex I and/or requirements in Annex II. The institutionshall then meet an additional capital requirement equal to the sum of thespecific-risk requirements in Annex I and/or the Annex II requirements onthese components multiplied by the corresponding factor in column 2;

Table

fosisabehtno(stimilehtrevossecxE)sdnufnwofoegatnecrepa

srotcaF

)1( )2(

%04otpU %002

%06ot%04morF %003

%08ot%06morF %004

%001ot%08morF %005

%052ot%001morF %006

%052revO %009

3. where 10 days or less has elapsed since the excess occurred, the trading-book


81

7. Nepaþeisdamos 6 dalies sàlygø, kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad turtas,kurá sudaro pretenzijos investicinëms firmoms, treèiøjø ðaliø pripaþintomsinvesticinëms firmoms bei pripaþintiems kliringo rûmams ir birþoms, bei kitossu jais susijusios pozicijos, bûtø traktuojamos kaip paskolos kredito ástaigomsarba su jomis susijusios pozicijos vadovaujantis Direktyvos 92/121/EEB 4straipsnio 7 dalies i punktu, 9 ir 10 dalimis.

8. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti virðyti Direktyvos 92/121/EEB 4 straipsnyjenurodytas ribas, jeigu tuo paèiu metu vykdomos toliau iðvardytos sàlygos:

1. prekybos knygos pozicija atitinkamam klientui arba susijusiø klientø grupeinëra didesnë uþ Direktyvoje 92/121/EEB nustatytus dydþius, apskaièiuotusatsiþvelgiant á nuosavas lëðas, apibûdintas Direktyvoje 89/121/EEB taip, kadpervirðis bûtø susijæs tik su prekybos knyga;

2. firma ávykdo papildomo kapitalo reikalavimà dël Direktyvos 92/121/EEB 4straipsnio 1 ir 2 dalyse numatyto dydþio pervirðio. Ðio reikalavimo sumaapskaièiuojama atrenkant tokius su vienu klientu arba susijusiø klientø grupesusijusios pozicijos komponentus, kuriems taikomi aukðèiausi specifinësrizikos reikalavimai, pateikti I priede, ir (arba) II priedo reikalavimai, kuriøsuma yra lygi 1 punkte nurodyto pervirðio dydþiui; jeigu pervirðis iðliekadaugiau kaip 10 dienø, ðiems komponentams taikomas papildomo kapitaloreikalavimas, kuris lygus 200% ankstesniajame sakinyje minëtø reikalavimø.

Praëjus 10 dienø po apribojimo virðijimo, pagal anksèiau iðdëstytus kriterijusatrinkti pervirðio komponentai áraðomi á atitinkamà toliau pateikiamos lentelës1 stulpelio eilutæ didëjanèia tvarka pagal specifinës rizikos reikalavimus,iðdëstytus I priede ir (arba) II priede. Tokiu atveju ástaiga ávykdo papildomokapitalo reikalavimà, taikomà ðiems komponentams, kuris lygus I priedeiðdëstytø specialiøjø reikalavimø ir (arba) II priedo reikalavimø sumai,padaugintai ið atitinkamo koeficiento, kuris nurodytas 2 stulpelyje;

Lentelë

øvasounsamajouièiaks(siðrivrepøbiR)siatnecorpøðël

iatneicifeoK

1 2

%04ikI %002

%06iki%04ouN %003

%08iki%06ouN %004

%001iki%08ouN %005

%052iki%001ouN %006

%052reP %009

3. jeigu nuo pervirðio atsiradimo praëjo 10 arba maþiau dienø, prekybos knygos


82

exposure to the client or group of connected clients in question must notexceed 500 % of the institution’s own funds;

4. any excesses which have persisted for more than 10 days must not, inaggregate, exceed 600 % of the institution’s own funds;

5. institutions must report to the competent authorities every three months allcases where the limits laid down in Article 4 (1) and (2) of Directive92/121/EEC have been exceeded during the preceding three months. In eachcase in which the limits have been exceeded the amount of the excess andthe name of the client concerned must be reported.

9. The competent authorities shall establish procedures, of which they shall notifythe Council and the Commission, to prevent institutions from deliberatelyavoiding the additional capital requirements that they would otherwise incur onexposures exceeding the limits laid down in Article 4 (1) and (2) of Directive 92/121/EEC once those exposures have been maintained for more than 10 days, bymeans of temporarily transferring the exposures in question to another company,whether within the same group or not, and/or by undertaking artificial transactionsto close out the exposure during the 10-day period and create a new exposure.Institutions shall maintain systems which ensure that any transfer which has thiseffect is immediately reported to the competent authorities.

10. The competent authorities may permit those institutions which are allowed touse the alternative definition of own funds under paragraph 2 of Annex V to usethat definition for the purposes of paragraphs 5, 6 and 8 of this Annex providedthat the institutions concerned are required, in addition, to meet all of theobligations set out in Articles 3 and 4 of Directive 92/121/EEC, in respect of theexposures which arise outside their trading books by using own funds as definedin Directive 89/299/EEC.


83

pozicija, susijusi su atitinkamu klientu arba susijusiø klientø grupe, negalibûti didesnë uþ 500% ástaigos nuosavø lëðø;

4. bet kuris bendras pervirðis, egzistuojantis daugiau kaip 10 dienø, negali bûtididesnis uþ 600% ástaigos nuosavø lëðø;

5. ástaigos privalo kas tris mënesius pateikti kompetentingoms institucijomsataskaitas apie visus Direktyvos 92/121/EEB 4 straipsnio 1 ir 2 dalysenustatytø dydþiø virðijimo atvejus per praëjusius tris mënesius. Kiekvienudydþiø virðijimo atveju turi bûti nurodoma pervirðio suma ir atitinkamokliento pavadinimas.

9. Kompetentingos institucijos nustato procedûras, apie kurias jos informuoja Tarybàir Komisijà, kad bûtø uþkirstas kelias sàmoningam ástaigø bandymui iðvengtipapildomø kapitalo reikalavimø, kuriuos joms tektø ávykdyti dël pozicijø,virðijanèiø Direktyvos 92/121/EEB 4 straipsnio 1 ir 2 dalyse nustatytus dydþius,jeigu ðios pozicijos iðlieka ilgiau kaip 10 dienø, laikinai atitinkamas pozicijasperduodant kitai bendrovei, kuri nebûtinai turi priklausyti tai paèiai grupei, ir(arba) sudarant dirbtinius sandorius, kuriø tikslas – panaikinti pozicijà per 10dienø ir sukurti naujà pozicijà. Ástaigos privalo turëti sistemas, kurios uþtikrintø,kad kompetentingos institucijos bûtø ið karto informuojamos apie visus tokiopobûdþio perdavimus.

10. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti toms ástaigoms, kurios, kaip numatyta Vpriedo 2 dalyje, gali naudoti alternatyvø nuosavø lëðø apibrëþimà, ðá apibrëþimàvartoti ágyvendinant ðio priedo 5, 6 ir 8 daliø reikalavimus, jeigu ið atitinkamøástaigø, be kita ko, reikalaujama ávykdyti visus Direktyvos 92/121/EEB 3 ir 4straipsniuose iðdëstytus ápareigojimus, kurie susijæ su ne prekybos knygos pozicija,naudojant nuosavas lëðas, kaip nurodyta Direktyvoje 89/299/EEB.

Directive 98/31/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council

84


DIRECTIVE 98/31/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT ANDOF THE COUNCIL

of 22 June 1998

amending Council Directive 93/6/EEC on the capital adequacy ofinvestment firms and credit institutions

THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEANUNION,

Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particularthe first and third sentences of Article 57(2) thereof,



Having regard to the opinion of the European Monetary Institute (3),

Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 189b of the Treaty (4),

(1) Whereas the risks associated with commodities trading and commodity derivativesare currently subject to Council Directive 89/647/EEC of 18 December 1989 on asolvency ratio for credit institutions (5); whereas, however, the market risksassociated with those positions are not captured accurately by Directive89/647/EEC; whereas it is necessary to extend the concept of the ‘trading book’ topositions in commodities or commodity derivatives which are held for tradingpurposes and are subject mainly to market risks; whereas institutions must complywith this Directive as regards the coverage of commodity risks on their overallbusiness; whereas the perpetration of serious fraud by certain commodity futurestraders is of growing concern to the Community and a threat to the image andintegrity of the futures trading business; whereas it is desirable that the Commissionshould consider defining an appropriate prudential framework in order to preventthese fraudulent practices in the future;

(2) Whereas Council Directive 93/6/EEC of 15 March 1993 on the capital adequacyof investment firms and credit institutions (6) lays down a standardised method

(1) OJ C 240, 6.8.1997, p. 24, and OJ C 118, 17.4.1998, p. 16.(2) OJ C 19, 21.1.1998, p. 9.(3) Opinion delivered on 7 October 1997.(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 18 December 1997 (OJ C 14, 19.1.1998), Council

common position of 9 March 1998 (OJ C 135, 30.4.1998, p. 7) and Decision of the Euro-pean Parliament of 30 April 1998 (OJ C 152, 18.5.1998). Council Decision of 19 May 1998.

(5) OJ L 386, 30.12.1989, p. 14. Directive as last amended by Directive 98/32/EC of the Euro-pean Parliament and of the Council (see page 26 of this Official Journal).

(6) OJ L 141, 11.6.1993, p. 1. Directive as amended by Directive 98/33/EC of the EuropeanParliament and of the Council (see page 29 of this Official Journal).

Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 98/31/EB

85

Neoficialus vertimas

1998 m. birþelio 22 d.

EUROPOS PARLAMENTO IR TARYBOS DIREKTYVA 98/31/EB,

ið dalies pakeièianti Tarybos direktyvà 93/6/EEB dël investiciniø firmø irkredito ástaigø kapitalo pakankamumo

EUROPOS PARLAMENTAS IR EUROPOS SÀJUNGOS TARYBA,

atsiþvelgdami á Europos Bendrijos steigimo sutartá ir ypaè á jos 57 straipsnio 2 daliespirmà ir treèià sakinius,

atsiþvelgdami á Komisijos pasiûlymà1 ,

atsiþvelgdami á Ekonominiø ir socialiniø reikalø komiteto nuomonæ2 ,

atsiþvelgdami á Europos pinigø instituto nuomonæ3 ,

veikdami Sutarties 189b straipsnyje nustatyta tvarka4 ,

1) kadangi rizikai, susijusiai su prekyba birþos prekëmis ir birþos prekiø iðvestinëmispriemonëmis, ðiuo metu yra taikoma 1989 m. gruodþio 18 d. Tarybos direktyva89/647/EEB dël kredito ástaigø mokumo normatyvo5 ; kadangi vis dëlto Direktyvoje89/647/EEB rinkos rizika, susijusi su ðiomis pozicijomis, nëra tiksliai apibrëþta;kadangi bûtina iðplësti „prekybos knygos“ sàvokà papildant jà birþos prekiø arbabirþos prekiø iðvestiniø priemoniø, kurios laikomos prekybos tikslais ir kuriomslabiausiai gresia rinkos rizika, pozicijomis; kadangi ástaigos privalo laikytis ðiosdirektyvos, kad apsisaugotø nuo birþos prekiø rizikos visoje savo veikloje; kadangiBendrijai vis daugiau susirûpinimo kelia kai kuriø birþos prekiø ateities sandoriusvykdanèiø prekybininkø stambaus sukèiavimo atvejai ir pavojus, iðkilæs prekybosateities sandoriais ávaizdþiui ir sàþiningumui; kadangi pageidautina, kad Komisijaapsvarstytø atitinkamà rizikos ribojimo principais pagrástos sistemos apibrëþimà,siekiant uþkirsti kelià minëtai apgavikiðkai veiklai ateityje;

2) kadangi 1993 m. kovo 15 d. Tarybos direktyvoje 93/6/EEB dël investiciniø firmøir kredito ástaigø kapitalo pakankamumo6 yra nustatytas standartizuotas kapitalo

1 OL C 240, 1997 08 06, p. 24 ir OL C 118, 1998 04 17, p. 16.2 OL C 19, 1998 01 21, p. 9.3 1997 m. spalio 7 d. nuomonë.4 1997 m. gruodþio 18 d. Europos Parlamento nuomonë (OL C 14, 1998 01 19), 1998 m. kovo

9 d. Tarybos bendra pozicija (OL C 135, 1998 04 30, p. 7) ir 1998 m. balandþio 30 d. EuroposParlamento sprendimas (OL C 152, 1998 05 18). 1998 m. geguþës 19 d. Tarybos sprendimas.

5 OL L 386, 1989 12 30, p. 14. Direktyva su paskutiniais pakeitimais, padarytais EuroposParlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 98/32/EB (þr. ðio Oficialiojo leidinio p. 26).

6 OL L 141, 1993 06 11, p. 1. Direktyva su pakeitimais, padarytais Europos Parlamento irTarybos direktyva 98/33/EB (þr. ðio Oficialiojo leidinio p. 29).


86

for the calculation of capital requirements for market risks incurred by investmentfirms and credit institutions; whereas institutions have developed their own risk-management systems (internal models), designed to measure more accuratelythan the standardised method the market risks incurred by investment firms andcredit institutions; whereas the use of more accurate methods of measuring risksshould be encouraged;

(3) Whereas the use of such internal models for the purpose of calculating capitalrequirements requires strict internal control mechanisms and should be subjectto recognition and supervision by the competent authorities; whereas thecontinued reliability of the results of the internal model calculation should beverified by a back-testing procedure;

(4) Whereas it is appropriate that competent authorities may allow marginrequirements for exchange-traded futures and options, and on a transitional basisfor cleared over-the-counter derivatives of the same nature, to be used as substitutesfor the capital requirement calculated for such instruments in accordance withthis Directive, provided that this does not lead to a capital requirement which islower than the capital requirement calculated according to the other methodsprescribed in this Directive; whereas the application of this principle does notrequire that the equivalence between such margin requirements and the capitalrequirements calculated according to the other methods prescribed in this Directivemust be continually verified by the institutions applying this principle;

(5) Whereas the rules adopted at the wider international level may, in order toencourage more sophisticated risk-management methods based on internalmodels, lower capital requirements for credit institutions from third countries;whereas those credit institutions compete with investment firms and creditinstitutions incorporated in the Member States; whereas for investment firmsand credit institutions incorporated in the Member States, only an amendmentof Directive 93/6/EEC can provide similar incentives for the development anduse of internal models;

(6) Whereas for the purpose of calculating market-risk-capital requirements,positions in gold and gold derivatives should be treated in a similar fashion toforeign-exchange positions;

(7) Whereas the issue of subordinated debt should not automatically exclude anissuer’s equity from being included in a portfolio qualifying for a 2 % specific-risk weighting according to point 33 of Annex I to Directive 93/6/EEC;

(8) Whereas this Directive is in accordance with the work of an international forumof banking supervisors on the supervisory treatment of market risk and ofpositions in commodities and commodity derivatives;

(9) Whereas it is necessary to have a transitional capital regime on an optional basisfor investment firms and credit institutions undertaking significant commoditiesbusiness, having a diversified commodity portfolio and being not yet able to usemodels for the purpose of calculating the commodities risk capital requirement,


87

reikalavimø skaièiavimo metodas dël rinkos rizikos, kurià patiria investicinësfirmos ir kredito ástaigos; kadangi ástaigos yra sukûrusios savas rizikos valdymosistemas (vidaus modelius), pagal kurias investiciniø firmø ir kredito ástaigøpatiriamà rinkos rizikà galima ávertinti daug tiksliau negu taikant standartizuotàmetodà; kadangi reikëtø skatinti naudoti tikslesnius rizikø ávertinimo metodus;

3) kadangi tokiø vidaus modeliø naudojimas kapitalo reikalavimams skaièiuotireikalauja grieþtos vidaus kontrolës mechanizmø, o jø naudojimà turëtø tvirtintiir priþiûrëti kompetentingos institucijos; kadangi nuolatiná vidaus modeliøatliekamø skaièiavimø rezultatø patikimumà reikëtø tikrinti taikant gráþtamojopatikrinimo metodà;

4) kadangi yra tinkama, kad kompetentingos institucijos galëtø leisti privalomøjøánaðø reikalavimus ateities ir pasirinkimo sandoriams, kuriais prekiaujamabirþoje, ir pereinamosioms tokio pat pobûdþio apmokëtoms nebirþinëmsiðvestinëms finansinëms priemonëms, kuriomis kliringas atliktas, naudoti vietojekapitalo reikalavimo, kuris skaièiuojamas tokioms priemonëms pagal ðiàdirektyvà, jeigu dël to kapitalo reikalavimas netampa maþesnis uþ kapitaloreikalavimà, skaièiuojamà pagal kitus ðioje direktyvoje nustatytus metodus;kadangi ðio principo taikymas nereikalauja, kad ðá principà taikanèios ástaigosnuolatos tikrintø, ar tokie privalomojo ánaðo reikalavimai yra lygûs kapitaloreikalavimams, kurie skaièiuojami pagal kitus ðioje direktyvoje nustatytusmetodus;

5) kadangi, siekiant skatinti sudëtingesnius vidaus modeliais pagrástus rizikosvaldymo metodus, platesniu tarptautiniu lygiu priimtose taisyklëse gali bûtinustatyti maþesni kapitalo reikalavimai treèiøjø ðaliø kredito ástaigoms; kadangitokios kredito ástaigos konkuruoja su valstybëse narëse ásteigtomis investicinëmisfirmomis ir kredito ástaigomis; kadangi valstybëse narëse ásteigtoms investicinëmsfirmoms ir kredito ástaigoms panaðus skatinimas kurti ir naudoti vidaus modeliusgali bûti numatytas tik ið dalies pakeitus Direktyvà 93/6/EEB;

6) kadangi, skaièiuojant kapitalo reikalavimus rinkos rizikai padengti, aukso ir auksoiðvestiniø priemoniø pozicijos turëtø bûti vertinamos panaðiai kaip uþsieniovaliutos pozicijos;

7) kadangi subordinuotos skolos priemoniø emisija nereiðkia, kad emitentonuosavybës vertybiniai popieriai turi bûti savaime iðskiriami ið akcijø portfelio,kuriam taikomas 2% kapitalo reikalavimas specifinei rizikai padengti pagalDirektyvos 93/6/EEB I priedo 33 punktà;

8) kadangi ði direktyva atitinka tarptautinio bankø prieþiûros darbuotojø forumoveiklà, susijusià su rinkos rizikos ir birþos prekiø bei birþos prekiø iðvestiniøpriemoniø pozicijø prieþiûros vykdymo tvarka;

9) kadangi bûtina, jog investicinëms firmoms ir kredito ástaigoms, uþsiimanèiomsreikðmingu birþos prekiø verslu bei turinèioms ávairø birþos prekiø portfelá irdar negalinèioms naudoti modeliø, skirtø apskaièiuoti kapitalo reikalavimusbirþos prekiø rizikai padengti, bûtø taikoma pereinamojo laikotarpio kapitalo


88

in order to ensure a harmonious application of this Directive;

(10) Whereas this Directive is the most appropriate means of attaining the objectivessought and does not go beyond what is necessary to achieve those objectives,

HAVE ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE:

Article 1

Directive 93/6/EEC is hereby amended as follows:

1. Article 2 is amended as follows:

(a) point 6(a) and the introductory phrase and subpoints (i) and (ii) of point6(b) shall be replaced by the following:

‘(a) its proprietary positions in financial instruments, commodities andcommodity derivatives which are held for resale and/or which are takenon by the institution with the intention of benefiting in the short termfrom actual and/or expected differences between their buying and sellingprices, or from other price or interest-rate variations, and positions infinancial instruments, commodities and commodity derivatives, arisingfrom matched principal broking, or positions taken in order to hedgeother elements of the trading book;

(b) the exposures due to the unsettled transactions, free deliveries and over-the-counter (OTC) derivative instruments referred to in paragraphs 1,2, 3 and 5 of Annex II, the exposures due to repurchase agreementsand securities and commodities lending which are based on securitiesor commodities included in the trading book as defined in (a) referredto in paragraph 4 of Annex II, those exposures due to reverse repurchaseagreements and securities-borrowing and commodities- borrowingtransactions described in the same paragraph, provided the competentauthorities so approve, which meet either conditions (i), (ii), (iii) and(v) or conditions (iv) and (v) as follows:

(i) the exposures are marked to market daily following the procedureslaid down in Annex II;

(ii) the collateral is adjusted in order to take account of materialchanges in the value of the securities or commodities involved inthe agreement or transaction in question, according to a ruleacceptable to the competent authorities’;

(b) points 15 and 16 shall be replaced by the following:

‘15. “warrant” shall mean a security which gives the holder the right topurchase an underlying at a stipulated price until or at the warrant’sexpiry date. It may be settled by the delivery of the underlying itself orby cash settlement.


89

skaièiavimo tvarka siekiant uþtikrinti suderintà ðios direktyvos taikymà;

10) kadangi ði direktyva yra tinkamiausia priemonë uþsibrëþtiems tikslams pasiektiir neperþengia to, kas bûtina norint pasiekti ðiuos tikslus, ribø,


1 straipsnis

Tokiu bûdu Direktyva 93/6/EEB keièiama taip:

1. 2 straipsnis keièiamas taip:

a) 6 punkto a papunktis ir ávadinë frazë bei 6 punkto b papunkèio i ir ii pastraiposkeièiami taip:

„a) savo sàskaita ágytø finansiniø priemoniø, birþos prekiø ir birþos prekiøiðvestiniø priemoniø, kurios turimos siekiant perparduoti ir (arba) kuriasástaiga ásigyja tikëdamasi per trumpà laikà gauti pelno dël realiø ir (arba)numatomø jø pirkimo ir pardavimo kainø skirtumø arba dël kitø kainøar palûkanø normø pasikeitimø, pozicijos ir finansiniø priemoniø, birþosprekiø ir birþos prekiø iðvestiniø priemoniø pozicijos, atsirandanèiosvykdant sandorius savo sàskaita, arba pozicijos, ágyjamos siekiant nuorizikos apsaugoti kitus prekybos knygos elementus;

b) pozicijos, susijusios su dar neapmokëtais sandoriais, pristatymais beatsiskaitymo ir nebirþinëmis iðvestinëmis finansinëmis priemonëmis,iðvardytomis II priedo 1, 2, 3 ir 5 dalyse, pozicijos, susijusios su atpirkimosandoriais ir vertybiniø popieriø bei birþos prekiø, kuriø pagrindà sudarovertybiniai popieriai arba birþos prekës, apibûdinti a punkte ir nurodytiII priedo 4 dalyje, skolinimu, tos pozicijos, kurios yra susijusios su tojepaèioje dalyje apibûdintais atvirkðtinio atpirkimo sandoriais beivertybiniø popieriø ir birþos prekiø skolinimosi operacijomis, jeigu tampritaria kompetentingos institucijos ir jeigu atitinka i, ii, iii ir v arba ivir v punktuose iðvardytas sàlygas:

i) pozicijos kiekvienà dienà ávertinamos pagal rinkos kainas remiantisII priede nustatyta tvarka;

ii) uþstatas yra patikslinamas, siekiant atsiþvelgti á atitinkamojesutartyje ar operacijoje naudojamø vertybiniø popieriø arba birþosprekiø vertës esminius pasikeitimus, vadovaujantiskompetentingoms institucijoms priimtina taisykle“;

b) 15 ir 16 punktai keièiami taip:

„15. „Ilgalaikë pirkimo teisë“ – garantija, suteikianti jos turëtojui teisæ pirktipagrindinius vertybinius popierius uþ nustatytà kainà iki ilgalaikëspirkimo teisës galiojimo pabaigos. Uþ jà galima atsiskaityti pristatantpaèius pagrindinius vertybinius popierius arba sumokant jø vertæatitinkanèià grynøjø pinigø sumà.


90

16. “stock financing” shall means positions where physical stock has beensold forward and the cost of funding has been locked in until the dateof the forward sale’;

(c) point 17, first paragraph, shall be replaced by the following:

‘17. “repurchase agreement” and “reverse repurchase agreement” shall meanany agreement in which an institution or its counter-party transferssecurities or commodities or guaranteed rights relating to title tosecurities or commodities where that guarantee is issued by a recognisedexchange which holds the rights to the securities or commodities andthe agreement does not allow an institution to transfer or pledge aparticular security or commodity to more than one counter-party atone time, subject to a commitment to repurchase them (or substitutedsecurities or commodities of the same description) at a specified priceon a future date specified, or to be specified, by the transferor, being arepurchase agreement for the institution selling the securities orcommodities and a reverse repurchase agreement for the institutionbuying them’;

(d) point 18 shall be replaced by the following:

‘18. “securities or commodities lending” and “securities or commoditiesborrowing” shall mean any transaction in which an institution or itscounter-party transfers securities or commodities against appropriatecollateral subject to a commitment that the borrower will returnequivalent securities or commodities at some future date or whenrequested to do so by the transferor, that transaction being securitiesor commodities lending for the institution transferring the securities orcommodities and being securities or commodities borrowing for theinstitution to which they are transferred.

Securities or commodities borrowing shall be considered aninterprofessional transaction when the counter-party is subject toprudential coordination at Community level or is a Zone A creditinstitution as defined in Directive 89/647/EEC or is a recognised third-country investment firm or when the transaction is concluded with arecognised clearing house or exchange’;

2. in Article 4(1), first subparagraph, points (i) and (ii) shall be replaced by thefollowing:

‘(i) the capital requirements, calculated in accordance with Annexes I, II and VIand, as appropriate, Annex VIII, for their trading-book business;

(ii) the capital requirements, calculated in accordance with Annexes III and VIIand, as appropriate, Annex VIII, for all of their business activities’.


91

16. „Finansavimas parduodamø atsargø sàskaita“ – pozicijos, pagal kuriasrealios atsargos parduodamos pagal iðankstiná sandorá, o finansavimokaina áðaldoma iki iðankstinio pardavimo sandorio datos“;

c) 17 punkto pirma pastraipa keièiama taip:

„17. „Atpirkimo sandoris“ ir „atvirkðtinio atpirkimo sandoris“ – bet kokssandoris, pagal kurá ástaiga arba ástaigos sandorio ðalis perduodavertybinius popierius, birþos prekes ar garantuotas teises á vertybiniuspopierius ar birþos prekes, jeigu minëtà garantijà suteikia pripaþintavertybiniø popieriø birþa, turinti teises á pirmiau nurodytus vertybiniuspopierius ar birþos prekes, ir pagal toká susitarimà ástaiga negali perduotiarba uþstatyti tam tikro vertybinio popieriaus arba birþos prekës daugiaukaip vienai sandorio ðaliai vienu metu ásipareigodama juos (arba tospaèios rûðies vertybiniø popieriø ar birþos prekiø pakaitalus) atpirktiuþ nustatytà kainà tam tikrà datà, kurià pardavëjas jau yra nurodæsarba dar nurodys. Vertybinius popierius arba birþos prekesparduodanèiai ástaigai tai yra atpirkimo sandoris, o juos perkanèiaiástaigai – atvirkðtinio atpirkimo sandoris“;

d) 18 punktas keièiamas taip:

„18. „Vertybiniø popieriø arba birþos prekiø skolinimas“ ir „vertybiniøpopieriø arba birþos prekiø skolinimasis“ – bet kokia operacija, kuriosmetu ástaiga arba jos sandorio ðalis perduoda vertybinius popierius arbabirþos prekes uþ atitinkamà uþstatà, skolininkui ásipareigojant gràþintilygiaverèius vertybinius popierius arba birþos prekes nustatytu laikuateityje arba tada, kai to pareikalauja perdavëjas. Toks sandorisvertybinius popierius arba birþos prekes perduodanèiai ástaigai yravertybiniø popieriø arba birþos prekiø skolinimas, o ástaigai, kuriai tokievertybiniai popieriai arba birþos prekës perduodami – vertybiniøpopieriø arba birþos prekiø skolinimasis.

Vertybiniø popieriø arba birþos prekiø skolinimasis yra laikomasprofesionalø tarpusavio sandoriu, kai sandorio ðalies atþvilgiu Bendrijoslygiu yra vykdomas rizikos ribojimo principais pagrástas veikloskoordinavimas arba kai sandorio ðalis yra A zonai priklausanti kreditoástaiga, kaip nustatyta Direktyvoje 89/647/EEB, arba kai ji yra pripaþintatreèiosios ðalies investicinë firma, arba kai sandoris yra sudarytas supripaþintais kliringo rûmais arba birþa“;

2. 4 straipsnio 1 dalies pirmos pastraipos i ir ii papunkèiai keièiami taip:

„i) jø prekybos knygos veiklai nustatytø kapitalo reikalavimø sumà, kuriskaièiuojama pagal I, II ir VI priedus ir prireikus – pagal VIII priedà;

ii) visoms jø veiklos rûðims nustatytø kapitalo reikalavimø sumà, kuriskaièiuojama pagal III ir VII priedus ir prireikus – pagal VIII priedà“.


92

3. Article 5(2) shall be replaced by the following:

‘2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, those institutions which calculate the capitalrequirements for their trading-book business in accordance with Annexes I andII, and as appropriate Annex VIII, shall monitor and control their large exposuresin accordance with Directive 92/121/EEC subject to the modifications laid downin Annex VI to this Directive’;

4. Article 7(10) and the introductory part of Article 7(11), shall be replaced by thefollowing:

‘10. Where the rights of waiver provided for in paragraphs 7 and 9 are notexercised, the competent authorities may, for the purpose of calculating thecapital requirements set out in Annexes I and VIII and the exposures to clientsset out in Annex VI on a consolidated basis, permit positions in the trading bookof one institution to offset positions in the trading book of another institutionaccording to the rules set out in Annexes I, VI and VIII.

In addition, they may allow foreign-exchange positions in one institution to offsetforeign-exchange positions in another institution in accordance with the rulesset out in Annex III and/or Annex VIII. They may also allow commoditiespositions in one institution to offset commodities positions in another institutionin accordance with the rules set out in Annex VII and/or Annex VIII.

11. The competent authorities may also permit offsetting of the trading bookand of the foreign-exchange and commodities positions, respectively, ofundertakings located in third countries, subject to the simultaneous fulfilmentof the following conditions:’.


‘5. The competent authorities shall oblige institutions to report to themimmediately any case in which their counter-parties in repurchase and reverserepurchase agreements or securities and commodities-lending and securities andcommodities-borrowing transactions default on their obligations. The Commissionshall report to the Council on such cases and their implications for the treatmentof such agreements and transactions in this Directive not more than three yearsafter the date referred to in Article 12. Such report shall also describe the waythat institutions meet those of conditions (i) to (v) in Article 2(6)(b) that apply tothem, in particular condition (v). Furthermore it shall give details of any changesin the relative volume of institutions’ traditional lending and their lending throughreverse repurchase agreements and securities-borrowing or commodities-borrowing transactions. If the Commission concludes on the basis of this reportand other information that further safeguards are needed to prevent abuse, itshall make appropriate proposals’.

6. The following Article shall be inserted:

‘Article 11a

Until 31 December 2006, Member States may authorise their institutions to use


93

3. 5 straipsnio 2 dalis keièiama taip:

„2. Nepaisydamos 1 dalies, tos ástaigos, kurios skaièiuoja kapitalo reikalavimussavo prekybos knygos veiklai pagal I ir II priedus ir prireikus – pagal VIII priedà,stebi ir kontroliuoja savo dideles paskolas pagal Direktyvà 92/121/EEB,atsiþvelgdamos á ðios direktyvos VI priede nustatytus pakeitimus“;

4. 7 straipsnio 10 dalis ir 7 straipsnio 11 dalies áþanginë dalis keièiamos taip:

„10. Jeigu nesinaudojama 7 ir 9 dalyse minimomis teisëmis netaikyti nustatytusreikalavimus, kompetentingos institucijos, norëdamos konsoliduotai skaièiuotiI ir VIII prieduose nustatytus kapitalo reikalavimus ir VI priede nurodytaspaskolas klientams, gali leisti tarpusavyje áskaityti vienos ástaigos prekybos knygosgrynàsias pozicijas ir kitos ástaigos prekybos knygos pozicijas pagal I, VI ir VIIIprieduose nustatytas taisykles.

Be to, jos gali leisti tarpusavyje áskaityti vienos ástaigos uþsienio valiutos pozicijasir kitos ástaigos uþsienio valiutos pozicijas pagal III priede ir (arba) VIII priedenustatytas taisykles. Kompetentingos institucijos taip pat gali leisti tarpusavyjeáskaityti vienos ástaigos birþos prekiø pozicijas ir kitos ástaigos birþos prekiøpozicijas pagal VII priede ir (arba) VIII priede nustatytas taisykles.

11. Kompetentingos institucijos taip pat gali leisti atitinkamai tarpusavyje áskaitytitreèiosiose ðalyse veikianèiø ámoniø prekybos knygos ir uþsienio valiutos bei birþosprekiø pozicijas, jeigu tuo pat metu ávykdomos toliau iðvardytos sàlygos:“.


„5. Kompetentingos institucijos ápareigoja ástaigas nedelsiant praneðti apie betkurá atvejá, kai ðiø ástaigø sandorio ðalys, su kuriomis sudaryti atpirkimo iratvirkðtinio atpirkimo sandoriai arba vertybiniø popieriø ir birþos prekiøskolinimo ir skolinimosi operacijos, nevykdo savo ásipareigojimø. Komisijapateikia Tarybai ataskaità dël tokiø atvejø ir jø reikðmës tokiø sandoriø iroperacijø traktavimui ðioje direktyvoje praëjus ne daugiau kaip trejiems metamspo 12 straipsnyje nustatytos datos. Tokioje ataskaitoje taip pat nurodoma, kaipástaigos vykdo joms taikomas 2 straipsnio 6 dalies b punkto i-v papunkèiuose irypaè v papunktyje nustatytas sàlygas. Be to, ataskaitoje turi bûti smulkiai iðdëstytivisi ástaigø tradicinio skolinimo bei skolinimo naudojant atvirkðtinio atpirkimosandorius ir vertybiniø popieriø skolinimosi arba birþos prekiø skolinimosioperacijø sàlyginës apimties pasikeitimai. Jeigu Komisija, remdamasi tokiaataskaita ir kita informacija, nustato, kad yra reikalingos papildomos apsaugospriemonës, padësianèios uþkirsti kelià piktnaudþiavimui, ji pateikia atitinkamuspasiûlymus“.

6. Áterpiamas toks straipsnis:

„11a straipsnis

Iki 2006 m. gruodþio 31 d. valstybës narës gali leisti savo ástaigoms naudoti


94

the minimum spread, carry and outright rates set out in the following tableinstead of those indicated in paragraphs 13, 14, 17 and 18 of Annex VII providedthat the institutions, in the opinion of their competent authorities:

(i) undertake significant commodities business,

(ii) have a diversified commodities portfolio, and

(iii) are not yet in a position to use internal models for the purpose of calculatingthe capital requirement on commodities risk in accordance with Annex VIII.

Table

suoicerPslatemtpecxe()dlog

slatemesaBlarutlucirgA

stcudorp)stfos(

,rehtOgnidulcniygrenestcudorp

)%(etardaerpS 0,1 2,1 5,1 5,1

)%(etaryrraC 3,0 5,0 6,0 6,0

)%(etarthgirtuO 8 01 21 51

Member States shall inform the Commission of the use they make of this Article’.

7. Annexes I, II, III and V shall be amended, and Annexes VII and VIII added inaccordance with the Annex to this Directive.

Article 2

1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary to comply with this Directive not later than 24 months after thedate of its entry into force. They shall forthwith inform the Commission thereof.

When Member States adopt these measures, they shall contain a reference to thisDirective or shall be accompanied by such reference on the occasion of their officialpublication. The methods of making such reference shall be laid down by MemberStates.

2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the mainprovisions of domestic law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

Article 3

This Directive shall enter into force on the day of its publication in the Official Journal

of the European Communities.


95

minimalius pirkimo-pardavimo kainø skirtumo, gabenimo ir tiesioginio sandoriokainø koeficientus pagal toliau pateiktà lentelæ vietoj VII priedo 13, 14, 17 ir 18dalyse iðvardytøjø, jeigu, kompetentingø institucijø nuomone:

i) ástaigos uþsiima reikðmingu birþos prekiø verslu,

ii) ástaigø portfelá sudaro ávairios birþos prekës, ir

iii) ástaigos dar negali naudoti vidaus modeliø, skirtø apskaièiuoti kapitaloreikalavimams birþos prekiø rizikai padengti pagal VIII priedà.

Lentelë

ijeignarBialatemsuryksði()àskua

iainidnirgaPialatem

oikûsëmeÞiatkudorp)itbridrepen(

tnatiaksá,atiKsokitegrenesutkudorp

øniakomivadrap-omikriP)%(satneicifeokomutriks

0,1 2,1 5,1 5,1

øniakominebaG)%(satneicifeok

3,0 5,0 6,0 6,0

øniakoirodnasoinigoiseiT)%(satneicifeok

8 01 21 51

Valstybës narës informuoja Komisijà apie ðio straipsnio taikymà“.

7. I, II III ir V priedai keièiami ir pridedami VII bei VIII priedai pagal ðiosdirektyvos priedà.

2 straipsnis

1. Ne vëliau kaip praëjus 24 mënesiams po ðios direktyvos ásigaliojimo datos,valstybës narës priima ástatymus ir kitus teisës aktus, bûtinus, kad bûtø laikomasi ðiosdirektyvos. Apie tai jos nedelsdamos praneða Komisijai.

Valstybës narës, tvirtindamos ðias priemones, daro jose nuorodà á ðià direktyvà arbatokia nuoroda daroma jas oficialiai skelbiant. Nuorodos darymo tvarkà nustatovalstybës narës.

2. Valstybës narës pateikia Komisijai ðios direktyvos taikymo srityje priimtønacionaliniø ástatymø pagrindines nuostatas.

3 straipsnis

Ði direktyva ásigalioja jos paskelbimo „Europos bendrijø oficialiajame leidinyje“ dienà.


96

Article 4


Done at Luxembourg, 22 June 1998.

For the European Parliament For the Council

The President The President

J. M. GIL-ROBLES J. CUNNINGHAM


97

4 straipsnis


Priimta Liuksemburge, 1998 m. birþelio 22 d.

Europos Parlamento vardu Tarybos vardu

Pirmininkas Pirmininkas



98

ANNEX

1. Annex I is amended as follows:

(a) In Paragraph 4, the last sentence is deleted and the following subparagraphis added:

‘The competent authorities may allow the capital requirement for anexchange-traded future to be equal to the margin required by the exchangeif they are fully satisfied that it provides an accurate measure of the riskassociated with the future and that it is at least equal to the capitalrequirement for a future that would result from a calculation made usingthe method set out in the remainder of this Annex or applying the internalmodels method described in Annex VIII. Until 31 December 2006 thecompetent authorities may also allow the capital requirement for an OTCderivatives contract of the type referred to in this paragraph cleared by aclearing house recognised by them to be equal to the margin required by theclearing house if they are fully satisfied that it provides an accurate measureof the risk associated with the derivatives contract and that it is at leastequal to the capital requirement for the contract in question that wouldresult from a calculation made using the method set out in the remainder ofthis Annex or applying the internal models method described in Annex VIII’.

(b) In paragraph 5, the third subparagraph is replaced by the following:

‘The competent authorities shall require that the other risks, apart from thedelta risk, associated with options are safeguarded against. The competentauthorities may allow the requirement against a written exchange-tradedoption to be equal to the margin required by the exchange if they are fullysatisfied that it provides an accurate measure of the risk associated with theoption and that it is at least equal to the capital requirement against anoption that would result from a calculation made using the method set outin the remainder of this Annex or applying the internal models methoddescribed in Annex VIII. Until 31 December 2006 the competent authoritiesmay also allow the capital requirement for an OTC option cleared by aclearing house recognised by them to be equal to the margin required by theclearing house if they are fully satisfied that it provides an accurate measureof the risk associated with the option and that it is at least equal to thecapital requirement for an OTC option that would result from a calculationmade using the method set out in the remainder of this Annex or applyingthe internal models method described in Annex VIII. In addition they mayallow the requirement on a bought exchange-traded or OTC option to bethe same as that for the instrument underlying it, subject to the constraintthat the resulting requirement does not exceed the market value of the option.The requirement against a written OTC option shall be set in relation to theinstrument underlying it’.

(c) Paragraph 6 is replaced by the following:

‘6. Warrants relating to debt instruments and equities shall be treated inthe same way as options under paragraph 5’.


99

PRIEDAS

1. I priedas keièiamas taip:

a) 4 dalyje paskutinis sakinys iðbraukiamas ir dalis papildoma tokia pastraipa:

„Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad kapitalo reikalavimas ateitiessandoriui, kuriuo prekiaujama birþoje, bûtø lygus birþos nustatytamprivalomam ánaðui, jeigu jos yra visiðkai tikros, kad privalomas ánaðas teisingaiatspindi ateities sandorio rizikà ir kad jis yra bent jau lygus ateities sandoriokapitalo reikalavimui, skaièiuojamam pagal toliau ðiame priede nustatytàmetodà arba VIII priede apibûdintà vidaus modeliø metodà. Iki 2006 m.gruodþio 31 d. kompetentingos institucijos taip pat gali leisti, kad ðioje dalyjenurodytos rûðies nebirþiniø iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø sandoriø, kuriøkliringà vykdo minëtø institucijø pripaþinti kliringo rûmai, kapitaloreikalavimas bûtø lygus kliringo rûmø reikalaujamam privalomam ánaðui,jeigu jos yra visiðkai tikros, kad privalomas ánaðas teisingai atspindi iðvestiniøfinansiniø priemoniø sandorio rizikà ir kad jis yra bent jau lygus atitinkamosandorio kapitalo reikalavimui, skaièiuojamam pagal toliau ðiame priedenustatytà metodà arba taikant VIII priede apibûdintà vidaus modeliømetodà“.

b) 5 dalyje treèia pastraipa keièiama taip:

„Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad bûtø apsisaugoma ne tik nuodelta rizikos, bet ir nuo visos kitos su pasirinkimo sandoriais susijusios rizikos.Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad iðleistam pasirinkimo sandoriui,kuriuo prekiaujama birþoje, nustatytas reikalavimas bûtø lygus birþosreikalaujamam privalomam ánaðui, jeigu jos yra visiðkai tikros, kad privalomasánaðas teisingai atspindi su atskiru sandoriu susijusià rizikà ir kad jis yra bentjau lygus pasirinkimo sandorio kapitalo reikalavimui, skaièiuojamam pagaltoliau ðiame priede nustatytà skaièiavimo metodà arba taikant VIII priedeapibûdintà vidaus modeliø metodà. Iki 2006 m. gruodþio 31 d. kompetentingosinstitucijos taip pat gali leisti, kad kapitalo reikalavimas nebirþiniampasirinkimo sandoriui, kurio kliringà atlieka minëtø institucijø pripaþintikliringo rûmai, bûtø lygus kliringo rûmø reikalaujamam privalomam ánaðui,jeigu jos yra visiðkai tikros, kad privalomas ánaðas teisingai atspindi atitinkamopasirinkimo sandorio rizikà ir kad jis yra bent jau lygus nebirþinio pasirinkimosandorio kapitalo reikalavimui, skaièiuojamam pagal toliau ðiame priedenustatytà metodà arba taikant VIII priede apibûdintà vidaus modeliø metodà.Be to, kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad reikalavimas nupirktampasirinkimo sandoriui, kuriuo prekiaujama birþoje, arba nebirþiniampasirinkimo sandoriui atitiktø pagrindinei finansinei priemonei nustatytàreikalavimà, jeigu gautas reikalavimas nevirðija pasirinkimo sandorio rinkosvertës. Reikalavimas iðleistam nebirþiniam pasirinkimo sandoriui nustatomasatsiþvelgiant á pagrindinæ pasirinkimo sandorio finansinæ priemonæ“.

c) 6 dalis keièiama taip:

„6. Ilgalaikëms pirkimo teisëms ir nuosavybës vertybiniams popieriamstaikomos tokios pat sàlygos kaip pasirinkimo sandoriams pagal 5 dalá“.


100

(d) Paragraph 33(i) is replaced by the following:

‘(i) the equities shall not be those of issuers which have issued only tradeddebt instruments that currently attract an 8 % requirement in Table 1appearing in paragraph 14 or that attract a lower requirement onlybecause they are guaranteed or secured’.

2. Annex II is amended as follows:

(a) Paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:

‘1. In the case of transactions in which debt instruments, equities andcommodities (excluding repurchase and reverse repurchase agreementsand securities or commodities lending and securities or commoditiesborrowing) are unsettled after their due delivery dates, an institutionmust calculate the price difference to which it is exposed. This is thedifference between the agreed settlement price for the debt instrument,equity or commodity in question and its current market value, wherethe difference could involve a loss for the institution. It must multiplythis difference by the appropriate factor in column A of the tableappearing in paragraph 2 in order to calculate its capital requirement’.

(b) Paragraphs 3.1 and. 3.2 are replaced by the following:

‘3.1. An institution shall be required to hold capital against counterpartyrisk if:

(i) it has paid for securities or commodities before receiving them orit has delivered securities or commodities before receiving pay-ment for them;

and

(ii) in the case of cross-border transactions, one day or more haselapsed since it made that payment or delivery.

3.2. The capital requirement shall be 8 % of the value of the securities orcommodities or cash owed to the institution multiplied by the riskweighting applicable to the relevant counterparty’.

(c) The heading before paragraph 4.1 and the first subparagraph of paragraph4.1 are replaced by the following:

‘Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, securities or commoditieslending and borrowing

4.1. In the case of repurchase agreements and securities or commoditieslending based on securities or commodities included in the trading bookthe institution shall calculate the difference between the market valueof the securities or commodities and the amount borrowed by the


101

d) 33 dalies i punktas keièiamas taip:

„i) tai negali bûti tik skolos finansines priemones, kuriomis prekiaujamair kurioms pagal 14 dalyje pateiktà 1 lentelæ ðiuo metu taikomas 8%arba maþesnis reikalavimas, iðleidusiø emitentø nuosavybës vertybiniaipopieriai tik dël to, kad jie yra garantuoti arba apdrausti“.

2. II priedas ið dalies keièiamas taip:

a) 1 dalis pakeièiama taip:

„1. Sudarius sandorius, kuriø metu uþ skolos finansines priemones,nuosavybës vertybinius popierius ir birþos prekes (iðskyrus atpirkimosandorius, atvirkðtinio atpirkimo sandorius ir vertybiniø popieriø arbabirþos prekiø skolinimà bei vertybiniø popieriø arba birþos prekiøskolinimàsi) neatsiskaitoma po jø pristatymo datos, ástaiga privaloapskaièiuoti kainø skirtumà, kurio ji negali gauti. Tai yra atsiskaitymouþ atitinkamas skolos finansines priemones, nuosavybës vertybiniuspopierius arba birþos prekes sutartos kainos ir dabartinës jø rinkos vertësskirtumas, dël kurio ástaiga gali patirti nuostoliø. Ástaiga, norëdamaapskaièiuoti savo kapitalo reikalavimà, turi padauginti ðá skirtumà iðatitinkamo koeficiento, kuris nurodytas 2 dalyje pateiktos lentelës Askiltyje“.

b) 3.1 ir 3.2 dalys keièiamos taip:

„3.1. Ástaiga privalo turëti kapitalo rizikai, susijusiai su sandorio ðalim,padengti, jeigu:

i) ji sumokëjo uþ vertybinius popierius arba birþos prekes iki jøgavimo arba pristatë vertybinius popierius ar birþos prekes prieðgaudama uþmokestá uþ juos;

ir

ii) tarptautiniø sandoriø atveju po minëto atsiskaitymo arbapristatymo praëjo viena arba daugiau dienø.

3.2. Skaièiuojant kapitalo reikalavimà, 8% vertybiniø popieriø ar birþosprekiø, ar grynøjø pinigø, kurie turi bûti sumokëti ástaigai, vertësdauginama ið atitinkamai sandorio ðaliai nustatyto rizikos koeficiento“.

c) Antraðtë, esanti prieð 4.1 dalá, ir 4.1 dalies pirma pastraipa keièiamos taip:

„Atpirkimo ir atvirkðtinio atpirkimo sandoriai, vertybiniø popieriø arbabirþos prekiø skolinimas ir skolinimasis

4.1. Sudarydama atpirkimo sandorius ir vertybiniø popieriø ar birþos prekiøskolinimo sandorius, pagrástus á prekybos knygà átrauktais vertybiniaispopieriais arba birþos prekëmis, ástaiga skaièiuoja skirtumà tarp vertybiniøpopieriø arba birþos prekiø rinkos vertës ir ástaigos pasiskolintos sumos


102

institution or the market value of the collateral, where that differenceis positive. In the case of reverse repurchase agreements and securitiesor commodities borrowing, the institution shall calculate the differencebetween the amount the institution has lent or the market value of thecollateral and the market value of the securities or commodities it hasreceived, where that difference is positive’.

3. Annex III is amended as follows:

(a) Paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:

‘1. If the sum of an institution’s overall net foreign-exchange position andits net gold position, calculated in accordance with the procedure setout below, exceeds 2 % of its total own funds, it shall multiply the sumof its net foreign-exchange position and its net gold position by 8 % inorder to calculate its own-funds requirement against foreign-exchangerisk.

Until 31 December 2004, the competent authorities may allowinstitutions to calculate their own-funds requirement by multiplying by8 % the amount by which the sum of the overall net foreign-exchangeposition and the net gold position exceeds 2 % of the total own funds’.

(b) Paragraphs 3.1 and 3.2 are replaced by the following:

‘3.1. Firstly, the institution’s net open position in each currency (includingthe reporting currency) and in gold shall be calculated. This positionshall consist of the sum of the following elements (positive or negative):

— the net spot position (i. e. all asset items less all liability items,including accrued interest, in the currency in question or, for gold,the net spot position in gold),

— the net forward position (i. e. all amounts to be received less allamounts to be paid under forward exchange and gold transactions,including currency and gold futures and the principal on currencyswaps not included in the spot position),

— irrevocable guarantees (and similar instruments) that are certainto be called and likely to be irrecoverable,

— net future income/expenses not yet accrued but already fullyhedged (at the discretion of the reporting institution and with theprior consent of the competent authorities, net future income/expenses not yet entered in accounting records but already fullyhedged by forward foreign-exchange transactions may be includedhere). Such discretion must be exercised on a consistent basis,


103

arba uþstato rinkos vertës, jeigu minëtas skirtumas yra teigiamas.Sudarydama atvirkðtinio atpirkimo sandorius ir skolindamasi vertybiniuspopierius arba birþos prekes, ástaiga skaièiuoja skirtumà tarp sumos, kuriàji yra pasiskolinusi, arba uþstato rinkos vertës ir jos gautø vertybiniøpopieriø arba birþos prekiø rinkos vertës, jeigu minëtas skirtumas yrateigiamas“.

3. III priedas keièiamas taip:

a) 1 dalis keièiama taip:

„1. Jeigu pagal toliau nustatytà tvarkà ástaigos bendros grynosios uþsieniovaliutos pozicijos ir jos grynosios aukso pozicijos suma sudaro daugiaukaip 2% visø ástaigos nuosavø lëðø, ástaiga norëdama apskaièiuoti, kieknuosavø lëðø reikës uþsienio valiutø rizikai padengti, savo grynosiosuþsienio valiutos pozicijos ir jos grynosios aukso pozicijos sumà dauginaið 8%.

Iki 2004 m. gruodþio 31 d. kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kadástaigos savo nuosavø lëðø reikalavimà skaièiuotø ið 8% daugindamossumà, kuria jos bendros grynosios uþsienio valiutos pozicijos ir josgrynosios aukso pozicijos suma yra didesnë uþ 2% visø ástaigos nuosavølëðø“.

b) 3.1 ir 3.2 dalys keièiamos taip:

„3.1.Pirmiausia skaièiuojama ástaigos kiekvienos valiutos (áskaitant valiutà,kuri nurodoma ataskaitose) ir aukso grynoji atviroji pozicija. Ðià pozicijàsudaro toliau iðvardytø elementø (teigiamø arba neigiamø) suma:

- grynosios neatidëliotino keitimo sandoriø pozicijos (t. y. visø turtostraipsniø ir visø ásipareigojimø straipsniø, áskaitant atitinkamavaliuta sukauptas palûkanas arba aukso atveju, grynàsias auksoneatidëliotino keitimo sandoriø pozicijas, skirtumas),

- grynosios iðankstiniø sandoriø pozicijos (t. y. visos gautinos sumosir visø sumø, kurios turi bûti sumokëtos pagal iðankstinius valiutøkeitimo ir aukso sandorius, áskaitant valiutos ir aukso ateitiessandorius bei valiutos apsikeitimo sandoriø pagrindinæ sumà,neátrauktà á neatidëliotino keitimo sandoriø pozicijà, skirtumas),

- neatðaukiamø garantijø (ir panaðiø finansiniø priemoniø), kuriastikrai reikës ávykdyti ir kurios gali bûti neatðaukiamos,

- grynøjø ateities pajamø (iðlaidø), kurios dar nesukauptos, taèiaujau visiðkai apdraustos (atsiskaitanèios ástaigos nuoþiûra ir gavusiðankstiná kompetentingø institucijø sutikimà, minëtoms pajamoms(iðlaidoms) taip pat gali bûti priskirtos grynosios ateities pajamos(iðlaidos), kurios dar nëra átrauktos á apskaitos dokumentus, betjau visiðkai apdraustos iðankstiniais uþsienio valiutos sandoriais).Tokio savo pasirinkimo ástaigos privalo laikytis nuosekliai,


104

— the net delta (or delta-based) equivalent of the total book offoreign-currency and gold options,

— the market value of other (i. e. non-foreign-currency and non-gold) options,

— any positions which an institution has deliberately taken in orderto hedge against the adverse effect of the exchange rate on itscapital ratio may be excluded from the calculation of net opencurrency positions. Such positions should be of a non-trading orstructural nature and their exclusion, and any variation of the termsof their exclusion, shall require the consent of the competentauthorities. The same treatment subject to the same conditionsas above may be applied to positions which an institution has whichrelate to items that are already deducted in the calculation ofown funds.

3.2. The competent authorities shall have the discretion to allow institutionsto use the net present value when calculating the net open position ineach currency and in gold’.

(c) Paragraph 4, first sentence, is replaced by the following:

‘4. Secondly, net short and long positions in each currency other than thereporting currency and the net long or short position in gold shall beconverted at spot rates into the reporting currency’.

(d) Paragraph 7 is replaced by the following:

‘7. Secondly, until 31 December 2004, the competent authorities may allowinstitutions to apply an alternative method to those outlined inparagraphs 1 to 6 for the purposes of this Annex. The capital requirementproduced by this method must be sufficient to exceed 2 % of the netopen position as measured in paragraph 4 and, on the basis of an analysisof exchange-rate movements during all the rolling 10-working-day periodsover the preceding three years, to exceed the likely loss 99 % or more ofthe time.

The alternative method described in the first subparagraph may onlybe used under the following conditions:

(i) the calculation formula and the correlation coefficients are set bythe competent authorities, based on their analysis of exchange-rate movements;

(ii) the competent authorities review the correlation coefficientsregularly in the light of developments in foreign-exchangemarkets’.


105

- visos uþsienio valiutos ir aukso pasirinkimo sandoriø knygosgrynojo delta koeficiento (ar pagrásto delta koeficientu)ekvivalento,

- kitø pasirinkimo sandoriø (t. y. ne uþsienio valiutos ir ne auksosandoriø) rinkos vertës,

- bet kuriø pozicijø, kurias ástaiga sàmoningai prisiëmë, kadapsidraustø nuo keitimo kurso neigiamo poveikio jos kapitalopakankamumo normatyvui, galima neátraukti á grynøjø atvirøjøvaliutos pozicijø skaièiavimà. Tokios pozicijos turëtø bûtineprekybinio arba struktûrinio pobûdþio, o jø neátraukimà arbabet kurá tokio neátraukimo sàlygø pakeitimà turi patvirtintikompetentingos institucijos. Tokios pat pirmiau iðdëstytos sàlygosgali bûti taikomos vertinant ástaigos turimas pozicijas, kurios yrasusijusios su sudedamosiomis dalimis, jau atimtomis, skaièiuojantnuosavas lëðas.

3.2. Kompetentingos institucijos savo nuoþiûra gali leisti, kad ástaigos,skaièiuodamos kiekvienos valiutos ir aukso grynàjà atviràjà pozicijà,naudotø grynàjà dabartinæ vertæ“.

c) 4 dalies pirmas sakinys keièiamas taip:

„4. Antra, kiekvienos valiutos, iðskyrus ataskaitose nurodomà valiutà,grynosios trumposios ir atvirosios pozicijos ir grynoji ilgoji arba grynojitrumpoji aukso pozicija á ataskaitose nurodomà valiutà konvertuojamospagal neatidëliotino keitimo kursus“.

d) 7 dalis keièiama taip:

„7. Antra, iki 2004 m. gruodþio 31 d. kompetentingos institucijos gali leistiástaigoms taikyti metodà, alternatyvø ðio priedo 1–6 dalyseiðvardytiesiems. Kapitalo reikalavimas, skaièiuojamas pagal ðá metodà,turi bûti pakankamas, kad bûtø didesnis uþ 2% grynosios atvirosiospozicijos, skaièiuojamos pagal 4 dalá, ir, remiantis pastarøjø trejø metøvisø pasikartojanèiø 10 darbo dienø laikotarpiø valiutø kursø pokyèiøanalize, bûtø didesnis uþ minëto laikotarpio galimus ástaigos nuostolius99% arba daugiau.

Pirmoje pastraipoje apibûdintà alternatyvø metodà galima naudoti tiktoliau iðvardytomis sàlygomis:

i) skaièiavimo formulæ ir koreliacijos koeficientus nustato kompe-tentingos institucijos remdamosi jø atlikta valiutø kursø pokyèiøanalize;

ii) kompetentingos institucijos nuolat perþiûri koreliacijos koeficientusatsiþvelgdamos á pokyèius uþsienio valiutø rinkose“.


106

4. Annex V is amended as follows:

(a) Paragraph 2, first sentence, is replaced by the following:

‘Notwithstanding paragraph 1, the competent authorities may permit thoseinstitutions which are obliged to meet the own-funds requirements laid downin Annexes I, II, III, IV, VI, VII and VIII to use an alternative definitionwhen meeting those requirements only’.

(b) Paragraph 4 is replaced by the following:

‘4. The subordinated loan capital referred to in paragraph 2(c) may notexceed a maximum of 150 % of the original own funds left to meet therequirements laid down in Annexes I, II, III, IV, VI, VII, and VIII andmay approach that maximum only in particular circumstances acceptableto the relevant authorities’.

(c) Paragraphs 6 and 7 are replaced by the following:

‘6. The competent authorities may permit investment firms to exceed theceiling for subordinated loan capital prescribed in paragraph 4 if theyjudge it prudentially adequate and provided that the total of suchsubordinated loan capital and the items referred to in paragraph 5 doesnot exceed 200 % of the original own funds left to meet the requirementsimposed in Annexes I, II, III, IV, VI, VII and VIII or 250 % of thesame amount where investment firms deduct item 2(d) referred to inparagraph 2 when calculating own funds.

7. The competent authorities may permit the ceiling for subordinated loancapital prescribed in paragraph 4 to be exceeded by a credit institutionif they judge it prudentially adequate and provided that the total ofsuch subordinated loan capital and the items referred to in paragraph 5does not exceed 250 % of the original own funds left to meet therequirements imposed in Annexes I, II, III, VI, VII and VIII’.

5. The following Annexes are added:

‘ANNEX VII

COMMODITIES RISK

1. Each position in commodities or commodity derivatives shall be expressedin terms of the standard unit of measurement. The spot price in eachcommodity shall be expressed in the reporting currency.

2. Positions in gold or gold derivatives shall be considered as being subject toforeign-exchange risk and treated according to Annex III or Annex VIII, asappropriate, for the purpose of calculating market risk.

3. For the purposes of this Annex, positions which are purely stock financingmay be excluded from the commodities risk calculation only.


107

4. V priedas ið dalies keièiamas taip:

a) 2 dalies pirmas sakinys keièiamas taip:

„Nepaisydamos ðio priedo 1 dalies nuostatø, kompetentingos institucijosgali leisti, kad ástaigos, privalanèios vykdyti I, II, III, IV, VI, VII ir VIIIprieduose nustatytus nuosavø lëðø reikalavimus, alternatyvø apibrëþimàvartotø tik ágyvendindamos minëtus reikalavimus“.

b) 4 dalis keièiama taip:

„4. 2 dalies c punkte minimas subordinuotø paskolø kapitalas negali bûtididesnis uþ 150% didþiausios pradiniø nuosavø lëðø sumos, laikomos I,II, III, IV, VI, VII ir VIII prieduose nustatytiems reikalavimams ávykdyti,ir gali priartëti prie ðio maksimalaus dydþio tik tam tikromisaplinkybëmis, kurios yra priimtinos atitinkamoms institucijoms“.

c) 6 ir 7 dalys keièiamos taip:

„6. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti investicinëms firmoms virðyti 4dalyje nustatytà subordinuotø paskolø kapitalo maksimalø dydá, jeigu,jø nuomone, toks virðijimas rizikos ribojimo poþiûriu yra leistinas irjeigu tokio subordinuotø paskolø kapitalo ir 5 dalyje minimø punktøbendra suma nëra didesnë uþ 200% pradiniø nuosavø lëðø, laikomø I,II, III, IV, VI, VII ir VIII prieduose nustatytiems reikalavimams vykdyti,arba uþ 250% tos paèios sumos, jeigu investicinës firmos, skaièiuodamosnuosavas lëðas, atima 2 dalyje nurodytà d punktà.

7. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti kredito ástaigai virðyti 4 dalyjenustatytà subordinuotø paskolø kapitalo maksimalø dydá, jeigu, jønuomone, toks virðijimas rizikos ribojimo poþiûriu yra leistinas ir jeigutokio subordinuotø paskolø kapitalo ir 5 dalyje minimø punktø bendrasuma nëra didesnë uþ 250% pradiniø nuosavø lëðø, laikomø I, II, III,VI, VII ir VIII prieduose nustatytiems reikalavimams vykdyti“.

5. Pridedami ðie priedai:

„VII PRIEDAS

BIRÞOS PREKIØ RIZIKA

1. Kiekviena birþos prekiø arba birþos prekiø iðvestiniø priemoniø pozicijaiðreiðkiama standartiniais mato vienetais. Kiekvienos birþos prekësneatidëliotino pristatymo sandorio kaina iðreiðkiama ataskaitose nurodomavaliuta.

2. Laikomasi nuomonës, kad aukso ir aukso iðvestiniø priemoniø pozicijossusiduria su tokia pat rizika kaip uþsienio valiuta ir jø rinkos rizika prireikusskaièiuojama pagal III priede arba VIII priede nustatytas sàlygas.

3. Pagal ðá priedà pozicijos, kurios yra tik finansavimo parduodamø atsargøsàskaita pozicijos, gali bûti neátraukiamos tik skaièiuojant birþos prekiø rizikà.


108

4. The interest-rate and foreign-exchange risks not covered by other provisionsof this Annex shall be included in the calculation of general risk for tradeddebt instruments and in the calculation of foreign-exchange risk.

5. When the short position falls due before the long position, institutions shallalso guard against the risk of a shortage of liquidity which may exist in somemarkets.

6. For the purpose of paragraph 19, the excess of an institution’s long (short)positions over its short (long) positions in the same commodity and identicalcommodity futures, options and warrants shall be its net position in eachcommodity. The competent authorities shall allow positions in derivativeinstruments to be treated, as laid down in paragraphs 8, 9 and 10, as positionsin the underlying commodity.

7. The competent authorities may regard the following positions as positionsin the same commodity:

— positions in different sub-categories of commodities in cases where thesub-categories are deliverable against each other,

and

— positions in similar commodities if they are close substitutes and if aminimum correlation of 0,9 between price movements can be clearlyestablished over a minimum period of one year.

Particular instruments

8. Commodity futures and forward commitments to buy or sell individualcommodities shall be incorporated in the measurement system as notionalamounts in terms of the standard unit of measurement and assigned a maturitywith reference to expiry date. The competent authorities may allow the capitalrequirement for an exchange-traded future to be equal to the margin requiredby the exchange if they are fully satisfied that it provides an accurate measureof the risk associated with the future and that it is at least equal to the capitalrequirement for a future that would result from a calculation made using themethod set out in the remainder of this Annex or applying the internal modelsmethod described in Annex VIII. Until 31 December 2006 the competentauthorities may also allow the capital requirement for an OTC commodityderivatives contract of the type referred to in this paragraph cleared by aclearing house recognised by them to be equal to the margin required by theclearing house if they are fully satisfied that it provides an accurate measureof the risk associated with the derivatives contract and that it is at least equalto the capital requirement for the contract in question that would resultfrom a calculation made using the method set out in the remainder of thisAnnex or applying the internal models method described in Annex VIII.

9. Commodity swaps where one side of the transaction is a fixed price and theother the current market price shall be incorporated into the maturity ladder


109

4. Palûkanø normø rizika ir uþsienio valiutos rizika, kuriø neapima kitos ðiopriedo nuostatos, yra átraukiamos á skolos finansiniø priemoniø, kuriomisprekiaujama, bendrosios rizikos ir uþsienio valiutos rizikos skaièiavimus.

5. Kai trumposios pozicijos turi bûti ávykdytos prieð ávykdant ilgàsias pozicijas,ástaigoms taip pat reikia apsisaugoti nuo nepakankamo likvidumo, galinèioegzistuoti kai kuriose rinkose.

6. Pagal 19 dalá suma, kuria ástaigos ilgosios (trumposios) pozicijos yra didesnësuþ ástaigos tos paèios birþos prekës ir tapaèiø ateities, pasirinkimo ir ilgalaikëspirkimo teisës birþos prekiø sandoriø trumpàsias (ilgàsias) pozicijas, yraástaigos kiekvienos birþos prekës grynoji pozicija. Kompetentingos institucijosleidþia, kad iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø pozicijoms 8, 9 ir 10 dalysenustatyta tvarka bûtø taikomos tokios pat sàlygos kaip pagrindinës birþosprekës pozicijoms.

7. Kompetentingos institucijos toliau iðvardytas pozicijas gali laikyti tos paèiosbirþos prekës pozicijomis:

- ávairiø subkategorijø birþos prekiø pozicijas tais atvejais, kai minëtossubkategorijos gali vienos pakeisti kitas,

ir

- panaðiø birþos prekiø pozicijas, jeigu jos yra artimi pakaitalai ir jeigumaþiausiai 0,9 kainø pasikeitimo koreliacijos koeficientà galima aiðkiainustatyti ne maþesniam kaip vieneriø metø laikotarpiui.

Atskiros finansinës priemonës

8. Birþos prekiø ateities sandoriai ir iðankstiniai ásipareigojimai pirkti arbaparduoti atskiras birþos prekes á matø sistemà átraukiami kaip nominaliossumos, iðreikðtos standartiniais matavimo vienetais, nustatant jø terminàpagal galutinæ datà. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad kapitaloreikalavimas ateities sandoriui, kuriuo prekiaujama birþoje, bûtø lygus birþosnustatytam privalomam ánaðui, jeigu jos yra visiðkai tikros, kad privalomasánaðas teisingai atspindi ateities sandorio rizikà ir kad jis yra bent jau lygusateities sandorio kapitalo reikalavimui, kuris bûtø gautas skaièiuojant pagaltoliau ðiame priede nustatytà metodà arba pagal VIII priede apibûdintàvidaus modeliø metodà. Iki 2006 m. gruodþio 31 d. kompetentingosinstitucijos taip pat gali leisti, kad ðioje dalyje nurodytos rûðies nebirþiniøbirþos prekiø iðvestiniø priemoniø sandoriams, kuriø kliringà vykdo minëtøinstitucijø pripaþinti kliringo rûmai, kapitalo reikalavimas bûtø lygus kliringorûmø nustatytam privalomam ánaðui, jeigu jos yra visiðkai tikros, kadprivalomas ánaðas teisingai atspindi birþos prekiø iðvestiniø priemoniøsandorio rizikà ir kad jis yra bent jau lygus atitinkamo sandorio kapitaloreikalavimui, kuris bûtø gautas skaièiuojant pagal toliau ðiame priedenustatytà metodà arba pagal VIII priede apibûdintà vidaus modeliø metodà.

9. Birþos prekiø apsikeitimo sandoriai, kai ið vienos pusës operacija atliekamanustatyta kaina, o ið kitos pusës – dabartine rinkos kaina, yra skirstomi


110

approach as a series of positions equal to the notional amount of the contract,with one position corresponding with each payment on the swap and slottedinto the maturity ladder set out in the table appearing in paragraph 13. Thepositions would be long positions if the institution is paying a fixed price andreceiving a floating price and short positions if the institution is receiving afixed price and paying a floating price.

Commodity swaps where the sides of the transaction are in differentcommodities are to be reported in the relevant reporting ladder for thematurity ladder approach.

10. Options on commodities or on commodity derivatives shall be treated as ifthey were positions equal in value to the amount of the underlying to whichthe option refers, multiplied by its delta for the purposes of this Annex. Thelatter positions may be netted off against any offsetting positions in theidentical underlying commodity or commodity derivative. The delta usedshall be that of the exchange concerned, that calculated by the competentauthorities or, where none of those is available or for OTC options, thatcalculated by the institution itself, subject to the competent authorities beingsatisfied that the model used by the institution is reasonable.

However, the competent authorities may also prescribe that institutionscalculate their deltas using a methodology specified by the competentauthorities.

The competent authorities shall require that the other risks, apart from thedelta risk, associated with commodity options are safeguarded against. Thecompetent authorities may allow the requirement for a written exchange-traded commodity option to be equal to the margin required by the exchangeif they are fully satisfied that it provides an accurate measure of the riskassociated with the option and that it is at least equal to the capitalrequirement against an option that would result from a calculation madeusing the method set out in the remainder of this Annex or applying theinternal models method described in Annex VIII. Until 31 December 2006the competent authorities may also allow the capital requirement for anOTC commodity option cleared by a clearing house recognised by them tobe equal to the margin required by the clearing house if they are fully satisfiedthat it provides an accurate measure of the risk associated with the optionand that it is at least equal to the capital requirement for an OTC optionthat would result from a calculation made using the method set out in theremainder of this Annex or applying the internal models method describedin Annex VIII. In addition they may allow the requirement on a boughtexchange-traded or OTC commodity option to be the same as that for thecommodity underlying it, subject to the constraint that the resultingrequirement does not exceed the market value of the option. The requirementfor a written OTC option shall be set in relation to the commodity underlyingit.


111

naudojant klasifikavimo pagal terminus metodà kaip sandorio nominaliaisumai lygiø pozicijø serija, kai viena pozicija atitinka kiekvienà atsiskaitymàpagal apsikeitimo sandorá, ir yra skirstomi pagal 13 dalyje pateiktà terminølentelæ. Ástaigos pozicijos yra ilgosios, jeigu ji moka fiksuotà kainà, o gaunakintamà kainà, ir trumposios, jeigu ástaiga gauna fiksuotà kainà, o mokakintamà kainà.

Birþos prekiø apsikeitimo sandoriai, kai keièiamasi skirtingomis birþosprekëmis, atitinkamuose apskaitos dokumentuose turi bûti nurodominaudojant klasifikavimo pagal terminus metodà.

10. Birþos prekiø arba birþos prekiø iðvestiniø priemoniø pasirinkimo sandoriailaikomi pozicijomis, kuriø vertë lygi atitinkamo pasirinkimo sandoriopagrindinës finansinës priemonës vertei, padaugintai ið jo delta koeficiento,kaip nustatyta ðiame priede. Pastarosios pozicijos gali bûti tarpusavyjeáskaitomos su bet kuriomis tapaèios pagrindinës birþos prekës arba birþosprekës iðvestinës priemonës prieðprieðinëmis pozicijomis. Gali bûtinaudojamas atitinkamos birþos taikomas delta arba tas, kurá apskaièiuojakompetentingos institucijos, o tais atvejais, kai në vienas ið pirmiau nurodytødelta koeficientø nëra nustatytas, arba nebirþiniø sandoriø atveju naudojamaspaèios ástaigos apskaièiuotas delta, jeigu kompetentingosios institucijos yrauþsitikrinusios, kad ástaigos taikomas delta skaièiavimo modelis yrapriimtinas.

Vis dëlto kompetentingos institucijos taip pat gali reikalauti, kad ástaigosskaièiuotø savo deltas pagal kompetentingø institucijø nustatytà metodologijà.

Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja apsisaugoti ne tik nuo delta rizikos,bet ir nuo visos kitos su birþos prekiø pasirinkimo sandoriais susijusios rizikos.Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad reikalavimas, nustatytas iðleistambirþos prekiø pasirinkimo sandoriui, kuriuo prekiaujama birþoje, bûtø lygusbirþos reikalaujamam privalomam ánaðui, jeigu jos visiðkai tikros, kadprivalomas ánaðas teisingai atspindi su pasirinkimo sandoriu susijusià rizikàir yra bent jau lygus pasirinkimo sandorio kapitalo reikalavimui, kuris bûtøgautas pagal toliau ðiame priede apibûdintà skaièiavimo metodà arba taikantVIII priede nustatytà vidaus modeliø metodà. Iki 2006 m. gruodþio 31 d.kompetentingos institucijos taip pat gali leisti, kad kapitalo reikalavimas,skaièiuojamas nebirþiniams birþos prekiø sandoriams, kuriø kliringà atliekaminëtø institucijø pripaþinti kliringo rûmai, bûtø lygus kliringo rûmønustatytam privalomam ánaðui, jeigu jos yra visiðkai tikros, kad privalomasánaðas teisingai atspindi su pasirinkimo sandoriu susijusià rizikà ir kad jisyra bent jau lygus nebirþinio sandorio kapitalo reikalavimui, kuris bûtø gautaspagal toliau ðiame priede nustatytà skaièiavimo metodà arba taikant VIIIpriede apibûdintà vidaus modeliø metodà. Be to, kompetentingos institucijosgali leisti, kad reikalavimas, nustatytas nupirktam birþos prekiø pasirinkimosandoriui, kuriuo prekiaujama birþoje, arba nebirþiniam birþos prekiøpasirinkimo sandoriui atitiktø pagrindinei birþos prekei nustatytàreikalavimà, jeigu apskaièiuotas reikalavimas nëra didesnis uþ pasirinkimosandorio rinkos vertæ. Reikalavimas iðleistam nebirþiniam pasirinkimosandoriui nustatomas atsiþvelgiant á pagrindinæ sandorio birþos prekæ.


112

11. Warrants relating to commodities shall be treated in the same way ascommodity options under paragraph 10.

12. The transferor of commodities or guaranteed rights relating to title tocommodities in a repurchase agreement and the lender of commodities in acommodities lending agreement shall include such commodities in thecalculation of its capital requirement under this Annex.

(a) Maturity ladder approach

13. The institution shall use a separate maturity ladder in line with the followingtable for each commodity. All positions in that commodity and all positionswhich are regarded as positions in the same commodity pursuant to paragraph7 shall be assigned to the appropriate maturity bands. Physical stocks shallbe assigned to the first maturity band.

dnabytirutaM)1(

etardaerpS)%ni()2(

14. Competent authorities may allow positions which are, or are regardedpursuant to paragraph 7 as, positions in the same commodity to be offsetand assigned to the appropriate maturity bands on a net basis for:

— positions in contracts maturing on the same date,

and

— positions in contracts maturing within 10 days of each other if thecontracts are traded on markets which have daily delivery dates.

15. The institution shall then work out the sum of the long positions and thesum of the short positions in each maturity band. The amount of the former(latter) which are matched by the latter (former) in a given maturity bandshall be the matched positions in that band, while the residual long or shortposition shall be the unmatched position for the same band.

16. That part of the unmatched long (short) position for a given maturity bandthat is matched by the unmatched short (long) position for a maturity bandfurther out shall be the matched position between two maturity bands. Thatpart of the unmatched long or unmatched short position that cannot be thusmatched shall be the unmatched position.

0 � 1 month 1,50> 1 � 3 months 1,50> 3 � 6 months 1,50> 6 � 12 months 1,50> 1 � 2 years 1,50> 2 � 3 years 1,50

> 3 years 1,50


113

11. Su birþos prekëmis susijusioms ilgalaikëms pirkimo teisëms taikomos birþosprekiø pasirinkimo sandoriams nustatytos sàlygos, nurodytos 10 dalyje.

12. Birþos prekiø arba garantuotø nuosavybës teisiø á birþos prekes perdavëjaspagal atpirkimo sandorá ir birþos prekiø skolintojas pagal birþos prekiøskolinimo sutartá tokias birþos prekes átraukia skaièiuodami kapitaloreikalavimà pagal ðá priedà.

a) Klasifikavimo pagal terminus metodas

13. Ástaiga visas birþos prekes suklasifikuoja pagal terminus, kaip nustatyta toliaupateiktoje lentelëje. Visos tos birþos prekës pozicijos ir visos pozicijos, kuriospagal 7 dalá laikomos tos paèios birþos prekës pozicijomis, priskiriamosatitinkamoms terminø grupëms. Fizinës atsargos priskiriamos pirmajaiterminø grupei.

ëpurgønimreT)1(

øniakomivadrap-omikriP)%(satneicifeokomutriks

)2(

14. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti tarpusavyje áskaityti pozicijas, kuriosyra arba pagal 7 dalá laikomos tos paèios birþos prekës pozicijomis, ir priskirtijas atitinkamoms terminø grupëms grynøjø pozicijø pagrindu, jeigu jos yra:

- sandoriø, kurie turi bûti ávykdyti tuo paèiu metu, pozicijos,

ir

- sandoriø, kurie turi bûti ávykdyti per 10 dienø, pozicijos, jeigu sandoriaisprekiaujama rinkose, kuriose yra nustatytos kiekvienos dienospristatymo datos.

15. Po to ástaiga skaièiuoja kiekvienos terminø grupës ilgøjø ir trumpøjø pozicijøsumas. Pirmøjø (pastarøjø) pozicijø suma, kuri yra suderinta su pastarøjø(pirmøjø) pozicijø suma nustatytoje terminø grupëje, yra suderintos tosterminø grupës pozicijos, o likusi ilgoji arba trumpoji pozicija yra nesuderintatos paèios terminø grupës pozicija.

16. Nustatytos terminø grupës nesuderintos ilgosios (trumposios) pozicijos dalis,kuri yra suderinta su kitos terminø grupës nesuderinta trumpàja (ilgàja)pozicija, yra suderinta dviejø terminø grupiø pozicija. Nesuderintos ilgosiosarba nesuderintos trumposios pozicijos dalis, kuri negali bûti tokiu bûdusuderinta, yra nesuderinta pozicija.

0 � 1 mënuo 1,50> 1 � 3 mënesiai 1,50> 3 � 6 mënesiai 1,50> 6 � 12 mënesiø 1,50> 1 � 2 metai 1,50> 2 � 3 metai 1,50

> 3 metai 1,50


114

17. The institution’s capital requirement for each commodity shall be calculatedon the basis of the relevant maturity ladder as the sum of the following:

(i) the sum of the matched long and short positions, multiplied by theappropriate spread rate as indicated in the second column of the tableappearing in paragraph 13 for each maturity band and by the spot pricefor the commodity;

(ii) the matched position between two maturity bands for each maturityband into which an unmatched position is carried forward, multipliedby 0,6 % (carry rate) and by the spot price for the commodity;

(iii) the residual unmatched positions, multiplied by 15 % (outright rate)and by the spot price for the commodity.

18. The institution’s overall capital requirement for commodities risk shall becalculated as the sum of the capital requirements calculated for eachcommodity according to paragraph 17.

(b) Simplified approach

19. The institution’s capital requirement for each commodity shall be calculatedas the sum of:

(i) 15 % of the net position, long or short, multiplied by the spot price forthe commodity;

(ii) 3 % of the gross position, long plus short, multiplied by the spot pricefor the commodity.

20. The institution’s overall capital requirement for commodities risk shall becalculated as the sum of the capital requirements calculated for eachcommodity according to paragraph 19.

ANNEX VIII

INTERNAL MODELS

1. The competent authorities may, subject to the conditions laid down in thisAnnex, allow institutions to calculate their capital requirements for positionrisk, foreign-exchange risk and/or commodities risk using their own internalrisk-management models instead of or in combination with the methodsdescribed in Annexes I, III and VII. Explicit recognition by the competentauthorities of the use of models for supervisory capital purposes shall berequired in each case.

2. Recognition shall only be given if the competent authority is satisfied thatthe institution’s risk-management system is conceptually sound and


115

17. Ástaigos kapitalo reikalavimas kiekvienai birþos prekei skaièiuojamasklasifikuojant pagal atitinkamus terminus susumavus toliau iðvardytuselementus:

i) suderintø ilgøjø ir trumpøjø pozicijø sumà, padaugintà ið atitinkamopirkimo-pardavimo kainø skirtumo koeficiento, nurodyto 13 dalyjepateiktos lentelës antroje skiltyje kiekvienai terminø grupei, ir ið birþosatitinkamos prekës neatidëliotino pristatymo sandorio kainos;

ii) dviejø terminø grupiø tarpusavyje suderintà pozicijà kiekvienai terminøgrupei, á kurià perkeliama nesuderinta pozicija, padauginus jà ið 0,6%(gabenimo kainø koeficiento) ir ið birþos atitinkamos prekës neatidë-liotino pristatymo sandorio kainos;

iii) likusias nesuderintas pozicijas, padauginus ið 15% (tiesioginio sandoriokainø koeficiento) ir ið birþos prekës neatidëliotino pristatymo sandoriokainos.

18. Ástaigos bendras kapitalo reikalavimas apsisaugoti nuo birþos prekiø rizikosskaièiuojamas sudedant kapitalo reikalavimus, apskaièiuotus kiekvienaibirþos prekei pagal 17 dalá.

b) Supaprastintas metodas

19. Ástaigos kapitalo reikalavimas kiekvienai prekei skaièiuojamas sudedant:

i) 15% grynosios, ilgosios arba trumposios, pozicijos, padaugintos ið birþosprekës neatidëliotino pristatymo sandorio kainos;

ii) 3% bendrosios, ilgosios ir trumposios, pozicijos, padaugintos ið birþosprekës neatidëliotino pristatymo sandorio kainos.

20. Ástaigos bendras kapitalo reikalavimas apsisaugoti nuo birþos prekiø rizikosskaièiuojamas susumuojant kiekvienai birþos prekei pagal 19 daláapskaièiuotus kapitalo reikalavimus.

VIII PRIEDAS

VIDAUS MODELIAI

1. Kompetentingos institucijos, vadovaudamosi ðiame priede nustatytomissàlygomis, gali leisti, kad ástaigos, skaièiuodamos savo kapitalo reikalavimus,kuriø reikia siekiant apsisaugoti nuo pozicijos rizikos, uþsienio valiutos kursorizikos ir (arba) birþos prekiø kainos rizikos, vietoj I, III ir VII prieduoseapibûdintø metodø taikytø savo vidaus rizikos valdymo modelius arba derintøjuos su minëtais metodais. Kiekvienu atveju kompetentingos institucijos turiaiðkiai patvirtinti modeliø naudojimà kapitalo prieþiûros tikslais.

2. Patvirtinimas suteikiamas, jeigu kompetentinga institucija ásitikina, kadástaigos rizikos valdymo sistema yra ið esmës patikima ir nuosekliai


116

implemented with integrity and that, in particular, the following qualitativestandards are met:

(i) the internal risk-measurement model is closely integrated into the dailyrisk-management process of the institution and serves as the basis forreporting risk exposures to senior management of the institution;

(ii) the institution has a risk control unit that is independent from businesstrading units and reports directly to senior management. The unit mustbe responsible for designing and implementing the institution’s risk-management system. It shall produce and analyse daily reports on theoutput of the risk-measurement model and on the appropriate measuresto be taken in terms of trading limits;

(iii) the institution’s board of directors and senior management are activelyinvolved in the risk-control process and the daily reports produced bythe risk-control unit are reviewed by a level of management withsufficient authority to enforce both reductions of positions taken byindividual traders as well as in the institution’s overall risk exposure;

(iv) the institution has sufficient numbers of staff skilled in the use ofsophisticated models in the trading, risk-control, audit and back-officeareas;

(v) the institution has established procedures for monitoring and ensuringcompliance with a documented set of internal policies and controlsconcerning the overall operation of the risk-measurement system;

(vi) the institution’s models have a proven track record of reasonableaccuracy in measuring risks;

(vii) the institution frequently conduct a rigorous programme of stress testingand the results of these tests are reviewed by senior management andreflected in the policies and limits it sets;

(viii)the institution must conduct, as part of its regular internal auditingprocess, an independent review of its risk-measurement system. Thisreview must include both the activities of the business trading units andof the independent risk-control unit. At least once a year, the institutionmust conduct a review of its overall risk-management process. The reviewmust consider:

— the adequacy of the documentation of the risk-management systemand process and the organisation of the risk-control unit,

— the integration of market risk measures into daily risk managementand the integrity of the management information system,

— the process the institution employs for approving risk-pricingmodels and valuation systems that are used by front and back-office personnel,


117

ágyvendinta ir kad pirmiausia ávykdomi toliau iðvardyti kokybës reikalavimai:

i) vidaus rizikos ávertinimo modelis yra glaudþiai integruotas á kasdienáástaigos rizikos valdymo procesà ir tarnauja kaip pagrindas teikiant ástaigosaukðèiausiajai vadovybei ataskaitas apie pozicijas, susijusias su rizika;

ii) ástaigoje veikia rizikos kontrolës skyrius, kuris yra nepriklausomas nuoverslu uþsiimanèiø skyriø ir tiesiogiai atsiskaito aukðèiausiajai vadovybei.Skyrius turi bûti atsakingas uþ ástaigos rizikos valdymo sistemos kûrimàir ágyvendinimà. Jis rengia ir analizuoja kiekvienos dienos rizikosvaldymo modelio gaunamø rezultatø ir atitinkamø priemoniø, kuriasreikia taikyti sandoriø apribojimo srityje, ataskaitas;

iii) ástaigos direktoriø valdyba ir aukðèiausioji vadovybë aktyviai dalyvaujarizikos kontrolës procese. Rizikos kontrolës skyriaus parengtaskiekvienos dienos ataskaitas iðnagrinëja vadovai, pakankamai átakingisumaþinti atskirø prekybininkø prisiimamas pozicijas ir bendrà ástaigosrizikos pozicijà;

iv) ástaigoje dirba pakankamai darbuotojø, kurie turi sudëtingø modeliønaudojimo ágûdþius prekybos, rizikos kontrolës, audito ir operacijøvykdymo srityse;

v) ástaiga yra nustaèiusi procedûras, skirtas stebëti ir uþtikrinti, kad bûtølaikomasi dokumentuose iðdëstytos vidaus politikos ir kontrolës,susijusios su bendru rizikos ávertinimo sistemos veikimu;

vi) ástaigos modeliai turi pakankamai tikslø rizikos ávertinimà patvirtinanèiusáraðus;

vii) ástaiga daþnai vykdo grieþtà tikrinimo nepalankiausiomis sàlygomisprogramà. Su tokiø testø rezultatais susipaþásta aukðèiausia vadovybëir jie atsispindi jos nustatomoje politikoje ir apribojimuose;

viii) ástaiga privalo atlikti nepriklausomà savo rizikos ávertinimo sistemospatikrinimà kaip dalá jos nuolatinio vidaus audito proceso. Jo metu turibûti tikrinama verslu uþsiimanèiø skyriø ir nepriklausomo rizikoskontrolës skyriaus veikla. Ne reèiau kaip kartà per metus ástaiga privalotikrinti savo bendrà rizikos valdymo procesà. Tikrinimas apima:

- rizikos valdymo sistemos ir proceso dokumentacijospakankamumà ir rizikos kontrolës skyriaus organizavimà,

- rinkos rizikos vertinimo priemoniø integravimà á kasdienës rizikosvaldymà ir vadovybës informavimo sistemos vientisumà,

- ástaigos taikomà rizikos ávertinimo modeliø ir vertinimo sistemø,kuriuos naudoja sandorius sudarantys ir operacijas atliekantysdarbuotojai, tvirtinimo procesà,


118

— the scope of market risks captured by the risk-measurement modeland the validation of any significant changes in the risk-measurement process,

— the accuracy and completeness of position data, the accuracy andappropriateness of volatility and correlation assumptions, and theaccuracy of valuation and risk sensitivity calculations,

— the verification process the institution employs to evaluate theconsistency, timeliness and reliability of data sources used to runinternal models, including the independence of such data sources,

and

— the verification process the institution uses to evaluate back-testingthat is conducted to assess the model’s accuracy.

3. The institution shall monitor the accuracy and performance of its model byconducting a back-testing programme. The back-testing has to provide foreach business day a comparison of the one-day value-at-risk measuregenerated by the institution’s value by the end of the subsequent businessday. Competent authorities shall examine the institution’s capability toperform back-testing on both actual and hypothetical changes in theportfolio’s value. Back-testing on hypothetical changes in the portfolio’s valueis based on a comparison between the portfolio’s end-of-day value and,assuming unchanged positions, its value at the end of the subsequent day.Competent authorities shall require institutions to take appropriate measuresto improve their back-testing programme if deemed deficient.

4. For the purpose of calculating capital requirements for specific risk associatedwith traded debt and equity positions, the competent authorities mayrecognise the use of an institution’s internal model if in addition tocompliance with the conditions in the remainder of this Annex the model:

— explains the historical price variation in the portfolio,

— captures concentration in terms of magnitude and changes ofcomposition of the portfolio,

— is robust to an adverse environment,

— is validated through back-testing aimed at assessing whether specificrisk is being accurately captured. If competent authorities allow thisback-testing to be performed on the basis of relevant sub-portfolios,these must be chosen in a consistent manner.

5. Institutions using internal models which are not recognised in accordancewith paragraph 4 shall be subject to a separate capital charge for specificrisk as calculated according to Annex I.

6. For the purpose of paragraph 10(ii) the results of the institution’s own


119

- rinkos rizikø, kurioms taikomas rizikos ávertinimo modelis, apimtáir bet kuriø reikðmingø rizikos ávertinimo proceso pakeitimøpatvirtinimà,

- pozicijø duomenø tikslumà ir iðbaigtumà, svyravimø ir koreliacijosprielaidø tikslumà ir tinkamumà ir vertinimo bei jautrumo rizikaiskaièiavimø tikslumà,

- tikrinimo procesà, kurá ástaiga naudoja, kad ávertintø duomenøðaltiniø, naudojamø vidaus modeliams, nuoseklumà, pateikimàlaiku ir patikimumà, áskaitant tokiø duomenø ðaltiniø objektyvumà,

ir

- gráþtamojo patikrinimo, kuris atliekamas modelio tikslumuinustatyti, patvirtinimo procesà.

3. Ástaiga stebi savo modelio tikslumà ir veikimà taikydama gráþtamojopatikrinimo programà. Atliekant gráþtamàjá patikrinimà, kiekvienà darbo dienàpagal ástaigos modelá apskaièiuotas vienos dienos portfelio pozicijø dienospabaigoje rizikos vertës matas palyginamas su vienos dienos portfelio vertëspokyèiu kitos darbo dienos pabaigoje. Kompetentingos institucijos tikrinaástaigos sugebëjimà atlikti faktiniø ir spëjamø portfelio vertës pokyèiø gráþtamàjápatikrinimà. Spëjamø portfelio vertës pokyèiø gráþtamasis patikrinimas yrapagrástas portfelio vertës dienos pabaigoje palyginimu su jo verte kitos dienospabaigoje darant prielaidà, kad pozicijos nepasikeitë. Kompetentingosinstitucijos reikalauja, kad ástaigos imtøsi atitinkamø priemoniø patobulintisavo gráþtamojo patikrinimo programà, jeigu, kompetentingø institucijønuomone, ji nepakankama.

4. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad skolos priemoniø, kuriomisprekiaujama, ir nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø pozicijø specifinës rizikoskapitalo reikalavimus ástaiga skaièiuotø naudodama vidaus modelá, jeigu jisatitinka likusioje ðio priedo dalyje nustatytas sàlygas ir:

- paaiðkina istorinius portfelio kainø pokyèius,

- fiksuoja koncentracijà portfelio dydþio ir sudëties pasikeitimø atþvilgiu,

- yra atsparus neigiamai aplinkos átakai,

- yra patvirtintas taikant gráþtamàjá patikrinimà, skirtà specifinës rizikosávertinimo tikslumui nustatyti. Jeigu kompetentingos institucijos leidþiaðá gráþtamàjá patikrinimà taikyti atitinkamoms portfelio dalims, jas reikiarinktis nuosekliai.

5. Ástaigoms, naudojanèioms modelius, kurie nëra patvirtinti pagal 4 dalá, yranustatomas atskiras kapitalo mokestis uþ specifinæ rizikà, skaièiuojamà Ipriede nustatyta tvarka.

6. Pagal 10 dalies ii punktà ástaigos atliktø skaièiavimø rezultatai proporcingai


120

calculation shall be scaled up by a multiplication factor of at least 3.

7. The multiplication factor shall be increased by a plus-factor of between 0and 1 in accordance with the following table, depending on the number ofovershootings for the most recent 250 business days as evidenced by theinstitution’s back-testing. Competent authorities shall require the institutionsto calculate overshootings consistently on the basis of back-testing either onactual or on hypothetical changes in the portfolio’s value. An overshootingis a one-day change in the portfolio’s value that exceeds the related one-dayvalue-at-risk measure generated by the institution’s model. For the purposeof determining the plus-factor the number of overshootings shall be assessedat least quarterly.

sgnitoohsrevoforebmuN rotcaf-sulP

5nahtreweF 00,0

5 04,0

6 05,0

7 56,0

8 57,0

9 58,0

eromro01 00,1

The competent authorities can, in individual cases and owing to anexceptional situation, waive the requirement to increase the multiplicationfactor by the plus-factor according to the above table, if the institution hasdemonstrated to the satisfaction of the competent authorities that such anincrease is unjustified and that the model is basically sound.

If numerous overshootings indicate that the model is not sufficiently accurate,the competent authorities shall revoke the model’s recognition or imposeappropriate measures to ensure that the model is improved promptly.

In order to allow competent authorities to monitor the appropriateness ofthe plus-factor on an ongoing basis, institutions shall notify promptly, and inany case no later than within five working days, the competent authorities ofovershootings that result form their back-testing programme and that wouldaccording to the above table imply an increase of a plus-factor.

8. If the institution’s model is recognised by the competent authorities inaccordance with paragraph 4 for the purpose of calculating capital requirementsfor specific risk, the institution shall increase its capital requirement calculatedpursuant to paragraphs 6, 7 and 10 by a surcharge in the amount of either:

(i) the specific risk portion of the value-at-risk measure which should beisolated according to supervisory guidelines; or, at the institution’s option,

(ii) the value-at-risk measures of sub-portfolios of debt and equity positionsthat contain specific risk.


121

didinami dauginant juos ið multiplikatoriaus koeficiento, kuris yra nemaþesnis kaip 3.

7. Multiplikatoriaus koeficientas didinamas taikant padidëjimo koeficientà nuo0 iki 1 pagal toliau pateiktà lentelæ atsiþvelgiant á paskutiniøjø 250 darbodienø nukrypimø skaièiø, patvirtintà ástaigos atlikto gráþtamojo patikrinimometu. Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad ástaigos nuosekliaiskaièiuotø nukrypimus, atsiþvelgdamos á gráþtamuosius portfelio vertësfaktiniø arba spëjamø pokyèiø tikrinimus. Nukrypimas yra vienos dienosportfelio vertës pokytis, kuris virðija atitinkamà vienos dienos rizikos vertësmatà, apskaièiuotà pagal ástaigos modelá. Norint nustatyti padidëjimokoeficientà, nukrypimø skaièius ávertinamas ne reèiau kaip kartà per ketvirtá.

suièiaksømipyrkuN satneicifeokomijëdidaP

5ugenuaiþaM 00,0

5 04,0

6 05,0

7 56,0

8 57,0

9 58,0

uaiguadabra01 00,1

Atskirais atvejais ir atsiþvelgdamos á iðskirtinæ situacijà, kompetentingosinstitucijos gali nereikalauti padidinti daugiklá padidëjimo koeficientu pagalpirmiau pateiktà lentelæ, jeigu ástaiga kompetentingoms institucijoms árodë,kad toks padidinimas yra nepagrástas ir kad modelis ið esmës yra patikimas.

Jeigu didelis nukrypimø skaièius rodo, kad modelis nëra pakankamai tikslus,kompetentingos institucijos atðaukia modelio patvirtinimà arba taikoatitinkamas priemones, uþtikrinanèias, kad modelis bus nedelsiantpatobulintas.

Kad kompetentingos institucijos galëtø nuolat stebëti padidëjimo koeficientotinkamumà, ástaigos ið karto ir bet kuriuo atveju ne vëliau kaip per penkiasdarbo dienas praneða kompetentingoms institucijoms apie nukrypimus, kuriuosjos nustato taikydamos savo gráþtamojo patikrinimo programà ir kurie pagalpirmiau pateiktà lentelæ galëtø reikðti padidëjimo koeficiento padidinimà.

8. Jeigu kompetentingos institucijos patvirtina ástaigos modelá pagal 4 dalá kaiptinkamà kapitalo, reikalingo specifinei rizikai padengti, reikalavimamsskaièiuoti, ástaiga prideda prie savo kapitalo reikalavimo, kuris skaièiuojamaspagal 6, 7 ir 10 dalis, papildomà sumà, kuri lygi:

i) rizikos vertës mato specifinës rizikos daliai, kurià reikëtø atskirti pagalprieþiûros nuostatas; arba, ástaigos nuoþiûra,

ii) skolos ir nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø pozicijø portfelio sudëtiniødaliø, susijusiø su specifine rizika, rizikos vertës matams.


122

Institutions using option (ii) are required to identify their sub-portfoliostructure beforehand and should not change it without the consent of thecompetent authorities.

9. The competent authorities may waive the requirement pursuant to paragraph8 for a surcharge if the institution demonstrates that in line with agreedinternational standards its model accurately captures also the event riskand default risk for its traded debt and equity positions.

10. Each institution must meet a capital requirement expressed as the higher of:

(i) its previous day’s value-at-risk number measured according to theparameters specified in this Annex;

(ii) an average of the daily value-at-risk measures on each of the preceding60 business days, multiplied by the factor mentioned in paragraph 6,adjusted by the factor mentioned in paragraph 7.

11. The calculation of value-at-risk shall be subject to the following minimumstandards:

(i) at least daily calculation of value-at-risk;

(ii) a 99th percentile, one-tailed confidence interval;

(iii) a 10-day equivalent holding period;

(iv) an effective historical observation period of at least one year exceptwhere a shorter observation period is justified by a significant upsurgein price volatility;

(v) three-monthly data set updates.

12. The competent authorities shall require that the model captures accuratelyall the material price risks of options or option-like positions and that anyother risks not captured by the model are covered adequately by own funds.

13. The competent authorities shall require that the risk-measurement modelcaptures a sufficient number of risk factors, depending on the level of activityof the institution in the respective markets. As a minimum, the followingprovisions shall be respected:

(i) for interest rate risk, the risk-measurement system shall incorporate aset of risk factors corresponding to the interest rates in each currency inwhich the institution has interest rate sensitive on- or off-balance sheetpositions. The institution shall model the yield curves using one of thegenerally accepted approaches. For material exposures to interest-raterisk in the major currencies and markets, the yield curve shall be dividedinto a minimum of six maturity segments, to capture the variations ofvolatility of rates along the yield curve. The risk-measurement system


123

Ástaigos, kurios renkasi ii variantà, turi ið anksto nurodyti savo portfeliosudëtiniø daliø sandarà ir neturëtø jos keisti be kompetentingø institucijøsutikimo.

9. Kompetentingos institucijos gali netaikyti 8 dalyje nustatytos priemokosreikalavimo, jeigu ástaiga árodo, kad pagal nustatytus tarptautinius standartusjos modelis taip pat tiksliai apsaugo nuo ávykiø rizikos ir ásipareigojimønevykdymo rizikos, susijusios su jos skolos priemoniø, kuriomis prekiaujama,ir nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø pozicijomis.

10. Kiekviena ástaiga privalo ávykdyti kapitalo reikalavimà, kuris yra didesnis uþ:

i) jos praëjusios dienos rizikos vertës skaièiø, apskaièiuotà pagal ðiamepriede nustatytus parametrus;

ii) kiekvienos ið praëjusiø 60 darbo dienø kasdieniø rizikos vertës matøvidurká, padaugintà ið 6 dalyje nustatyto koeficiento ir patikslintà 7 dalyjenustatytu koeficientu.

11. Rizikos vertei skaièiuoti taikomi toliau iðvardyti minimalûs reikalavimai:

i) rizikos vertë skaièiuojama bent jau kiekvienà dienà;

ii) 99-ojo procentilio pasikliautinasis intervalas;

iii) 10 dienø laikymo laikotarpio ekvivalentas;

iv) ne maþiau kaip vieneriø metø efektyvus istorinis stebëjimo laikotarpis,iðskyrus tuos atvejus, kai gali bûti taikomas trumpesnis stebëjimolaikotarpis dël labai iðaugusio kainø svyravimo;

v) trijø mënesiø duomenø patikslinimai.

12. Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad rizikos ávertinimo modelis tiksliaifiksuotø visas reikðmingiausias pasirinkimo sandoriø arba panaðiø ápasirinkimo sandorius pozicijø kainø rizikas ir kad bet kuri kita rizika, kuriosmodelis neapima, bûtø atitinkamai padengta ið nuosavø lëðø.

13. Kompetentingos institucijos reikalauja, kad rizikos vertinimo modelis apimtøpakankami rizikos veiksniø, atsiþvelgiant á ástaigos veiklos lygá atitinkamoserinkose. Turi bûti laikomasi bent jau ðiø toliau iðvardytø nuostatø:

i) palûkanø normos rizikos srityje rizikos ávertinimo sistemà sudaro visumarizikos koeficientø, atitinkanèiø kiekvienos valiutos, kurios pozicijosástaigos balansiniuose arba nebalansiniuose straipsniuose yra jautriospalûkanø normø pasikeitimams, palûkanø normas. Ástaiga modeliuojapelningumo kreives pagal vienà ið visuotinai pripaþintø metodø.Reikðmingos pagrindiniø valiutø ir rinkø palûkanø normø rizikos atvejupelningumo kreivë dalijama á ne maþiau kaip ðeðias dalis pagal termi-nus, siekiant apimti palûkanø normø svyravimø kaità iðilgai visos


124

must also capture the risk of less than perfectly correlated movementsbetween different yield curves;

(ii) for foreign-exchange risk, the risk-measurement system shallincorporate risk factors corresponding to gold and to the individualforeign currencies in which the institution’s positions are denominated;

(iii) for equity risk, the risk-measurement system shall use a separate riskfactor at least for each of the equity markets in which the institutionholds significant positions;

(iv) for commodity risk, the risk-measurement system shall use a separaterisk factor at least for each commodity in which the institution holdssignificant positions. The risk-measurement system must also capturethe risk of less than perfectly correlated movements between similar,but not identical, commodities and the exposure to changes in forwardprices arising from maturity mismatches. It shall also take account ofmarket characteristics, notably delivery dates and the scope providedto traders to close out positions.

14. The competent authorities may allow institutions to use empirical correlationswithin risk categories and across risk categories if they are satisfied that theinstitution’s system for measuring correlations is sound and implementedwith integrity’.


125

pelningumo kreivës. Rizikos ávertinimo sistema taip pat turi apimtirizikà, susijusià su ne visai vienas kità atitinkanèiais skirtingøpelningumo kreiviø tarpusavio judëjimais;

ii) uþsienio valiutos rizikos srityje rizikos ávertinimo sistemà sudaro rizikoskoeficientai, atitinkantys aukso pozicijas ir atskiras uþsienio valiutas,kuriomis yra iðreikðtos ástaigos pozicijos;

iii) nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø rizikos srityje rizikos ávertinimo sistemataiko atskirà rizikos koeficientà bent jau kiekvienai nuosavybësvertybiniø popieriø rinkai, kurioje ástaiga turi reikðmingas pozicijas;

iv) birþos prekiø rizikos srityje rizikos ávertinimo sistema atskirà rizikoskoeficientà taiko bent jau kiekvienai birþos prekei, jeigu tos birþos prekësástaigos pozicijos yra reikðmingos. Rizikos ávertinimo sistema taip patturi fiksuoti ne visai vienas kità atitinkanèiø judëjimø tarp panaðiø, betne tapaèiø birþos prekiø rizikà ir iðankstiniø sandoriø kainø pasikeitimørizikà, kylanèià dël terminø neatitikimø. Taip pat reikia atsiþvelgti árinkos charakteristikas, ypaè á pristatymo datas ir prekybininkamssuteikiamà galimybæ uþdaryti pozicijas.

14. Kompetentingos institucijos gali leisti, kad ástaigos naudotø empirineskoreliacijas tarp rizikos kategorijø ir jø viduje, jeigu jos ásitikina, kad ástaigoskoreliacijø skaièiavimo sistema yra patikima ir nuosekliai ágyvendinama“.


126



of 22 June 1998

amending Article 12 of Council Directive 77/780/EEC on the taking up andpursuit of the business of credit institutions, Articles 2, 5, 6, 7, 8 of and

Annexes II and III to Council Directive 89/647/EEC on a solvency ratio forcredit institutions and Article 2 of and Annex II to Council Directive

93/6/EEC on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions





Acting in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 189b of the Treaty (3),

(1) Whereas the first Council Directive (77/780/EEC) of 12 December 1977 on thecoordination of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating tothe taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions (4) allows theexchange of information between competent authorities and certain otherauthorities or bodies within a Member State or between Member States; whereasthe said Directive also allows the conclusion by Member States of cooperationagreements providing for the exchange of information with the competentauthorities of third countries; whereas on grounds of consistency, thisauthorisation to conclude agreements on the exchange of information with thirdcountries should be extended so as to include the exchange of information withcertain other authorities or bodies in those countries provided that theinformation disclosed is subject to appropriate guarantees of professional secrecy;

(2) Whereas Council Directive 89/647/EEC of 18 December 1989 on a solvencyratio for credit institutions (5) weights assets and off-balance-sheet items accordingto their degree of credit risk;

(1) OJ C 208, 19.7.1996, p. 8, and OJ C 259, 26.8.1997, p. 1.(2) OJ C 30, 30.1.1997, p. 13.(3) Opinion of the European Parliament of 10 April 1997 (OJ C 132, 28.4.1997, p. 234), Coun-

cil common position of 9 March 1998 (OJ C 135, 30.4.1998, p. 32) and Decision of theEuropean Parliament of 30 April 1998 (OJ C 152, 18.5.1998). Council Decision of 19 May1998.

(4) OJ L 322, 17.12.1977, p. 30. Directive as last amended by Directive 96/13/EC (OJ L 66,16.3.1996, p. 15).

(5) OJ L 386, 30.12.1989, p. 14. Directive as last amended by Directive 98/32/EC (see page 29of this Official Journal).


127


1998 m. birþelio 22 d.


ið dalies pakeièianti Tarybos direktyvos 77/780/EEB dël kredito ástaigøsteigimosi ir veiklos 12 straipsná, Tarybos direktyvos 89/647/EEB dël kredito

ástaigø mokumo normatyvo 2, 5, 6, 7, 8 straipsnius ir II bei III priedus irTarybos direktyvos 93/6/EEB dël investiciniø firmø ir kredito ástaigø

kapitalo pakankamumo 2 straipsná ir II priedà




atsiþvelgdami á Ekonomikos ir socialiniø reikalø komiteto nuomonæ2 ,

veikdami pagal Sutarties 189b straipsnyje nustatytà tvarkà3 ,

1) kadangi 1997 m. gruodþio 12 d. pirmoji Tarybos direktyva (77/780/EEB) dël ástatymøir kitø teisës aktø, susijusiø su kredito ástaigø steigimusi ir veikla, suderinimo4

leidþia kompetentingoms institucijoms ir kitoms institucijoms arba ástaigoms vienojevalstybëje narëje arba valstybëms narëms keistis informacija; kadangi minëtadirektyva leidþia valstybëms narëms sudaryti bendradarbiavimo sutartis dëlkeitimosi informacija su treèiøjø ðaliø kompetentingomis institucijomis; kadangi,laikantis nuoseklumo principo, ðá leidimà sudaryti bendradarbiavimo sutartis dëlkeitimosi informacija su treèiøjø ðaliø kompetentingomis institucijomis reikëtøpraplësti, kad jis apimtø keitimàsi informacija su tam tikromis kitomis tø ðaliøinstitucijomis arba ástaigomis, jeigu minëta informacija atskleidþiama laikantisprofesinës paslapties saugojimo reikalavimo;

2) kadangi 1989 m. gruodþio 18 d. Tarybos direktyvoje 89/647/EEB dël kredito ástaigømokumo normatyvo5 turtas ir nebalansiniai straipsniai vertinami pagal jø kreditorizikos laipsná;

1 OL C 208, 1996 07 19, p. 8 ir OL C 259, 1997 08 26, p. 1.2 OL C 30, 1997 01 30, p. 13.3 1997 m. balandþio 10 d. Europos Parlamento nuomonë (OL C 132, 1997 04 28, p. 234),

1998 m. kovo 9 d. Tarybos bendroji pozicija (OL C 135, 1998 04 30, p. 32) ir 1998 m. balandþio30 d. Europos Parlamento sprendimas (OL C 152, 1998 05 18). 1998 m. geguþës 19 d. Tarybossprendimas.

4 OL L 322, 1997 12 17, p. 30. Direktyva su paskutiniais pakeitimais, padarytais Direktyva96/13/EB (OL L 66, 1996 03 16, p. 15).

5 OL L 386, 1989 12 30, p. 14. Direktyva su paskutiniais pakeitimais, padarytais Direktyva98/32/EB (þr. ðio OL p. 29).


128

(3) Whereas churches and religious communities which, constituted in the form of alegal person under public law, raise taxes in accordance with the laws conferringsuch a right on them represent a credit risk similar to that of regional governmentsand local authorities; whereas, accordingly, it is consistent to afford the competentauthorities the possibility of treating claims on churches and religiouscommunities in the same way as claims on regional governments and localauthorities where these churches and religious communities raise taxes; whereas,however, the option to apply a 0 % weighting to claims on regional governmentsand local authorities shall not extend to claims on churches and religiouscommunities only on the basis of the right to raise taxes;

(4) Whereas Commission Directive 94/7/EC of 15 March 1994 adapting CouncilDirective 89/647/EEC on a solvency ratio for credit institutions as regards thetechnical definition of ‘multilateral development banks’ (1) included the EuropeanInvestment Fund in that definition; whereas the Fund constitutes a new andunique structure of cooperation in Europe in order to contribute to thestrengthening of the internal market, the promotion of economic recovery inEurope and the furthering of economic and social cohesion;

(5) Whereas within the meaning of Article 6(1)(d)(7) of Directive 89/647/EEC, aweighting of 100 % should be applied to the unpaid portion of capital subscribedto the European Investment Fund by credit institutions;

(6) Whereas the capital of the European Investment Fund reserved for subscriptionby financial institutions is limited to 30 %, of which 20 % is to be paid up at theoutset in four annual payments each of 5 %; whereas, accordingly, 80 % is not tobe paid up, remaining a contingent liability on the members of the Fund; whereas,having regard to the European Council’s stated objective when creating the Fundof encouraging commercial banks to participate, such participation should notbe penalised and whereas, accordingly, it would be more appropriate to apply a20 % weighting to the unpaid portion of subscribed capital;

(7) Whereas Annex I to Directive 89/647/EEC, which deals with the classification ofoff-balance-sheet items, classifies certain items as full risk and, accordingly,applies a 100 % weighting; whereas Article 6(4) of that Directive lays down that‘where off-balance-sheet items carry explicit guarantees, they shall be weightedas if they had been incurred on behalf of the guarantor rather than thecounterparty. Where the potential exposure arising from off-balance-sheettransactions is fully and completely secured, to the satisfaction of the competentauthorities, by any of the asset items recognised as collateral in paragraph 1(a)(7)or 1(b)(11), weightings of 0 % or 20 % shall apply, depending on the collateralin question’;

(8) Whereas the clearing of over-the-counter (OTC) derivative instruments providedby clearing houses acting as a central counterparty plays an important role incertain Member States; whereas it is appropriate to recognise the benefits from

(1) OJ L 89, 6.4.1994, p. 17.


129

3) kadangi baþnyèios ir religinës bendruomenës, ásteigtos juridinio asmens formapagal vieðàjà teisæ ir imdamos mokesèius pagal tokià teisæ joms suteikianèiusástatymus, yra susijusios su kredito rizika, panaðia á regionø vyriausybiø ir vietosvaldþios institucijø kredito rizikà; kadangi atitinkamai kompetentingomsinstitucijoms derëtø suteikti galimybæ pretenzijas baþnyèioms ir religinëmsbendruomenëms interpretuoti tokiu pat bûdu kaip pretenzijas regionøvyriausybëms ir vietos valdþios institucijoms, jeigu ðios baþnyèios ir religinësbendruomenës ima mokesèius; kadangi vis dëlto nulinis rizikos koeficientas, kurisgali bûti taikomas pretenzijoms regionø vyriausybëms ir vietos valdþiosinstitucijoms, neapima pretenzijø baþnyèioms ir religinëms bendruomenëms viendël to, kad pastarosios turi teisæ imti mokesèius;

4) kadangi 1994 m. kovo 15 d. Komisijos direktyvoje 94/7/EB, patikslinanèiojeTarybos direktyvà 89/647/EEB dël kredito ástaigø mokumo normatyvo dëlspecialaus „daugiaðaliø plëtros bankø“ apibrëþimo1 , á minëtà apibrëþimà buvoátrauktas Europos investicijø fondas; kadangi ðis fondas yra nauja ir unikalibendradarbiavimo struktûra Europoje, turinti prisidëti prie vidaus rinkosstiprinimo, ekonomikos atsigavimo skatinimo Europoje ir ekonominës beisocialinës sanglaudos palaikymo;

5) kadangi pagal Direktyvos 89/647/EEB 6 straipsnio 1 dalies d punkto 7 papunktá100% rizikos koeficientas turëtø bûti taikomas neapmokëtai á Europos investicijøfondà kapitalo daliai, kurià yra pasiraðiusios kredito ástaigos;

6) kadangi Europos investicijø fondo kapitalas, rezervuotas finansø institucijomspasiraðyti, yra apribotas iki 30%, ið kuriø 20% turi bûti sumokëta ið pradþiøketuriomis metinëmis ámokomis po 5%; kadangi atitinkamai 80% neturi bûtiapmokëta ir lieka galimu ásipareigojimu fondo nariams; kadangi, atsiþvelgiant áfondo kûrimo metu Europos Tarybos nustatytà tikslà skatinti komerciniø bankødalyvavimà, uþ toká dalyvavimà neturëtø bûti baudþiama ir kadangi atitinkamaibûtø geriau taikyti 20% rizikos koeficientà neapmokëtai pasiraðyto kapitalo daliai;

7) kadangi Direktyvos 89/647/EEB I priede, kuriame kalbama apie nebalansiniøstraipsniø klasifikavimà, tam tikri straipsniai yra priskiriami didelës rizikosstraipsniams ir jiems atitinkamai taikomas 100% rizikos koeficientas; kadangiminëtos direktyvos 6 straipsnio 4 dalyje yra nustatyta, kad „jeigu nebalansiniaistraipsniai yra apdrausti tiesioginëmis garantijomis, jie pagal rizika ivertinamitaip, tarsi juos turëtø padengti ne sandorio ðalis, o garantijos iðleidëjas. Jeigupotenciali rizika, atsirandanti dël nebalansiniø sandoriø, kompetentingø institucijønuomone, yra visiðkai apdrausta bet kuriuo turto straipsniu, kuris pagal 1 dalies apunkto 7 papunktá arba 1 dalies b punkto 11 papunktá yra pripaþástamas uþstatu,tai, atsiþvelgiant á konkretø uþstatà, yra taikomas nulinis arba 20% rizikoskoeficientas“;

8) kadangi nebirþiniø iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø kliringui, kurá vykdo kliringorûmai, veikdami kaip pagrindinë sandorio ðalis, tam tikrose valstybëse narësetenka labai svarbus vaidmuo; kadangi derëtø pripaþinti tokio apmokëjimo naudà,

1 OL L 89, 1994 04 06, p. 17.


130

such a clearing in terms of a reduction of credit risk and related systemic risk inthe prudential treatment of credit risk; whereas it is necessary for the currentand potential future exposures arising from cleared OTC derivatives contractsto be fully collateralised and for the risk of a build-up of the clearing house’sexposures beyond the market value of posted collateral to be eliminated in orderfor cleared OTC derivatives to be granted for a transitional period the sameprudential treatment as exchange-traded derivatives; whereas the competentauthorities must be satisfied as to the level of the initial margins and variationmargins required and the quality of and the level of protection provided by theposted collateral;

(9) Whereas account should also be taken of the case where the guarantee is securedby real collateral within the meaning of Article 6(1)(c)(1) in respect of off-balance-sheet items which are sureties or guarantees having the character of creditsubstitutes;

(10) Whereas within the meaning of points 2, 4 and 7 of Article 6(1)(a) of Directive89/647/EEC, a zero weighting is applied to assets constituting claims on Zone Acentral governments and central banks or explicitly guaranteed by them and toassets secured by collateral in the form of Zone A central government or centralbank securities; whereas, within the meaning of Article 7(1) of that Directive,the Member States may, on certain conditions, apply a zero weighting to assetsconstituting claims on their own regional governments and local authorities andto claims on third parties and off-balance-sheet items held on behalf of thirdparties and guaranteed by those regional governments or local authorities;

(11) Whereas Article 8(1) of Directive 89/647/EEC lays down that the Member Statesmay apply a weighting of 20 % to asset items which are secured, to the satisfactionof the competent authorities, by collateral in the form of securities issued byZone A regional governments or local authorities; whereas collateral in the formof securities issued by regional governments or local authorities of the MemberStates should be regarded as being guaranteed by those regional governmentsand local authorities within the meaning of Article 7(1) with a view to allowingthe competent authorities to apply a zero weighting to assets and off-balance-sheet items secured by such collateral, again subject to the conditions laid downin that paragraph;

(12) Whereas Annex II to Directive 89/647/EEC lays down the treatment of off-balance-sheet items commonly referred to as OTC-derivative instrumentsconcerning interest and foreign exchange rates in the context of the calculationof credit institutions’ capital requirements;

(13) Whereas Articles 2(1)(a), Article 2(2), Article 2(3)(b), and Article 2(6) andArticle 3(1) and (2) of this Directive and the Annex thereto are in accordancewith the work of an international forum of banking supervisors on a refined andin some aspects more stringent supervisory treatment of the credit risks inherentin OTC derivative instruments, in particular the extension of compulsory capitalcover to OTC derivative instruments concerning underlyings other than interest


131

nes, vertinant kredito rizikà pagal rizikos ribojimo principus, sumaþëja kreditorizika ir susijusi sisteminë rizika; kadangi esamà ir galimà bûsimà rizikà, kylanèiàið apmokëtø nebirþiniø iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø sandoriø, bûtina visiðkaiapdrausti uþstatu ir neleisti kliringo rûmø rizikoms virðyti pateikto uþstato rinkosvertës siekiant, kad nebirþinës iðvestinës finansinës priemonës, kuriø kliringasatliktas, pereinamuoju laikotarpiu bûtø vertinamos pagal tuos paèius rizikosribojimo principus, kaip iðvestinës finansinës priemonës, kuriomis prekiaujamabirþoje; kadangi reikalaujamø pradiniø privalomø ánaðø ir kintamø privalomøánaðø dydis bei pateikto uþstato garantuojamos apsaugos kokybë ir lygis,kompetentingø institucijø nuomone, turi bûti pakankami;

9) kadangi reikëtø atsiþvelgti á toká atvejá, kai garantija yra uþtikrinama realiu uþstatu,kaip numatyta 6 straipsnio 1 dalies c punkto 1 papunktyje, kalbant apienebalansinius straipsnius, kurie yra kredito pakaitalø pobûdþio laidavimai arbagarantijos;

10) kadangi pagal Direktyvos 89/647/EEB 6 straipsnio 1 dalies a punkto 2, 4 ir 7papunkèius nulinis rizikos koeficientas yra taikomas turtui, kuris apimapretenzijas A zonos valstybiø centrinëms vyriausybëms ir centriniams bankamsarba yra aiðkiai jø apdraustas, ir turtui, kuris yra apdraustas uþstatu, kurá sudaroA zonos valstybiø centriniø vyriausybiø arba centriniø bankø iðleisti vertybiniaipopieriai; kadangi pagal minëtos direktyvos 7 straipsnio 1 dalá valstybës narës,esant tam tikroms sàlygoms, gali taikyti nuliná rizikos koeficientà turtui, kurásudaro pretenzijos jø paèiø regionø vyriausybëms ir vietos valdþios institucijos,taip pat pretenzijoms treèiosioms ðalims ir jø vardu turimiems nebalansiniamsstraipsniams su ðiø regionø vyriausybiø arba vietos valdþios institucijøgarantijomis;

11) kadangi Direktyvos 89/647/EEB 8 straipsnio 1 dalyje yra nustatyta, kad valstybësnarës gali taikyti 20% rizikos koeficientà turto straipsniams, kurie, kompetentingøinstitucijø nuomone, yra pakankamai apdrausti uþstatu, kurá sudaro A zonosvalstybiø regionø vyriausybiø arba vietos valdþios institucijø iðleisti vertybiniaipopieriai; kadangi uþstatas, kurá sudaro A zonos valstybiø nariø regionø vyriausybiøarba vietos valdþios institucijø iðleisti vertybiniai popieriai, turëtø bûti vertinamaskaip uþstatas, kuriam suteikta minëtø regionø vyriausybiø arba vietos valdþiosinstitucijø garantija pagal 7 straipsnio 1 dalá, siekiant leisti kompetentingomsinstitucijoms taikyti nuliná rizikos koeficientà tokiu uþstatu apdraustam turtui irnebalansiniams straipsniams laikantis minëtoje dalyje nustatytø sàlygø;

12) kadangi Direktyvos 89/647/EEB II priede yra nustatytas nebalansiniø straipsniø,kurie paprastai vadinami nebirþinëmis iðvestinëmis finansinëmis priemonëmis,palûkanø normø ir uþsienio valiutø keitimo kursø ávertinimas skaièiuojant kreditoástaigø kapitalo reikalavimus;

13) kadangi ðios direktyvos 2 straipsnio 1 dalies a punktas, 2 straipsnio 2 dalis, 2straipsnio 3 dalies b punktas, 2 straipsnio 6 dalis ir 3 straipsnio 1 ir 2 dalys beipriedas yra susijæ su tarptautinio bankø prieþiûros darbuotojø forumo veikla dëlpatobulintos ir kai kuriais sugrieþtintos nebirþiniø iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniøkredito rizikos prieþiûros aspektais, ypaè dël papildomai skiriamo privalomokapitalo nebirþiniø iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø rizikai, susijusiai su


132

and foreign exchange rates and the possibility of taking into account the risk-reducing effects of contractual netting agreements recognised by competentauthorities when calculating the capital requirements for the potential futurecredit risks inherent in OTC derivative instruments;

(14) Whereas for internationally active credit institutions and groups of creditinstitutions in a wide range of third countries, which compete with Communitycredit institutions, the rules adopted on the wider international level will resultin a refined supervisory treatment of OTC derivative instruments; whereas thisrefinement results in a more appropriate compulsory capital cover taking intoaccount the risk-reducing effects of supervisorily recognised contractual nettingagreements on potential future credit risks;

(15) Whereas for Community credit institutions a similar refinement of the supervisorytreatment of OTC derivative instruments including the possibility of taking intoaccount the risk reducing effects of supervisorily recognised contractual nettingagreements on potential future credit risks can be achieved only by amendingDirective 89/647/EEC;

(16) Whereas to ensure a level playing-field between credit institutions and investmentfirms competing in the Community, consistency in the supervisory treatment oftheir respective activities in the area of OTC derivative instruments is necessaryand can only be achieved by adaptations of Council Directive 93/6/EEC of 15March 1993 on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions (1);

(17) Whereas this Directive is the most appropriate means of attaining the objectivessought and does not go beyond what is necessary to achieve those objectives,


Article 1

In Directive 77/780/EEC Article 12(3) shall be replaced by the following:

‘3. Member States may conclude cooperation agreements, providing for theexchange of information, with the competent authorities of third countries orwith authorities or bodies of third countries as defined in paragraphs (5) and(5a) only if the information disclosed is subject to guarantees of professionalsecrecy at least equivalent to those referred to in this Article. Such exchange ofinformation must be for the purpose of performing the supervisory task of theauthorities or bodies mentioned.

Where the information originates in another Member State, it may not bedisclosed without the express agreement of the competent authorities which havedisclosed it and, where appropriate, solely for the purposes for which thoseauthorities gave their agreement’.

(1) OJ L 141, 11.6.1993, p. 1.


133

pagrindinëmis finansinëmis priemonëmis, padengti, iðskyrus palûkanø normasir uþsienio valiutø keitimo kursus, bei dël galimybës atsiþvelgti á sutartinësprieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitos sutarèiø rizikà maþinantá poveiká, kurápripaþásta kompetentingos institucijos, skaièiuodamos kapitalo reikalavimusgalimai bûsimai kredito rizikai, atsirandanèiai dël nebirþiniø iðvestiniø finansiniøpriemoniø, padengti;

14) kadangi tarptautiniu lygiu veikianèioms kredito ástaigoms ir kredito ástaigøgrupëms daugelyje treèiøjø ðaliø, kurios konkuruoja su Bendrijos kreditoástaigomis, platesniu tarptautiniu lygiu priimtos taisyklës reikð nebirþiniø iðvestiniøfinansiniø priemoniø prieþiûros patobulinimà; kadangi ðis patobulinimas reiðkiatinkamesná privalomà kapitalà rizikai padengti, atsiþvelgiant á prieþiûrospripaþintø sutartinës prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitos sutarèiø galimà bûsimàkredito rizikà maþinantá poveiká;

15) kadangi Bendrijos kredito ástaigoms toks nebirþiniø iðvestiniø finansiniøpriemoniø prieþiûros patobulinimas, áskaitant galimybæ atsiþvelgti á prieþiûrospripaþintø sutartinës prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitos sutarèiø galimà bûsimàkredito rizikà maþinantá poveiká, gali bûti ágyvendintas tik ið dalies pakeitusDirektyvà 89/647/EEB;

16) kadangi, siekiant uþtikrinti vienodà Bendrijoje konkuruojanèiø kredito ástaigø irinvesticiniø firmø ávertinimà, bûtina nuosekli atitinkamos jø veiklos nebirþiniøiðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø srityje prieþiûra, kurià galima uþtikrinti tikpritaikius 1993 m. kovo 15 d. Tarybos direktyvà 93/6/EEB dël investiciniø firmøir kredito ástaigø kapitalo pakankamumo1 ;

17) kadangi ði direktyva yra tinkamiausia numatytø tikslø ágyvendinimo priemonë irneiðeina uþ to, kas bûtina, siekiant ðiø tikslø, ribø,


1 straipsnis

Direktyvos 77/780/EEB 12 straipsnio 3 dalis keièiama taip:

„3. Valstybës narës gali sudaryti bendradarbiavimo sutartis dël pasikeitimoinformacija su treèiøjø ðaliø kompetentingomis institucijomis arba su treèiøjøðaliø institucijomis ar ástaigomis, nurodytomis 5 ir 5a dalyse, tik tuo atveju, jeigu,atskleidþiant minëtà informacijà, yra atsiþvelgiama á profesinës paslaptiessaugojimo garantijas, kurios yra bent jau lygiavertës ðiame straipsnyje minimomsgarantijoms. Tokia informacija turi bûti keièiamasi uþtikrinant minëtø institucijøarba ástaigø prieþiûros uþduoèiø atlikimà.

Jeigu informacija atsiranda kitoje valstybëje narëje, ji gali bûti atskleista tik gavustiesioginá jà pateikusiø kompetentingø institucijø sutikimà ir prireikus – tikinstitucijø sutikime nurodytais tikslais“.

7 OL L 141, 1993 06 11, p. 1.


134

Article 2

Directive 89/647/EEC is amended as follows:

1. Article 2 shall be amended as follows:

(a) In paragraph (1) the following indent shall be added:

‘— “recognised exchanges” shall mean exchanges recognised by thecompetent authorities which:

(i) function regularly,

(ii) have rules, issued or approved by the appropriate authorities ofthe home country of the exchange, which define the conditionsfor the operation of the exchange, the conditions for access to theexchange as well as the conditions that must be satisfied by acontract before it can effectively be dealt on the exchange,

(iii) have a clearing mechanism that provides for contracts listed inAnnex III to be subject to daily margin requirements providing anappropriate protection in the opinion of the competent authorities.’

(b) In paragraph (2) the following subparagraph shall be added:

‘The competent authorities may also include within the concept of regionalgovernments and local authorities, churches and religious communitiesconstituted in the form of a legal person under public law, in so far as theyraise taxes in accordance with legislation conferring on them the right to doso. However, in this case the option set out in Article 7 shall not apply’.

2. In Article 5(3), the first sentence shall be replaced by the following:

‘3. In the case of the off-balance-sheet items referred to in Article 6(3), thepotential costs of replacing contracts in the event of counterparty default shallbe calculated by means of one of the two methods set out in Annex II’.


(a) In paragraph (2) the following sentence shall be added:

‘The portion of unpaid capital subscribed to the European Investment Fundmay be weighted at 20 %’.

(b) Paragraph (3) shall be replaced by the following:

‘3. The methods set out in Annex II shall be applied to the off-balance-sheet items listed in Annex III except for:

— contracts traded on recognised exchanges,

— foreign-exchange contracts (except contracts concerning gold) with anoriginal maturity of 14 calendar days or less.


135

2 straipsnis

Direktyva 89/647/EEB keièiama taip:


a) 1 dalis papildoma tokia átrauka:

„ - „pripaþintos birþos“ yra kompetentingø institucijø pripaþintos birþos,kurios:

i) veikia nuolat,

ii) veikia pagal birþos buveinës valstybës atitinkamø institucijøiðleistas ir patvirtintas taisykles, nustatanèias birþos veikimo irpatekimo á jà sàlygas bei sàlygas, kurias turi tenkinti sandoris ikiveiksmingo jo sudarymo birþoje,

iii) turi kliringo mechanizmà, numatantá III priede iðvardytiemssandoriams taikyti kasdieniø privalomø ánaðø reikalavimus, kurie,kompetentingø institucijø nuomone, uþtikrina deramà apsaugà.“

b) 2 dalis papildoma tokia pastraipa:

„Kompetentingos institucijos á regionø vyriausybiø ir vietos valdþios institucijøsàvokà taip pat gali átraukti baþnyèias ir religines bendruomenes, kurios pagalvieðàjà teisæ turi juridinio asmens statusà ir renka mokesèius vadovaudamositeisës aktais, suteikianèiais joms teisæ tuo uþsiimti. Taèiau ðiuo atvejunetaikoma 7 straipsnyje numatyta galimybë“.

2. 5 straipsnio 3 dalyje pirmas sakinys keièiamas taip:

„3. 6 straipsnio 3 dalyje nurodytø nebalansiniø straipsniø atþvilgiu potencialiosiðlaidos, susijusios su naujø sandoriø sudarymu, sutarties ðaliai neávykdþius savoásipareigojimø, skaièiuojamos pagal vienà ið dviejø II priede apibûdintø metodø“.


a) 2 dalyje pridedamas toks sakinys:

„Neapmokëto pasiraðyto Europos investicijø fondo kapitalo daliai gali bûtitaikomas 20% rizikos koeficientas“.

b) 3 dalis keièiama taip:

„3. II priede iðdëstyti metodai taikomi III priede iðvardytiemsnebalansiniams straipsniams, iðskyrus:

- sandorius, kuriais prekiaujama pripaþintose birþose,

- uþsienio valiutos sandorius (iðskyrus su auksu susijusius sandorius),kuriø pradinis terminas yra 14 kalendoriniø dienø arba maþiau.


136

Until 31 December 2006, the competent authorities of Member Statesmay exempt from the application of the methods set out in Annex IIover-the-counter (OTC) contracts cleared by a clearing house wherethe latter acts as the legal counterparty and all participants fullycollateralise on a daily basis the exposure they present to the clearinghouse, thereby providing a protection covering both the current exposureand the potential future exposure. The competent authorities must besatisfied that the posted collateral gives the same level of protection ascollateral which complies with paragraph 1(a)(7) and that the risk of abuild-up of the clearing house’s exposures beyond the market value ofposted collateral is eliminated. Member States shall inform theCommission of the use they make of this option’.

(c) In paragraph (4) the following subparagraph shall be added:

‘The Member States may apply a 50 % weighting to off-balance-sheet itemswhich are sureties or guarantees having the character of credit substitutesand which are fully guaranteed, to the satisfaction of the competent authorities,by mortgages meeting the conditions set out in paragraph (1)(c)(1), subjectto the guarantor having a direct right to such collateral’.


(a) in paragraph (1) the following shall be added after the words ‘local authorities’:

‘or secured, to the satisfaction of the competent authorities concerned, bycollateral in the form of securities issued by those regional governments orlocal authorities’;

(b) in paragraph (2) the following shall be added after the words ‘the latter’:

‘, including collateral in the form of securities’.


‘1. Without prejudice to Article 7(1) the Member States may apply a weightingof 20 % to asset items which are secured, to the satisfaction of the competentauthorities concerned, by collateral in the form of securities issued by Zone Aregional governments or local authorities, by deposits placed with Zone A creditinstitutions other than the lending institution, or by certificates of deposit orsimilar instruments issued by such credit institutions’.

6. Annexes II and III shall be amended or replaced in accordance with Parts A andB of the Annex to this Directive.

Article 3




137

Iki 2006 m. gruodþio 31 d. valstybiø nariø kompetentingos institucijosgali leisti netaikyti II priede iðdëstytø metodø nebirþiniams sandoriams,kuriø kliringà atlieka kliringo rûmai, jeigu ðie veikia kaip juridinësandorio ðalis ir jeigu visi dalyviai kiekvienà dienà visiðkai uþstatuapdraudþia rizikà, kurià dël jø prisiima kliringo rûmai, tokiu bûduapsisaugant nuo esamos rizikos ir galimos bûsimos rizikos.Kompetentingos institucijos privalo uþsitikrinti, kad pateiktas uþstatasgarantuoja tokio pat lygio apsaugà, kaip ir 1 dalies a punkto 7 papunktáatitinkantis uþstatas, ir kad yra paðalinta rizika, jog kliringo rûmø pozicijøpadidëjimas virðys pateikto uþstato rinkos vertæ. Valstybës narësinformuoja Komisijà apie tai, kaip jos pasinaudoja ðia galimybe“.

c) 4 dalyje pridedamas toks papunktis:

„Valstybës narës gali taikyti 50% rizikos koeficientà nebalansiniamsstraipsniams, kuriuos sudaro kredito pakaitalø pobûdþio laidavimai arbagarantijos, ir kurie, kompetentingø institucijø nuomone, yra visiðkai apdrausti1 dalies c punkto 1 papunktyje nustatytas sàlygas atitinkanèiais nekilnojamojoturto uþstatais, jei garantijos iðleidëjas turi tiesioginæ teisæ á toká uþstatà“.


a) 1 dalyje po þodþiø „vietos valdþios institucijos“ pridedama:

„arba apdraustiems suinteresuotoms kompetentingoms institucijomspriimtinu uþstatu, kurá sudaro minëtø regionø vyriausybiø arba vietos valdþiosinstitucijø iðleisti vertybiniai popieriai“;

b) 2 dalyje po þodþio „pastarosios“ pridedama:

„ , áskaitant uþstatà, kurá sudaro vertybiniai popieriai“.


„1. Nepaþeisdamos 7 straipsnio 1 dalies, valstybës narës gali taikyti 20% rizikoskoeficientà turto straipsniams, suinteresuotø kompetentingø institucijø nuomone,apdraustiems priimtinu uþstatu, kurá sudaro A zonos valstybiø regionøvyriausybiø arba vietos valdþios institucijø, iðskyrus skolinanèià institucijà, iðleistivertybiniai popieriai arba indëliø paþymëjimai ar panaðios tokiø kredito ástaigøiðleistos priemonës“.

6. II ir III priedai ið dalies keièiami arba keièiami naujais pagal ðios direktyvospriedo A ir B dalis.

3 straipsnis

Direktyva 93/6/EEB keièiama taip:



138

‘10. “over-the-counter (OTC) derivative instruments” shall mean the off-balance-sheet items to which according to the first subparagraph of Article 6(3) ofDirective 89/647/EEC the methods set out in Annex II to the said Directiveshall be applied’.

2. Annex II, point 5, shall be replaced by the following:

‘5. In order to calculate the capital requirement on their OTC derivativeinstruments, institutions shall apply Annex II to Directive 89/647/EEC. Therisk weightings to be applied to the relevant counterparties shall bedetermined in accordance with Article 2(9) of this Directive.

Until 31 December 2006, the competent authorities of Member States mayexempt from the application of the methods set out in Annex II OTC contractscleared by a clearing house where the latter acts as the legal counterpartyand all participants fully collateralise on a daily basis the exposure theypresent to the clearing house, thereby providing a protection covering boththe current exposure and the potential future exposure. The competentauthorities must be satisfied that the posted collateral gives the same levelof protection as collateral which complies with Article 6(1)(a)(7) of Directive89/647/EEC and that the risk of a build-up of the clearing house’s exposuresbeyond the market value of posted collateral is eliminated. Member Statesshall inform the Commission of the use they make of this option’.

Article 4

1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary for them to comply with this Directive not later than 24 monthsafter the date of its entry into force. They shall forthwith inform the Commission thereof.

When Member States adopt these measures, they shall contain a reference to thisDirective or shall be accompanied by such reference on the occasion of their officialpublication. The methods of making such reference shall be laid down by Member States.

2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the mainprovisions of domestic law, which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

Article 5

This Directive shall enter into force on the day of its publication in the Official

Journal of the European Communities.

Article 6


Done at Luxembourg, 22 June 1998.





139

„10. „nebirþinës iðvestinës finansinës priemonës“ – nebalansiniai straipsniai,kuriems pagal Direktyvos 89/647/EEB 6 straipsnio 3 dalies pirmà pastraipàyra taikomi minëtos direktyvos II priede iðdëstyti metodai“.

2. II priedo 5 punktas keièiamas taip:

„5. Skaièiuodamos kapitalo reikalavimà savo nebirþinëms iðvestinëmsfinansinëms priemonëms, ástaigos taiko Direktyvos 89/647/EEB II priedà.Rizikos koeficientai, taikytini atitinkamoms sutarties ðalims, nustatomivadovaujantis ðios direktyvos 2 straipsnio 9 dalimi.

Iki 2006 m. gruodþio 31 d. valstybiø nariø kompetentingos institucijos galileisti netaikyti II priede iðvardytø metodø nebirþiniams sandoriams, kuriøkliringà atlieka kliringo rûmai, jeigu pastarieji veikia kaip juridinë sandorioðalis ir jeigu visi dalyviai kiekvienà dienà uþstatu visiðkai apdraudþia rizikà,kurià dël jø prisiima kliringo rûmai, tokiu bûdu apsisaugant nuo esamosrizikos ir galimos bûsimos rizikos. Kompetentingos institucijos privalouþsitikrinti, kad pateiktas uþstatas garantuotø tokio pat lygio apsaugà kaipDirektyvos 89/647/EEB 6 straipsnio 1 dalies a punkto 7 papunktá atitinkantisuþstatas ir kad yra paðalinta rizika, jog kliringo rûmø rizikø padidëjimasvirðys pateikto uþstato rinkos vertæ. Valstybës narës informuoja Komisijàapie tai, kaip jos pasinaudoja ðia galimybe“.

4 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës ne vëliau kaip per 24 mënesius po ðios direktyvos ásigaliojimodatos priima ástatymus ir kitus teisës aktus, bûtinus, kad bûtø laikomasi ðios direktyvos.Apie tai jos nedelsdamos praneða Komisijai.

Valstybës narës, priimdamos ðias priemones, daro jose nuorodà á ðià direktyvà arbatokia nuoroda daroma jas oficialiai skelbiant. Nuorodos darymo tvarkà nustatovalstybës narës.

2. Valstybës narës pateikia Komisijai ðios direktyvos taikymo srityje priimtønacionaliniø teisës aktø pagrindiniø nuostatø tekstus.

5 straipsnis


6 straipsnis


Priimta Liuksemburge, 1998 m. birþelio 22 d.





140

ANNEX

A. Annex II to Directive 89/647/EEC is amended as follows:

1. The heading is replaced by the following:

‘ANNEX II

THE TREATMENT OF OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS’;

2. Point 1 is replaced by the following:

‘1. Choice of the method

To measure the credit risks associated with the contracts listed in points1 and 2 of Annex III, credit institutions may choose, subject to theconsent of the competent authorities, one of the methods set out below.Credit institutions which have to comply with Article 6(1) of Directive93/6/EEC must use method 1 set out below. To measure the credit risksassociated with the contracts listed in point 3 of Annex III all creditinstitutions must use method 1 set out below’;

3. In point 2, Table 1 is replaced by the following:

‘TABLE (a)(b)

(ytirutamlaudiseR c)-tseretnI

etarstcartnoc

stcartnoCgninrecnoc-ngierofegnahcxednasetar

dlog

stcartnoCgninrecnocseitiuqe

stcartnoCgninrecnocseitiuqesuoicerpslatemdlogtpecxe

stcartnoCgninrecnocseitidomocnahtrehtosouicerpslatem

sselroraeyenO %0 %1 %6 %7 %01

,raeyenorevOsraeyevifnahtssel %5,0 %5 %8 %7 %21

sraeyevifrevO %5,1 %5,7 %01 %8 %51

(a) Contracts which do not fall within one of the five categories indicated in this tableshall be treated as contracts concerning commodities other than precious metals.

(b) For contracts with multiple exchanges of principal, the percentages have to bemultiplied by the number of remaining payments still to be made according tothe contract.

(c) For contracts that are structured to settle outstanding exposure followingspecified payment dates and where the terms are reset such that the marketvalue of the contract is zero on these specified dates, the residual maturitywould be equal to the time until the next reset date. In the case of interest-ratecontracts that meet these criteria and have a remaining maturity of over oneyear, the percentage shall be no lower than 0,5 %.

________________________________________________________________________________________

For the purpose of calculating the potential future exposure in accordancewith step (b) the competent authorities may allow credit institutions until


141

PRIEDAS

A. Direktyvos 89/647/EEB II priedas keièiamas taip:

1. Pavadinimas keièiamas taip:

„II PRIEDAS

NEBALANSINIØ STRAIPSNIØ VERTINIMAS“;

2. 1 punktas keièiamas taip:

„1. Metodo parinkimas

III priedo 1 ir 2 punktuose iðvardytø sandoriø kredito rizikai ávertintikredito ástaigos, gavusios kompetentingø institucijø sutikimà, galipasirinkti vienà ið toliau iðvardytø metodø. Kredito ástaigos, kurios turilaikytis Direktyvos 93/6/EEB 6 straipsnio 1 dalies, privalo taikyti toliaupateiktà 1 metodà. Kredito rizikai, susijusiai su III priedo 3 punkteiðvardytais sandoriais, ávertinti kredito ástaigos privalo taikyti toliaupateiktà 1 metodà“;

3. 2 punkto 1 lentelë keièiama taip:

„LENTELËa b

ikisanimreTomijoilagoirodnas

sogiabap c

ønakûlaPømroniairodnas

oineisþUsotuilavomitiekriiairodnaslëdiairodnas

oskua

iairodnaSlëd

sëbyvasounøinibytrevøireipop

iairodnaSlëdøjøignarb,ølatemsuryksðiàskua

iairodnaSsoþriblëd,øikerpsuryksðisuisouignarb

sulatem

øtemøireneivikI %0 %1 %6 %7 %01

piakuaiguaDiki,iatemireneiv

øtemøireknep%5,0 %5 %8 %7 %21

piakuaiguaDiatemireknep %5,1 %5,7 %01 %8 %51

a Në vienai ið penkiø ðioje lentelëje iðvardytø kategorijø nepriskiriami sandoriai yravertinami kaip sandoriai dël birþos prekiø, iðskyrus sandorius dël brangiøjø metalø.

b Sandoriø su daugkartiniais pagrindinës sumos keitimais atveju procentus reikiadauginti ið likusiø mokëjimø, kurie dar turi bûti atlikti pagal sandorá, skaièiaus.

c Sandoriø, kurie yra sudaryti taip, kad uþ neapmokëtà dalá turi bûti atsiskaitytapo nustatytø mokëjimo datø ir kuriø terminai yra nustatyti ið naujo taip, kadtomis nustatytomis datomis sandorio rinkos vertë yra lygi nuliui, terminas, likæsiki jø galiojimo pabaigos, yra lygus laikotarpiui iki kitos ið naujo nustatytos datos.Palûkanø normø sandoriams, kurie atitinka ðiuos kriterijus ir iki kuriø galiojimopabaigos yra likæ daugiau kaip vieneri metai, yra taikomas ne maþiau kaip 0,5procento rizikos koeficientas.

________________________________________________________________________________________

Skaièiuojant galimà bûsimà rizikà pagal b etapà, kompetentingos institucijosiki 2006 m. gruodþio 31 d. kredito ástaigoms gali leisti vietoje 1 lentelëje


142

31 December 2006 to apply the following percentages instead of thoseprescribed in Table 1 provided that the institutions make use of the optionset out in Article 11a of Directive 93/6/EEC for contracts within the meaningof point 3(b) and (c) of Annex III:

Table 1a

ytirutamlaudiseR c slatemsuoicerP)dlogtpecxe(

slatemesaBlarutlucirgA

stcudorp)stfos(

gnidulcni,rehtOstcudorpygrene

sselroraeyenO %2 %5,2 %3 %4

,raeyenorevOsraeyevifnahtssel %5 %4 %5 %6

sraeyevifrevO %5,7 %8 %9 '%01

4. In Table 2, the heading in the first row of the third column is replaced by:

‘Contracts concerning foreign-exchange rates and gold’.

5. In point 2 the following paragraph is added at the end:

‘For methods 1 and 2 the competent authorities must ensure that the notionalamount to be taken into account is an appropriate yardstick for the riskinherent in the contract. Where, for instance, the contract provides for amultiplication of cash flows, the notional amount must be adjusted in orderto take into account the effects of the multiplication on the risk structure ofthat contract’.

6. In point (3)(b) the following paragraph is added:

‘The competent authorities may recognise as risk-reducing contractual-netting agreements covering foreign-exchange contracts with an originalmaturity of 14 calendar days or less written options or similar off-balance-sheet items to which this Annex does not apply because they bear only anegligible or no credit risk. If, depending on the positive or negative marketvalue of these contracts, their inclusion in another netting agreement canresult in an increase or decrease of the capital requirements, competentauthorities must oblige their credit institution to use a consistent treatment.’

7. In point (3)(c)(ii), the first paragraph and the introductory wording and thesecond paragraph, first indent, are replaced by the following:

‘(ii) Other netting agreements

In application of method 1:

in step (a) the current replacement cost for the contracts included in anetting agreement may be obtained by taking account of the actualhypothetical net replacement cost which results from the agreement;in the case where netting leads to a net obligation for the credit


143

nustatytø procentø taikyti toliau nurodytus procentus, jeigu ástaigospasinaudoja Direktyvos 93/6/EEB 11a straipsnyje nurodyta galimybesandoriams, nurodytiems III priedo 3 punkto b ir c papunkèiuose:

1a lentelë

ikisanimreTomijoilagoirodnas

sogiabap

ijeignarBialatem

)àskuasuryksði(

iainidnirgaPialatem

oikûsëmeÞiatkudorp)itbridrepen(

tnatiaksá,atiKsokitegrenesutkudorp

øtemøireneivikI %2 %5,2 %3 %4

ikiøireneivouNøtemøireknep %5 %4 %5 %6

piakuaiguaDiatemireknep %5,7 %8 %9 %01

4. 2 lentelës treèios skilties pirmos eilutës pavadinimas keièiamas taip:

„Sandoriai dël uþsienio valiutø keitimo kursø ir aukso“.

5. 2 punkto pabaigoje pridedama tokia pastraipa:

„Kompetentingos institucijos privalo uþtikrinti, kad taikant 1 ir 2 metodussàlyginë suma, á kurià reikia atsiþvelgti, yra tinkamas sandoriui bûdingosrizikos ávertinimo kriterijus. Jeigu, pavyzdþiui, sandoryje yra numatytakeliskart padidinti grynøjø pinigø srautus, sàlyginæ sumà bûtina patikslinti,kad bûtø atsiþvelgta á padidinimo átakà to sandorio rizikos struktûrai“.

6. 3 punkto b papunktyje pridedama tokia pastraipa:

„Kompetentingos institucijos gali pripaþinti rizikà maþinanèiomis sutartinësáskaitos sutartis, apimanèias uþsienio valiutos sandorius, kuriø pradinisterminas yra 14 kalendoriniø dienø arba maþiau, raðtu sudarytus pasirinkimosandorius arba panaðius nebalansinius straipsnius, kuriems ðis priedasnetaikomas, kadangi jie yra susijæ su neþymia kredito rizika arba visai su janesusijæ. Jeigu, atsiþvelgiant á ðiø sandoriø teigiamà ar neigiamà rinkos vertæ,jø átraukimas á kità áskaitos sutartá gali padidinti arba sumaþinti kapitaloreikalavimus, kompetentingos institucijos privalo ápareigoti savo kreditoástaigà laikytis nuoseklaus vertinimo“.

7. 3 punkto c papunkèio ii átraukoje pirma dalis ir ávadinë formuluotë bei antrosdalies pirma átrauka keièiamos taip:

„ ii) Kitos áskaitos sutartys

Taikant 1 metodà:

a etape vienos sutarties pakeitimo kita einamosios iðlaidos, susijusiossu sandoriais, átrauktais á sutartinës prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitossutartá, gali bûti apskaièiuojamos atsiþvelgiant á konkreèias grynàsiashipotetines vienos sutarties pakeitimo kita iðlaidas, kylanèias ið sutarties;


144

institution calculating the net replacement cost, the current replacementcost is calculated as “0”;

in step (b) the figure for potential future credit exposure for all contractsincluded in a netting agreement may be reduced according to thefollowing equation:

PCEred

= 0,4 * PCEgross

+ 0,6 * NGR * PCEgross

where:

— PCEred

= the reduced figure for potential future credit exposurefor all contracts with a given counterparty included in alegally valid bilateral netting agreement,

— PCEgross

= the sum of the figures for potential future credit exposurefor all contracts with a given counterparty which areincluded in a legally valid bilateral netting agreementand are calculated by multiplying their notional principalamounts by the percentages set out in Table 1,

— NGR = “net-to-gross ratio”: at the discretion of the competentauthorities either:

(i) separate calculation: the quotient of the netreplacement cost for all contracts included in a legallyvalid bilateral netting agreement with a givencounterparty (numerator) and the gross replacementcost for all contracts included in a legally validbilateral netting agreement with that counterparty(denominator), or

(ii)aggregate calculation: the quotient of the sum of thenet replacement cost calculated on a bilateral basisfor all counterparties taking into account the contractsincluded in legally valid netting agreements(numerator) and the gross replacement cost for allcontracts included in legally valid netting agreements(denominator).

If Member States permit credit institutions a choiceof methods, the method chosen is to be usedconsistently.


145

jeigu atlikus prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaità atsiranda grynas kreditoástaigos, apskaièiuojanèios grynàsias vienos sutarties pakeitimo kitaiðlaidas, ásipareigojimas, vienos sutarties pakeitimo kita einamosiosiðlaidos prilyginamos nuliui;

b etape galimas visø á prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitos sutartá átrauktøsandoriø galimos bûsimos kredito rizikos dydis gali bûti sumaþintas pagalèia pateiktà lygtá:

GKRsumaþ.

= 0,4 × GKRbendra

+ 0,6 × GBS × GKRbendra

,

kur:

- GKRsumaþ.

– sumaþintas galimos bûsimos kredito rizikos dydisvisiems su atitinkama sandorio ðalimi sudarytiemssandoriams, átrauktiems á teisiðkai galiojanèià dviðalæprieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitos sutartá,

- GKRbendra

– visø su atitinkama sandorio ðalimi sudarytø sandoriøgalimos bûsimos kredito rizikos, átrauktos á teisiðkaigaliojanèià dviðalæ prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitossutartá, dydþiø, apskaièiuojamø dauginant jø sàlyginespagrindines sumas ið 1 lentelëje nurodytø procentø,suma,

- GBS – „grynos ir bendros sumos santykis“: kompetentingøinstitucijø nuoþiûra, tai yra:

i) atskiras apskaièiavimas: apskaièiuojamas santykis,kurá sudaro visø á teisiðkai galiojanèià dviðalæprieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitos sutartá, sudarytàsu tam tikra sandorio ðalimi, átrauktø sutarèiøpakeitimo grynosios iðlaidos (skaitiklis) ir visø áteisiðkai galiojanèià dviðalæ prieðprieðiniø reikala-vimø áskaitos sutartá, sudarytà su ðia sandorio ðalimi,átrauktø sutarèiø pakeitimo bendrosios iðlaidos(vardiklis); arba

ii) bendras apskaièiavimas: apskaièiuojamas santykis,kurá sudaro grynosios vienos sutarties pakeitimo kitaiðlaidos, apskaièiuojamos dviðaliu pagrindu visomssandorio ðalims, atsiþvelgiant á sutartis, átrauktas áteisiðkai galiojanèias prieðprieðiniø reikalavimøáskaitos sutartis (skaitiklis), ir bendrosios visøsutarèiø, átrauktø á teisiðkai galiojanèias prieðprie-ðiniø reikalavimø áskaitos sutartis, pakeitimo iðlaidos(vardiklis).

Jeigu valstybës narës leidþia kredito ástaigomspasirinkti vienà ið metodø, toks metodas turi bûtitaikomas nuosekliai.


146

For the calculation of the potential future credit exposure according to theabove formula perfectly matching contracts included in the netting agreementmay be taken into account as a single contract with a notional principalequivalent to the net receipts. Perfectly matching contracts are forwardforeign exchange contracts or similar contracts in which notional principalis equivalent to cash flows if the cash flows fall due on the same value dateand fully or partly in the same currency.

In the application of method 2, in step (a)

— perfectly matching contracts included in the netting agreement may betaken into account as a single contract with a notional principalequivalent to the net receipts, the notional principal amounts aremultiplied by the percentages given in Table 2'.

B. Annex III to Directive 89/647/EEC is replaced by the following:

‘ANNEX III

TYPES OF OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ITEMS

1. Interest-rate contracts:(a) single-currency interest rate swaps,(b) basis-swaps,(c) forward-rate agreements,(d) interest-rate futures,(e) interest-rate options purchased,(f) other contracts of similar nature.

2. Foreign-exchange contracts and contracts concerning gold:(a) cross-currency interest-rate swaps,(b) forward foreign-exchange contracts,(c) currency futures,(d) currency options purchased,(e) other contracts of a similar nature,(f) contracts concerning gold of a nature similar to (a) to (e).

3. Contracts of a nature similar to those in points 1(a) to (e) and 2(a) to (d)concerning other reference items or indices concerning:(a) equities,(b) precious metals except gold,(c) commodities other than precious metals,(d) other contracts of a similar nature’.


147

Skaièiuojant galimà bûsimà kredito rizikà pagal anksèiau nurodytà formulæ,identiðki sandoriai, átraukti á prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitos sutartá, galibûti vertinami kaip vienas sandoris, kurio sàlyginë pagrindinë suma yra lygigrynosioms áplaukoms. Identiðki sandoriai yra iðankstiniai uþsienio valiutossandoriai arba panaðûs sandoriai, kuriø sàlyginë pagrindinë suma yra lygigrynøjø pinigø srautams, jeigu tokiø srautø terminas sueina tà paèià lëðøáskaitymo dienà ir jeigu jø valiuta visiðkai arba ið dalies sutampa.

Taikant 2 metodà, a etape

- identiðki sandoriai, átraukti á prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitos sutartá,gali bûti vertinami kaip vienas sandoris, kurio sàlyginë pagrindinë sumayra lygi grynosioms áplaukoms minëtà sàlyginæ pagrindinæ sumàdauginant ið 2 lentelëje nurodytø procentø“.

B. Direktyvos 89/647/EEB III priedas keièiamas taip:

„III PRIEDAS

NEBALANSINIØ STRAIPSNIØ RÛÐYS

1. Palûkanø normos sandoriai:a) vienos valiutos palûkanø normø apsikeitimo sandoriai,b) baziniai apsikeitimo valiutomis sandoriai,c) iðankstiniai palûkanø normø sandoriai,d) ateities palûkanø normø sandoriai,e) ásigyti palûkanø normø pasirinkimo sandoriai,f) kiti panaðaus pobûdþio sandoriai.

2. Uþsienio valiutos keitimo sandoriai ir sandoriai dël aukso:a) ávairiø valiutø palûkanø normø apsikeitimo sandoriai,b) iðankstiniai uþsienio valiutos sandoriai,c) valiutos ateities sandoriai,d) ásigyti valiutos pasirinkimo sandoriai,e) kiti panaðaus pobûdþio sandoriai,f) sandoriai dël aukso, panaðûs á a–e punktuose nurodytus sandorius.

3. Sandoriai, kurie á 1 dalies a–e ir 2 dalies a–d punktuose nurodytus sandoriusyra panaðûs pagal kitus bazinius punktus arba indeksus, susijusius su:a) nuosavybës vertybiniais popieriais,b) brangiaisiais metalais, iðskyrus auksà,c) birþos prekëmis, iðskyrus brangiuosius metalus,d) kitais panaðaus pobûdþio sandoriais“.

ELEKTRONINIØ PINIGØÁSTAIGOS


150



of 18 September 2000

amending Directive 2000/12/EC relating to the taking up and pursuit of thebusiness of credit institutions





Having regard to the opinion of the European Central Bank (3),

Acting in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 251 of the Treaty (4),

Whereas:

(1) In accordance with the objectives of the Treaty, it is desirable to promoteharmonious development of the activities of credit institutions throughout theCommunity, in particular as regards the issuance of electronic money.

(2) Certain institutions limit their activity primarily to the issuance of electronicmoney. To avoid any distortion of competition between electronic money issuers,even as regards application of monetary policy measures, it is advisable thatthese institutions, subject to suitable specific provisions taking into account theirspecial characteristics, be brought within the scope of Directive 2000/12/EC (5).

(3) It is advisable, consequently, to extend to these institutions the definition ofcredit institutions provided for in Article 1 of Directive 2000/12/EC.

(4) Directive 2000/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18September 2000 on the taking up, pursuit and prudential supervision of thebusiness of electronic money institutions (6) defines electronic money institutions.

(1) OJ C 317, 15.10.1998, p. 12.(2) OJ C 101, 12.4.1999, p. 64.(3) OJ C 189, 6.7.1999, p. 7.(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 15 April 1999 (OJ C 219, 30.7.1999, p. 421),

confirmed on 27 October 1999, Council Common Position of 29 November 1999 (OJ C 26,28.1.2000, p. 12) and Decision of the European Parliament of 11 April 2000 (not yetpublished in the Official Journal).

(5) Directive 2000/12/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 March 2000 relatingto the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions (OJ L 126, 26.5.2000, p. 1).

(6) See page 39 of this Official Journal.


151

Autentiðkas vertimas,Europos komiteto prie Lietuvos Respublikos Vyriausybës

Vertimo, dokumentacijos ir informacijos centras

2000 m. rugsëjo 18 d.


ið dalies pakeièianti Direktyvà 2000/12/EB dël kredito ástaigø steigimosi irveiklos


atsiþvelgdami á Europos Bendrijos steigimo sutartá, ypaè á jos 47 straipsnio 2 daliespirmà ir treèià sakinius,



atsiþvelgdami á Europos centrinio banko nuomonæ3 ,

laikydamiesi Sutarties 251 straipsnyje nustatytos tvarkos4 ,

kadangi:

1) atsiþvelgiant á Sutartyje numatytus tikslus, pageidautina skatinti suderintà kreditoástaigø veiklos plëtrà visoje Bendrijoje, ypaè elektroniniø pinigø leidimo srityje;

2) tam tikros ástaigos pagrindinæ savo veiklà apriboja elektroniniø pinigø leidimu.Siekiant iðvengti konkurencijos tarp elektroniniø pinigø leidëjø iðkraipymø, kaitaikomos pinigø politikos priemonës, patartina, kad Direktyva 2000/12/EB5 bûtøtaikoma ðioms ástaigoms nustatant joms tinkamas konkreèias nuostatas, kuriosebûtø atsiþvelgta á minëtø ástaigø ypatumus;

3) dël to patartina iðplësti Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 1 straipsnyje pateiktà kreditoástaigø apibrëþimà átraukiant á já ðias ástaigas;

4) 2000 m. rugsëjo 18 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyvoje 2000/46/EBdël elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø steigimosi, veiklos ir rizikà ribojanèios prieþiûros6

yra pateiktas elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø apibrëþimas;

1 OL C 317, 1998 10 15, p. 12.2 OL C 101, 1999 04 12, p. 64.3 OL C 189, 1999 07 06, p. 7.4 1999 m. balandþio 15 d. Europos Parlamento nuomonë (OL C 219, 1999 07 30, p. 421),

patvirtinta 1999 m. spalio 27 d., 1999 m. lapkrièio 29 d. Tarybos bendroji pozicija (OL C 26,2000 01 28, p. 12) ir 2000 m. balandþio 11 d. Europos Parlamento sprendimas (dar nepaskelbtaOficialiajame leidinyje).

5 2000 m. kovo 20 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 2000/12/EB dël kredito ástaigøsteigimosi ir veiklos (OL L 126, 2000 05 26, p. 1).

6 Þr. ðio Oficialiojo leidinio p. 39.


152

(5) It is necessary for electronic money to be redeemable to ensure bearer confidence,


Article 1

Directive 2000/12/EC is hereby amended as follows:

1. Article 1, point 1, first subparagraph shall be replaced by the following text:

‘1. “Credit institution” shall mean:

(a) an undertaking whose business is to receive deposits or other repayablefunds from the public and to grant credits for its own account; or

(b) an electronic money institution within the meaning of Directive2000/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18September 2000 on the taking up, pursuit and prudential supervisionof the business of electronic money institutions (*).

(*) OJ L 275, 27.10.2000, p. 39.’

2. The following Article shall be added to Title V:

‘Article 33a

Article 3 of Directive 2000/46/EC shall apply to credit institutions.’

Article 2

1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary to comply with this Directive not later than 27 April 2002. Theyshall immediately inform the Commission thereof.

When Member States adopt these measures, they shall contain a reference to this Directiveor shall be accompanied by such reference on the occasion of their official publication.The methods of making such a reference shall be laid down by the Member States.

2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the mainprovisions of national law which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.

Article 3



Article 4


Done at Brussels, 18 September 2000.



N. FONTAINE H. VÉDRINE


153

5) siekiant uþtikrinti elektroniniø pinigø turëtojo pasitikëjimà, bûtina, kadelektroniniai pinigai bûtø iðperkami,


1 straipsnis

Direktyva 2000/12/EB keièiama taip:

1. Keièiama 1 straipsnio 1 punkto pirma pastraipa:

„1. „Kredito ástaiga“ yra:

a) ámonë, kuri verèiasi indëliø ar kitø gràþintinø lëðø priëmimu iðvisuomenës ir paskolø teikimu savo sàskaita; arba

b) elektroniniø pinigø ástaiga, kaip apibrëþta 2000 m. rugsëjo 18 d. EuroposParlamento ir Tarybos direktyvoje 2000/46/EB dël elektroniniø pinigøástaigø steigimosi, veiklos ir rizikà ribojanèios prieþiûros*.

* OL L 275, 2000 10 27, p. 39.

2. V dalis papildoma ðiuo straipsniu:

„33a straipsnis

Direktyvos 2000/46/EB 3 straipsnis taikomas kredito ástaigoms.“

2 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës ne vëliau kaip iki 2002 m. balandþio 27 d. priima ástatymus irkitus teisës aktus, bûtinus, kad bûtø laikomasi ðios direktyvos. Apie tai jos nedelsdamospraneða Komisijai.

Valstybës narës, priimdamos ðias priemones, jose daro nuorodà á ðià direktyvà arbatokia nuoroda daroma jas oficialiai skelbiant. Nuorodos darymo tvarkà nustatovalstybës narës.

2. Valstybës narës pateikia Komisijai ðios direktyvos taikymo srityje priimtøpagrindiniø nacionaliniø teisës aktø nuostatø tekstus.

3 straipsnis


4 straipsnis


Priimta Briuselyje, 2000 m. rugsëjo 18 d.


Pirmininkë Pirmininkas



154




on the taking up, pursuit of and prudential supervision of the business ofelectronic money institutions





Having regard to the opinion of the European Central Bank (3),


Whereas:

(1) Credit institutions within the meaning of Article 1, point 1, first subparagraph(b) of Directive 2000/12/EC (5) are limited in the scope of their activities.

(2) It is necessary to take account of the specific characteristics of these institutionsand to provide the appropriate measures necessary to coordinate and harmoniseMember States’ laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to thetaking up, pursuit and prudential supervision of the business of electronic moneyinstitutions.

(3) For the purposes of this Directive, electronic money can be considered anelectronic surrogate for coins and banknotes, which is stored on an electronicdevice such as a chip card or computer memory and which is generally intendedfor the purpose of effecting electronic payments of limited amounts.

(1) OJ C 317, 15.10.1998, p. 7.(2) OJ C 101, 12.4.1999, p. 64.(3) OJ C 189, 6.7.1999, p. 7.(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 15 April 1999 (OJ C 219, 30.7.1999, p. 415), con-

firmed on 27 October 1999, Council Common Position of 29 November 1999 (OJ C 26,28.1.2000, p. 1) and Decision of the European Parliament of 11 April 2000 (not yet pub-lished in the Official Journal). Decision of the Council of 16 June 2000.

(5) Directive 2000/12/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 March 2000relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions (OJ L 126,26.5.2000, p. 1). Directive as last amended by Directive 2000/28/EC (see page 37 of thisOfficial Journal).


155



EUROPOS PARLAMENTO IR TARYBOS DIREKTYVA 2000/46/EB

dël elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø steigimosi, veiklos ir rizikà ribojanèiosprieþiûros


atsiþvelgdami á Europos Bendrijos steigimo sutartá, ypaè á jos 47 straipsnio 2 daliespirmà ir treèià sakinius,



atsiþvelgdami á Europos centrinio banko nuomonæ3 ,


kadangi:

1) pagal Direktyvos 2000/12/EB5 1 straipsnio 1 punkto pirmos pastraipos b papunktákredito ástaigø veiklos sritis yra ribojama;

2) bûtina atsiþvelgti á ðiø ástaigø savitumà ir imtis reikiamø priemoniø suderintivalstybiø nariø ástatymus ir kitus teisës aktus dël elektroniniø pinigø ástaigøsteigimosi, veiklos ir rizikà ribojanèios prieþiûros;

3) ðioje direktyvoje elektroniniai pinigai suprantami kaip elektroninis monetø irbanknotø pakaitalas, laikomas tokiose elektroninëse laikmenose, kaip elektroninëkortelë ar kompiuterio atmintis, ir paprastai skiriamas atlikti elektroniniusmokëjimus ribotomis sumomis;

1 OL C 317, 1998 10 15, p. 7.2 OL C 101, 1999 04 12, p. 64.3 OL C 189, 1999 07 06, p. 7.4 1999 m. balandþio 15 d. Europos Parlamento nuomonë (OL C 219, 1999 07 30, p. 415),

patvirtinta 1999 m. spalio 27 d., 1999 m. lapkrièio 29 d. Tarybos bendroji pozicija (OL C 26,2000 01 28, p. 1) ir 2000 m. balandþio 11 d. Europos Parlamento sprendimas (dar nepaskelbtaOficialiajame leidinyje). 2000 m. birþelio 16 d. Tarybos sprendimas.

5 2000 m. kovo 20 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 2000/12/EB dël kredito ástaigøsteigimosi ir veiklos (OL L 126, 2000 05 26, p. 1). Direktyva su paskutiniais pakeitimais,padarytais Direktyva 2000/28/EB (þr. ðio Oficialiojo leidinio p. 37).


156

(4) The approach adopted is appropriate to achieve only the essential harmonisationnecessary and sufficient to secure the mutual recognition of authorisation andprudential supervision of electronic money institutions, making possible thegranting of a single licence recognised throughout the Community and designedto ensure bearer confidence and the application of the principle of home MemberState prudential supervision.

(5) Within the wider context of the rapidly evolving electronic commerce it isdesirable to provide a regulatory framework that assists electronic money indelivering its full potential benefits and that avoids hampering technologicalinnovation in particular. Therefore, this Directive introduces a technology-neutrallegal framework that harmonises the prudential supervision of electronic moneyinstitutions to the extent necessary for ensuring their sound and prudent operationand their financial integrity in particular.

(6) Credit institutions, by virtue of point 5 of Annex I to Directive 2000/12/EC, arealready allowed to issue and administer means of payment including electronicmoney and to carry on such activities Community-wide subject to mutualrecognition and to the comprehensive prudential supervisory system applying tothem in accordance with the European banking Directives.

(7) The introduction of a separate prudential supervisory regime for electronic moneyinstitutions, which, although calibrated on the prudential supervisory regimeapplying to other credit institutions and Directive 2000/12/EC except Title V,Chapters 2 and 3 thereof in particular, differs from that regime, is justified anddesirable because the issuance of electronic money does not constitute in itself,in view of its specific character as an electronic surrogate for coins and banknotes,a deposit- taking activity pursuant to Article 3 of Directive 2000/12/EC, if thereceived funds are immediately exchanged for electronic money.

(8) The receipt of funds from the public in exchange for electronic money, which resultsin a credit balance left on account with the issuing institution, constitutes the receiptof deposits or other repayable funds for the purpose of Directive 2000/12/EC.

(9) It is necessary for electronic money to be redeemable to ensure bearer confidence.Redeemability does not imply, in itself, that the funds received in exchange forelectronic money shall be regarded as deposits or other repayable funds for thepurpose of Directive 2000/12/EC.

(10) Redeemability should always be understood to be at par value.

(11) In order to respond to the specific risks associated with the issuance of electronicmoney this prudential supervisory regime must be more targeted and, accordingly,less cumbersome than the prudential supervisory regime applying to creditinstitutions, notably as regards reduced initial capital requirements and the non-application of Directive 93/6/EEC (1) and Title V, Chapter 2, Sections II and IIIof Directive 2000/12/EC.

(1) Council Directive 93/6/EEC of 15 March 1993 on the capital adequacy of investment firmsand credit institutions (OJ L 141, 11.6.1993, p. 1). Directive as last amended by Directive98/33/EC (OJ L 204, 21.7.1998, p. 29).


157

4) pasirinktas bûdas yra tinkamas suderinti tik esminius dalykus, kurie bûtini ir kuriøpakanka, kad bûtø uþtikrintas elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø veiklos leidimø ir rizikosribojimo principais pagrástos prieþiûros tarpusavio pripaþinimas, ir kurie sudarogalimybæ visoje Bendrijoje pripaþinti vienà leidimà ir uþtikrinti turëtojopasitikëjimà bei taikyti buveinës valstybës narës rizikà ribojanèios prieþiûrosprincipà;

5) atsiþvelgiant á sparèià elektroninës prekybos plëtrà, norima sukurti reguliavimosistemà, kuri padëtø pasinaudoti visa potencialia elektroniniø pinigø teikiamanauda ir, ypaè svarbu, nekliudytø diegti technologijos naujoves. Todël ðiojedirektyvoje siûloma technologiniu poþiûriu neutrali teisës sistema, kuri suderinarizikos ribojimo principais pagrástà elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø prieþiûrà tiek,kiek to reikia, kad bûtø uþtikrintas jø patikimas ir rizikos ribojimo principaispagrástas veikimas ir ypaè jø finansinis patikimumas;

6) pagal Direktyvos 2000/12/EB I priedo 5 punktà kredito ástaigoms leidþiama iðleistiir administruoti mokëjimo priemones, áskaitant elektroninius pinigus, ir uþsiimtitokia veikla visoje Bendrijoje atsiþvelgiant á tarpusavio pripaþinimà ir á visapusærizikos ribojimo principais pagrástos prieþiûros sistemà, taikomà joms pagalEuropos bankininkystës direktyvas;

7) atskiros elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø rizikos ribojimo principais pagrástos prieþiûrossistemos, kuri, nors ir remiasi kitoms kredito ástaigoms taikoma rizikos ribojimoprincipais pagrástos prieþiûros sistema ir Direktyva 2000/12/EB, iðskyrus josV dalá, ypaè jos 2 ir 3 skyrius, taèiau nuo jos skiriasi, ádiegimas yra pagrástas irpageidautinas, nes elektroniniø pinigø iðleidimas, atsiþvelgiant á jø, kaipelektroninio monetø ir banknotø pakaitalo, savitumà, nëra savaime pripaþástamasindëliø teikimo veikla pagal Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 3 straipsná, jeigu gautos lëðosyra nedelsiant keièiamos elektroniniais pinigais;

8) lëðø ið visuomenës gavimas mainais uþ elektroninius pinigus, dël ko iðleidþianèiosástaigos sàskaitoje lieka kredito likutis, reiðkia, kad pagal Direktyvà 2000/12/EByra gaunami indëliai ar kitos gràþintinos lëðos;

9) elektroniniai pinigai turi bûti iðperkami, kad bûtø galima uþtikrinti turëtojopasitikëjimà. Iðperkamumas nereiðkia, kad lëðos, gautos mainais uþ elektroniniuspinigus, laikomos indëliais ar kitomis gràþintinomis lëðomis pagal Direktyvà2000/12/EB;

10) visuomet turëtø bûti suprantama, kad iðperkama nominalia verte;

11) siekiant reaguoti á specifinæ rizikà, susijusià su elektroniniø pinigø iðleidimu, ðirizikos ribojimo principais pagrásta prieþiûros sistema privalo bûti kryptingesnëir kartu ne tokia varþanti kaip kredito ástaigoms taikoma prieþiûra, ypaè dëlsumaþinto pradinio kapitalo reikalavimø ir Direktyvos 93/6/EEB1 bei Direktyvos2000/12/EB V dalies 2 skyriaus II ir III skirsniø netaikymo;

1 1993 m. kovo 15 d. Tarybos direktyva 93/6/EEB dël investiciniø firmø ir kredito ástaigøkapitalo pakankamumo (OL L 141, 1993 06 11, p. 1). Direktyva su paskutiniais pakeitimais,padarytais Direktyva 98/33/EB (OL L 204, 1998 07 21, p. 29).


158

(12) However, it is necessary to preserve a level playing field between electronic moneyinstitutions and other credit institutions issuing electronic money and, thus, toensure fair competition among a wider range of institutions to the benefit of bearers.This is achieved since the abovementioned less cumbersome features of theprudential supervisory regime applying to electronic money institutions arebalanced by provisions that are more stringent than those applying to other creditinstitutions, notably as regards restrictions on the business activities which electronicmoney institutions may carry on and, particularly, prudent limitations of theirinvestments aimed at ensuring that their financial liabilities related to outstandingelectronic money are backed at all times by sufficiently liquid low risk assets.

(13) Pending the harmonisation of prudential supervision of outsourced activities forcredit institutions it is appropriate that electronic money institutions have soundand prudent management and control procedures. With a view to the possibilityof operational and other ancilliary functions related to the issuance of electronicmoney being performed by undertakings which are not subject to prudentialsupervision it is essential that electronic money institutions have in place internalstructures which should respond to the financial and non-financial risks to whichthey are exposed.

(14) The issuance of electronic money may affect the stability of the financial systemand the smooth operation of payments systems. Close cooperation in assessingthe integrity of electronic money schemes is called for.

(15) It is appropriate to afford competent authorities the possibility of waiving someor all of the requirements imposed by this Directive for electronic moneyinstitutions which operate only within the territories of the respective MemberStates.

(16) Adoption of this Directive constitutes the most appropriate means of achievingthe desired objectives. This Directive is limited to the minimum necessary toachieve these objectives and does not go beyond what is necessary for this purpose.

(17) Provision should be made for the review of this Directive in the light of experienceof developments in the market and the protection of bearers of electronic money.

(18) The Banking Advisory Committee has been consulted on the adoption of thisDirective,


Article 1

Scope, definitions and restriction of activities

1. This Directive shall apply to electronic money institutions.

2. It shall not apply to the institutions referred to in Article 2(3) of Directive2000/12/EC.

3. For the purposes of this Directive:


159

12) vis dëlto bûtina iðlaikyti vienodas veiklos galimybes elektroniniø pinigø ástaigomsir kitoms kredito ástaigoms, leidþianèioms elektroninius pinigus, ir taip uþtikrintisàþiningà daugelio ástaigø konkurencijà, naudingà turëtojams. Tai galima pasiekti,nes minëtà rizikos ribojimo principais pagrástos prieþiûros, taikomos elektroniniøpinigø ástaigoms, maþesná suvarþymà atsveria nuostatos, kurios yra grieþtesnësnei nuostatos, taikomos kitoms kredito ástaigoms, bûtent dël elektroniniø pinigøástaigø vykdomos veiklos apribojimø ir ypaè dël rizikà ribojanèiø jø investicijøapribojimø, kuriais siekiama uþtikrinti, kad jø finansiniai ásipareigojimai, susijæsu neapmokëtais elektroniniais pinigais, visuomet bûtø garantuoti pakankamailikvidþiu maþos rizikos turtu;

13) kredito ástaigoms nebûdingos veiklos rizikà ribojanèios prieþiûros tolesnioderinimo metu elektroniniø pinigø ástaigose turëtø bûti patikimi ir rizikos ribojimoprincipais pagrásti valdymas ir kontrolës procedûros. Atsiþvelgiant á tai, kadámonës, kurioms nevykdoma rizikos ribojimo principais pagrásta prieþiûra, galiatlikti operacines ir kitas pagalbines funkcijas, susijusias su elektroniniø pinigøleidimu, labai svarbu, kad elektroniniø pinigø ástaigose veiktø vidaus struktûros,kurios reaguotø á su jomis susijusià finansinæ ir nefinansinæ rizikà;

14) elektroniniø pinigø iðleidimas gali paveikti finansø sistemos stabilumà ir sklandømokëjimø sistemø veikimà, bûtina glaudþiai bendradarbiauti vertinantelektroniniø pinigø sistemø patikimumà;

15) kompetentingoms institucijoms turëtø bûti suteikiama galimybë atsisakyti taikytikai kuriuos ar visus ðioje direktyvoje nustatytus reikalavimus elektroniniø pinigøástaigoms, kurios veikia tik atitinkamose valstybëse narëse;

16) ðios direktyvos priëmimas yra pats tinkamiausias bûdas pasiekti norimus tikslus.Ðioje direktyvoje apsiribojama tik tuo, kas reikalinga ðiems tikslams pasiekti irnenagrinëjama tai, kas su jais nesusijæ;

17) turëtø bûti numatyta nuostata patikslinti ðià direktyvà atsiþvelgiant á patirtá, ágytàkintant rinkai, ir elektroniniø pinigø turëtojø apsaugà;

18) priimant ðià direktyvà buvo tartasi su Bankininkystës patariamuoju komitetu,


1 straipsnis

Taikymo sritis, sàvokos ir veiklos apribojimai

1. Ði direktyva taikoma elektroniniø pinigø ástaigoms.

2. Ji netaikoma ástaigoms, nurodytoms Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 2 straipsnio 3 dalyje.

3. Ðioje direktyvoje:


160

(a) ‘electronic money institution’ shall mean an undertaking or any other legal person,other than a credit institution as defined in Article 1, point 1, first subparagraph(a) of Directive 2000/12/EC which issues means of payment in the form ofelectronic money;

(b) ‘electronic money’ shall mean monetary value as represented by a claim on theissuer which is:

(i) stored on an electronic device;

(ii) issued on receipt of funds of an amount not less in value than the monetaryvalue issued;

(iii) accepted as means of payment by undertakings other than the issuer.

4. Member States shall prohibit persons or undertakings that are not creditinstitutions, as defined in Article 1, point 1, first subparagraph of Directive2000/12/EC, from carrying on the business of issuing electronic money.

5. The business activities of electronic money institutions other than the issuing ofelectronic money shall be restricted to:

(a) the provision of closely related financial and non-financial services such as theadministering of electronic money by the performance of operational and otherancillary functions related to its issuance, and the issuing and administering ofother means of payment but excluding the granting of any form of credit; and

(b) the storing of data on the electronic device on behalf of other undertakings orpublic institutions.

Electronic money institutions shall not have any holdings in other undertakings exceptwhere these undertakings perform operational or other ancillary functions related toelectronic money issued or distributed by the institution concerned.

Article 2

Application of Banking Directives

1. Save where otherwise expressly provided for, only references to credit institutionsin Directive 91/308/EEC (1) and Directive 2000/12/EC except Title V, Chapter 2 thereofshall apply to electronic money institutions.

2. Articles 5, 11, 13, 19, 20(7), 51 and 59 of Directive 2000/12/EC shall not apply.The mutual recognition arrangements provided for in Directive 2000/12/EC shall notapply to electronic money institutions’ business activities other than the issuance ofelectronic money.

3. The receipt of funds within the meaning of Article 1(3)(b)(ii) does not constitutea deposit or other repayable funds according to Article 3 of Directive 2000/12/EC, ifthe funds received are immediately exchanged for electronic money.

(1) Council Directive 91/308/EEC of 10 June 1991 on prevention of the use of the financialsystem for the purpose of money laundering (OJ L 166, 28.6.1991, p. 77).


161

a) „elektroniniø pinigø ástaiga“ – ámonë ar kitas juridinis asmuo, iðskyrus kreditoástaigà, apibrëþtà Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 1 straipsnio 1 punkto pirmos pastraiposa papunktyje, kurie leidþia mokëjimo priemones elektroniniø pinigø pavidalu;

b) „elektroniniai pinigai“ – piniginë vertë, iðreikðta kaip pretenzija emitentui:

i) kuri yra saugoma elektroninëse laikmenose;

ii) kuri iðleidþiama gavus lëðø, kuriø suma yra ne maþesnës vertës negu iðleistapiniginë vertë;

iii) kurià ámonës, kurios nëra emitentës, priima kaip mokëjimo priemonæ.

4. Valstybës narës draudþia asmenims ar ámonëms, kurie nëra kredito ástaigos, kaipapibrëþta Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 1 straipsnio 1 punkto pirmoje pastraipoje, uþsiimtielektroniniø pinigø leidimo veikla.

5. Elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø veikla, iðskyrus elektroniniø pinigø leidimà, ribojama:

a) glaudþiai susijusiø finansiniø ir nefinansiniø paslaugø, tokiø kaip elektroniniøpinigø administravimas vykdant operacines ir kitas pagalbines su jø iðleidimususijusias funkcijas, teikimu ir kitø mokëjimo priemoniø iðleidimu iradministravimu, iðskyrus bet kokios rûðies kredito teikimà; ir

b) duomenø kaupimu elektroninëse laikmenose kitø ámoniø ar vieðøjø institucijøvardu.

Elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos neturi jokiø kitø ámoniø akcijø, iðskyrus atvejus, kai tosámonës atlieka operacines ar kitas pagalbines funkcijas, susijusias su atitinkamosástaigos leidþiamais ar platinamais elektroniniais pinigais.

2 straipsnis

Bankininkystës direktyvø taikymas

1. Iðskyrus tam tikrus aiðkiai numatytus atvejus, elektroniniø pinigø ástaigomstaikomos tik Direktyvos 91/308/EEB1 ir Direktyvos 2000/12/EB, iðskyrus jos V dalies2 skyriø, nuorodos á kredito ástaigas.

2. Netaikomi Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 5, 11, 13, 19 straipsniai, 20 straipsnio 7 dalis,51 ir 59 straipsniai. Direktyvoje 2000/12/EB numatyti abipusio pripaþinimo susitarimainetaikomi elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø veiklai, iðskyrus elektroniniø pinigø iðleidimà.

3. Lëðø gavimas pagal 1 straipsnio 3 dalies b punkto ii papunktá nelaikomas indëliuar kitomis gràþintinomis lëðomis pagal Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 3 straipsná, jeigu gautoslëðos nedelsiant keièiamos á elektroninius pinigus.

1 1991 m. birþelio 10 d. Tarybos direktyva 91/308/EEB dël finansø sistemos apsaugos nuo jospanaudojimo pinigø plovimui (OL L 166, 1991 06 28, p. 77).


162

Article 3

Redeemability

1. A bearer of electronic money may, during the period of validity, ask the issuerto redeem it at par value in coins and bank notes or by a transfer to an account free ofcharges other than those strictly necessary to carry out that operation.

2. The contract between the issuer and the bearer shall clearly state the conditionsof redemption.

3. The contract may stipulate a minimum threshold for redemption. The thresholdmay not exceed EUR 10.

Article 4

Initial capital and ongoing own funds requirements

1. Electronic money institutions shall have an initial capital, as defined in Article34(2), subparagraphs (1) and (2) of Directive 2000/12/EC, of not less than EUR1 million. Notwithstanding paragraphs 2 and 3, their own funds, as defined in Directive2000/12/EC, shall not fall below that amount.

2. Electronic money institutions shall have at all times own funds which are equalto or above 2 % of the higher of the current amount or the average of the precedingsix months’ total amount of their financial liabilities related to outstanding electronicmoney.

3. Where an electronic money institution has not completed a six months’ periodof business, including the day it starts up, it shall have own funds which are equal to orabove 2 % of the higher of the current amount or the six months’ target total amountof its financial liabilities related to outstanding electronic money. The six months’target total amount of the institution’s financial liabilities related to outstandingelectronic money shall be evidenced by its business plan subject to any adjustment tothat plan having been required by the competent authorities.

Article 5

Limitations of investments

1. Electronic money institutions shall have investments of an amount of no lessthan their financial liabilities related to outstanding electronic money in the followingassets only:

(a) asset items which according to Article 43(1)(a) (1), (2), (3) and (4) and Article44(1) of Directive 2000/12/EC attract a zero credit risk weighting and which aresufficiently liquid;

(b) sight deposits held with Zone A credit institutions as defined in Directive2000/12/EC; and

(c) debt instruments which are:


163

3 straipsnis

Iðperkamumas

1. Elektroniniø pinigø turëtojas gali galiojimo metu praðyti emitentà iðpirktielektroninius pinigus nominalia verte monetomis ir banknotais arba pervesti á sàskaitàneimant uþ tai mokesèio, iðskyrus bûtinai reikalingà tai operacijai atlikti.

2. Iðpirkimo sàlygos turi bûti aiðkiai nustatytos emitento ir turëtojo sutartyje.

3. Sutartyje gali bûti nustatyta minimali iðpirkimo riba. Ji negali virðyti 10 eurø.

4 straipsnis

Pradinio kapitalo ir nuolatiniø nuosavø lëðø reikalavimai

1. Elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos turi pradiná kapitalà, apibrëþtà Direktyvos2000/12/EB 34 straipsnio 2 dalies 1 ir 2 punktuose, ne maþesná kaip 1 milijonas eurø.Nepaisant 2 ir 3 daliø, ástaigø nuosavos lëðos, apibrëþtos Direktyvoje 2000/12/EB,negali sumaþëti tiek, kad nesudarytø tos sumos.

2. Elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos visuomet privalo turëti nuosavø lëðø, kuriø sumalygi arba virðija 2% apyvartoje esanèios sumos arba vidutinës pastarøjø ðeðiø mënesiøbendros finansiniø ásipareigojimø, susijusiø su neapmokëtais elektroniniais pinigais,sumos.

3. Jeigu elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos veikla dar netruko ðeðis mënesius, áskaitantjos veiklos pirmàjà dienà, ji privalo turëti nuosavø lëðø, kuriø suma lygi arba virðija2% apyvartoje esanèios sumos arba planuojamos ðeðiø mënesiø bendros finansiniøásipareigojimø, susijusiø su neapmokëtais elektroniniais pinigais, sumos. Planuojamaðeðiø mënesiø bendra finansiniø ásipareigojimø, susijusiø su neapmokëtaiselektroniniais pinigais, suma grindþiama verslo planu atsiþvelgiant á bet kokius toplano pakeitimus, kuriø pareikalavo kompetentingos institucijos.

5 straipsnis

Investicijø apribojimai

1. Elektroniniø pinigø ástaigø investicijø suma turi bûti ne maþesnë uþ jø finansiniusásipareigojimus, susijusius su neapmokëtais elektroniniais pinigais, investuojant tik áðá turtà:

a) turto straipsnius, kuriems pagal Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 43 straipsnio 1 daliesa punkto 1, 2, 3 ir 4 papunkèius ir 44 straipsnio 1 dalá taikomas nulinis kreditorizikos koeficientas ir kurie yra pakankamai likvidûs;

b) indëlius iki pareikalavimo, laikomus A zonos kredito ástaigose, apibûdintoseDirektyvoje 2000/12/EB; ir

c) skolos priemones, kurios:


164

(i) sufficiently liquid;

(ii) not covered by paragraph 1(a);

(iii) recognised by competent authorities as qualifying items within the meaningof Article 2(12) of Directive 93/6/EEC; and

(iv) issued by undertakings other than undertakings which have a qualifyingholding, as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2000/12/EC, in the electronicmoney institution concerned or which must be included in thoseundertakings’ consolidated accounts.

2. Investments referred to in paragraph 1(b) and (c) may not exceed 20 times theown funds of the electronic money institution concerned and shall be subject tolimitations which are at least as stringent as those applying to credit institutions inaccordance with Title V, Chapter 2, Section III of Directive 2000/12/EC.

3. For the purpose of hedging market risks arising from the issuance of electronicmoney and from the investments referred to in paragraph 1, electronic moneyinstitutions may use sufficiently liquid interest-rate and foreign-exchange-related offbalance-sheet items in the form of exchange-traded (i.e. not OTC) derivativeinstruments where they are subject to daily margin requirements or foreign exchangecontracts with an original maturity of 14 calendar days or less. The use of derivativeinstruments according to the first sentence is permissible only if the full eliminationof market risks is intended and, to the extent possible, achieved.

4. Member States shall impose appropriate limitations on the market risks electronicmoney institutions may incur from the investments referred to in paragraph 1.

5. For the purpose of applying paragraph 1, assets shall be valued at the lower ofcost or market value.

6. If the value of the assets referred to in paragraph 1 falls below the amount offinancial liabilities related to outstanding electronic money, the competent authoritiesshall ensure that the electronic money institution in question takes appropriatemeasures to remedy that situation promptly. To this end, and for a temporary periodonly, the competent authorities may allow the institution’s financial liabilities relatedto outstanding electronic money to be backed by assets other than those referred to inparagraph 1 up to an amount not exceeding the lower of 5 % of these liabilities or theinstitution’s total amount of own funds.

Article 6

Verification of specific requirements by the competent authorities

The competent authorities shall ensure that the calculations justifying compliancewith Articles 4 and 5 are made, not less than twice each year, either by electronicmoney institutions themselves, which shall communicate them, and any componentdata required, to the competent authorities, or by competent authorities, using datasupplied by the electronic money institutions.


165

i) yra pakankamai likvidþios;

ii) nenumatytos 1 dalies a punkte;

iii) kompetentingø institucijø pripaþintos kaip nustatytus reikalavimusatitinkantys straipsniai, apibûdinti Direktyvos 93/6/EEB 2 straipsnio 12dalyje; ir

iv) iðleidþiamos ámoniø, iðskyrus ámones, turinèias elektroniniø pinigø ástaigøakcijø paketus, apibûdintus Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 1 straipsnyje, arba kuriosturi bûti átrauktos á tø ámoniø konsoliduotas ataskaitas.

2. Investicijos, apibrëþtos 1 dalies b ir c punktuose, negali daugiau kaip 20 kartøvirðyti atitinkamos elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos nuosavø lëðø ir joms turi bûti taikomiapribojimai, ne laisvesni nei apribojimai, taikomi kredito ástaigoms pagal Direktyvos2000/12/EB V dalies 2 skyriaus III skirsná.

3. Siekdamos apsisaugoti nuo rinkos rizikos, kylanèios dël elektroniniø pinigøiðleidimo ir investicijø, nurodytø 1 dalyje, elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos gali naudotipakankamai likvidþias palûkanø normø ir su uþsienio valiutos keitimu susijusiønebalansiniø straipsniø iðvestines priemones, kuriomis prekiaujama birþoje (t. y. nenebirþines) ir kurioms taikomas kasdienio ánaðo reikalavimas, arba uþsienio valiutoskeitimo sandorius, kuriø pradinis terminas yra 14 kalendoriniø dienø arba maþiau.Pirmame sakinyje minimas iðvestines priemones galima naudoti tik tuomet, jeiguketinama visiðkai panaikinti rinkos rizikà ir galimai to pasiekti.

4. Valstybës narës nustato tinkamus rinkos rizikos, kuri elektroniniø pinigø ástaigaigali iðkilti dël investicijø, nurodytø 1 dalyje, apribojimus.

5. Taikant 1 dalá, turtas vertinamas maþiau nei kaina ar rinkos vertë.

6. Jeigu 1 dalyje minëto turto vertë tampa maþesnë uþ finansiniø ásipareigojimø,susijusiø su neapmokëtais elektroniniais pinigais, sumà, kompetentingos institucijosuþtikrina, kad atitinkama elektroniniø pinigø ástaiga imtøsi reikiamø priemoniø, kadnedelsiant iðtaisytø susidariusià padëtá. Dël to kompetentingos institucijos laikinaigali leisti, kad ástaigos finansiniai ásipareigojimai, susijæ su neapmokëtais elektroniniaispinigais, bûtø uþtikrinti turto, ne to, kuris nurodytas 1 dalyje, suma, kuri nevirðytø 5%maþesnës ið ðiø ásipareigojimø arba ástaigos bendros nuosavø lëðø sumos.

6 straipsnis

Kompetentingø institucijø specifiniø reikalavimø tikrinimas

Kompetentingos institucijos uþtikrina, kad paèios elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos ne reèiaukaip du kartus per metus atlieka apskaièiavimus, patvirtinanèius, kad laikomasi 4 ir 5straipsniø nuostatø, ir juos bei visus skaièiuojant naudotus duomenis perduodakompetentingoms institucijoms, arba panaudodamos elektroniniø pinigø ástaigøpateiktus duomenis tokius apskaièiavimus atlieka kompetentingos institucijos.


166

Article 7

Sound and prudent operation

Electronic money institutions shall have sound and prudent management, administrativeand accounting procedures and adequate internal control mechanisms. These shouldrespond to the financial and non-financial risks to which the institution is exposedincluding technical and procedural risks as well as risks connected to its cooperationwith any undertaking performing operational or other ancillary functions related toits business activities.

Article 8

Waiver

1. Member States may allow their competent authorities to waive the applicationof some or all of the provisions of this Directive and the application of Directive2000/12/EC to electronic money institutions in cases where either:

(a) the total business activities of the type referred to in Article 1(3)(a) of thisDirective of the institution generate a total amount of financial liabilities relatedto outstanding electronic money that normally does not exceed EUR 5 millionand never exceeds EUR 6 million; or

(b) the electronic money issued by the institution is accepted as a means of paymentonly by any subsidiaries of the institution which perform operational or otherancillary functions related to electronic money issued or distributed by theinstitution, any parent undertaking of the institution or any other subsidiaries ofthat parent undertaking; or

(c) electronic money issued by the institution is accepted as payment only by alimited number of undertakings, which can be clearly distinguished by:

(i) their location in the same premises or other limited local area; or

(ii) their close financial or business relationship with the issuing institution, suchas a common marketing or distribution scheme.

The underlying contractual arrangements must provide that the electronic storagedevice at the disposal of bearers for the purpose of making payments is subject to amaximum storage amount of not more than EUR 150.

2. An electronic money institution for which a waiver has been granted underparagraph 1 shall not benefit from the mutual recognition arrangements provided forin Directive 2000/12/EC.

3. Member States shall require that all electronic money institutions to which theapplication of this Directive and Directive 2000/12/EC has been waived reportperiodically on their activities including the total amount of financial liabilities relatedto electronic money.


167

7 straipsnis

Patikimas ir rizikos ribojimo principais pagrástas valdymas

Elektroniniø pinigø ástaigose turi bûti: patikimas ir rizikos ribojimo principais pagrástivadovavimas, administravimo bei apskaitos procedûros ir pakankami vidaus kontrolësmechanizmai. Jie turi reaguoti á finansinæ ir nefinansinæ rizikà, su kuria ástaiga susiduria,áskaitant techninæ ir procesinæ rizikà bei rizikà, galinèià kilti dël jos bendradarbiavimosu bet kuria ámone, vykdanèia operacines ar kitas pagalbines funkcijas, susijusias suástaigos veikla.

8 straipsnis

Atsisakymas

1. Valstybës narës gali leisti savo kompetentingoms institucijoms atsisakyti taikytikai kurias ar visas ðios direktyvos ir Direktyvos 2000/12/EB nuostatas elektroniniøpinigø ástaigoms tais atvejais, kai:

a) visa ástaigos veikla, apibrëþta ðios direktyvos 1 straipsnio 3 dalies a punkte, sudarobendrà finansiniø ásipareigojimø, susijusiø su neapmokëtais elektroniniaispinigais, sumà, kuri paprastai nevirðija 5 milijonø eurø ir niekada nevirðija6 milijonø eurø; arba

b) ástaigos leidþiamus elektroninius pinigus, kaip atsiskaitymo priemonæ, priimatik ástaigos dukterinës ámonës, atliekanèios operacines ar kitas pagalbinesfunkcijas, susijusias su elektroniniais pinigais, leidþiamais ar platinamais ástaigos,ástaigos patronuojanèios ámonës ar kitos tos patronuojanèios ámonës dukterinësámonës; arba

c) ástaigos leidþiamus elektroninius pinigus, kaip atsiskaitymo priemonæ, priimatik ribotas ámoniø skaièius, kurios gali bûti aiðkiai atskiriamos pagal:

i) jø buvimo vietà tose paèiose patalpose ar kitoje apibrëþtoje lokalioje vietoje;arba

ii) jø artimà finansiná ar komerciná ryðá su leidþianèiàja ástaiga, pavyzdþiui, pagalbendrà rinkodaros ar platinimo sistemà.

Pagrindiniuose sutartinio pobûdþio susitarimuose turi bûti numatyta, kad elektroninëjelaikmenoje, kuria turëtojas naudojasi atlikdamas mokëjimus, gali bûti laikoma nedidesnë kaip 150 eurø suma.

2. Elektroniniø pinigø ástaiga, kuriai pripaþintas atsisakymas pagal 1 dalá, negalinaudotis Direktyvoje 2000/12/EB numatytø tarpusavio pripaþinimo susitarimøpranaðumais.

3. Valstybës narës reikalauja, kad visos elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos, kuriomsatsisakyta taikyti ðios direktyvos ir Direktyvos 2000/12/EB nuostatas, periodiðkaiinformuotø apie savo veiklà, áskaitant bendrà finansiniø ásipareigojimø, susijusiø suelektroniniais pinigais, sumà.


168

Article 9

Grandfathering

Electronic money institutions subject to this Directive which have commenced theiractivity in accordance with the provisions in force in the Member State in which theyhave their head office before the date of entry into force of the provisions adopted inimplementation of this Directive or the date referred to in Article 10(1), whicheverdate is earlier, shall be presumed to be authorised. The Member States shall obligesuch electronic money institutions to submit all relevant information to the competentauthorities in order to allow them to assess within six months from the date of entryinto force of the provisions adopted in implementation of this Directive, whether theinstitutions comply with the requirements pursuant to this Directive, which measuresneed to be taken in order to ensure compliance, or whether a withdrawal of authorisationis appropriate. If compliance is not ensured within six months from the date referredto in Article 10(1), the electronic money institution shall not benefit from mutualrecognition after that time.

Article 10

Implementation

1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary to comply with this Directive not later than 27 April 2002. Theyshall immediately inform the Commission thereof.

When Member States adopt these measures, they shall contain a reference to thisDirective or shall be accompanied by such reference on the occasion of their officialpublication. The methods of making such a reference shall be laid down by the MemberStates.

2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the mainprovisions of national law, which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.

Article 11

Review

Not later than 27 April 2005 the Commission shall present a report to the EuropeanParliament and the Council on the application of this Directive, in particular on:

— the measures to protect the bearers of electronic money, including the possibleneed to introduce a guarantee scheme,

— capital requirements,

— waivers, and

— the possible need to prohibit interest being paid on funds received in exchangefor electronic money, accompanied where appropriate by a proposal for itsrevision.


169

9 straipsnis

Tæstinumas

Elektroniniø pinigø ástaigos, kurioms taikoma ði direktyva ir kurios pradëjo savo veiklàpagal nuostatas, galiojusias valstybëje narëje, kurioje jos turi savo pagrindinæ buveinæ,prieð ásigaliojant nuostatoms, priimtoms ágyvendinant ðià direktyvà, ar anksèiau neinurodyta 10 straipsnio 1 dalyje, kuri data bebûtø ankstesnë, laikomos gavusiomis leidimà.Valstybë narë ápareigoja tokias elektroniniø pinigø ástaigas pateikti kompetentingomsinstitucijoms visà reikalingà informacijà, kad jos galëtø per ðeðis mënesius nuo nuostatø,priimtø ágyvendinant ðià direktyvà, ásigaliojimo dienos ávertinti, ar ástaigos laikosi ðiosdirektyvos reikalavimø, kokiø priemoniø turi bûti imtasi siekiant uþtikrinti laikymàsi,ar yra pagrindas atðaukti leidimà. Jeigu per ðeðis mënesius nuo dienos, nurodytos 10straipsnio 1 dalyje, reikalavimø laikymasis neuþtikrinamas, nuo tos dienos elektroniniøpinigø ástaiga negali naudotis tarpusavio pripaþinimo principo pranaðumais.

10 straipsnis

Ágyvendinimas

1. Valstybës narës ne vëliau kaip iki 2002 m. balandþio 27 d. priima ástatymus irkitus teisës aktus, bûtinus, kad bûtø laikomasi ðios direktyvos. Apie tai jos nedelsdamospraneða Komisijai.

Valstybës narës, priimdamos ðias priemones, daro jose nuorodà á ðià direktyvà arbatokia nuoroda daroma jas oficialiai skelbiant. Nuorodos darymo tvarkà nustatovalstybës narës.

2. Valstybës narës pateikia Komisijai ðios direktyvos taikymo srityje priimtønacionaliniø teisës aktø pagrindiniø nuostatø tekstus.

11 straipsnis

Apþvalga

Ne vëliau kaip 2005 m. balandþio 27 d. Komisija pateikia Europos Parlamentui irTarybai ataskaità apie ðios direktyvos taikymà, o ypaè apie:

- elektroniniø pinigø turëtojø apsaugos priemones, áskaitant galimà poreiká ádiegtigarantijø sistemà,

- kapitalo reikalavimus,

- atsisakymus ir

- galimà poreiká uþdrausti palûkanas, mokamas uþ lëðas, gautas mainais uþelektroninius pinigus, jei bûtina, pridëdama pasiûlymà dël direktyvos pakeitimo.


170

Article 12

Entry into force



Article 13







171

12 straipsnis

Ásigaliojimas


13 straipsnis






ATASKAITOS


174


COUNCIL DIRECTIVE

of 8 December 1986

on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts of banks and otherfinancial institutions

(86/635/EEC)


Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particularArticle 54 (3) (g) thereof,


Having regard to the opinion of the European Parliament (2),


Whereas Council Directive 78/660/EEC of 25 July 1978, based on Article 54 (3) (g) ofthe Treaty, on the annual accounts of certain types of companies (4), as last amendedby Directive 847569/EEC (5), need not be applied to banks and other financialinstitutions, hereafter referred to as ‘credit institutions’, pending subsequentcoordination; whereas in view of the central importance of these undertakings in theCommunity, such coordination is necessary;

Whereas Council Directive 83/349/EEC of 13 June 1983, based on Article 54 (3) (g)of the Treaty, on consolidated accounts (6), provides for derogations for creditinstitutions only until expiry of the deadline imposed for the application of thisDirective; whereas this Directive must therefore also include provisions specific tocredit institutions in respect of consolidated accounts;

Whereas such coordination has also become urgent because more and more creditinstitutions are operating across national borders; whereas for creditors, debtors andmembers and for the general public improved comparability of the annual accountsand consolidated accounts of these institutions is of crucial importance;

Whereas in virtually all the Member States of the Community credit institutions withinthe meaning of Council Directive 77/780/EEC of 12 December 1977 on the coordinationof laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to the taking up and pursuitof the business of credit institutions (7), having many different legal forms, are in

(1) OJ No C 130, 1. 6. 1981, p. 1, OJ No C 83, 24. 3. 1984, p. 6 and OJ No C 351, 31. 12. 1985,p. 24.

(2) OJ No C 242, 12. 9. 1983, p. 33 and OJ No C 163, 10. 7. 1978, p. 60.(3) OJ No C 112, 3. 5. 1982, p. 60.(4) OJ No L 222, 14. 8. 1978, p. 11.(5) OJ No L 314, 4. 12. 1984, p. 28.(6) OJ No L 193, 18. 7. 1983, p. 1.(7) OJ No L 322, 17. 12. 1977, p. 30.


175


1986 m. gruodþio 8 d.

TARYBOS DIREKTYVA

dël bankø ir kitø finansø ástaigø metiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotøfinansiniø ataskaitø

(86/635/EEB)


atsiþvelgdama á Europos Bendrijos steigimo sutartá ir ypaè á jos 54 straipsnio 3 daliesg punktà,

atsiþvelgdama á Komisijos pasiûlymà1 ,

atsiþvelgdama á Europos Parlamento nuomonæ2 ,

atsiþvelgdama á Ekonomikos ir socialiniø reikalø komiteto nuomonæ3 ,

kadangi pagal Sutarties 54 straipsnio 3 dalies g punktà priimtà 1978 m. liepos 25 d.Tarybos direktyvà 78/660/EEB dël tam tikrø rûðiø ámoniø metiniø finansiniø ataskaitø4

su paskutiniais pakeitimais, padarytais Direktyva 84/569/EEB5 , iki tol, kol bussuderinta, nebûtina taikyti bankams ir kitoms finansø ástaigoms, toliau tekstevadinamoms „kredito ástaigomis“; kadangi, atsiþvelgiant á ðiø ámoniø didþiulæ svarbàBendrijoje, toks suderinimas reikalingas;

kadangi pagal Sutarties 54 straipsnio 3 dalies g punktà priimta 1983 m. birþelio 13 d.Tarybos direktyva 83/349/EEB dël konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø6 nustato iðimèiøkredito ástaigoms taikymà tik iki ðioje direktyvoje numatytos dienos; kadangi dël to ðidirektyva turi apimti ir nuostatas dël kredito ástaigø konsoliduotø ataskaitø;

kadangi toks suderinimas tapo itin skubus, nes vis daugiau kredito ástaigø veikia uþsavo ðalies ribø; kadangi kreditoriams, skolininkams ir nariams ir taip pat plaèiajaivisuomenei pagerëjæs ðiø ástaigø metiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitøpalyginamumas yra ypaè svarbu;

kadangi faktiðkai visose valstybëse Bendrijos narëse kredito ástaigos, apibrëþtos 1977 m.gruodþio 12 d. Tarybos direktyvoje 77/780/EEB dël ástatymø ir kitø teisës aktø,reglamentuojanèiø kredito ástaigø steigimàsi ir veiklà7 , bûdamos ávairiø teisiniø formø,konkuruoja vienos su kitomis bankininkystës srityje; kadangi dël to, koordinuojant

1 OL C 130, 1981 06 01, p. 1, OL C 83, 1984 03 24, p. 6 ir OL C 351, 1985 12 31, p. 24.

2 OL C 242, 1983 09 12, p. 33 ir OL C 163, 1978 07 10, p. 60.3 OL C 112, 1982 05 03, p. 60.4 OL L 222, 1978 08 14, p. 11.5 OL L 314, 1984 12 04, p. 28.6 OL L 193, 1983 07 18, p. 1.7 OL L 322, 1977 12 17, p. 30.


176

competition with one another in the banking sector; whereas it therefore seemsadvisable not to confine coordination in respect of these credit institutions to thelegal forms covered by Directive 78/660/EEC but rather to opt for a scope whichincludes all companies and firms as defined in the second paragraph of Article 58 ofthe Treaty;

Whereas as far as financial institutions are concerned the scope of this Directive shouldhowever be confined to those financial institutions taking one of the legal forms referredto in Directive 78/660/EEC; whereas financial institutions which are not subject tothat Directive must automatically come under this Directive;

Whereas a link with coordination in respect of credit institutions is necessary becauseaspects of the provisions governing annual accounts and consolidated accounts willhave an impact on other areas of that coordination, such as authorization requirementsand the indicators used for supervisory purposes;

Whereas although, in view of the specific characteristics of credit institutions, it wouldappear appropriate to adopt a separate Directive on the annual accounts andconsolidated accounts of such institutions, this does not imply a new set of rules separatefrom those under Directives 787660/EEC and 83/349/EEC; whereas such separaterules would be neither appropriate nor consistent with the principles underlying thecoordination of company law since, given the important role which they play in theCommunity economy, credit institutions cannot be excluded from a framework ofrules devised for undertakings generally; whereas, for this reason, only the particularcharacteristics of credit institutions have been taken into account and this Directivedeals only with exceptions to the rules contained in Directives 78/660/EEC and83/349/EEC;

Whereas the structure and content of the balance sheets of credit institutions differ ineach Member State; whereas this Directive must therefore prescribe the same layout,nomenclature and terminology for the balance sheets of all credit institutions in theCommunity; whereas derogations should be allowed if necessitated by the legal formof an institution or by the special nature of its business;

Whereas, if the annual accounts and consolidated accounts are to be comparable, anumber of basic questions regarding the disclosure of various transactions in the balancesheet and off the balance sheet must be settled;

Whereas, in the interests of greater comparability, it is also necessary that the contentof the various balance sheet and off-balance sheet items be determined precisely;

Whereas the same applies to the layout and definition of the items in the profit andloss account;

Whereas the comparability of figures in the balance sheet and profit and loss accountalso depends crucially on the values at which assets and liabilities are entered in thebalance sheet;

Whereas, in view of the particular risks associated with banking and of the need tomaintain confidence, provision should be made for the possibility of introducing aliabilities item in the balance sheet entitled ‘Fund for general banking risks’; whereas


177

ðias kredito ástaigas, atrodo, patartina neapsiriboti tø teisiniø formø ástaigomis, kuriasapima Direktyva 78/660/EEB, bet átraukti visas bendroves ir ámones, atitinkanèiasSutarties 58 straipsnio antros dalies apibrëþimà;

kadangi, kiek tai susijæ su finansø ástaigomis, ði direktyva turëtø bûti taikoma tomsfinansø ástaigoms, kurios atitinka vienà ið Direktyvoje 78/660/EEB nurodytø teisiniøformø; kadangi finansø ástaigoms, kurioms netaikoma ta direktyva, savaime turi bûtitaikoma ði direktyva;

kadangi turi bûti ryðys koordinuojant kredito ástaigø veiklà, nes kai kurie nuostatø dëlmetiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø elementai turi átakos kitomsðio koordinavimo sritims, tokioms kaip leidimø iðdavimo sàlygos ir prieþiûrai reikalingirodikliai;

kadangi, atsiþvelgiant á kredito ástaigø specifines savybes, nors ir bûtø tinkama priimtiatskirà direktyvà dël tokiø ástaigø metiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniøataskaitø, tai nereiðkia, kad tuo bûdu sukuriamas nuo direktyvø 78/660/EEB ir 83/349/EEB nepriklausomas teisiniø normø rinkinys; kadangi tai nebûtø nei tikslinga,nei suderinama su pagrindiniais bendroviø teisës koordinavimo principais, nes,atsiþvelgiant á tà svarbø vaidmená, kurá jos vaidina Bendrijos ekonomikoje, kreditoástaigø negalima iðskirti ið bendro taisykliø, taikomø ámonëms apskritai, konteksto;kadangi dël tos prieþasties buvo atsiþvelgta vien á kredito ástaigoms bûdingas savybes,o ði direktyva taikoma tik taisykliø, nustatytø direktyvomis 78/660/EEB ir 83/349/EEB,iðimtims;

kadangi kredito ástaigø balansø struktûra ir turinys skiriasi kiekvienoje valstybëje narëje;kadangi ðia direktyva turi bûti nustatomi visø Bendrijos kredito ástaigø balansø tokiepatys iðdëstymas, nomenklatûra ir terminija; kadangi turëtø bûti leistos iðimtys, kaijos bûtinos pagal ástaigos teisinæ formà arba dël jos ypatingo pobûdþio veiklos;

kadangi, siekiant metiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø palyginamumo,turi bûti iðspræsta daugybë esminiø klausimø dël ávairiø sandoriø nurodymo balanse irnebalansiniuose straipsniuose;

kadangi, siekiant didesnës palyginamumo galimybës, bûtina, kad ávairiø balanso irnebalansiniø straipsniø turinys bûtø tiksliai apibrëþtas;

kadangi tas pats pasakytina ir apie pelno (nuostolio) ataskaitos straipsniø iðdëstymàir pavadinimus;

kadangi balanso ir pelno (nuostolio) ataskaitos duomenø palyginamumas irgi ið esmëspriklauso nuo turto ir ásipareigojimø vertinimo metodikos, pagal kurià jie átraukiamiá balansà;

kadangi, atsiþvelgiant á ypatingà rizikà, siejamà su bankø veikla, ir poreiká iðlaikytipasitikëjimà, turëtø bûti áraðyta nuostata, leidþianti á balansà átraukti finansiniøásipareigojimø straipsná, pavadintà „Atidëjiniai bendrai bankø veiklos rizikai“; kadangi


178

it would appear advisable for the same reasons that the Member States be permitted,pending subsequent coordination, to allow credit institutions some discretion, especiallyin the valuation of loans and advances and of certain securities; whereas, however, inthis last case the Member States should allow these same credit institutions to createthe ‘Fund for general banking risks’ mentioned above; whereas it would also appearappropriate to permit the Member States to allow credit institutions to set of certaincharges and income in the profit and loss account;

Whereas, in view of the special nature of credit institutions, certain changes are alsonecessary with regard to the notes on the accounts;

Whereas, in the desire to place on the same footing as many credit institutions aspossible, as was the case with Directive 77/780/EEC, the relief under Directive78/660/EEC is not provided for in the case of small and medium-sized credit institutions;whereas, nevertheless, if in the light of experience such relief were to prove necessaryit would be possible to provide for it in subsequent coordination; whereas for thesame reasons the scope allowed the Member States under Directive 83/349/EEC toexempt parent undertakings from the consolidation requirement if the undertakingsto be consolidated do not together exceed a certain size has not been extended tocredit institutions;

Whereas the application of the provisions on consolidated accounts to credit institutionsrequires certain adjustments to some of the rules applicable to all industrial andcommercial companies; whereas explicit rules have been provided for in the case ofmixed groups and exemption from subconsolidation may be made subject to additionalconditions;

Whereas, given the scale on which banking networks extend beyond national bordersand their constant development, the annual accounts and consolidated accounts of acredit institution having its head office in one Member State should be published inall the Member States in which it is established;

Whereas the examination of problems which arise in connection with the subject matterof this Directive, notably concerning its application, requires the cooperation ofrepresentatives of the Member States and the Commission in a contact committee;whereas, in order to avoid the proliferation of such committees, it is desirable thatsuch cooperation take place in the Committee provided for in Article 52 of Directive78/660/EEC; whereas, nevertheless, when examining problems concerning creditinstitutions, the Committee will have to be appropriately constituted;

Whereas, in view of the complexity of the matter, the credit institutions covered bythis Directive must be allowed a longer period than usual to implement its provisions;

Whereas provision should be made for the review of certain provisions of this Directiveafter five years’ experience of its application, in the light of the aims of greatertransparency and harmonization,


179

dël tos paèios prieþasties patartina, kad valstybëms narëms bûtø leista tol, kol bussuderinta, suteikti kredito ástaigoms tam tikrà savarankiðkumà, ypaè vertinant paskolas,avansus ir kai kuriuos vertybinius popierius; taèiau kadangi pastaruoju atveju valstybësnarës turëtø leisti toms paèioms kredito ástaigoms sukurti pirmiau minëtus „Atidëjiniusbendrai bankø veiklos rizikai“; kadangi valstybës narës turëtø turëti galimybæ leistikredito ástaigoms pelno (nuostolio) ataskaitoje atlikti tam tikrø pajamø ir iðlaidøtarpusavio áskaitymus;

kadangi, atsiþvelgiant á ypatingà kredito ástaigø pobûdá, reikalingi tam tikri pakeitimaifinansiniø ataskaitø paaiðkinamuosiuose raðtuose;

kadangi, siekiant taikyti tuos paèius reikalavimus kuo didesniam kredito ástaigø skaièiuikaip ir Direktyvos 77/780/EEB atveju, Direktyvos 78/660/EEB lengvatos netaikomosmaþoms ir vidutinio dydþio kredito ástaigoms; taèiau, jeigu patirtis parodytø, kad tokioslengvatos reikalingos, jas bûtø galima numatyti tolesnio derinimo metu; kadangi dëltø paèiø prieþasèiø konsolidavimo reikalavimo taikymo iðimtys, pagal Direktyvà83/349/EEB leidþiamos valstybëse narëse patronuojanèioms ámonëms, jei ámonës, kuriøfinansines ataskaitas reikëtø konsoliduoti, kartu paëmus nevirðija tam tikro dydþio,nebuvo taikomos kredito ástaigoms;

kadangi nuostatø dël konsoliduotø ataskaitø taikymas kredito ástaigoms galimas tikkai kà pakeitus tam tikrose taisyklëse, taikomose visoms pramonës ir komercijosbendrovëms; kadangi jau priimtos iðsamios taisyklës miðrioms grupëms, o daliniokonsolidavimo galima netaikyti nustatant papildomas sàlygas;

kadangi, atsiþvelgiant á bankø tinklo iðplitimà uþsienio ðalyse ir nuolatinæ jø plëtrà,kredito ástaigø, kuriø pagrindinë buveinë yra vienoje valstybëje narëje, metinësfinansinës ir konsoliduotos finansinës ataskaitos turëtø bûti skelbiamos visosevalstybëse narëse, kuriose jos yra ásikûrusios;

kadangi problemø, iðkylanèiø dël su ðia direktyva susijusiø dalykø, ypaè dël jos taikymo,analizë galima tik bendradarbiaujant valstybiø nariø atstovams ir Komisijai Ryðiøkomitete; kadangi, norint iðvengti didelio tokiø komitetø skaièiaus, pageidautina, kadtoks bendradarbiavimas vyktø Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 52 straipsnyje numatytamekomitete; kadangi vis dëlto, analizuojant su kredito ástaigomis susijusias problemas,komitetas turëtø bûti tinkamos sudëties;

kadangi, atsiþvelgiant á ðio dalyko sudëtingumà, ðioje direktyvoje aptariamoms kreditoástaigoms turi bûti leidþiamas ilgesnis nei paprastai jos nuostatø ágyvendinimo laikotarpis;

kadangi turi bûti numatyta nuostata, kad kai kurios ðios direktyvos nuostatos popenkeriø metø nuo jos taikymo pradþios bus perþiûrëtos siekiant didesnio skaidrumoir suderinimo,


180


SECTION 1

PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS AND SCOPE

Article 1

1. Articles 2, 3, 4 (1), (3) to (5), 6, 7, 13, 14,.15 (3) and (4), 16 to 21, 29 to 35, 37 to41, 42 first sentence, 45 (1), 46, 48 to 50, 51 (1), 54, 56 to 59 and 61 of Directive78/660/EEC shall apply to the institutions mentioned in Article 2 of this Directive,except where this Directive provides otherwise.

2. Where reference is made in Directives 78/660/EEC and 83/349/EEC to Articles9 and 10 (balance sheet) or to Articles 23 to 26 (profit and loss account) of Directive78/660/EEC, such references shall be deemed to be references to Articles 4 (balancesheet) or to Articles 27 and 28 (profit and loss account) of this Directive.

3. References in Directives 78/660/EEC and 83/ 349/EEC to Articles 31 to 42 ofDirective 78/660/ EEC shall be deemed to be references to those Articles, takingaccount of Articles 35 to 39 of this Directive.

4. Where reference is made in the aforementioned provisions of Directive78/660/EEC to balance sheet items for which this Directive makes no equivalentprovision, such references shall be deemed to be references to the items in Article 4of this Directive which include the assets and liabilities in question.

Article 2

1. The coordination measures prescribed by this Directive shall apply to

(a) credit institutions within the meaning of the first indent of Article 1 of Directive77/780/EEC which are companies or firms as defined in the second paragraph ofArticle 58 of the Treaty;

(b) financial institutions having one of the legal forms referred to in Article 1 (1) ofDirective 78/660/EEC which, on the basis of paragraph 2 of that Article, are notsubject to that Directive.

For the purposes of this Directive ‘credit institutions’ shall also include financialinstitutions unless the context requires otherwise.

2. The Member States need not apply this Directive to:

(a) the credit institutions listed in Article 2 (2) of Directive 77/780/EEC;

(b) institutions of the same Member State which, as defined in Article 2 (4) (a) ofDirective 77/780/EEC, are affiliated to a central body in that Member State. Inthat case, without prejudice to the application of this Directive to the centralbody, the whole constituted by the central body and its affiliated institutionsmust be the subject of consolidated accounts including an annual report whichshall be drawn up, audited and published in accordance with this Directive;


181


1 SKIRSNIS

PRELIMINARIOS NUOSTATOS IR TAIKYMO SRITIS

1 straipsnis

1. Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 2, 3 straipsniai, 4 straipsnio 1, 3–5 dalys, 6, 7, 13, 14straipsniai, 15 straipsnio 3 ir 4 dalys, 16–21, 29–35, 37–41 straipsniai, 42 straipsniopirmas sakinys, 45 straipsnio 1 dalis, 46, 48–50 straipsniai, 51 straipsnio 1 dalis, 54,56–59 ir 61 straipsniai taikomi ðios direktyvos 2 straipsnyje nurodytoms ástaigoms,iðskyrus atvejus, kai ðioje direktyvoje numatyta kitaip.

2. Jeigu direktyvose 78/660/EEB ir 83/349/EEB daromos nuorodos á Direktyvos78/660/EEB 9 ir 10 straipsnius (balansas) arba á 23–26 straipsnius (pelno (nuostolio)ataskaita), tokios nuorodos laikomos nuorodomis á ðios direktyvos 4 straipsná (balansas)arba á 27 ir 28 straipsnius (pelno (nuostolio) ataskaita).

3. Direktyvø 78/660/EEB ir 83/349/EEB nuorodos á Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 31–42straipsnius laikomos nuorodomis á tuos straipsnius, nekeièiant ðios direktyvos 35–39straipsniø prasmës.

4. Jeigu pirmiau minëtose Direktyvos 78/660/EEB nuostatose daromos nuorodos ábalanso straipsnius, kuriems ðioje direktyvoje nëra jokiø lygiaverèiø nuostatø, tokiosnuorodos laikomos nuorodomis á ðios direktyvos 4 straipsná, kuriame aptariamas turtasir ásipareigojimai.

2 straipsnis

1. Ðioje direktyvoje numatytos suderinimo priemonës taikomos:

a) kredito ástaigoms, kaip jos apibrëþtos Direktyvos 77/780/EEB 1 straipsniopirmoje átraukoje, kurios yra bendrovës arba ámonës pagal Sutarties 58 straipsnioantros dalies apibrëþimà;

b) finansø ástaigoms, atitinkanèioms vienà ið Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 1 straipsnio1 dalyje nurodytø teisiniø formø, kurioms, remiantis to straipsnio 2 dalimi, tadirektyva netaikoma.

Ðioje direktyvoje „kredito ástaigomis“ laikomos ir finansø ástaigos, iðskyrus tuos atvejus,kai kontekstas reikalauja kitaip.

2. Valstybës narës gali netaikyti ðios direktyvos:

a) kredito ástaigoms, iðvardytoms Direktyvos 77/780/EEB 2 straipsnio 2 dalyje;

b) tos paèios valstybës narës ástaigoms, kurios, kaip apibrëþta Direktyvos 77/780/EEB2 straipsnio 4 dalies a punkte, yra toje valstybëje narëje esanèios pagrindinësástaigos dukterinës ámonës. Tuo atveju, nepaþeidþiant ðios direktyvos taikymopagrindinei ástaigai, pagrindinë ástaiga ir jos dukterinës ámonës privalo rengtikonsoliduotas finansines ataskaitas, áskaitant ir metinæ ataskaità, kuriosparengiamos, audituojamos ir paskelbiamos pagal ðià direktyvà;


182

(c) the following credit institutions:

— in Greece: ETEBA (National Investment Bank for Industrial Development)and �� (Investment Bank),

— in Ireland: Industrial and Provident Societies,

— in the United Kingdom: Friendly Societies and Industrial and ProvidentSocieties.

4. Without prejudice to Article 2 (3) of Directive 78/660/EEC and pendingsubsequent coordination, the Member States may:

(a) in the case of the credit institutions referred to in Article 2 (1) (a) of this Directivewhich are not companies of any of the types listed in Article 1 (1) of Directive78/660/EEC, lay down rules derogating from this Directive where derogatingrules are necessary because of such institutions’ legal form;

(b) in the case of specialized credit institutions, lay down rules derogating from thisDirective where derogating rules are necessary because of the special nature ofsuch institutions’ business.

Such derogating rules may provide only for adaptations to the layout, nomenclature,terminology and content of items in the balance sheet and the profit and loss account;they may not have the effect of permitting the institutions to which they apply to provideless information in their annual accounts than other institutions subject to this Directive.

The Member States shall inform the Commission of those credit institutions, possiblyby category, within six months of the end of the period stipulated in Article 47 (2).They shall inform the Commission of the derogations laid down to that end.

These derogations shall be reviewed within 10 years of the notification of this Directive.The Commission shall, if appropriate, submit suitable proposals. It shall also submitan interim report within five years of the notification of this Directive.

SECTION 2

GENERAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE BALANCE SHEET AND THEPROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

Article 3

In the case of credit institutions the possibility of combining items pursuant to Article4 (3) (a) or (b) of Directive 78/660/EEC shall be restricted to balance sheet and profitand loss account sub-items preceded by lower-case letters and shall be authorizedonly under the rules laid down by the Member States to that end.


183

c) ðioms kredito ástaigoms:

- Graikijoje: ETEBA (Nacionaliniam pramonës plëtros investicijø bankui) ir�� (Investicijø bankui),

- Airijoje: pramonës ir aprûpinimo draugijoms,

- Jungtinëje Karalystëje: tarpusavio paramos draugijoms bei pramonës iraprûpinimo draugijoms.

4. Nepaþeisdamos Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 2 straipsnio 3 dalies ir tol, kol bussuderinta, valstybës narës gali:

a) tuo atveju, kai kredito ástaigos, nurodytos ðios direktyvos 2 straipsnio 1 dalies apunkte, nëra nei vienos ið Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 1 straipsnio 1 dalyje nurodytørûðiø ámonë, priimti taisykles, neatitinkanèias ðià direktyvà, jeigu tokios taisyklësyra bûtinos dël tokiø ástaigø teisinës formos;

b) specializuotø kredito ástaigø atveju priimti taisykles, neatitinkanèias ðià direktyvà,jeigu tokios taisyklës yra bûtinos dël tokiø ástaigø verslo ypatingo pobûdþio.

Direktyvos neatitinkanèios tokios taisyklës gali tik pakoreguoti balanso ir pelno(nuostolio) ataskaitø straipsniø iðdëstymà, nomenklatûrà, terminijà ir turiná; jomisnegalima leisti ástaigø, kurioms jos taikomos, metinëse finansinëse ataskaitose pateiktimaþiau informacijos, negu pateikia kitos ástaigos, kurioms taikoma ði direktyva.

Valstybës narës informuoja Komisijà apie tokias kredito ástaigas, jeigu galima, pagalkategorijas, per ðeðis mënesius nuo 47 straipsnio 2 dalyje numatyto laikotarpio pabaigos.Apie tuo tikslu priimtas iðlygas jos informuoja Komisijà.

Per 10 metø nuo ðios direktyvos paskelbimo ðios iðlygos yra perþiûrimos. PrireikusKomisija pateikia atitinkamus pasiûlymus. Ji taip pat per penkerius metus nuo ðiosdirektyvos paskelbimo pateikia tarpinæ ataskaità.

2 SKIRSNIS

BENDROSIOS NUOSTATOS DËL BALANSO IR PELNO (NUOSTOLIO)ATASKAITOS

3 straipsnis

Kalbant apie kredito ástaigas, galimybë sujungti straipsnius pagal Direktyvos78/660/EEB 4 straipsnio 3 dalies a arba b punktus apribojama balanso ir pelno(nuostolio) ataskaitos straipsniø eilutëmis, prieð kurias yra maþosiomis raidëmispaþymëtos eilutës, ir leidþiama tik pagal valstybës narës tuo tikslu priimtas taisykles.


184

SECTION 3

LAYOUT OF THE BALANCE SHEET

Article 4

The Member States shall prescribe the following layout for the balance sheet.

Assets

1. Cash in hand, balances with central banks and post office banks

2. Treasury bills and other bills eligible for refinancing with central banks:

(a) Treasury bills and similar securities

(b) Other bills eligible for refinancing with central banks (unless national lawprescribes that such bills be shown under Assets items 3 and 4)

3. Loans and advances to credit institutions:

(a) repayable on demand

(b) other loans and advances

4. Loans and advances to customers

5. Debt securities including fixed-income securities:

(a) issued by public bodies

(b) issued by other borrowers, showing separately:

— own-debt securities (unless national law requires their deduction from li-abilities).

6. Shares and other variable-yield securities

7. Participating interests, showing separately:

— participating interests in credit institutions (unless national law requires theirdisclosure in the notes on the accounts)

8. Shares in affiliated undertakings, showing separately:

— shares in credit institutions (unless national law requires their disclosure inthe notes on the accounts)

9. Intangible assets as described under Assets headings B and C.I of Article 9 ofDirective 78/660/EEC, showing separately:

— formation expenses, as defined by national law and in so far as national lawpermits their being shown as an asset (unless national law requires theirdisclosure in the notes on the accounts)


185

3 SKIRSNIS

BALANSO IÐDËSTYMAS

4 straipsnis

Valstybës narës nustato toká balanso iðdëstymà.

Turtas

1. Grynieji pinigai kasoje, likuèiai centriniuose bankuose ir paðto skyriuose,vykdanèiuose banko operacijas

2. Iþdo vekseliai ir kiti vekseliai, kuriuos superka centriniai bankai:

a) iþdo vekseliai ir panaðûs vertybiniai popieriai

b) kiti centriniø bankø superkami vekseliai (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymainenumato, kad tokie vekseliai bûtø nurodyti Turto 3 ir 4 straipsniuose)

3. Paskolos ir avansai kredito ástaigoms:

a) iki pareikalavimo;

b) kitos paskolos ir avansai

4. Paskolos ir avansai klientams

5. Skolos vertybiniai popieriai áskaitant pastoviø pajamø vertybinius popierius:

a) iðleisti valstybës institucijø

b) iðleisti kitø besiskolinanèiøjø atskirai nurodant:

- nuosavus skolos vertybinius popierius (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymainereikalauja, kad jie bûtø atimami ið ásipareigojimø).

6. Akcijos ir kiti kintamø pajamø vertybiniai popieriai

7. Dalis kitose ámonëse atskirai nurodant:

- dalá kredito ástaigose (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymai nereikalauja, kad tai bûtønurodyta paaiðkinamajame raðte)

8. Dukteriniø ámoniø akcijos atskirai nurodant:

- kredito ástaigø akcijas (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymai nereikalauja, kad taibûtø nurodyta paaiðkinamajame raðte)

9. Nematerialusis turtas, apibûdintas Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 9 straipsnyje Turto Bir C.I eilutëse, atskirai nurodant:

- formavimo iðlaidas, kaip jos apibrëþtos nacionaliniuose ástatymuose ir tikta dalimi, kiek nacionaliniai ástatymai leidþia jas parodyti kaip turtà (jeigunacionaliniai ástatymai nereikalauja, kad tai bûtø nurodyta paaiðkinamajameraðte)


186

— goodwill, to the extent that it was acquired for valuable consideration (un-less national law requires its disclosure in the notes on the accounts)

10. Tangible assets as described under Assets heading C.II of Article 9 of Directive78/660/EEC, showing separately:

— land and buildings occupied by a credit institution for its own activities (un-less national law requires their disclosure in the notes on the accounts)

11. Subscribed capital unpaid, showing separately:

— called-up capital (unless national law provides for called-up capital to beincluded under liabilities, in which case capital called but not yet paid mustbe included either in this Assets item or in Assets item 14)

12. Own shares (with an indication of their nominal value or, in the absence of anominal value, their accounting par value to the extent that national law permitstheir being shown in the balance sheet)

13. Other assets

14. Subscribed capital called but not paid (unless national law requires that called-up capital be shown under Assets item 11)

15. Prepayments and accrued income

16. Loss for the financial year (unless national law provides for its inclusion underLiabilities item 14)

Total assets

Liabilities

1. Amounts owed to credit institutions:

(a) repayable on demand

(b) with agreed maturity dates or periods of notice

2. Amounts owed to customers:

(a) savings deposits, showing separately:

— those repayable on demand and those with agreed maturity dates or periodsof notice where national law provides for such a breakdown (unless nationallaw provides for such information to be given in the notes on the accounts)


187

- prestiþà, jeigu jis buvo ásigytas uþ mokestá (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymainereikalauja, kad tai bûtø nurodyta paaiðkinamajame raðte)

10. Materialusis turtas, apibûdintas Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 9 straipsnyje Turto C.IIeilutëje, atskirai nurodant:

- þemæ ir pastatus, kuriais naudojasi pati kredito ástaiga savo veiklai vykdyti(jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymai nereikalauja, kad tai bûtø nurodytapaaiðkinamajame raðte)

11. Pasiraðytas, bet neapmokëtas kapitalas atskirai nurodant:

- pareikalautà ámokëti kapitalà (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymai nenumato, kadpareikalautas ámokëti kapitalas bûtø átrauktas prie ásipareigojimø, tuometpareikalautas, bet dar neapmokëtas kapitalas turi bûti parodytas ðiame Turtostraipsnyje arba Turto 14 straipsnyje)

12. Savo akcijos (nurodant jø nominalià vertæ arba, jeigu nominalios vertës nëra, jøbuhalterinæ nominalià vertæ tiek, kiek nacionaliniai ástatymai leidþia jas nurodytibalanse)

13. Kitas turtas

14. Pasiraðytas kapitalas, pareikalautas ámokëti, bet dar neapmokëtas (jeigunacionaliniai ástatymai nereikalauja, kad pareikalautas apmokëti kapitalas bûtønurodytas Turto 11 straipsnyje)

15. Iðankstiniai mokëjimai ir sukauptos pajamos

16. Finansiniø metø nuostoliai (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymai nereikalauja juosnurodyti Ásipareigojimø 14 straipsnyje)

Ið viso turto

Ásipareigojimai

1. Kredito ástaigoms mokëtinos sumos:

a) iki pareikalavimo

b) terminuotos su nustatytu gràþinimo terminu arba áspëjimo laikotarpiunutraukiant sutartá pirma laiko

2. Klientams mokëtinos sumos:

a) taupomieji indëliai atskirai nurodant:

- indëlius iki pareikalavimo ir terminuotus indëlius, kai nustatytasgràþinimo terminas arba áspëjimo laikotarpis, nutraukiant sutartá pirmalaiko, jeigu pagal nacionalinius ástatymus numatytas toks skirstymas(jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymai nereikalauja, kad tai bûtø nurodytapaaiðkinamajame raðte)


188

(b) other debts

(ba) repayable on demand

(bb) with agreed maturity dates or periods of notice

3. Debts evidenced by certificates:

(a) debt securities in issue

(b) others

4. Other liabilities

5. Accruals and deferred income

6. Provisions for liabilities and charges:

(a) provisions for pensions and similar obligations

(b) provisions for taxation

(c) other provisions

7. Profit for the financial year (unless national law provides for its inclusion underLiabilities item 14)

8. Subordinated liabilities

9. Subscribed capital (unless national law provides for called-up capital to be shownunder this item. In that case, the amounts of subscribed capital and paid-upcapital must be shown separately)

10. Share premium account

11. Reserves

12. Revaluation reserve

13. Profit or loss brought forward

14. Profit or loss for the financial year (unless national law requires that this itembe shown under Assets item 16 or Liabilities item 7)

Total liabilities

Off-balance sheet items

1. Contingent liabilities, showing separately:

— acceptances and endorsements

— guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security


189

b) kitos skolos:

ba) iki pareikalavimo

bb) terminuotos su nustatytu gràþinimo terminu arba áspëjimo laikotarpiunutraukiant sutartá anksèiau laiko

3. Skolos, patvirtintos skolos lakðtais:

a) iðleidþiami skolos vertybiniai popieriai

b) kitos

4. Kiti ásipareigojimai

5. Sukauptos iðlaidos ir atidëtos pajamos

6. Atidëjiniai ásipareigojimams ir iðlaidoms:

a) atidëjiniai pensijoms ir panaðiems ásipareigojimams

b) atidëjiniai mokesèiams

c) kiti atidëjiniai

7. Finansiniø metø pelnas (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymai nereikalauja, kad jis bûtøátrauktas á Ásipareigojimø 14 straipsná)

8. Subordinuoti ásipareigojimai

9. Pasiraðytas kapitalas (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymai nenumato, kad ðiamestraipsnyje bûtø nurodytas pareikalautas apmokëti kapitalas. Tokiu atvejupasiraðytas ir apmokëtas kapitalas turi bûti nurodyti atskirai)

10. Akcijø priedai

11. Atsargos

12. Perkainojimo atsargos

13. Ankstesniø metø pelnas arba nuostolis

14. Finansiniø metø pelnas arba nuostolis (jeigu nacionaliniai ástatymai nereikalauja,kad ðis straipsnis bûtø parodytas Turto 16 straipsnyje arba Ásipareigojimø 7straipsnyje)

Ið viso ásipareigojimø

Nebalansiniai straipsniai

1. Tikëtini ásipareigojimai atskirai nurodant:

- akceptus ir indosamentus

- suteiktas garantijas ir ákeistà turtà


190

2. Commitments, showing separately:

— commitments arising out of sale and repurchase transactions

Article 5

The following must be shown separately as sub-items of the items in question:

— claims, whether or not evidenced by certificates, on affiliated undertakings andincluded in Assets items 2 to 5,

— claims, whether or not evidenced by certificates, on undertakings with which acredit institution is linked by virtue of a participating interest and included inAssets items 2 to 5,

— liabilities, whether or not evidenced by certificates, to affiliated undertakingsand included in Liabilities items 1, 2, 3 and 8.

— liabilities, whether or not evidenced by certificates, to undertakings with which acredit institution is linked by virtue of a participating interest and included inLiabilities items 1, 2, 3 and 8.

Article 6

1. Subordinated assets shall be shown separately as sub-items of the items of thelayout and the sub-items created in accordance with Article 5.

2. Assets, whether or not evidenced by certificates, are subordinated if, in the eventof winding up or bankruptcy, they are to be repaid only after the claims of othercreditors have been met.

Article 7

The Member States may permit the disclosure of the information referred to in Articles5 and 6, duly broken down into the various relevant items, in the notes on the accounts.

Article 8

1. Assets shall be shown under the relevant balance sheet headings even where thecredit institution drawing up the balance sheet has pledged them as security for itsown liabilities or for those of third parties or has otherwise assigned them as securityto third parties.

2. A credit institution shall not include in its balance sheet assets pledged orotherwise assigned to it as security unless such assets are in the form of cash in thehands of that credit institution.

Article 9

1. Where a loan has been granted by a syndicate consisting of a number of creditinstitutions, each credit institution participating in the syndicate shall disclose onlythat part of the total loan which it has itself funded.


191

2. Nebalansiniai ásipareigojimai atskirai nurodant:

- nebalansinius ásipareigojimus, atsirandanèius ið pardavimo ir atpirkimosandoriø

5 straipsnis

Atskirai, kaip aptariamø straipsniø punktai, turi bûti nurodomi:

- pretenzijos nepriklausomai nuo to, ar patvirtintos paþymëjimais, ar ne,dukterinëms ámonëms ir átrauktos á Turto 2–5 straipsnius,

- pretenzijos nepriklausomai nuo to, ar patvirtintos paþymëjimais, ar ne, ámonëms,kuriose kredito ástaiga turi dalá, ir átrauktos á Turto 2–5 straipsnius,

- ásipareigojimai nepriklausomai nuo to, ar patvirtinti paþymëjimais, ar ne,dukterinëms ámonëms ir átraukti á Ásipareigojimø 1, 2, 3 ir 8 straipsnius,

- ásipareigojimai nepriklausomai nuo to, ar patvirtinti paþymëjimais, ar ne,ámonëms, kuriose kredito ástaiga turi dalá, ir átraukti á Ásipareigojimø 1, 2, 3 ir 8straipsnius.

6 straipsnis

1. Subordinuotas turtas parodomas atskirai kaip iðdëstymo straipsniø punktai irkaip punktai, sukurti pagal 5 straipsná.

2. Turtas nepriklausomai nuo to, ar patvirtintas paþymëjimais, ar ne, laikomassubordinuotu, jeigu likvidavimo ar bankroto atveju uþ já apmokama tik po to, kaiatsiskaitoma su kitais kreditoriais.

7 straipsnis

Valstybës narës gali leisti atskleisti 5 ir 6 straipsniuose nurodytà informacijàpaaiðkinamajame raðte tinkamai jà iðskaidþius á atskirus straipsnius.

8 straipsnis

1. Turtas parodomas atitinkamose balanso eilutëse net jeigu balansà sudarantikredito ástaiga ákeièia já uþ savo paèios ásipareigojimus ar uþ treèiøjø ðaliøásipareigojimus arba suteikia treèiosioms ðalims kaip uþstatà kokiu nors kitu bûdu.

2. Kredito ástaiga neátraukia á savo balansà ákeisto ar kitu bûdu jai uþstatyto turto,iðskyrus atvejus, kai tas turtas – grynieji pinigai tos kredito ástaigos kasoje.

9 straipsnis

1. Jeigu paskolà suteikia sindikatas, susidedantis ið keliø kredito ástaigø, kiekvienasindikatui priklausanti kredito ástaiga nurodo tik tà visos paskolos dalá, kurià ji patifinansavo.


192

2. If in the case of a syndicated loan such as described in paragraph 1 the amountof funds guaranteed by a credit institution exceeds the amount which it has madeavailable, any additional guarantee portion shall be shown as a contingent liability (inOff-balance sheet item 1, second indent).

Article 10

1. Funds which a credit institution administers in its own name but on behalf ofthird parties must be shown in the balance sheet if the credit institution acquires legaltitle to the assets concerned. The total amount of such assets and liabilities shall beshown separately or in the notes on the accounts, broken down according to the variousAssets and Liabilities items. However, the Member States may permit the disclosureof such funds off the balance sheet provided there are special rules whereby suchfunds can be excluded from the assets available for distribution in the event of thewinding-up of a credit institution (or similar proceedings).

2. Assets acquired in the name of and on behalf of third parties must not be shownin the balance sheet.

Article 11

Only those amounts which can at any time be withdrawn without notice or for whicha maturity or period of notice of 24 hours or one working day has been agreed shall beregarded as repayable on demand.

Article 12

1. Sale and repurchase transactions shall mean transactions which involve thetransfer by a credit institution or customer (the ‘transferor’) to another credit institutionor customer (the ‘transferee’) of assets, for example, bills, debts or transferablesecurities, subject to an agreement that the same assets will subsequently be transferredback to the transferor at a specified price.

2. If the transferee undertakes to return the assets on a date specified or to bespecified by the transferor, the transaction in question shall be deemed to be a genuinesale and repurchase transaction.

3. If, however, the transferee is merely entitled to return the assets at the purchaseprice or for a different amount agreed in advance on a date specified or to be specified,the transaction in question shall be deemed to be a sale with an option to repurchase.

4. In the case of the sale and repurchase transactions referred to in paragraph 2,the assets transferred shall continue to appear in the transferor’s balance sheet; thepurchase price received by the transferor shall be shown as an amount owed to thetransferee. In addition, the value of the assets transferred shall be disclosed in a notein the transferor’s accounts. The transferee shall not be entitled to show the assetstransferred in his balance sheet; the purchase price paid by the transferee shall beshown as an amount owed by the transferor.

5. In the case of the sale and repurchase transactions referred to in paragraph 3,however, the transferor shall not be entitled to show in his balance sheet the assets


193

2. Jeigu sindikuotos paskolos, apraðytos 1 dalyje, atveju suma, uþ kurià garantavokredito ástaiga, yra didesnë uþ jos suteiktà paskolos dalá, ta papildoma garantuotasuma parodoma kaip tikëtinas ásipareigojimas (Nebalansiniø straipsniø 1 straipsnioantra átrauka).

10 straipsnis

1. Lëðos, kurias kredito ástaiga tvarko savo vardu, bet treèiøjø ðaliø naudai, turibûti parodomos balanse, jeigu kredito ástaiga ásigyja juridinæ nuosavybës teisæ á tàturtà. Visa tokio turto ir ásipareigojimø suma parodoma atskirai arba paaiðkinamajameraðte, iðskaidyta á atskirus Turto ir Ásipareigojimø straipsnius. Taèiau valstybës narësgali leisti nurodyti tokias lëðas nebalansiniuose straipsniuose, jeigu yra priimtosspecialios taisyklës, pagal kurias ðios lëðos gali bûti iðskirtos ið turto, kuris paskirstomaslikviduojant kredito ástaigà (arba panaðiais atvejais).

2. Turto, ásigyto treèiøjø ðaliø vardu ir jø naudai, parodyti balanse negalima.

11 straipsnis

Tik tos sumos, kurias bet kuriuo metu galima atsiimti be iðankstinio praneðimo arbakuriø iðpirkimo ar iðankstinio áspëjimo dël sutarties nutraukimo terminas pagal sutartáyra 24 valandos arba viena darbo diena, laikomos iðmokamomis iki pareikalavimo.

12 straipsnis

1. Pardavimo ir atpirkimo sandoriai – sandoriai, kuriais kredito ástaiga arba klientas(„perdavëjas“) kitai kredito ástaigai arba klientui („gavëjui“) perduoda turtà,pavyzdþiui, vekselius, skolas ar apyvartinius vertybinius popierius, pagal sutartá,numatanèià, kad tas pats turtas vëliau bus gràþintas perdavëjui uþ nustatytà kainà.

2. Jeigu gavëjas ásipareigoja gràþinti tà turtà perdavëjo nurodytà dienà arba dienà,kuri bus nurodyta vëliau, toks sandoris laikomas pardavimo ir atpirkimo sandoriu.

3. Taèiau, jeigu gavëjas tik turi teisæ gràþinti turtà uþ pirkimo kainà arba uþ kitokiàið anksto sutartà sumà nurodytà arba vëliau nurodomà dienà, toks sandoris laikomaspardavimu su galimybe atpirkti.

4. Pardavimo ir atpirkimo sandoriø, nurodytø 2 dalyje, atveju perduotas turtas irtoliau nurodomas perdavëjo balanse; pardavus gauta suma parodoma kaip suma, kuriàperdavëjas skolingas gavëjui. Be to, perduoto turto vertë nurodoma perdavëjopaaiðkinamajame raðte. Gavëjas neturi teisës parodyti gautà turtà savo balanse;perdavëjui sumokëta suma parodoma kaip perdavëjo ásiskolinimas jam.

5. Taèiau pardavimo ir atpirkimo sandoriø, nurodytø 3 dalyje, atveju perdavëjasneturi teisës parodyti perduotà turtà savo balanse; tas turtas parodomas gavëjo balanse.


194

transferred; those items shall be shown as assets in the transferee’s balance sheet.The transferor shall enter under Off-balance sheet item 2 an amount equal to theprice agreed in the event of repurchase.

6. No forward exchange transactions, options, transactions involving the issue ofdebt securities with a commitment to repurchase all or part of the issue before maturityof any similar transactions shall be regarded as sale and repurchase transactions withinthe meaning of this Article.

SECTION 4

SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CERTAIN BALANCESHEET ITEMS

Article 13

Assets: Item 1 — Cash in hand, balances with central banks and post office banks

1. Cash in hand shall comprise legal tender including foreign notes and coins.

2. This item may include only balances with the central banks and post office banksof the country or countries in which a credit institution is established. Such balancesmust be readily available at all times. Other claims on such bodies must be shown asloans and advances to credit institutions (Assets item 3) or as loans and advances tocustomers (Assets item 4).

Article 14

Assets: Item 2 — Treasury bills and other bills eligible for refinancing with centralbanks

1. This item shall comprise, under (a), treasury bills and similar securities, i. e.treasury bills, treasury certificates and similar debt instruments issued by public bodieswhich are eligible for refinancing with the central banks of the country or countries inwhich a credit institution is established. Those debt instruments issued by public bodieswhich fail to meet the above condition shall be shown under Assets sub-item 5 (a).

2. This item shall comprise, under (b), bills eligible for refinancing with centralbanks, i.e. all bills held in portfolio that were purchased from credit institutions orfrom customers to the extent that they are eligible, under national law, for refinancingwith the central banks of the country or countries in which a credit institution isestablished.

Article 15

Assets: Item 3 — Loans and advances to credit institutions

1. Loans and advances to credit institutions shall comprise all loans and advancesarising out of banking transactions to domestic or foreign credit institutions by thecredit institution drawing up the balance sheet, regardless of their actual designations.


195

Perdavëjas áraðo sumà, kuri lygi kainai, dël kurios susitariama atpirkimo atveju, áNebalansiniø straipsniø 2 straipsná.

6. Jokie iðankstiniai valiutos keitimo sandoriai, pasirinkimo sandoriai, sandoriai,susijæ su skolos vertybiniø popieriø emisija su nebalansiniu ásipareigojimu atpirktivisà arba dalá emisijos pirma bet kokiø panaðiø sandoriø iðpirkimo termino, nelaikomipardavimo ir atpirkimo sandoriais pagal ðiame straipsnyje pateiktà apibrëþimà.

4 SKIRSNIS

SPECIALIOS NUOSTATOS DËL TAM TIKRØ BALANSO STRAIPSNIØ

13 straipsnis

Turtas: 1 straipsnis – Grynieji pinigai kasoje, likuèiai centriniuose bankuose ir paðtoskyriuose, vykdanèiuose banko operacijas

1. Grynieji pinigai kasoje – visi pinigai, áskaitant ir uþsienio ðaliø banknotus beimonetas.

2. Ðiame straipsnyje parodomi likuèiai centriniuose bankuose ir paðto skyriuose,vykdanèiuose banko operacijas, toje ðalyje ar ðalyse, kuriose ásikûrusi kredito ástaiga.Ðie likuèiai turi bûti prieinami visà laikà. Kitos pretenzijos ðioms ástaigoms turi bûtiparodomos kaip paskolos ir avansai kredito ástaigoms (Turto 3 straipsnis) arba kaippaskolos ir avansai klientams (Turto 4 straipsnis).

14 straipsnis

Turtas: 2 straipsnis – Iþdo vekseliai ir kiti vekseliai, kuriuos superka centriniai bankai

1. Ðio straipsnio a punkte iþdo vekseliai ir panaðûs vertybiniai popieriai apima iþdovekselius, iþdo sertifikatus ir panaðias skolos priemones, kuriuos iðleidþia valstybësinstitucijos ir kuriuos superka centriniai bankai toje ðalyje ar ðalyse, kuriose ásikûrusikredito ástaiga. Tos valstybës institucijø iðleidþiamos skolos priemonës, kurios neatitinkapirmiau nurodytø sàlygø, parodomos Turto 5 straipsnio a punkte.

2. Ðio straipsnio b punkte centriniø bankø superkami vekseliai apima visus portfelyjeturimus vekselius, nupirktus ið kredito ástaigø arba ið klientø, jeigu pagal nacionaliniusástatymus juos superka centriniai bankai toje ðalyje ar ðalyse, kuriose ásikûrusi kreditoástaiga.

15 straipsnis

Turtas: 3 straipsnis – Paskolos ir avansai kredito ástaigoms

1. Paskolos ir avansai kredito ástaigoms – visos paskolos ir avansai, atsirandantys iðbalansà sudaranèios kredito ástaigos bankiniø sandoriø su ðalies ir uþsienio kreditoástaigomis, nepriklausomai nuo jø tikrosios paskirties.


196

The only exception shall be loans and advances represented by debt securities or anyother security, which must be shown under Assets item 5.

2. For the purposes of this Article credit institutions shall comprise all undertakingson the list published in the Official Journal of the European Communities pursuant toArticle 3 (7) of Directive 77/780/EEC, as well as central banks and official domesticand international banking organizations and all private and public undertakings whichare not established in the Community but which satisfy the definition in Article 1 ofDirective 77/780/EEC.

Loans and advances to undertakings which do not satisfy the above conditions shallbe shown under Assets item 4.

Article 16

Assets: Item 4 — Loans and advances to customers

Loans and advances to customers shall comprise all types of assets in the form ofclaims on domestic and foreign customers other than credit institutions, regardless oftheir actual designations.

The only exception shall be loatis and advances represented by debt securities or anyother security, which must be shown under Assets item 5.

Article 17

Assets: Item 5 — Debt securities including fixed-income securities

1. This item shall comprise negotiable debt securities including fixed-incomesecurities issued by credit institutions, by other undertakings or by public bodies; suchsecurities issued by the latter, however, shall be included only if they are not to beshown under Assets item 2.

2. Securities bearing interest rates that vary in accordance with specific factors, forexample the interest rate on the inter-bank market or on the Euromarket, shall alsobe regarded as debt securities including fixed-income securities.

3. Only repurchased and negotiable own-debt securities may be included in sub-item 5 (b).

Article 18

Liabilities: Item 1 — Amounts owed to credit institutions

1. Amounts owed to credit institutions shall include all amounts arising out ofbanking transactions owed to other domestic or foreign credit institutions by the creditinstitution drawing up the balance sheet, regardless of their actual designations.

The only exception shall be liabilities represented by debt securities or by any othersecurity, which must be shown under Liabilities item 3.


197

Vienintelë iðimtis – paskolos ir avansai skolos vertybiniais popieriais ar bet kokiaiskitais vertybiniais popieriais, kurie turi bûti parodomi Turto 5 straipsnyje.

2. Ðiame direktyvos straipsnyje kredito ástaigos – visos ámonës, iðvardytos „Europosbendrijø oficialiajame leidinyje“ pagal Direktyvos 77/780/EEB 3 straipsnio 7 dalá, taippat centriniai bankai, ðalies oficialios ir tarptautinës bankø organizacijos bei visosprivaèios ir valstybës ámonës, kurios ákurtos ne Bendrijoje, bet atitinka Direktyvos77/780/EEB 1 straipsnyje pateiktà apibrëþimà.

Paskolos ir avansai ámonëms, kurios neatitinka nurodytø sàlygø, parodomos Turto 4straipsnyje.

16 straipsnis

Turtas: 4 straipsnis – Paskolos ir avansai klientams

Paskolos ir avansai klientams – visø rûðiø turtas, paskolintas ðalies ir uþsienio klientams,kurie nëra kredito ástaigos, nepriklausomai nuo jø tikrosios paskirties.

Vienintelë iðimtis – paskolos ir avansai skolos vertybiniais popieriais ar bet kokiaiskitais vertybiniais popieriais, kurie parodomi Turto 5 straipsnyje.

17 straipsnis

Turtas: 5 straipsnis – Skolos vertybiniai popieriai, áskaitant pastoviø pajamøvertybinius popierius

1. Ðiame straipsnyje parodomi visi apyvartoje esantys skolos vertybiniai popieriai,áskaitant pastoviø pajamø vertybinius popierius, kuriuos iðleidþia kredito ástaigos, kitosámonës ar valstybës institucijos; taèiau pastarøjø institucijø iðleisti vertybiniai popieriaiátraukiami tik tuo atveju, jei nëra reikalaujama juos nurodyti Turto 2 straipsnyje.

2. Vertybiniai popieriai, kuriø palûkanø norma kinta priklausomai nuo tam tikrøfaktoriø, pavyzdþiui, nuo palûkanø normos tarpbankinëje rinkoje arba eurorinkoje, taippat laikomi skolos vertybiniais popieriais, áskaitant pastoviø pajamø vertybinius popierius.

3. Tik atpirktus ir apyvartoje esanèius nuosavus skolos vertybinius popierius galimaátraukti á 5 straipsnio b punktà.

18 straipsnis

Ásipareigojimai: 1 straipsnis – Kredito ástaigoms mokëtinos sumos

1. Ásiskolinimai kredito ástaigoms – visos sumos, atsirandanèios ið bankiniø sandoriø,kurias balansà sudaranti kredito ástaiga yra skolinga kitoms ðalies ar uþsienio kreditoástaigoms, nepriklausomai nuo jø tikrosios paskirties.

Vienintelë iðimtis – ásipareigojimai skolos vertybiniais popieriais ar bet kokiais kitaisvertybiniais popieriais, kurie turi bûti parodyti Ásipareigojimø 3 straipsnyje.


198

2. For the purposes of this Article credit institutions shall comprise all undertakingson the list published in the Official Journal of the European Communities pursuant toArticle 3 (7) of Directive 77/780/EEC, as well as central banks and official domesticand international banking organizations and all private and public undertakings whichare not established in the Community but which satisfy the definition in Article 1 ofDirective 77/780/EEC.

Article 19

Liabilities: Item 2 — Amounts owed to customers

1. Amounts owed to customers shall include all amounts owed to creditors that arenot credit institutions within the meaning of Article 18, regardless of their actualdesignations.

The only exception shall be liabilities represented by debt securities or by any othersecurity, which must be shown under Liabilities item 3.

2. Only deposits which satisfy the conditions laid down in national law shall betreated as savings deposits.

3. Savings bonds shall be shown under the corresponding sub-item only if they arenot represented by negotiable certificates.

Article 20

Liabilities: Item 3 — Debts evidenced by certificates

1. This item shall include both debt securities and debts for which negotiablecertificates have been issued, in particular deposit receipts, ‘bons de caisse’ and liabilitiesarising out of own acceptances and promissory notes.

2. Only acceptances which a credit institution has issued for ist own refinancingand in respect of which it is the first party liable (‘drawee’) shall be treated as ownacceptances.

Article 21

Liabilities: Item 8 — Subordinated liabilities

Where it has been contractually agreed that, in the event of winding up or of bankruptcy,liabilities, whether or not evidenced by certificates, are to be repaid only after theclaims of all other creditors have been met, the liabilities in question shall be shownunder this item.

Article 22

Liabilities: Item 9 — Subscribed capital

This item shall comprise all amounts, regardless of their actual designations, which,in accordance with the legal structure of the institution concerned, are regarded undernational law as equity capital subscribed by the shareholders or other proprietors.


199

2. Ðiame direktyvos straipsnyje kredito ástaigos – visas ámonës, iðvardytos „Europosbendrijø oficialiame leidinyje“ pagal Direktyvos 77/780/EEB 3 straipsnio 7 dalá, taippat centriniai bankai, ðalies oficialios ir tarptautinës bankinës organizacijos bei visosprivaèios ir valstybës ámonës, kurios ákurtos ne Bendrijoje, bet atitinka Direktyvos77/780/EEB 1 straipsnyje pateiktà apibrëþimà.

19 straipsnis

Ásipareigojimai: 2 straipsnis – Klientams mokëtinos sumos

1. Ásiskolinimai klientams – visos sumos, kurias balansà sudaranti kredito ástaigayra skolinga kreditoriams, kurie nëra kredito ástaigos, apibrëþtos 18 straipsnyje,nepriklausomai nuo jø tikrosios paskirties.

Vienintelë iðimtis – ásipareigojimai skolos vertybiniais popieriais ar bet kokiais kitaisvertybiniais popieriais, kurie turi bûti parodyti Ásipareigojimø 3 straipsnyje.

2. Tik tie indëliai, kurie atitinka nacionaliniuose ástatymuose apibrëþtas sàlygas,laikomi taupomaisiais indëliais.

3. Taupomieji lakðtai parodomi atitinkamame punkte tik tuo atveju, jeigu jø pagrindunëra iðleista laisvai perleidþiamø paþymëjimø.

20 straipsnis

Ásipareigojimai: 3 straipsnis – Skolos, patvirtintos skolos lakðtais

1. Ðis straipsnis apima skolos vertybinius popierius ir skolas, kuriø pagrindu iðleistilaisvai perleidþiami paþymëjimai, ypaè indëliø pakvitavimai, „bons de caisse“ irásipareigojimai, atsirandantys ið nuosavø akceptø ir skoliniø ásipareigojimø.

2. Tik tie akceptai, kuriuos kredito ástaiga iðleidþia savo paèios refinansavimui irkuriø atþvilgiu ji yra pirmoji atsakinga ðalis („vekselio apmokëtoja“), laikomi nuosavaisakceptais.

21 straipsnis

Ásipareigojimai: 8 straipsnis – Subordinuoti ásipareigojimai

Jeigu sudaroma sutartis, pagal kurià ámonës likvidavimo ar bankroto atveju josásipareigojimai nepriklausomai nuo to, patvirtinti paþymëjimais ar ne, yra ávykdomitik po to, kai patenkinami visø kitø kreditoriø reikalavimai, tokie ásipareigojimaiparodomi ðiame straipsnyje.

22 straipsnis

Ásipareigojimai: 9 straipsnis – Pasiraðytas kapitalas

Ðiame straipsnyje pateikiamos visos sumos nepriklausomai nuo jø tikrosios paskirties,kurios pagal teisinæ atitinkamos ástaigos struktûrà vadovaujantis nacionaliniaisástatymais laikomos akcininkø arba kitø savininkø pasiraðytu akciniu kapitalu.


200

Article 23

Liabilities: Item 11 — Reserves

This item shall comprise all the types of reserves listed in Article 9 of Directive78/660/EEC under Liabilities item A.IV, as defined therein. The Member States mayalso prescribe other types of reserves if necessary for credit institutions the legalstructures of which are not covered by Directive 78/660/EEC.

The types of reserve referred to in the first paragraph shall be shown separately, as sub-items of Liabilities item 11, in the balance sheets of the credit institutions concerned,with the exception of the revaluation reserve which shall be shown under item 12.

Article 24

Off-balance sheet: Item 1 — Contingent liabilities

This item shall comprise all transactions whereby an institution has underwritten theobligations of a third party.

Notes on accounts shall state the nature and amount of any type of contingent liabilitywhich is material in relation to an institution’s activities.

Liabilities arising out of the endorsement of rediscounted bills shall be included inthis item only if national law does not require otherwise. The same shall apply toacceptances other than own acceptances.

Sureties and assets pledged as collateral security shall include all guarantee obligationsincurred and assets pledged as collateral security on behalf of third parties, particularlyin respect of sureties and irrevocable letters of credit.

Article 25

Off-balance sheet: Item 2 — Commitments

This item shall include every irrevocable commitment which could give rise to a risk.

Notes on accounts shall state the nature and amount of any type of commitmentwhich is material in relation to an institution’s activities.

Commitments arising out of sale and repurchase transactions shall includecommitments entered into by a credit institution in the context of sale and repurchasetransactions (on the basis of firm agreements to sell with options to repurchase) withinthe meaning of Article 12 (3).


201

23 straipsnis

Ásipareigojimai: 11 straipsnis – Atsargos

Ðiame straipsnyje parodomos visø rûðiø atsargos, iðskaièiuotos Direktyvos 78/660/EEB9 straipsnyje nurodytame Ásipareigojimø A.IV straipsnyje. Be to, jei bûtina, valstybësnarës gali nustatyti ir kitø rûðiø atsargas kredito ástaigoms, kuriø teisinë struktûraneaptariama Direktyvoje 78/660/EEB.

Pirmoje dalyje aptariamos atsargø rûðys parodomos atitinkamø kredito ástaigøbalansuose atskirai, kaip Ásipareigojimø 11 straipsnio punktai, iðskyrus perkainojimoatsargas, kurios parodomos 12 straipsnyje.

24 straipsnis

Nebalansiniai straipsniai: 1 straipsnis – Tikëtini ásipareigojimai

Ðiame straipsnyje pateikiami visi sandoriai, kuriuose ástaiga prisiëmë treèiosios ðaliesásipareigojimus.

Paaiðkinamajame raðte nurodomi visø rûðiø tikëtinø ásipareigojimø, kurie ástaigosveiklos poþiûriu yra reikðmingi, pobûdis ir sumos.

Ásipareigojimai, atsirandantys ið rediskontuojamø vekseliø indosamento, átraukiami áðá straipsná tik tuo atveju, jeigu nacionaliniais ástatymais nereikalaujama kitaip. Tokspat reikalavimas taikomas ir akceptams, iðskyrus nuosavus akceptus.

Laidavimai ir ákeistas turtas – visi prisiimti garantiniai ásipareigojimai ir treèiøjø ðaliønaudai ákeistas turtas, ypaè susijæ su laidavimais ir neatðaukiamais akredityvais.

25 straipsnis

Nebalansiniai straipsniai: 2 straipsnis – Nebalansiniai ásipareigojimai

Ðiame straipsnyje atspindimi visi neatðaukiami nebalansiniai ásipareigojimai, dël kuriøgali atsirasti rizika.

Paaiðkinamajame raðte nurodomi bet kokiø neatðaukiamø nebalansiniø ásipareigojimø,kurie ástaigos veiklos poþiûriu yra reikðmingi, pobûdis ir sumos.

Nebalansiniai ásipareigojimai, atsirandantys ið pardavimo ir atpirkimo sandoriø, –ásipareigojimai, kuriuos kredito ástaiga prisiima sudariusi pardavimo ir atpirkimosandorius (remiantis tvirtu susitarimu parduoti su galimybe atpirkti), kaip tai nustatyta12 straipsnio 3 dalyje.


202

SECTION 5

LAYOUT OF THE PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

Article 26

For the presentation of the profit and loss account, the Member States shall prescribeone or both of the layouts provided for in Articles 27 and 28. If a Member Stateprescribes both layouts it may allow undertakings to choose between them.

Article 27

Vertical layout

1. Interest receivable and similar income, showing separately that arising fromfixed-income securities

2. Interest payable and similar charges

3. Income from securities:

(a) Income from shares and other variable-yield securities

(b) Income from participating interests

(c) Income from shares in affiliated undertakings

4. Commissions receivable

5. Commissions payable

6. Net profit or net loss on financial operations

7. Other operating income

8. General administrative expenses:

(a) Staff costs, showing separately:

— wages and salaries

— social security costs, with a separate indication of those relating topensions

(b) Other administrative expenses

9. Value adjustments in respect of Assets items 9 and 10

10. Other operating charges

11. Value adjustments in respect of loans and advances and provisions for contingentliabilities and for commitments


203

5 SKIRSNIS

PELNO (NUOSTOLIO) ATASKAITOS IÐDËSTYMAS

26 straipsnis

Pelno (nuostolio) ataskaitai pateikti valstybës narës gali priimti vienà arba abi 27 ir28 straipsniuose nustatytas iðdëstymo formas. Jeigu valstybë narë numato abi formas,ji gali leisti ámonëms pasirinkti.

27 straipsnis

Vertikalus iðdëstymas

1. Gautinos palûkanos ir panaðios pajamos atskirai nurodant pajamas ið pastoviøpajamø vertybiniø popieriø

2. Mokëtinos palûkanos ir panaðios sànaudos

3. Pajamos ið vertybiniø popieriø:

a) pajamos ið akcijø ir kitø kintamø pajamø vertybiniø popieriø

b) pajamos ið kitose ámonëse turimos dalies

c) pajamos ið dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø

4. Gautini komisiniai

5. Mokëtini komisiniai

6. Grynasis pelnas arba grynasis nuostolis ið finansiniø operacijø

7. Kitos veiklos pajamos

8. Bendrosios administracinës iðlaidos:

a) iðlaidos personalui atskirai nurodant:

- atlyginimus

- socialinio draudimo iðlaidas atskirai nurodant susijusias su pensijomis

b) kitos administracinës iðlaidos

9. Turto 9 ir 10 straipsniø vertës koregavimas

10. Kitos veiklos sànaudos

11. Paskolø ir avansø vertës koregavimas ir atidëjiniai tikëtiniems ásipareigojimamsir nebalansiniams ásipareigojimams


204

12. Value re-adjustments in respect of loans and advances and provisions forcontingent liabilities and for commitments

13. Value adjustments in respect of transferable securities held as financial fixedassets, participating interests and shares in affiliated undertakings

14. Value re-adjustments in respect of transferable securities held as financial fixedassets, participating interests and shares in affiliated undertakings

15. Tax on profit or loss on ordinary activities

16. Profit or loss on ordinary activities after tax

17. Extraordinary income

18. Extraordinary charges

19. Extraordinary profit or loss

20. Tax on extraordinary profit or loss

21. Extraordinary profit or loss after tax

22. Other taxes not shown under the preceeding items

23. Profit or loss for the financial year

Article 28

Horizontal layout

A. Charges

1. Interest payable and similar charges

2. Commissions payable

3. Net loss on financial operations

4. General administrative expenses:

(a) Staff costs, showing separately:

— wages and salaries

— social security costs, with a separate indication of those relatingto pensions

(b) Other administrative expenses

5. Value adjustments in respect of Assets items 9 and 10

6. Other operating charges


205

12. Paskolø ir avansø vertës atkûrimas ir atidëjiniai tikëtiniems ásipareigojimams irnebalansiniams ásipareigojimams

13. Apyvartiniø vertybiniø popieriø, átraukiamø á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, dalies kitoseámonëse ir dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø vertës koregavimas

14. Apyvartiniø vertybiniø popieriø, átraukiamø á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, dalies kitoseámonëse ir dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø vertës atkûrimas

15. Áprastos veiklos pelno arba nuostolio mokesèiai

16. Áprastos veiklos pelnas arba nuostolis atskaièius mokesèius

17. Neáprastos pajamos

18. Neáprastos sànaudos

19. Neáprastas pelnas arba nuostolis

20. Neáprasto pelno arba nuostolio mokesèiai

21. Neáprastas pelnas arba nuostolis atskaièius mokesèius

22. Kiti mokesèiai, neatspindëti ankstesniuose straipsniuose

23. Finansiniø metø pelnas arba nuostolis

28 straipsnis

Horizontalus iðdëstymas

A. Sànaudos

1. Mokëtinos palûkanos ir panaðios sànaudos

2. Mokëtini komisiniai

3. Grynasis nuostolis ið finansiniø operacijø

4. Bendrosios administracinës iðlaidos:

a) iðlaidos personalui atskirai nurodant:

- atlyginimus

- socialinio draudimo iðlaidas atskirai nurodant susijusias supensijomis

b) kitos administracinës iðlaidos

5. Turto 9 ir 10 straipsniø vertës koregavimas

6. Kitos veiklos sànaudos


206

7. Value adjustments in respect of loans and advances and provisions for con-tingent liabilities and for commitments

8. Value adjustments in respect of transferable securities held as financial fixedassets, participating interests and shares in affiliated undertakings

9. Tax on profit or loss on ordinary activities


11. Extraordinary charges

12. Tax on extraordinary profit or loss

13. Extraordinary loss after tax

14. Other taxes not shown under the preceding items

15. Profit for the financial year

B. Income

1. Interest receivable and similar income, showing separately that arising fromfixed-income securities

2. Income from securities:

(a) Income from shares and other variable-yield securities

(b) Income from participating interests

(c) Income from shares in affiliated undertakings

3. Commissions receivable

4. Net profit on financial operations

5. Value re-adjustments in respect of loans and advances and provisions forcontingent liabilities and for commitments

6. Value re-adjustments in respect of transferable securities held as financialfixed assets, participating interests and shares in affiliated undertakings

7. Other operating income


9. Extraordinary income

10. Extraordinary profit after tax

11. Loss for the financial year


207

7. Paskolø ir avansø vertës koregavimas ir atidëjiniai tikëtiniemsásipareigojimams ir nebalansiniams ásipareigojimams

8. Apyvartiniø vertybiniø popieriø, átraukiamø á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, dalieskitose ámonëse ir dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø vertës koregavimas

9. Áprastos veiklos pelno arba nuostolio mokesèiai


11. Neáprastos sànaudos

12. Neáprasto pelno arba nuostolio mokesèiai

13. Neáprastas nuostolis atskaièius mokesèius

14. Kiti mokesèiai, neatspindëti ankstesniuose straipsniuose

15. Finansiniø metø pelnas

B. Pajamos

1. Gautinos palûkanos ir panaðios pajamos atskirai parodant pajamas ið pastoviøpajamø vertybiniø popieriø

2. Pajamos ið vertybiniø popieriø:

a) pajamos ið akcijø ir kitø kintamø pajamø vertybiniø popieriø

b) pajamos ið dalies kitose ámonëse

c) pajamos ið dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø

3. Gautini komisiniai

4. Grynasis pelnas ið finansiniø operacijø

5. Paskolø ir avansø vertës atkûrimas ir atidëjiniai tikëtiniems ásipareigojimamsir nebalansiniams ásipareigojimams

6. Apyvartiniø vertybiniø popieriø, átraukiamø á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, dalieskitose ámonëse ir dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø vertës atkûrimas

7. Kitos veiklos pajamos


9. Neáprastos pajamos

10. Neáprastas pelnas atskaièius mokesèius

11. Finansiniø metø nuostolis


208

SECTION 6

SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CERTAIN ITEMS IN THE PROFITAND LOSS ACCOUNT

Article 29

Article 27, items 1 and 2 (vertical layout)

Article 28, items A 1 and B 1 (horizontal layout)

Interest receivable and similar income and interest payable and similar charges.

These items shall include all profits and losses arising out of banking activities, including:

(1) all income from assets entered under Assets items 1 to 5 in the balance sheet,however calculated. Such income shall also include income arising from thespreading on a time basis of the discount on assets acquired at an amount below,and liabilities contracted at an amount above, the sum payable at maturity;

(2) all charges arising out of liabilities entered under Liabilities items 1, 2, 3 and 8,however calculated. Such charges shall also include charges arising from thespreading on a time basis of the premium on assets acquired at an amount above,and liabilities contracted at an amount below, the sum payable at maturity;

(3) income and charges resulting from covered forward contracts, spread over theactual duration of the contract and similar in nature to interest;

(4) fees and commission similar in nature to interest and calculated on a time basisor by reference to the amount of the claim or liability.

Article 30

Article 27, item 3 (vertical layout)

Article 28, item B 2 (horizontal layout)

Income from shares and other variable-yield securities, from participating interests,and from shares in affiliated undertakings

This item shall comprise all dividends and other income from variable-yield securities,from participating interests and from shares in affiliated undertakings. Income fromshares in investment companies shall also be included under this item.

Article 31




209

6 SKIRSNIS

SPECIALIOS NUOSTATOS DËL TAM TIKRØ PELNO (NUOSTOLIO)ATASKAITOS STRAIPSNIØ

29 straipsnis

27 straipsnis, 1 ir 2 ataskaitos straipsniai (vertikalus iðdëstymas)

28 straipsnis, A 1 ir B 1 ataskaitos straipsniai (horizontalus iðdëstymas)

Gautinos palûkanos ir panaðios pajamos bei mokëtinos palûkanos ir panaðiossànaudos.

Ðie straipsniai apima visà ið bankinës veiklos atsirandantá pelnà arba nuostolá, ið jø:

1) visos pajamos ið turto, kuris balanse nurodytas Turto 1–5 straipsniuose,nepriklausomai nuo skaièiavimo metodo. Tokiomis pajamomis laikomos irpajamos, atsirandanèios ið diskonto pasiskirstymo pagal laikà nuo turto, ásigytouþ maþesnæ, ir ásipareigojimø, prisiimtø uþ didesnæ sumà nei mokëtina numatytoiðpirkimo momentu;

2) visos sànaudos, atsirandanèios ið ásipareigojimø, kurie balanse nurodytiÁsipareigojimø 1, 2, 3 ir 8 straipsniuose, nepriklausomai nuo skaièiavimo metodo.Tokiomis sànaudomis laikomos ir sànaudos, atsirandanèios ið premijospasiskirstymo pagal laikà nuo turto, ásigyto uþ didesnæ, ir ásipareigojimø, prisiimtøuþ maþesnæ sumà nei mokëtina numatyto iðpirkimo momentu;

3) pajamos ir sànaudos, atsirandanèios ið padengtø iðankstiniø sandoriø, paskirstytosper visà faktiná sandorio galiojimo laikà ir savo pobûdþiu panaðios á palûkanas;

4) komisiniai ir kiti mokesèiai, savo pobûdþiu panaðûs á palûkanas ir skaièiuojamitam tikrais laikotarpiais arba nuo reikalavimo ar ásipareigojimo sumos.

30 straipsnis

27 straipsnis, 3 ataskaitos straipsnis (vertikalus iðdëstymas)

28 straipsnis, B 2 ataskaitos straipsnis (horizontalus iðdëstymas)

Pajamos ið akcijø ir kitø kintamø pajamø vertybiniø popieriø, ið dalies kitose ámonëseir ið dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø

Ðiame straipsnyje nurodomi visi dividendai ir kitos pajamos ið kintamø pajamøvertybiniø popieriø, ið dalies kitose ámonëse ir ið dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø. Pajamos iðinvesticiniø bendroviø akcijø taip pat átraukiamos á ðá straipsná.

31 straipsnis




210

Commissions receivable and commissions payable

Without prejudice to Article 29, commissions receivable shall include income inrespect of all services supplied to third parties, and commissions payable shall includecharges for services rendered by third parties, in particular

— commissions for guarantees, loans administration on behalf of other lendersand securities transactions on behalf of third parties,

— commissions and other charges and income in respect of payment transactions,account administration charges and commissions for the safe custody andadministration of securities,

— commissions for foreign currency transactions and for the sale and purchase ofcoin and precious metals on behalf of third parties,

— commissions charged for brokerage services in connection with savings andinsurance contracts and loans.

Article 32

Article 27, item 6 (vertical layout)

Article 28, item A 3 or item B 4 (horizontal layout)

Net profit or net loss on financial operations.

This item covers:

1. the net profit or loss on transactions in securities which are not held as financialfixed assets together with value adjustments and value re-adjustments on suchsecurities, taking into account, where Article 36 (2) has been applied, thedifference resulting from application of that article; however, in those MemberStates which exercise the option provided for in Article 37, these net profits orlosses and value adjustments and value re-adjustments shall be included only inso far as they relate to securities included in a trading portfolio;

2. the net profit or loss on exchange activities, without prejudice to Article 29,point 3;

3. the net profits and losses on other buying and selling operations involving financialinstruments, including precious metals.

Article 33



Value adjustments in respect of loans and advances and provisions for contingentliabilities and for commitments


211

Gautini ir mokëtini komisiniai

Nepaþeidþiant 29 straipsnio, gautini komisiniai apima pajamas uþ visas treèiosiomsðalims suteiktas paslaugas, o mokëtini komisiniai – visas sànaudas uþ treèiøjø ðaliøsuteiktas paslaugas, ypaè:

- komisinius uþ garantijas, paskolø administravimà kitø skolintojø vardu irvertybiniø popieriø sandorius treèiøjø ðaliø naudai,

- komisinius ir kitas iðlaidas bei pajamas ið mokëjimo sandoriø, sàskaitøadministravimo iðlaidas ir komisinius uþ vertybiniø popieriø saugojimà iradministravimà,

- komisinius uþ sandorius uþsienio valiuta ir uþ monetø bei brangiøjø metaløpardavimà ir pirkimà treèiosioms ðalims,

- komisinius uþ maklerio paslaugas, susijusias su santaupomis ir draudimosutartimis bei paskolomis.

32 straipsnis

27 straipsnis, 6 ataskaitos straipsnis (vertikalus iðdëstymas)

28 straipsnis, A 3 arba B 4 ataskaitos straipsnis (horizontalus iðdëstymas)

Grynasis pelnas arba grynasis nuostolis ið finansiniø operacijø.

Ðis straipsnis apima:

1. grynàjá pelnà ar nuostolá ið sandoriø su vertybiniais popieriais, kurie neátraukiamiá ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, taip pat tokiø vertybiniø popieriø vertës koregavimàarba vertës atkûrimà atsiþvelgiant á skirtumà, kuris susidaro, jeigu taikoma 36straipsnio 2 dalis; taèiau tose valstybëse narëse, kurios pasinaudoja 37 straipsnyjenumatyta galimybe, ðio grynojo pelno ar nuostolio ir vertës koregavimo bei vertësatkûrimo átraukiama tik ta dalis, kuri susijusi su vertybiniais popieriais prekybaiskirtø vertybiniø popieriø portfelyje;

2. nepaþeidþiant 29 straipsnio 3 punkto, grynàjá pelnà ar nuostolá ið valiutos keitimoveiklos;

3. grynàjá pelnà arba nuostolá ið kitø pirkimo ir pardavimo operacijø, apimanèiøfinansines priemones, áskaitant brangiuosius metalus.

33 straipsnis



Paskolø ir avansø vertës koregavimas ir atidëjiniai tikëtiniems ásipareigojimams irnebalansiniams ásipareigojimams


212

Value re-adjustments in respect of loans and advances and provisions for contingentliabilities and for commitments.

1. These items shall include, on the one hand, charges for value adjustments inrespect of loans and advances to be shown under Assets items 3 and 4 and provisionsfor contingent liabilities and for commitments to be shown under Off-balance sheetitems 1 and 2 and, on the other hand, credits from the recovery of written-off loansand advances and amounts written back following earlier value adjustments andprovisions.

2. In those Member States which exercise the option provided for in Article 37,this item shall also include the net profit or loss on transactions in securities includedin Assets items 5 and 6 which are neither held as financial fixed assets as defined inArticle 35 (2) nor included in a trading portfolio, together with value adjustments andvalue re-adjustments on such securities taking into account, where Article 36 (2) hasbeen applied, the difference resulting from application of that article. The nomenclatureof this item shall be adapted accordingly.

3. The Member States may permit the charges and income covered by these itemsto be set off against each other, so that only a net item (income or charge) is shown.

4. Value adjustments in respect of loans and advances to credit institutions, tocustomers, to undertakings with which a credit institution is linked by virtue ofparticipating interests and to affiliated undertakings shall be shown separately in thenotes on the accounts where they are material. This provision need not be applied ifa Member State permits setting-off pursuant to paragraph 3.

Article 34



Value adjustments in respect of transferable securities held as financial fixed assets,participating interests and shares in affiliated undertakings

Value re-adjustments in respect of transferable securities held as financial fixedassets, participating interests and shares in affiliated undertakings.

1. These items shall include, on the one hand, charges for value adjustments inrespect of assets shown in Assets items 5 to 8 and, on the other hand, all the amountswritten back following earlier value adjustments, in so far as the charges and incomerelate to transferable securities held as financial fixed assets as defined in Article 35(2), participating interests and shares in affiliated undertakings.

2. The Member States may permit the charges and income covered by these itemsto be set off against each other, so that only a net item (income or charge) is shown.

3. Value adjustments in respect of these transferable securities, participatinginterests and shares in affiliated undertakings shall be shown separately in the notes


213

Paskolø ir avansø vertës atkûrimas ir atidëjiniai tikëtiniems ásipareigojimams irnebalansiniams ásipareigojimams.

1. Ðie straipsniai apima, pirma, paskolø ir avansø, kurie parodomi balanso Turto 3ir 4 straipsniuose, vertës koregavimo sànaudas ir atidëjinius tikëtiniemsásipareigojimams bei nebalansiniams ásipareigojimams, kai ðie nebalansiniaiásipareigojimai parodomi Nebalansiniø straipsniø 1 ir 2 straipsniuose, ir, antra, nuraðytøpaskolø ir avansø atkûrimo kreditavimà ir sumas, atkurtas po ankstesnio vertëskoregavimo ir atidëjiniø.

2. Tose valstybëse narëse, kurios pasinaudoja 37 straipsnyje numatyta galimybe,ðiame ataskaitos straipsnyje áraðomas ir grynasis pelnas arba nuostolis ið sandoriø suvertybiniais popieriais, átrauktais á Turto 5 ir 6 straipsnius, kurie nëra átraukiami áilgalaiká finansiná turtà pagal 35 straipsnio 2 dalies apibrëþimà ir nepriklauso prekybaiskirtø vertybiniø popieriø portfeliui, taip pat tokiø vertybiniø popieriø vertëskoregavimas ir vertës atkûrimas, atsiþvelgiant á skirtumà, kuris susidaro, jeigu taikoma36 straipsnio 2 dalis. Atitinkamai pritaikoma ir ðio ataskaitos straipsnio nomenklatûra.

3. Valstybës narës gali leisti á ðiuos ataskaitos straipsnius átraukiamas sànaudas irpajamas tarpusavyje áskaityti, kad bûtø parodomas tik grynas ataskaitos straipsnis(pajamos arba sànaudos).

4. Paskolø ir avansø kredito ástaigoms, klientams, ámonëms, kuriose kredito ástaigaturi dalá, ir dukterinëms ámonëms vertës koregavimas parodomas atskiraipaaiðkinamajame raðte, jeigu jis reikðmingas. Ði nuostata netaikoma, jeigu remdamasi3 dalimi valstybë narë numato tarpusavio áskaitymus.

34 straipsnis



Apyvartiniø vertybiniø popieriø, átraukiamø á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, dalies kitoseámonëse ir dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø vertës koregavimas

Apyvartiniø vertybiniø popieriø, átraukiamø á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, dalies kitoseámonëse ir dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø vertës atkûrimas.

1. Ðie straipsniai apima, pirma, sànaudas dël turto, parodomo Turto 5 ir 8straipsniuose, vertës koregavimo ir, antra, visas kitas sumas, atkurtas po ankstesniovertës koregavimo, jeigu tos sànaudos ir pajamos atsiranda ið apyvartiniø vertybiniøpopieriø, átraukiamø á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà pagal 35 straipsnio 2 dalies apibrëþimà,dalies kitose ámonëse ir ið dukteriniø ámoniø akcijø.

2. Valstybës narës gali leisti á ðiuos straipsnius átraukiamas sànaudas ir pajamastarpusavyje áskaityti, kad bûtø parodamas tik grynas ataskaitos straipsnis (pajamosarba sànaudos).

3. Ðiø apyvartiniø vertybiniø popieriø, dalies kitose ámonëse ir dukteriniø ámoniøakcijø vertës koregavimas atspindimas atskirai paaiðkinamajame raðte, jeigu jis yra


214

on the accounts where they are material. This provision need not be applied if aMember State permits setting off pursuant to paragraph 2.

SECTION 7

VALUATION RULES

Article 35

1. Assets items 9 and 10 must always be valued as fixed assets. The assets includedin other balance sheet items shall be valued as fixed assets where they are intendedfor use on a continuing basis in the normal course of an undertakings’s activities.

2. Where reference is made to financial fixed assets in Section 7 of Directive78/660/EEC, this term shall in the case of credit institutions be taken to meanparticipating interests, shares in affiliated undertakings and securities intended foruse on a continuing basis in the normal course of an undertaking’s activities.

3. (a) Debt securities including fixed-income securities held as financial fixed assetsshall be shown in the balance sheet at purchase price. The Member Statesmay, however, require or permit such debt securities to be shown in thebalance sheet at the amount repayable at maturity.

(b) Where the purchase price of such debt securities exceeds the amount repay-able at maturity the amount of the difference must be charged to the profitand loss account. The Member States may, however, require or permit theamount of the difference to be written off in instalments so that it is com-pletely written off by the time when the debt securities are repaid. The dif-ference must be shown separately in the balance sheet or in the notes on theaccounts.

(c) Where the purchase price of such debt securities is less than the amountrepayable at maturity, the Member States may require or permit the amountof the difference to be released to income in instalments over the periodremaining until repayment. The difference must be shown separately in thebalance sheet or in the notes on the accounts.

Article 36

1. Where transferable securities which are not held as financial fixed assets areshown in the balance sheet at purchase price, credit institutions shall disclose in thenotes on their accounts the difference between the purchase price and the highermarket value of the balance sheet date.

2. The Member States may, however, require or permit those transferable securitiesto be shown in the balance sheet at the higher market value at the balance sheet date.The difference between the purchase price and the higher market value shall bedisclosed in the notes on the accounts.


215

reikðmingas. Ði nuostata netaikoma, jeigu remdamasi 2 dalimi valstybë narë numatotarpusavio áskaitymus.

7 SKIRSNIS

VERTËS NUSTATYMO TAISYKLËS

35 straipsnis

1. Turto 9 ir 10 straipsniai visada turi bûti vertinami kaip ilgalaikis turtas. Turtas,átrauktas á kitus balanso straipsnius, vertinamas kaip ilgalaikis turtas, jeigu numatomanuolatos juo naudotis áprastoje ámonës veikloje.

2. Jeigu daroma nuoroda á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, aptariamà Direktyvos78/660/EEB 7 skirsnyje, kalbant apie kredito ástaigas ðis terminas reiðkia dalá kitoseámonëse, dukteriniø ámoniø akcijas ir vertybinius popierius, kuriais numatoma nuolatosnaudotis áprastoje ámonës veikloje.

3. a) Skolos vertybiniai popieriai, tarp jø pastoviø pajamø vertybiniai popieriai,átraukiami á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, balanse parodomi pirkimo kaina. Taèiauvalstybës narës gali reikalauti arba leisti tokius skolos vertybinius popieriusbalanse parodyti ta suma, kuri bus iðmokama iðpirkimo metu.

b) Jeigu tokiø skolos vertybiniø popieriø pirkimo kaina yra didesnë uþ sumà,kuri bus iðmokëta atëjus iðpirkimo terminui, skirtumas parodomas pelno(nuostolio) ataskaitoje. Taèiau valstybës narës gali reikalauti arba leistinuraðyti skirtumà dalimis, kad visa suma bûtø nuraðyta iki to laiko, kol busiðpirkti skolos vertybiniai popieriai. Skirtumas turi bûti parodomas atskiraibalanse arba paaiðkinamajame raðte.

c) Jeigu tokiø skolos vertybiniø popieriø pirkimo kaina yra maþesnë uþ sumà,kuri bus iðmokëta atëjus iðpirkimo terminui, valstybës narës gali reikalautiarba leisti tà skirtumà perkelti á pajamas dalimis per tà laikà, kuris lieka ikiiðpirkimo. Skirtumas turi bûti parodomas atskirai balanse arbapaaiðkinamajame raðte.

36 straipsnis

1. Jeigu vertybiniai popieriai, neátraukiami á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, balanseparodomi pirkimo kaina, kredito ástaigos paaiðkinamajame raðte atskleidþia skirtumàtarp pirkimo kainos ir rinkos didesnës vertës balanso sudarymo dienà.

2. Taèiau valstybës narës gali reikalauti arba leisti tokius apyvartinius vertybiniuspopierius balanse parodyti rinkos didesne verte, esanèia balanso sudarymo dienà.Skirtumas tarp pirkimo kainos ir rinkos didesnës vertës atskleidþiamas paaiðkinamajameraðte.


216

Article 37

1. Article 39 of Directive 78/660/EEC shall apply to the valuation of creditinstitutions’ loans and advances, debt securities, shares and other variable-yieldsecurities which are not held as financial fixed assets.

2. Pending subsequent coordination, however, the Member States may permit:

(a) loans and advances to credit institutions and customers (Assets items 3 and 4)and debt securities, shares and other variable-yield securities included in Assetsitems 5 and 6 which are neither held as financial fixed assets as defined in Article35 (2) nor included in a trading portfolio to be shown at a value lower than thatwhich would result from the application of Article 39 (1) of Directive78/660/EEC, where that is required by the prudence dictated by the particularrisks associated with banking. Nevertheless, the difference between the two valuesmust not be more than 4 % of the total amount of the assets mentioned aboveafter application of the aforementioned Article 39;

(b) that the lower value resulting from the application of subparagraph (a) bemaintained until the credit institution decides to adjust it;

(c) where a Member State exercises the option provided for in subparagraph (a),neither Article 36 (1) of this Directive nor Article 40 (2) of Directive78/660/EEC shall apply.

Article 38

1. Pending subsequent coordination, those Member States which exercise the optionprovided for in Article 37 must permit and those Member States which do not exercisethat option may permit the introduction of a Liabilities item 6 A entitled ‘Fund forgeneral banking risks’. That item shall include those amounts which a credit institutiondecides to put aside to cover such risks where that is required by the particular risksassociated with banking.

2. The net balance of the increases and decreases of the ‘Fund for general bankingrisks’ must be shown separately in the profit and loss account.

Article 39

1. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency shall be translated at thespot rate of exchange ruling on the balance sheet date. The Member States my, however,require or permit assets held as financial fixed assets and tangible and intangibleassets, not covered or not specifically covered in either the spot or forward markets,to be translated at the rates ruling on the dates of their acquisition.

2. Uncompleted forward and spot exchange transactions shall be translated at thespot rates of exchange ruling on the balance sheet date.

The Member States may, however, require forward transactions to be translated atthe forward rate ruling on the balance sheet date.


217

37 straipsnis

1. Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 39 straipsnis taikomas vertinant kredito ástaigø paskolasir avansus, skolos vertybinius popierius, akcijas ir kitus kintamø pajamø vertybiniuspopierius, kurie neátraukiami á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà.

2. Taèiau tol, kol bus suderinta, valstybës narës gali leisti:

a) paskolas ir avansus kredito ástaigoms ir klientams (Turto 3 ir 4 straipsnis) irskolos vertybinius popierius, akcijas bei kitus kintamø pajamø vertybiniuspopierius, átrauktus á Turto 5 ir 6 straipsnius, kurie neátraukiami á ilgalaiká finansináturtà pagal 35 straipsnio 2 dalies apibrëþimà ir nepriklauso prekybai skirtøvertybiniø popieriø portfeliui, parodyti maþesne verte negu ta, kuri bûtø, jeigubûtø taikoma Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 39 straipsnio 1 dalis, jeigu to reikalaujamasiekiant apsisaugoti nuo bankø rizikos. Vis dëlto skirtumas tarp abiejø verèiø,pritaikius minëtà 39 straipsná, negali bûti didesnis negu 4% bendros pirmiaunurodyto turto vertës;

b) palaikyti maþesnæ vertæ, atsirandanèià pritaikius a punktà, iki tol, kol kreditoástaiga nuspræs jà pakoreguoti;

c) netaikyti nei ðios direktyvos 36 straipsnio 1 dalies, nei Direktyvos 78/660/EEB40 straipsnio 2 dalies, jeigu valstybë narë naudojasi a punkte suteikta galimybe.

38 straipsnis

1. Tol, kol bus suderinta, tos valstybës narës, kurios pasinaudoja 37 straipsnyjenumatyta galimybe, privalo, o tos valstybës narës, kurios ta galimybe nesinaudoja,gali leisti á Ásipareigojimus átraukti 6 A straipsná, pavadintà „Atidëjiniai bendrai bankorizikai“. Tame straipsnyje turi bûti nurodomos sumos, kurias kredito ástaiga nutariaatidëti tokiai rizikai padengti, jeigu to reikia dël tam tikrø su banko veikla susijusiørizikø.

2. Grynasis „Atidëjiniø bendrai banko rizikai“ padidëjimø ir sumaþëjimø likutisturi bûti parodytas atskirai pelno (nuostolio) ataskaitoje.

39 straipsnis

1. Turtas ir ásipareigojimai, iðreikðti uþsienio valiuta, parodomi neatidëliotinokeitimo kursu balanso sudarymo dienà. Taèiau valstybës narës gali reikalauti arbaleisti parodyti turtà, átrauktà á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà ir materialøjá bei nematerialøjáturtà, kuris nëra padengtas nei neatidëliotinø, nei iðankstiniø sandoriø rinkoje, jøásigijimo dienos kursu.

2. Neuþbaigti iðankstiniai ir neatidëliotino keitimo sandoriai parodomineatidëliotino keitimo kursu balanso sudarymo dienà.

Taèiau valstybës narës gali reikalauti, kad iðankstiniai sandoriai bûtø parodytiiðankstiniø sandoriø kursu balanso sudarymo dienà.


218

3. Without prejudice to Article 29 (3), the differences between the book values ofthe assets, liabilities and forward transactions and the amounts produced by translationin accordance with paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be shown in the profit and loss account.The Member States may, however, require or permit differences produced bytranslation in accordance with paragraphs 1 and 2 to be included, in whole or in part,in reserves not available for distribution, where they arise on assets held as financialfixed assets, on tangible and intangible assets and on any transactions undertaken tocover those assets.

4. The Member States may provide that positive translation differences arising outof forward transactions, assets or liabilities not covered or not specifically covered byother forward transactions, or by assets or liabilities shall not be shown in the profitand loss account.

5. If a method specified in Article 59 of Directive 78/660/EEC is used, the MemberStates may provide that any translation differences shall be transferred, in whole or inpart, directly to reserves. Positive and negative translation differences transferred toreserves shall be shown separately in the balance sheet or in the notes on the accounts.

6. The Member States may require or permit translation differences arising onconsolidation out of the re-translation of an affiliated undertaking’s capital and reservesor the share of a participating interest’s capital and reserves at the beginning of theaccounting period to be included, in whole or in part, in consolidated reserves, togetherwith the translation differences arising on the translation of any transactions undertakento cover that capital and those reserves.

7. The Member States may require or permit the income and expenditure ofaffiliated undertakings and participating interests to be translated on consolidation atthe average rates of exchange ruling during the accounting period.

SECTION 8

CONTENTS OF THE NOTES ON THE ACCOUNTS

Article 40

1. Article 43 (1) of Directive 78/660/EEC shall apply, subject to Article 37 of thisDirective and to the following provisions.

2. In addition to the information required under Article 43(1) (5) of Directive78/660/EEC, credit institutions shall disclose the following information relating toLiabilities item 8 (Subordinated liabilities):

(a) in respect of each borrowing which exceeds 10 % of the total amount of thesubordinated liabilities:

(i) the amount of the borrowing, the currency in which it is denominated, therate of interest and the maturity date or the fact that it is a perpetual issue;

(ii) whether there are any circumstances in which early repayment is required;


219

3. Nepaþeidþiant 29 straipsnio 3 dalies, skirtumas tarp turto, ásipareigojimø iriðankstiniø sandoriø buhalterinës vertës ir sumø, gautø konvertavus pagal 1 ir 2 dalis,parodomas pelno (nuostolio) ataskaitoje. Taèiau valstybës narës gali reikalauti arbaleisti á nepaskirstomas atsargas átraukti visusi arba dalimis skirtumus, susidaranèiusdël turto, átraukto á ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, dël materialaus ir nematerialaus turto irdël bet kokiø sandoriø, kurie sudaromi ðiam turtui padengti, konvertavimo pagal 1 ir2 dalis.

4. Valstybës narës gali priimti nuostatà, kad teigiami konvertavimo skirtumai,atsirandantys ið iðankstiniø sandoriø, turto ar ásipareigojimø, kurie nepadengti kitaisiðankstiniais sandoriais, turtu ar ásipareigojimais, pelno (nuostolio) ataskaitojeneparodomi.

5. Jeigu taikomas Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 59 straipsnyje apibrëþtas metodas,valstybës narës gali priimti nuostatà, kad bet kokie konvertavimo skirtumai visi arbadalimis pervedami tiesiai á atsargas. Teigiami ir neigiami konvertavimo skirtumai,pervesti á atsargas, parodomi balanse arba paaiðkinamajame raðte atskirai.

6. Valstybës narës gali reikalauti arba leisti, kad konvertavimo skirtumai,susidarantys konsolidavus dukterinës ámonës kapitalà, ir atsargos arba dalis kitoseámonëse ir atsargos ataskaitinio laikotarpio pradþioje visos arba dalimis bûtø átrauktosá konsoliduotas atsargas kartu su konvertavimo skirtumais, atsirandanèiaiskonvertuojant bet kokius sandorius, sudarytus tam kapitalui ir toms atsargoms padengti.

7. Valstybës narës gali reikalauti arba leisti dukteriniø ámoniø pajamas ir iðlaidas irdalies kitose ámonëse vertæ konvertuoti konsoliduojant pagal ataskaitiniu laikotarpiubuvusá vidutiná keitimo kursà.

8 SKIRSNIS

PAAIÐKINAMOJO RAÐTO TURINYS

40 straipsnis

1. Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 43 straipsnio 1 dalis taikoma atsiþvelgiant á ðiosdirektyvos 37 straipsná ir á toliau pateikiamas nuostatas.

2. Kartu su informacija, kurià privaloma pateikti pagal Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 43straipsnio 1 dalies 5 punktà, kredito ástaigos atskleidþia toliau nurodytà informacijàapie Ásipareigojimø 8 straipsná (Subordinuoti ásipareigojimai):

a) kai pasiskolinta suma virðija 10% visø subordinuotø ásipareigojimø:

i) pasiskolintos sumos dydá, valiutà, kuria ji denominuota, palûkanø normà iriðpirkimo datà arba kad tai – nuolatinë emisija;

ii) ar yra numatytos aplinkybës, kai privaloma apmokëti anksèiau termino;


220

(iii) the terms of the subordination, the existence of any provisions to convertthe subordinated liability into capital or some other form of liability and theterms of any such provisions.

(b) an overall indication of the rules governing other borrowings.

3. (a) In place of the information required under Article 43 (1) (6) of Directive78/660/EEC, credit institutions shall in the notes on their accounts stateseparately for each of the Assets items 3 (b) and 4 and the Liabilities items1 (b), 2 (a), 2 (b) (bb) and 3 (b) the amounts of those loans and advancesand liabilities on the basis of their remaining maturity as follows:

— not more than three months,

— more than three months but not more than one year,

— more than one year but not more than five years,

— more than five years.

For Assets item 4, loans and advances on call and at short notice must alsobe shown.

If loans and advances or liabilities involve payment by instalments, theremaining maturity shall be the period between the balance sheet date andthe date on which each instalment falls due.

However, for five years after the date referred to in Article 47 (2) the MemberStates may require or permit the listing by maturity of the assets and liabilitiesreferred to in this Article to be based on the originally agreed maturity orperiod of notice. In that event, where a credit institution has acquired anexisting loan not evidenced by a certificate, the Member States shall requireclassification of that loan to be based on the remaining maturity as at thedate on which it was acquired. For the purposes of this subparagraph, theoriginally agreed maturity for loans shall be the period between the date offirst drawing and the date of repayment; the period of notice shall be deemedto be the period between the date on which notice is given and the date onwhich repayment is to be made; if loans and advances or liabilities areredeemable by instalments, the agreed maturity shall be the period betweenthe date on which such loans and advances or liabilities arose and the dateon which the last instalment falls due. Credit institutions shall also indicatefor the balance sheet items referred to in this subparagraph what proportionof those assets and liabilities will become due within one year of the balancesheet date.

(b) Credit institutions shall, in respect of Assets item 5 (Debt securities includingfixed-income securities) and Liabilities item 3 (a) (Debt securities in issue),indicate what proportion of assets and liabilities will become due within oneyear of the balance sheet date.


221

iii) subordinavimo sàlygas, nuostatø, numatanèiø galimybæ konvertuotisubordinuotà ásipareigojimà á kapitalà ar á kokios nors kitos rûðiesásipareigojimà, buvimà ir tokiø nuostatø sàlygas.

b) taisykles, reguliuojanèias kitas pasiskolintas sumas.

3. a) Vietoj informacijos, kurià privaloma atskleisti pagal Direktyvos 78/660/EEB43 straipsnio 1 dalies 6 punktà, paaiðkinamajame raðte kredito ástaigos atskiraikiekvienam Turto 3 straipsnio b punktui ir 4 straipsniui bei Ásipareigojimø 1straipsnio b punktui, 2 straipsnio a punktui, 2 straipsnio b punkto bbpapunkèiui ir 3 straipsnio b punktui nurodo paskolø ir avansø dydá irásipareigojimus pagal laikà, likusá iki iðpirkimo dienos:

- ne daugiau kaip trys mënesiai,

- daugiau kaip trys mënesiai, bet ne daugiau kaip vieneri metai,

- daugiau kaip vieneri metai, bet ne daugiau kaip penkeri metai,

- daugiau kaip penkeri metai.

Paaiðkinant Turto 4 straipsná, turi bûti nurodytos paskolos ir avansai ikipareikalavimo, taip pat sumos, iðmokamos praneðus prieð trumpà laikà.

Jeigu paskolos ir avansai arba ásipareigojimai apima ámokas dalimis, laikasiki iðpirkimo dienos skaièiuojamas nuo balanso sudarymo dienos iki kiekvienoánaðo ámokëjimo termino.

Taèiau penkerius metus nuo 47 straipsnio 2 dalyje nurodytos dienos valstybësnarës gali reikalauti arba leisti ðiame straipsnyje nurodytà turtà irásipareigojimus iðvardyti pagal sutartyje numatytus iðpirkimo terminus ariðankstinio praneðimo laikotarpá. Tais atvejais, kai kredito ástaiga perimajau suteiktà paskolà, kuri nëra patvirtinta skolos lakðtais, valstybës narësreikalauja, kad tokios paskolos bûtø klasifikuojamos pagal laikà, likusá ikipaskolos gràþinimo nuo jos perëmimo dienos. Ðioje pastraipoje sutartyjenumatytu paskolos gràþinimo terminu laikomas laikotarpis nuo pirmosiosiðmokos dienos iki paskolos gràþinimo dienos; iðankstinio praneðimolaikotarpiu laikomas laikotarpis nuo tokio praneðimo áteikimo dienos ikidienos, kai paskola turi bûti apmokëta; jeigu paskolos ir avansai arbaásipareigojimai apmokami dalimis, susitartu iðpirkimo terminu laikomaslaikotarpis nuo tokiø paskolø ir avansø ar ásipareigojimø atsiradimo dienosiki paskutinës paskolos dalies apmokëjimo termino. Be to, ðioje pastraipojenurodytiems balanso straipsniams kredito ástaigos turi nurodyti, kokià ðioturto ir ásipareigojimø dalá reikës apmokëti per vienerius metus nuo balansosudarymo dienos.

b) Kredito ástaigos, paaiðkindamos Turto 5 straipsná (Skolos vertybiniai popieriaiáskaitant pastoviø pajamø vertybinius popierius) ir Ásipareigojimø 3 straipsnioa punktà (Iðleidþiami skolos vertybiniai popieriai), nurodo, kokià turto daláreikës gràþinti ir kokià ásipareigojimø dalá reikës ávykdyti per vienerius metusnuo balanso sudarymo dienos.


222

(c) The Member States may require the information referred to in subparagraphs(a) and (b) to be given in the balance sheet.

(d) Credit institutions shall give particulars of the assets which they have pledgedas security for their own liabilities or for those of third parties (includingcontingent liabilities); the particulars should be in sufficient detail to indicatefor each Liabilities item and for each Off-balance sheet item the total amountof the assets pledged as security.

4. Where credit institutions have to provide the information referred to in Article43 (1) (7) of Directive 78/660/EEC in Off-balance sheet items, such information neednot be repeated in the notes on the accounts.

5. In place of the information required under Article 43 (1) (8) of Directive78/660/EEC, a credit institution shall indicate in the notes on its accounts the proportionof its income relating to items 1, 3, 4, 6 and 7 of Article 27 or to items B 1, B 2, B 3, B4 and B 7 of Article 28 by geographical markets, in so far as, taking account of themanner in which the credit institution is organized, those markets differ substantiallyfrom one another. Article 45 (1) (b) of Directive 78/660/EEC shall apply.

6. The reference in Article 43 (1) (9) of Directive 78/660/EEC to Article 23 (6) ofthat Directive shall be deemed to be a reference to Article 27 (8) or Article 28 (A 4)of this Directive.

7. By way of derogation from Article 43 (1) (13) of Directive 78/660/EEC, creditinstitutions need disclose only the amounts of advances and credits granted to themembers of their administrative, managerial and supervisory bodies, and thecommitments entered into on their behalf by way of guarantees of any kind. Thatinformation must be given in the form of a total for each category.

Article 41

1. The information prescribed in Article 15 (3) of Directive 78/660/EEC must begiven in respect of assets held as fixed assets as defined in Article 35 of this Directive.The obligation to show value adjustments separately shall not, however, apply where aMember State has permitted set-offs between value adjustments pursuant to Article 34(2) of this Directive. In that event value adjustments may be combined with other items.

2. The Member States shall require credit institutions to give the followinginformation as well in the notes on their accounts:

(a) a breakdown of the transferable securities shown under Assets items 5 to 8 intolisted and unlisted securities;

(b) a breakdown of the transferable securities shown under Assets items 5 and 6into securities which, pursuant to Article 35, are Or are not held as financialfixed assets and the criterion used to distinguish between the two categories oftransferable securities;

(c) the value of leasing transactions, apportioned between the relevant balance sheetitems;


223

c) Valstybës narës gali reikalauti a ir b punktuose nurodytà informacijà pateiktibalanse.

d) Kredito ástaigos pateikia detalià informacijà apie turtà, ákeistà uþ savoásipareigojimus arba uþ treèiøjø asmenø ásipareigojimus (áskaitant tikëtinusásipareigojimus); tokia informacija turi bûti pakankamai detali nurodant visàákeistà turtà pagal kiekvienà Ásipareigojimø straipsná ir pagal kiekvienàNebalansinës ataskaitos straipsná.

4. Jeigu kredito ástaigos privalo pateikti Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 43 straipsnio 1dalies 7 punkte nurodytà informacijà Nebalansinëje ataskaitoje, tokios informacijoskartoti Paaiðkinamajame raðte nebûtina.

5. Vietoj informacijos, reikalaujamos pagal Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 43 straipsnio 1dalies 8 punktà, Paaiðkinamajame raðte kredito ástaigos nurodo savo pajamø dalá,tenkanèià 27 straipsnyje nurodytiems 1, 3, 4, 6 ir 7 ataskaitos straipsniams arba 28straipsnyje nurodytiems B 1, B 2, B 3, B 4 ir B 7 straipsniams pagal geografines rinkastiek, kiek, atsiþvelgiant á kredito ástaigos organizavimo pobûdá, ðios rinkos skiriasiviena nuo kitos. Taikomas Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 45 straipsnio 1 dalies b punktas.

6. Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 43 straipsnio 1 dalies 9 punkto nuoroda á tos direktyvos23 straipsnio 6 dalá laikoma nuoroda á ðios direktyvos 27 straipsnio 8 dalá arba 28straipsnio A 4 punktà.

7. Nesilaikydamos Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 43 straipsnio 1 dalies 13 punkto, kreditoástaigos turi atskleisti tik tas avansø ir kreditø sumas, kurios suteiktos administraciniø,valdymo ir prieþiûros organø nariams, ir nebalansinius ásipareigojimus, prisiimtus jønaudai kaip garantijas. Tokia informacija pateikiama kaip bendra kiekvienos kategorijossuma.

41 straipsnis

1. Informacija apie ilgalaiká turtà, numatyta Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 15 straipsnio3 dalyje, turi bûti pateikta pagal ðios direktyvos 35 straipsnio apibrëþimà. Taèiaureikalavimas parodyti vertës koregavimà atskirai netaikomas, jeigu valstybë narë leidþiavertës koregavimø tarpusavio áskaitas pagal ðios direktyvos 34 straipsnio 2 dalá. Tokiuatveju vertës koregavimus galima sujungti su kitais ataskaitos straipsniais.

2. Valstybës narës reikalauja, kad kredito ástaigos savo paaiðkinamajame raðtenurodytø ir tokià informacijà:

a) apyvartiniø vertybiniø popieriø, pateikiamø Turto 5–8 straipsniuose, pasiskirstymàpagal vertybinius popierius, átrauktus á birþos prekybos sàraðus, ir vertybiniuspopierius, neátrauktus á birþos prekybos sàraðus;

b) apyvartiniø vertybiniø popieriø, pateikiamø Turto 5 ir 6 straipsniuose, pasiskirstymàpagal vertybinius popierius, kurie pagal 35 straipsná átraukiami arba neátraukiamiá ilgalaiká finansiná turtà, ir kriterijus, pagal kuriuos skiriamos ðios dvi apyvartiniøvertybiniø popieriø kategorijos;

c) lizingo sandoriø vertæ, paskirstytà pagal atitinkamus balanso straipsnius;


224

(d) a breakdown of Assets item 13, Liabilities item 4, items 10 and 18 in the verticallayout or A 6 and A 11 in the horizontal layout and items 7 and 17 in the verticallayout or B 7 and B 9 in the horizontal layout in the profit and loss account intotheir main component amounts, where such amounts are important for the purposeof assessing the annual accounts, as well as explanations of their nature andamount;

(e) the charges paid on account of subordinated liabilities by a credit institution inthe year under review;

(f) the fact that an institution provides management and agency services to thirdparties where the scale of business of that kind is material in relation to theinstitution’s activities as a whole;

(g) the aggregate amounts of assets and of liabilities denominated in foreign currencies,translated into the currency in which the annual accounts are drawn up;

(h) a statement of the types of unmatured forward transactions outstanding at thebalance sheet date indicating, in particular, for each type of transaction, whetherthey are made to a material extent for the purpose of hedging the effects offluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and market prices, and whetherthey are made to a material extent for dealing purposes. These types of transactionshall include all those in connection with which the income or expenditure is tobe included in Article 27, item 6, Article 28, items A 3 or B 4 or Article 29 (3),for example, foreign currencies, precious metals, transferable securities,certificates of deposit and other assets.

SECTION 9

PROVISIONS RELATING TO CONSOLIDATED ACCOUNTS

Article 42

1. Credit institutions shall draw up consolidated accounts and consolidated annualreports in accordance with Directive 837349/EEC, in so far as this section does notprovide otherwise.

2. Insofar as a Member State does not have recourse to Article 5 of Directive83/349/EEC, paragraph 1 of this Article shall also apply to parent undertakings thesole object of which is to acquire holdings in subsidiary undertakings and to managesuch holdings and turn them to profit, where those subsidiary undertakings are eitherexclusively or mainly credit institutions.

Article 43

1. Directive 83/349/EEC shall apply, subject to Article 1 of this Directive andparagraph 2 of this Article.

2. (a) Articles 4, 6, 15 and 40 of Directive 83/349/EEC shall not apply.

(b) The Member States may make application of Article 7 of Directive83/349/EEC subject to the following additional conditions:


225

d) Turto 13 straipsnio, Ásipareigojimø 4 straipsnio, pelno (nuostolio) ataskaitosvertikalaus iðdëstymo 10 ir 18 straipsniø arba horizontalaus iðdëstymo A 6 irA 11 straipsniø bei vertikalaus iðdëstymo 7 ir 17 straipsniø arba horizontalausiðdëstymo B 7 ir B 9 straipsniø iðskaidymà á pagrindines sudëtines sumas, jeigutokios sumos svarbios metiniø finansiniø ataskaitø ávertinimui, ir taip pat jøpobûdþio ir apimties iðaiðkinimui;

e) sumas, kurias kredito ástaiga sumokëjo uþ subordinuotus ásipareigojimusataskaitiniais metais;

f) tai, kad ástaiga teikia valdymo ir tarpininkavimo paslaugas treèiosioms ðalims,jeigu tokia veikla sudaro reikðmingà visos ástaigos veiklos dalá;

g) turto ir ásipareigojimø uþsienio valiuta bendras sumas, perskaièiuotas á valiutà,kuria sudaromos metinës finansinës ataskaitos;

h) balanso sudarymo dienà tebegaliojanèiø iðankstiniø sandoriø rûðis bûtinainurodant pagal kiekvienà sandorio rûðá, ar sandoris ið esmës sudarytasapsidraudþiant nuo palûkanø normos, valiutos keitimo kurso ar rinkos kainøsvyravimo, ar prekybos tikslais. Tokios sandoriø rûðys – visi sandoriai, kuriøpajamos arba iðlaidos átraukiamos á 27 straipsnio 6 punktà, 28 straipsnio A 3arba B 4 punktà arba 29 straipsnio 3 dalá, pavyzdþiui, uþsienio valiutos, brangiejimetalai, apyvartiniai vertybiniai popieriai, depozitø sertifikatai ir kitas turtas.

9 SKIRSNIS

NUOSTATOS DËL KONSOLIDUOTØ FINANSINIØ ATASKAITØ

42 straipsnis

1. Kredito ástaigos rengia konsoliduotas finansines ataskaitas ir konsoliduotas metøataskaitas pagal Direktyvà 83/349/EEB, jeigu ðiame skirsnyje nenustatyta kitaip.

2. Jeigu valstybë narë netaiko Direktyvos 83/349/EEB 5 straipsnio, ðio straipsnio 1dalis taip pat taikoma ir patronuojanèiai ámonei, kurios vienintelis tikslas – ásigytidukteriniø ámoniø akcijø ir valdyti tokias akcijas gaunant pelnà, jeigu tokios dukterinësámonës yra iðimtinai kredito ástaigos arba ði veikla yra jø svarbiausia veiklos dalis.

43 straipsnis

1. Direktyva 83/349/EEB taikoma atsiþvelgiant á ðios direktyvos 1 straipsná ir ðiostraipsnio 2 dalá.

2. a) Direktyvos 83/349/EEB 4, 6, 15 ir 40 straipsniai netaikomi.

b) Valstybës narës gali taikyti Direktyvos 83/349/EEB 7 straipsná, atsiþvelgdamosá tokias papildomas sàlygas:


226

— the parent undertaking must have declared that it guarantees the com-mitments entered into by the exempted undertaking; the existence ofthat declaration shall be disclosed in the accounts of the exempted un-dertaking;

— the parent undertaking must be a credit institution within the meaningof Article 2 (1) (a) of this Directive.

(c) The information referred to in the first two indents of Article 9 (2) of Direc-tive 83/349/EEC, namely:

— the amount of the fixed assets and

— the net turnover

shall be replaced by:

— the sum of items 1, 3, 4, 6 and 7 in Article 27 or B 1, B 2, B 3, B 4 andB 7 in Article 28 of this Directive.

(d) Where, as a result of applying Article 13 (3) (c) of Directive 83/349/EEC, asubsidiary undertaking which is a credit institution is not included in con-solidated accounts but where the shares of that undertaking are temporarilyheld as a result of a financial assistance operation with a view to the reorga-nization or rescue of the undertaking in question, the annual accounts ofthat undertaking shall be attached to the consolidated accounts and addi-tional information shall be given in the notes on the accounts concerningthe nature and terms of the financial assistance operation.

(e) A Member State may also apply Article 12 of Directive 83/349/EEC to twoor more credit institutions which are not connected as described in Article 1(1) or (2) of that Directive but are managed on a unified basis other thanpursuant to a contract or provisions in the memorandum or articles of asso-ciation.

(f) Article 14 of Directive 83/349/EEC, with the exception of paragraph 2, shallapply subject to the following provision.

Where a parent undertaking is a credit institution and where one or moresubsidiary undertakings to be consolidated do not have that status, thosesubsidiary undertakings shall be included in the consolidation if their activi-ties are a direct extension of banking or concern services ancillary to bank-ing, such as leasing, factoring, the management of unit trusts, the manage-ment of dataprocessing services or any other similar activity.

(g) For the purposes of the layout of consolidated accounts:

— Articles 3, 5 to 26 and 29 to 34 of this Directive shall apply;

— the reference in Article 17 of Directive 83/349/EEC to Article 15 (3) ofDirective 78/660/EEC shall apply to the assets deemed to be fixed as-sets pursuant to Article 35 of this Directive.


227

- patronuojanti ámonë turi bûti pareiðkusi, kad ji garantuoja uþnebalansinius ásipareigojimus, kuriuos prisiima ámonë; toks pareiðkimasatskleidþiamas ámonës, kuriai taikoma iðimtis, finansinëse ataskaitose;

- patronuojanti ámonë turi bûti kredito ástaiga, kaip ji apibrëþiama ðiosdirektyvos 2 straipsnio 1 dalies a punkte.

c) Direktyvos 83/349/EEB 9 straipsnio 2 dalies pirmose dviejose pastraiposenurodyta informacija, bûtent:

- ilgalaikio turto suma ir

- grynoji apyvarta,

pakeièiama nurodant:

- ðios direktyvos 27 straipsnio 1, 3, 4, 6 ir 7 punktø arba 28 straipsnio B1, B 2, B 3, B 4 ir B 7 punktø sumas.

d) Jeigu, taikant Direktyvos 83/349/EEB 13 straipsnio 3 dalies c punktà,dukterinë ámonë, kuri yra kredito ástaiga, neátraukiama á konsoliduotasfinansines ataskaitas, bet tos ámonës akcijos laikinai átraukiamos á apskaitàdël finansinës pagalbos veiksmø ðià ámonæ reorganizuojant arba sanuojant,tos ámonës metinës finansinës ataskaitos pridedamos prie konsoliduotøfinansiniø ataskaitø, o papildoma informacija apie finansinës pagalbosveiksmø pobûdá ir sàlygas pateikiama paaiðkinamajame raðte.

e) Be to, valstybë narë gali taikyti Direktyvos 83/349/EEB 12 straipsná dviemsar daugiau kredito ástaigø, kurios nëra susijusios taip, kaip apraðyta tosdirektyvos 1 straipsnio 1 arba 2 dalyje, bet kurios valdomos bendru pagrindu,taèiau ne pagal sutartá, memorandumo ar ástatø nuostatas.

f) Direktyvos 83/349/EEB 14 straipsnis, iðskyrus 2 dalá, taikomas pagal tokiànuostatà.

Jeigu patronuojanti ámonë yra kredito ástaiga ir jeigu viena arba daugiaudukteriniø ámoniø, kuriø ataskaitos yra konsoliduojamos, tokio statuso neturi,tos dukterinës ámonës átraukiamos á konsoliduotas ataskaitas, jeigu jø veiklatiesiogiai pratæsia bankinæ veiklà arba siejasi su papildomomis bankopaslaugomis, tokiomis kaip lizingas, faktoringas, investiciniø fondø valdymas,duomenø apdorojimo paslaugø valdymas ar bet kokia kita panaðia veikla.

g) Konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø iðdëstymui taikomi:

- ðios direktyvos 3, 5–26 ir 29–34 straipsniai;

- Direktyvos 83/349/EEB 17 straipsnio nuoroda á Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 15 straipsnio 3 dalá taikoma turtui, kuris laikomas ilgalaikiu turtupagal ðios direktyvos 35 straipsná.


228

(h) Article 34 of Directive 83/349/EEC shall apply in respect of the contents of thenotes on consolidated accounts, subject to Articles 40 and 41 of this Directive.

SECTION 10

PUBLICATION

Article 44

1. The duly approved annual accounts of credit institutions, together with the annualreports and the reports by the persons responsible for auditing the accounts shall bepublished as laid down by national law in accordance with Article 3 of Directive68/151/EEC (1).

National law may, however, permit the annual report not to be published as stipulated above.In that case, it shall be made available to the public at the company’s registered office in theMember State concerned. It must be possible to obtain a copy of all or part of any such reporton request. The price of such a copy must not exceed its administrative cost.

2. Paragraph 1 shall also apply to the duly approved consolidated accounts, theconsolidated annual reports and the reports by the persons responsible for auditingthe accounts.

3. However, where a credit institution which has drawn up annual accounts orconsolidated accounts is not established as one of the types of company listed in Article1 (1) of Directive 78/660/EEC and is not required by its national law to publish thedocuments referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article as prescribed in Article 3of Directive 68/151/EEC, it must at least make them available to the public at itsregistered office or, in the absence of a registered office, at its principal place ofbusiness. It must be possible to obtain copies of such documents on request. Theprices of such copies must not exceed their administrative cost.

4. The annual accounts and consolidated accounts of a credit institution must bepublished in every Member State in which that credit institution has branches withinthe meaning of the third indent of Article 1 of Directive 77/780/EEC. Such MemberStates may require that those documents be published in their official languages.

5. The Member States shall provide for appropriate sanctions for failure to complywith the publication rules referred to in this Article.

SECTION 11

AUDITING

Article 45

A Member State need not apply Article 2 (1) (b) (iii) of Directive 84/253/EEC (2) topublic savings banks where the statutory auditing of the documents of thoseundertakings referred to in Article 1 (1) of that Directive is reserved to an existing

(1) OJ No L 65, 14. 3. 1968, p. 8.(2) OJ No L 126, 12. 5. 1984, p. 20.


229

h) Direktyvos 83/349/EEB 34 straipsnis taikomas konsoliduotø finansiniøataskaitø paaiðkinamøjø raðtø turiniui pagal ðios direktyvos 40 ir 41 straipsnius.

10 SKIRSNIS

VIEÐAS PASKELBIMAS

44 straipsnis

1. Tinkamai patvirtintos kredito ástaigos metinës finansinës ataskaitos kartu sumetø ataskaitomis ir atsakingø uþ ataskaitø audità asmenø ataskaitomis skelbiamoskaip numatyta nacionaliniuose teisës aktuose pagal Direktyvos 68/151/EEB1 3straipsná.

Taèiau nacionaliniai teisës aktai gali leisti neskelbti metø ataskaitos kaip nustatyta pirmiau.Tokiu atveju ji turi bûti prieinama visuomenei bendrovës registruotoje buveinëjeatitinkamoje valstybëje narëje. Pareikalavus turi bûti ámanoma gauti visà ataskaità arbajos dalá. Tokios kopijos kaina negali bûti didesnë nei jos administracinës iðlaidos.

2. 1 dalis taikoma ir tinkamai patvirtintoms konsoliduotoms finansinëms ataskaitoms,konsoliduotoms metø ataskaitoms ir atsakingø uþ ataskaitø audità asmenø ataskaitoms.

3. Taèiau jeigu kredito ástaiga, parengusi metines finansines ar konsoliduotasfinansines ataskaitas, nëra ásteigta kaip viena ið Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 1 straipsnio 1dalyje iðvardytø bendroviø rûðiø, ir jeigu pagal nacionalinius teisës aktus nereikalaujamaskelbti ðio straipsnio 1 ir 2 dalyse nurodytus dokumentus, kaip nurodyta Direktyvos68/151/EEB 3 straipsnyje, ji privalo sudaryti galimybes visuomenei susipaþinti su taisdokumentais savo registruotoje buveinëje, o jeigu registruotos buveinës nëra –pagrindinëje verslo vietoje. Pareikalavus turi bûti ámanoma gauti tokiø dokumentøkopijas. Tokiø kopijø kaina negali bûti didesnë nei jø administracinës iðlaidos.

4. Kredito ástaigos metinës finansinës ir konsoliduotos finansinës ataskaitos turibûti skelbiamos kiekvienoje valstybëje narëje, kurioje ta kredito ástaiga turi savo skyriø,kaip apibrëþta Direktyvos 77/780/EEB 1 straipsnio treèioje átraukoje. Tos valstybësnarës gali reikalauti, kad tie dokumentai bûtø paskelbti jø oficialiomis kalbomis.

5. Valstybës narës patvirtina atitinkamas sankcijas uþ ðiame straipsnyje nurodytøinformacijos paskelbimo taisykliø nesilaikymà.

11 SKIRSNIS

AUDITAS

45 straipsnis

Valstybei narei nebûtina taikyti Direktyvos 84/253/EEB2 2 straipsnio 1 dalies b punktoiii papunkèio valstybiniams taupomiesiems bankams, jeigu ástatymais numatytas tosdirektyvos 1 straipsnio 1 dalyje nurodytø ámoniø dokumentø auditas paskirtas ðios

1 OL L 65, 1968 03 14, p. 8.2 OL L 126, 1984 05 12, p. 20.


230

supervisory body for those savings banks at the time of the entry into force of thisDirective and where the person responsible complies at least with the conditions laiddown in Article 3 to 9 of Directive 84/253/EEC.

SECTION 12

FINAL PROVISIONS

Article 46

The Contact Committee established in accordance with Article 52 of Directive78/660/EEC shall, when meeting as constituted appropriately, also have the followingfunctions:

(a) to facilitate, without prejudice to Articles 169 and 170 of thci Treaty, harmonizedapplication of this Directive through regular meetings dealing in particular withpractical problems arising in connection with its application;

(b) to advise the Commission, if necessary, on additions or amendments to thisDirective.

Article 47

1. The Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary for them to comply with this Directive by 31 December 1990.They shall forthwith inform the Commission thereof.

2. A Member State may provide that the provisions referred to in paragraph 1shall first apply to annual accounts and consolidated accounts for financial yearsbeginning on 1 January 1993 or during the calendar year 1993.

3. The Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the mainprovisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

Article 48

Five years after the date referred to in Article 47 (2), the Council, acting on a proposalfrom the Commission, shall examine and if need be revise all those provisions of thisDirective which provide for Member State options, together with Articles 2 (1), 27, 28and 41, in the light of the experience acquired in applying this Directive and in particularof the aims of greater transparency and harmonization of the provisions referred toby this Directive.

Article 49


Done at Brussels, 8 December 1986.

For the Council

The President

N. LAWSON


231

direktyvos ásigaliojimo metu buvusiai tø taupomøjø bankø prieþiûros ástaigai ir jeiguatsakingas asmuo atitinka Direktyvos 84/253/EEB 3–9 straipsniø sàlygas.

12 SKIRSNIS


46 straipsnis

Ryðiø komitetas, ákurtas remiantis Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 52 straipsniu, kai susirenkatinkamos sudëties, atlieka ir tokias funkcijas:

a) nepaþeisdamas Sutarties 169 ir 170 straipsniø, padeda valstybëms narëms vienodaitaikyti ðià direktyvà organizuodamas nuolatinius susitikimus, kuriuosesprendþiamos praktinës problemos, atsirandanèios jà ágyvendinant;

b) jeigu reikia, teikia patarimus Komisijai dël ðios direktyvos papildymø arpakeitimø.

47 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës priima ástatymus ir kitus teisës aktus, kurie, ásigaliojæ iki 1990 m.gruodþio 31 d., ágyvendina ðia direktyvà. Apie tai jos nedelsdamos praneða Komisijai.

2. Valstybë narë gali nustatyti, kad 1 dalies nuostatos bûtø pirmiausia taikomosmetinëms finansinëms ir konsoliduotoms finansinëms ataskaitoms uþ finansinius metus,prasidedanèius 1993 m. sausio 1 d., arba kalendoriniais 1993 m.

3. Valstybës narës pateikia Komisijai ðios direktyvos reglamentuojamoje srityjepriimtø pagrindiniø nacionaliniø teisës aktø nuostatø tekstus.

48 straipsnis

Taryba, remdamasi Komisijos pasiûlymu, per penkerius metus nuo 47 straipsnio 2 dalyjenurodytos dienos, atsiþvelgdama á ðios direktyvos ágyvendinimo patirtá ir ypaè siekdamadidesnio ðioje direktyvoje aptariamø nuostatø skaidrumo bei suderinimo, iðnagrinëja ir,jeigu reikia, patikslina visas ðios direktyvos nuostatas, suteikianèias valstybëms narëmspasirinkimo galimybæ, taip pat 2 straipsnio 1 dalies, 27, 28 ir 41 straipsniø nuostatas.

49 straipsnis


Priimta Briuselyje, 1986 m. gruodþio 8 d.

Tarybos vardu

Pirmininkas

N. LAWSON


232


COUNCIL DIRECTIVE

of 13 February 1989

on the obligations of branches established in a Member State of creditinstitutions and financial institutions having their head offices outside thatMember State regarding the publication of annual accounting documents

(89/117/EEC)


Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community, and inparticular Article 54 thereof,


In cooperation with the European Parliament (2),

Having regard to the opinion of the Economic and Social Committee (3)

Whereas the establishment of a European internal market presupposes that thebranches of credit institutions and financial institutions having their head offices inother Member States should be treated in the same way as branches of credit institutionsand financial institutions having their head offices in the same Member State ; whereasthis means that, with regard to the publication of annual accounting documents, it issufficient for the branches of such institutions having their head offices in other MemberStates to publish the annual accounting documents of their institution as a whole;

Whereas, as part of a further instrument of coordination of the disclosure requirementsin respect of branches, provision is made for certain documents and particulars relatingto branches established in a Member State which certain types of companies governedby the law of another Member State, including banks and other financial institutions,have to publish; whereas, as regards disclosure of accounting documents, reference ismade to specific provisions to be laid down for banks and other financial institutions;

Whereas the present practice of some Member States of requiring the branches ofcredit institutions and financial institutions having their head offices outside theseMember States to publish annual accounts relating to their own activities is no longerjustified following the adoption of Council Directive 86/635/EEC of 8 December 1986on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts of banks and other financialinstitutions (4); whereas the publication of annual branch accounts cannot in any caseprovide the public, and in particular creditors, with an adequate view of the financialsituation of the undertaking, since part of a whole cannot be viewed in isolation;

(1) OJ No C 230, 11. 9. 1986, p. 4.(2) OJ No C 319, 30. 11. 1987, p. 64 and OJ C 290, 14. 11. 1988, p. 66.(3) OJ No C 345, 21. 12. 1987, p. 73.(4) OJ No L 372, 31. 12. 1986, p. 1.


233


1989 m. vasario 13 d.

TARYBOS DIREKTYVA

dël kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra kitosevalstybëse narëse, skyriø prievoliø, susijusiø su metiniø finansiniø

atskaitomybës dokumentø skelbimu

(89/117/EEB)


atsiþvelgdama á Europos ekonominës bendrijos steigimo sutartá ir ypaè á jos 54 straipsná,

atsiþvelgdama á Komisijos pasiûlymà1 ,

bendradarbiaudama su Europos Parlamentu2 ,

atsiþvelgdama á Ekonomikos ir socialiniø reikalø komiteto nuomonæ3 ,

kadangi Europos vidaus rinkos sukûrimas sudaro prielaidà, kad kredito ir finansøástaigø, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra kitose valstybëse narëse, skyriams bûtøsudaromos tokios pat sàlygos, kaip ir kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kuriø pagrindinësbuveinës yra toje paèioje valstybëje narëje, skyriams; kadangi, kalbant apie metinësfinansiniø atskaitomybës dokumentø skelbimà, tai reiðkia, kad tokiø ástaigø, kuriøpagrindinës buveinës yra kitose valstybëse narëse, skyriams pakanka skelbti visosástaigos, kaip visumos, metinës finansinius atskaitomybës dokumentus;

kadangi, be kitø priemoniø, skirtø toliau derinti skyriams keliamus informacijosatskleidimo reikalavimus, numatoma, kad tam tikros rûðies bendrovës, áskaitant bankusir kitas finansø ástaigas, kuriø veiklà reglamentuoja kitos valstybës narës ástatymai,turi skelbti tam tikrus dokumentus ir iðsamesnius duomenis apie skyrius; kadangi,kalbant apie atskaitomybës dokumentø atskleidimà, nurodomos specialios nuostatos,kurios turi bûti nustatytos bankams ir kitoms finansø ástaigoms;

kadangi, priëmus 1986 m. gruodþio 8 d. Tarybos direktyvà 86/635/EEB dël bankø irkitø finansø ástaigø metiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø4 , kai kuriøvalstybiø nariø dar keliami reikalavimai, kad kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kuriø pagrindinësbuveinës yra ne tose valstybëse narëse, skyriai skelbtø metines finansines ataskaitasapie savo veiklà, nebëra pagrásti; kadangi ið skyriø skelbiamø metiniø finansiniøataskaitø visuomenë, o ypaè kreditoriai, negali susidaryti tikro vaizdo apie ámonësfinansinæ padëtá, nes dalies negalima iðskirti ið visumos;

1 OL C 230, 1986 09 11, p. 4.2 OL C 319, 1987 11 30, p. 64 ir OL C 290, 1988 11 14, p. 66.3 OL C 345, 1987 12 21, p. 73.4 OL L 372, 1986 12 31, p. 1.


234

Whereas, on the other hand, in view of the present level of integration, the need forcertain information on the activities of branches established in a Member State bycredit institutions and financial institutions having their head offices outside thatMember State cannot be disregarded; whereas, nevertheless, he extent of suchinformation should be limited so as to prevent distortions of competition;

Whereas, however, this Directive affects only disclosure requirements concerningannual accounts, and does not in any way affect the obligations of branches of creditinstitutions and financial institutions to provide information pursuant to otherrequirements, deriving, for example, from social legislation, with regard to employees’rights to information, host countries’ rights of supervision over credit institutions orfinancial institutions and fiscal legislation and also for statistical purposes;

Whereas equality of competition means, with regard to the branches of creditinstitutions and financial institutions having their head offices in non-member countries,that such branches must, on the one hand, in publishing annual accounting documents,adhere to a standard which is the same as, or equivalent to, that of the Community,but, on the other hand, that such branches should not have to publish annual accountsrelating to their own activities if they fulfil the abovementioned condition;

Whereas the equivalence, required under this Directive, of annual accountingdocuments of credit institutions and financial institutions having their head offices innon-member countries may lead to problems of assessment; whereas it is thereforenecessary for this and other problems in the area covered by the Directive, and inparticular in its implementation, to be dealt with by representatives of the MemberStates and of the Commission jointly in a Contact Committee; whereas, in order tokeep the number of such committees within limits, such cooperation should be carriedout within the framework of the Committee set up under Article 52 of Council Directive78/660/EEC of 25 July 1978 on the annual accounts of certain types of companies (1),as last amended by Directive 84/569/EEC (2); whereas, however, where problemsrelating to credit institutions are to be dealt with, the Committee should be appropriatelyconstituted,


Article 1

Scope

1. The coordination measures prescribed by this Directive shall apply to branchesestablished in a Member State by credit institutions and financial institutions withinthe meaning of Article 2 (1) (a) and (b) of Directive 86/635/EEC having their headoffices outside that Member State. Where a credit institution or financial institutionhas its head office in a non-member country, this Directive shall apply in so far as thecredit institution or financial institution has a legal form which is comparable to thelegal forms specified in the above-mentioned Article 2 (1) (a) and (b).

(1) OJ No L 222, 14. 8. 1978, p. 11.(2) OJ No L 314, 4. 12. 1984, p. 28.


235

kadangi, kita vertus, atsiþvelgiant á dabartiná integracijos lygá, negalima nepaisyti tamtikros informacijos poreikio apie skyriø, kuriuos valstybëje narëje ásteigë kredito arfinansø ástaigos, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra ne toje paèioje valstybëje narëje, veiklà;kadangi vis dëlto tokios informacijos apimtis turëtø bûti ribojama, kad bûtø uþkirstaskelias konkurencijos iðkraipymams;

kadangi ði direktyva turi átakos tik tiems informacijos atskleidimo reikalavimams,kurie yra susijæ su metinëmis finansinëmis ataskaitomis, bet visiðkai neturi átakoskredito ir finansø ástaigø skyriø prievolëms teikti informacijà pagal kitus reikalavimus,kuriuos numato, pavyzdþiui, socialinës sferos ástatymai dël darbuotojø teisiø áinformacijà, dël priimanèiø valstybiø teisës vykdyti kredito ar finansø ástaigø prieþiûràar mokesèiø ástatymai, taip pat reikalavimai teikti informacijà statistikos tikslais;

kadangi, kalbant apie kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yravalstybëse ne narëse, skyrius, vienodos konkurencijos sàlygos reiðkia, kad, viena vertus,ðie skyriai, skelbdami metinius finansinius atskaitomybës dokumentus, privalo laikytisstandarto, kuris bûtø visiðkai toks pat kaip Bendrijos arba jam lygiavertis, taèiau, kitavertus, tokie skyriai neturëtø skelbti metiniø finansiniø ataskaitø, susijusiø su jø veikla,jeigu jie atitinka anksèiau minëtas sàlygas;

kadangi kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra valstybëse ne narëse,metiniø finansiniø atskaitomybës dokumentø lygiavertiðkumas, kurio reikalauja ðidirektyva, gali sukelti vertinimo problemø; kadangi dël to bûtina ðià bei kitas problemas,kylanèias toje srityje, kuriai taikoma ði direktyva, o ypaè problemas, kylanèias jàágyvendinant, spræsti bendromis valstybiø nariø ir Komisijos atstovø jëgomis Ryðiøkomitete; kadangi, siekiant nedidinti tokiø komitetø skaièiaus, minëtasbendradarbiavimas turëtø vykti komitete, ásteigtame pagal 1978 m. liepos 25 d. Tarybosdirektyvos 78/660/EEB dël tam tikrø rûðiø bendroviø metiniø finansiniø ataskaitø1

su paskutiniais pakeitimais, padarytais Direktyva 84/569/EEB2 , 52 straipsná; kadangi,jeigu vis dëlto reikia spræsti su kredito ástaigomis susijusias problemas, komitetas turibûti sudarytas tinkamai,


1 straipsnis

Taikymo sritis

1. Ðioje direktyvoje numatytos derinimo priemonës taikomos skyriams, kuriuosvalstybëje narëje ásteigë kredito ar finansø ástaigos, apibrëþtos Direktyvos 86/635/EEB2 straipsnio 1 dalies a ir b punktuose, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra ne toje paèiojevalstybëje narëje. Jeigu kredito ar finansø ástaigos pagrindinë buveinë yra valstybëjene narëje, ði direktyva taikoma tik toms kredito ar finansø ástaigoms, kuriø organizacinëforma prilygsta jau minëto 2 straipsnio 1 dalies a ir b punktuose nurodytai formai.

1 OL L 222, 1978 08 14, p. 11.2 OL L 314, 1984 12 04, p. 28.


236

2. The third indent of Article 1 of Directive 77/780/EEC (1) shall apply mutatis

mutandis to branches of credit institutions and financial institutions covered by thisDirective.

Article 2

Provisions relating to branches of credit institutions and financial institutionshaving their head offices in other Member States

1. Member States shall require branches of credit institutions and financialinstitutions having their head offices in other Member States to publish, in accordancewith Article 44 of Directive 86/635/EEC, the credit institution or financial institutiondocuments referred to therein (annual accounts, consolidated accounts, annual report,consolidated annual report, opinions of the person responsible for auditing the annualaccounts and consolidated accounts).

2. Such documents must be drawn up and audited in the manner required by thelaw of the Member State in which the credit institution or financial institution has itshead office in accordance with Directive 86/635/EEC.

3. Branches may not be required to publish annual accounts relating to their ownactivities.

4. Member States may, pending further coordination, require branches to publishthe following additional information :

— the income and costs of the branch deriving from items 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and 15 ofArticle 27 or from items A.4, A9, B.I to B.4 and B.7 of Article 28 of Directive86/635/EEC,

— the average number of staff employed by the branch,

— the total claims and liabilities attributable to the branch, broken down into thosein respect of credit institutions and those in respect of customers, together withthe overall amount of such claims and liabilities expressed in the currency of theMember State in which the branch is established,

— the total assets and the amounts corresponding to items 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of theassets, 1, 2 and 3 of the liabilities and 1 and 2 of the off-balance sheet itemsdefined in Article 4 and parallel Articles of Directive 86/635/EEC, and, in thecase of items 2, 5 and 6 of the assets, a breakdown of securities according towhether they have or have not been regarded as financial fixed assets pursuantto Article 35 of Directive 86/635/EEC.

Where such information is required, its accuracy and its accordance with the annualaccounts must be checked by one or more persons authorized to audit accounts underthe law of the Member State in which the branch is established.

(1) OJ No L 322, 17. 12. 1977, p. 30.


237

2. Kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kurioms taikoma ði direktyva, skyriams Direktyvos77/780/EEB1 1 straipsnio treèia átrauka pritaikomas mutatis mutandis.

2 straipsnis

Nuostatos dël kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra kitosevalstybëse narëse, skyriø

1. Valstybës narës reikalauja, kad kredito ir finansø ástaigos, kuriø pagrindinësbuveinës yra kitose valstybëse narëse, pagal Direktyvos 86/635/EEB 44 straipsná skelbtøkredito ar finansø ástaigos dokumentus, nurodytus minëtame straipsnyje (metinesfinansines ataskaitas, konsoliduotas finansines ataskaitas, metinæ ataskaità,konsoliduotà metinæ ataskaità, uþ metiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniøataskaitø audità atsakingo asmens iðvadas).

2. Minëti dokumentai turi bûti rengiami ir jø auditas atliekamas tokia tvarka, kaipreikalauja tos valstybës narës, kurioje yra atitinkamos kredito ar finansø ástaigospagrindinë buveinë, ástatymai pagal Direktyvà 86/635/EEB.

3. Negalima reikalauti, kad skyriai atskirai skelbtø metines finansines ataskaitasapie savo veiklà.

4. Tolesnio derinimo metu valstybës narës gali reikalauti, kad skyriai skelbtø tokiàpapildomà informacijà:

- skyriaus pajamos ir sànaudos, susidaranèios pagal Direktyvos 86/635/EEB 27straipsnio 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 ir 15 punktus arba 28 straipsnio A.4, A.9, B.1–B.4 ir B.7punktus,

- skyriaus darbuotojø vidutinis skaièius,

- visi skyriui priskiriami pretenzijos ir ásipareigojimai atskiroms kredito ástaigomsir klientams kartu su bendra visø pretenzijø ir ásipareigojimø suma, iðreikðta tosvalstybës narës, kurioje skyrius ásteigtas, valiuta,

- visas turtas ir sumos, atitinkanèios turto 2, 3, 4, 5 ir 6 straipsnius, ásipareigojimø1, 2 ir 3 straipsnius ir nebalansinius 1 ir 2 straipsnius, apibrëþtus Direktyvos86/635/EEB 4 straipsnyje ir jam analogiðkuose straipsniuose, o turto 2, 5 ir 6straipsniø atveju – vertybiniai popieriai iðskirstant juos pagal tai, ar jie laikomi,ar nelaikomi pagrindinëmis finansinëmis priemonëmis pagal Direktyvos86/635/EEB 35 straipsná.

Jeigu reikalaujama minëtos informacijos, jos tikslumà ir atitikimà metinëms finansinëmsataskaitoms privalo tikrinti vienas ar daugiau asmenø, ágaliotø atlikti ataskaitø auditàpagal valstybës narës, kurioje ásteigtas skyrius, ástatymus.

1 OL L 322, 1977 12 17, p. 30.


238

Article 3

Provisions relating to branches of credit institutions and financial institutionshaving their head offices in non-members countries

1. Member States shall require branches of credit institutions and financialinstitutions having their head offices in non-member countries to publish the documentsspecified in Article 2 (1), drawn up and audited in the manner required by the law ofthe country of the head office, in accordance with the provisions set out therein.

2. Where such documents are in conformity with, or equivalent to, documents drawnup in accordance with Directive 86/635/EEC and the condition of reciprocity, forCommunity credit institutions and financial institutions, is fulfilled in the non-membercountry in which the head office is situated, Article 2 (3) shall apply.

3. In cases other than those referred to in paragraph 2, Member States may requirethe branches to publish annual accounts relating to their own activities.

4. In the cases specified in paragraphs 2 and 3, Member States may require branchesto publish the information referred to in Article 2 (4) and the amount of the endowmentcapital.

5. Article 9 (1) and (3) of Directive 77/780/EEC shall apply by analogy to branchesof credit institutions and financial institutions covered by this Directive.

Article 4

Language of publication

Member States may require that the documents provided for in this Directive bepublished in their official national language or languages and that translations thereofbe certified.

Article 5

Work of the Contact Committee

The Contact Committee set up pursuant to Article 52 of Directive 78/660/EEC shall,when constituted appropriately, also:

(a) facilitate, without prejudice to Articles 169 and 170 of the Treaty, harmonizedapplication of this Directive through regular meetings dealing, in particular,with practical problems arising in connection with its application, such asassessment of equivalence of documents, and facilitate decisions concerning thecomparability and equivalence of the legal forms referred to in Article 1 (1);

(b) advise the Commission, if necessary, on additions or amendments to thisDirective.


239

3 straipsnis

Nuostatos dël kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra valstybësene narëse, skyriø

1. Valstybës narës reikalauja, kad kredito ir finansø ástaigø, kuriø pagrindinësbuveinës yra valstybëse ne narëse, skyriai skelbtø 2 straipsnio 1 dalyje nurodytusdokumentus, kurie rengiami ir kuriø auditas atliekamas tokia tvarka, kaip reikalaujatos valstybës, kurioje yra pagrindinë buveinë, ástatymai.

2. Jeigu minëti dokumentai atitinka pagal Direktyvà 86/635/EEB parengtusdokumentus arba yra jiems lygiaverèiai, o toje valstybëje ne narëje, kurioje yra ásikûrusipagrindinë buveinë, yra laikomasi abipusiðkumo principo Bendrijos kredito ir finansøástaigø atþvilgiu, tuomet taikoma 2 straipsnio 3 dalis.

3. Visais kitais atvejais, iðskyrus tuos, kurie nurodyti 2 dalyje, valstybës narës galireikalauti, kad skyriai skelbtø atskiras metines finansines ataskaitas apie savo veiklà.

4. Tais atvejais, kurie nurodyti 2 ir 3 dalyse, valstybës narës gali reikalauti, kadskyriai skelbtø 2 straipsnio 4 dalyje nurodytà informacijà ir negràþintinai perduotokapitalo sumà.

5. Direktyvos 77/780/EEB 9 straipsnio 1 ir 3 dalys analogiðkai taikomos kredito irfinansø ástaigø, kurioms taikoma ði direktyva, skyriams.

4 straipsnis

Dokumentø skelbimo kalba

Valstybës narës gali reikalauti, kad ðioje direktyvoje numatyti dokumentai bûtøskelbiami jø valstybine kalba ar kalbomis, o dokumentø vertimai bûtø tvirtinami.

5 straipsnis

Ryðiø komiteto darbas

Ryðiø komitetas, ásteigtas pagal Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 52 straipsná, jeigu yra sudarytastinkamai, taip pat:

a) nepaþeisdamas Sutarties 169 ir 170 straipsniø, padeda darniai taikyti ðià direktyvàrengdamas reguliarius susirinkimus, kuriuose pirmiausia sprendþia praktinesproblemas, kylanèias jà taikant, tokias kaip dokumentø lygiavertiðkumoávertinimas, taip pat padeda priimti sprendimus dël 1 straipsnio 1 dalyje nurodytøorganizaciniø formø palyginamumo ir lygiavertiðkumo;

b) prireikus pataria Komisijai dël ðios direktyvos papildymø ar pataisø.


240

Final provisions

Article 6

1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary to comply with this Directive not later than 1 January 1991.They shall forthwith inform the Commission thereof.

2. A Member State may provide that the provisions referred to in paragraph 1shall apply for the first time to annual accounts for the financial year beginning on 1January 1993 or during the calendar year 1993.

3. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the mainprovisions of national law which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.

Article 7

Five years after the date referred to in Article 6 (2), the Council, acting on a proposalfrom the Commission, shall examine and, upon a Commission proposal and incooperation with the European Parliament, if need be, revise Article 2 (4), in the lightof the experience acquired in applying this Directive and of the aim of eliminating theadditional information referred to in Article 2 (4), taking account of the progressmade in striving towards the harmonization of the accounts of banks and other financialinstitutions.

Article 8


Done at Brussels, 13 February 1989.

For the Council

The President

C. SOLCHAGA CATALAN


241

Baigiamosios nuostatos

6 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës ástatymais ir kitais teisës aktais átvirtina nuostatas, bûtinas, kadðios direktyvos bûtø pradëta laikytis ne vëliau kaip nuo 1991 m. sausio 1 d. Apie taijos nedelsdamos praneða Komisijai.

2. Valstybë narë gali numatyti, kad 1 dalyje nurodytos nuostatos pirmà kartà buspritaikytos metinëms finansiniø metø, prasidedanèiø 1993 m. sausio 1 d., arba1993-øjø kalendoriniø metø ataskaitoms.

3. Valstybës narës pateikia Komisijai ðios direktyvos taikymo srityje priimtønacionalinës teisës aktø pagrindiniø nuostatø tekstus.

7 straipsnis

Praëjus penkeriems metams nuo 6 straipsnio 2 dalyje nurodytos datos, Taryba,veikdama Komisijai pasiûlius, iðnagrinëja ir pagal Komisijos pasiûlymà beibendradarbiaudama su Europos Parlamentu, jeigu bûtina, pataiso 2 straipsnio 4 daláremdamasi patirtimi, ágyta taikant ðià direktyvà, ir siekiant atsisakyti 2 straipsnio 4dalyje nurodytos papildomos informacijos, taip pat atsiþvelgdama á paþangà, pasiektàderinant bankø ir kitø finansø ástaigø finansines ataskaitas.

8 straipsnis


Priimta Briuselyje, 1989 m. vasario 13 d.

Tarybos vardu

Pirmininkas

C. SOLCHAGA CATALAN


242

Direktyva iðspausdinta „Europos bendrijø oficialiajame leidinyje“ L 283, 2001 10 27, p. 28-32

DIRECTIVE 2001/65/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OFTHE COUNCIL


amending Directives 78/660/EEC, 83/349/EEC and 86/635/EEC as regardsthe valuation rules for the annual and consolidated accounts of certain types

of companies as well as of banks and other financial institutions


Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particularArticle 44(2)(g),




Whereas:

(1) Article 32 of the Fourth Council Directive 78/660/EEC of 25 July 1978 on theannual accounts of certain types of companies (4) requires the items shown inthe annual accounts to be valued on the basis of the principle of purchase priceor production cost.

(2) Article 33 of Directive 78/660/EEC authorises Member States to permit orrequire companies to revalue certain assets, to value certain assets at replacementcost or to apply other methods that take into account the effects of inflation onthe items shown in the annual accounts.

(3) Article 29 of the Seventh Council Directive 83/349/EEC of 13 June 1983 onconsolidated accounts (5) requires assets and liabilities to be included inconsolidated accounts to be valued in accordance with Articles 31 to 42 andArticle 60 of Directive 78/660/EEC.

(4) Article 1 of Council Directive 86/635/EEC of 8 December 1986 on the annualaccounts and consolidated accounts of banks and other financial institutions (6)

(1) OJ C 311, 31.10.2000, p. 1.(2) OJ C 268, 19.9.2000, p. 1.(3) Opinion of the European Parliament of 15 May 2001 (not yet published in the Official

Journal) and Council Decision of 30 May 2001.(4) OJ L 222, 14.8.1978, p. 11. Directive as last amended by Directive 1999/60/EC (OJ L 162,

26.6.1999, p. 65).(5) OJ L 193, 18.7.1983, p. 1. Directive as last amended by the 1994 Act of Accession.

(6) OJ L 372, 31.12.1986, p. 1.


243




ið dalies pakeièianti direktyvas 78/660/EEB, 83/349/EEB ir 86/635/EEB, dëltam tikrø bendroviø, taip pat bankø ir kitø finansø ástaigø metiniøfinansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø vertinimo taisykliø


atsiþvelgdami á Europos Bendrijos steigimo sutartá ir ypaè á 44 straipsnio 2 dalies gpunktà,




kadangi:

1) Pagal 1978 m. liepos 25 d. ketvirtosios Tarybos direktyvos 78/660/EEB dël tamtikrø bendroviø metiniø finansiniø ataskaitø4 32 straipsná metiniø finansiniøataskaitø straipsniai vertinami pagal ásigijimo vertæ arba pagal pagaminimosavikainà.

2) Pagal Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 33 straipsná valstybëms narëms suteikiamiágaliojimai leisti arba reikalauti, kad bendrovës pakartotinai ávertintø tam tikràturtà pagal atkuriamàjà vertæ arba taikytø kitus metodus atsiþvelgiant á infliacijospoveiká metiniø finansiniø ataskaitø straipsniams.

3) Pagal 1983 m. birþelio 13 d. septintosios Tarybos direktyvos 83/349/EEB dëlkonsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø5 29 straipsná turtas ir ásipareigojimai átraukiamiá konsoliduotas finansines ataskaitas, kurios vertinamos pagal Direktyvos78/660/EEB 31–42 ir 60 straipsnius.

4) 1986 m. gruodþio 8 d. Tarybos direktyvos 86/635/EEB dël bankø ir kitø finansøástaigø metiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø6 1 straipsnis

1 OL C 311, 2000 10 31, p. 1.2 OL C 268, 2000 09 19, p. 1.3 2001 m. geguþës 15 d. Europos Parlamento nuomonë (dar nepaskelbta Oficialiajame leidinyje)

ir 2001 m. geguþës 30 d. Tarybos sprendimas.4 OL L 222, 1978 08 14, p. 11. Direktyva su paskutiniais pakeitimais, padarytais Direktyva

1999/60/EB (OL L 162, 1999 06 26, p. 65).5 OL L 193, 1983 07 18, p. 1. Direktyva su paskutiniais pakeitimais, padarytais 1994 m. Stojimo

aktu.6 OL L 372, 1986 12 31, p. 1.


244

requires assets and liabilities to be valued in accordance with Articles 31 to 42 ofDirective 78/ 660/EEC, except when Directive 86/635/EEC provides otherwise.

(5) The annual and consolidated accounts of insurance undertakings are preparedin accordance with Council annual accounts and consolidated accounts ofinsurance undertakings (1). The amendments to Directives 78/ 660/EEC and83/349/EEC do not concern the provisions of Directive 91/674/EEC, but theCommission may bring forward similar proposals to amend that Directive afterhaving consulted the relevant advisory committee.

(6) The dynamic nature of international financial markets has resulted in thewidespread use of not only traditional primary financial instruments such asshares and bonds, but also various forms of derivative financial instrumentssuch as futures, options, forward contracts and swaps.

(7) Leading accounting standard setters in the world are moving away from thehistorical cost model for the valuation of these financial instruments towards amodel of fair value accounting.

(8) The Communication of the Commission on Accounting harmonisation: a newstrategy vis-à-vis international harmonisation called for the European Union towork to maintain consistency between Community accounting directives anddevelopments in international accounting standard setting, in particular withinthe International Accounting Standards Committee (IASC).

(9) In order to maintain such consistency between internationally recognisedaccounting standards and Directives 78/660/EEC, 83/349/EEC and 86/635/EEC,it is necessary to amend these Directives in order to allow for certain financialassets and liabilities to be valued at fair value. This will enable Europeancompanies to report in conformity with current international developments.

(10) This amendment to Directives 78/660/EEC, 83/349/EEC and 86/635/EEC is inline with the Commission’s communication to the European Parliament and theCouncil of 13 June 2000 on the EUfinancial reporting strategy which proposesthe use of recognised international accounting standards for the preparation ofconsolidated financial statements by listed companies. The purpose of thisamendment is to allow the application of the international accounting standarddealing with the recognition and measurement of financial instruments.

(11) Comparability of financial information throughout the Community makes itnecessary to require Member States to introduce a system of fair valueaccounting for certain financial instruments. Member States should permit theadoption of that system by all companies or any classes of companies subject tothe Directives 78/660/EEC, 83/ 349/EEC and 86/635/EEC in respect of boththe annual and consolidated accounts or in respect of consolidated accountsonly. Further, Member States should be permitted to require the adoption ofthat system in respect of all companies or any classes of companies for both theannual and consolidated accounts or for the consolidated accounts only.

(1) OJ L 374, 31.12.1991, p. 7.


245

reikalauja, kad turtas ir ásipareigojimai bûtø vertinami pagal Direktyvos78/660/EEB 31–42 straipsnius, jei Direktyvoje 86/635/EEB nenurodoma kitaip.

5) Draudimo bendroviø metinës finansinës ir konsoliduotos finansinës ataskaitosrengiamos pagal 1991 m. gruodþio 19 d. Tarybos direktyvà 91/674/EEB dëldraudimo bendroviø metiniø finansiniø ir konsoliduotø finansiniø ataskaitø1.Direktyvø 78/660/EEB ir 83/349/EEB pataisos nëra susijusios su Direktyvos91/674/EEB nuostatomis, taèiau po konsultacijø su atitinkamu patariamuojukomitetu Komisija gali pasiûlyti panaðiai ið dalies pakeisti ir ðià direktyvà.

6) Dël tarptautiniø finansø rinkø dinamiðkumo plaèiau taikomos ne tik tradicinëspirminës finansinës priemonës, tokios kaip akcijos ir obligacijos, bet taip pat irávairios iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø formos, kaip, pavyzdþiui, ateitiessandoriai, pasirinkimo sandoriai, iðankstiniai sandoriai ir apsikeitimo sandoriai.

7) Ðioms finansinëms priemonëms ávertinti pirmaujanèios pasaulio apskaitosstandartø nustatymo institucijos apskaitos pagal ásigijimo vertæ modelá pamaþukeièia á apskaitos pagal tikràjà vertæ modelá.

8) Apskaitos derinimo komisijos komunikatas: naujoji tarptautinio derinimostrategija skatina Europos Sàjungà siekti uþtikrinti darnà tarp Bendrijos apskaitosdirektyvø ir pokyèiø nustatant tarptautinius apskaitos standartus, o ypaèTarptautiniame apskaitos standartø komitete (IASC).

9) Siekiant uþtikrinti tokià tarptautiniu mastu pripaþintø apskaitos standartø irdirektyvø 78/660/EEB, 83/349/EEB ir 86/635/EEB darnà, bûtina ið dalies pakeistiðias direktyvas, kad bûtø ámanoma vertinti tam tikrà finansiná turtà irásipareigojimus pagal tikràjà vertæ. Tai leis Europos bendrovëms teikti ataskaitas,atitinkanèias dabartinius pokyèius tarptautinëje rinkoje.

10) Ði direktyvø 78/660/EEB, 83/349/EEB ir 86/635/EEB pataisa atitinka EuroposParlamentui ir Tarybai pateiktà 2000 m. birþelio 13 d. Komisijos komunikatàapie finansinës atskaitomybës strategijà ES, kurioje siûloma taikyti pripaþintustarptautinius apskaitos standartus bendroviø, kuriø akcijomis prekiaujamavertybiniø popieriø birþoje, konsoliduotoms finansinëms ataskaitoms parengti.Ðia pataisa siekiama leisti taikyti tarptautinius apskaitos standartus, susijusiussu finansiniø priemoniø pripaþinimu ir vertinimu.

11) Dël finansinës informacijos Bendrijoje palyginamumo kyla bûtinybë ápareigotivalstybes nares ádiegti apskaitos pagal tikràjà vertæ sistemà tam tikromsfinansinëms priemonëms. Valstybës narës turi leisti visoms bendrovëms arbatam tikroms bendrovëms, kurioms taikomos direktyvos 78/660/EEB, 83/349/EEBir 86/635/EEB, ávesti ðià sistemà metinëms finansinëms ir konsoliduotomsfinansinëms ataskaitoms arba tiktai konsoliduotoms finansinëms ataskaitomsrengti. Be to, valstybëms narëms turi bûti leista reikalauti, kad visos bendrovësarba tam tikros bendrovës ávestø ðià sistemà metinëms finansinëms irkonsoliduotoms finansinëms ataskaitoms arba tiktai konsoliduotoms finansinëmsataskaitoms rengti.

1 OL L 374, 1991 12 31, p.7.


246

(12) Fair value accounting should only be possible for those items where there is awell-developed international consensus that fair value accounting is appropriate.The current consensus is that fair value accounting should not be applied to allfinancial assets and liabilities, for instance not to most of those relating to thebanking book.

(13) The notes on the accounts should include certain information concerningfinancial instruments in the balance sheet, which have been measured at fairvalue. The annual report should give an indication of the company’s riskmanagement objectives and policies in relation to its use of financial instruments.

(14) Derivative financial instruments can have a significant impact on the financialposition of companies. Disclosures on derivative financial instruments and theirfair value are considered appropriate even if the company does not use fairvalue accounting. In order to limit the administrative burden for small companies,Member States should be allowed to exempt small companies from this disclosurerequirement.

(15) Accounting for financial instruments is a fast evolving area of financial reportingwhich necessitates a review by the Commission based on the experiences ofMember States with fair value accounting in practice,


Article 1

Directive 78/660/EEC is hereby amended as follows:

1. the following section shall be inserted:

‘SECTION 7a

Valuation at fair value

Article 42a

1. By way of derogation from Article 32 and subject to the conditions set outin paragraphs 2 to 4 of this Article, Member States shall permit or require inrespect of all companies or any classes of companies valuation at fair value offinancial instruments, including derivatives.

Such permission or requirement may be restricted to consolidated accounts asdefined in Directive 83/349/EEC.

2. For the purpose of this Directive commodity-based contracts that give eithercontracting party the right to settle in cash or some other financial instrumentshall be considered to be derivative financial instruments, except when:

(a) they were entered into and continue to meet the company’s expectedpurchase, sale or usage requirements;

(b) they were designated for such purpose at their inception; and


247

12) Apskaita pagal tikràjà vertæ turëtø bûti taikoma tiktai tiems straipsniams, dël kuriøtarptautiniu mastu yra pasiektas bendras susitarimas, kad apskaita pagal tikràjàvertæ yra tinkama. Pagal dabartiná bendrà susitarimà apskaita pagal tikràjà vertænetaikoma visam finansiniam turtui ir ásipareigojimams, pavyzdþiui, netaikomadidþiajai daliai finansinio turto ir ásipareigojimø, susijusiø su bankine knyga.

13) Á paaiðkinamàjá raðtà turi bûti átraukta tam tikra informacija apie á balansàátrauktas finansines priemones, kurios buvo ávertintos pagal tikràjà vertæ. Metøataskaitoje turi bûti pateiktos nuorodos á bendrovës rizikos valdymo tikslus irpolitikà, susijusià su finansiniø priemoniø naudojimu.

14) Iðvestinës finansinës priemonës gali turëti reikðmingos átakos finansinei bendroviøbûklei. Informavimas apie iðvestines finansines priemones ir jø tikràjà vertæ yrareikalingas net ir tuo atveju, jei bendrovë netaiko apskaitos pagal tikràjà vertæ.Siekiant apriboti smulkiø bendroviø administracinæ naðtà, valstybëms narëmsturi bûti leista atleisti smulkias bendrovës nuo ðio informacijos atskleidimoreikalavimo.

15) Finansiniø priemoniø apskaita yra sparèiai besiplëtojanti finansinës atskaitomybëssritis, kuriai bûtina Komisijos perþiûra remiantis valstybiø nariø, taikanèiøapskaità pagal tikràjà vertæ, patirtimi,


1 straipsnis

Ðiuo dokumentu Direktyva 78/660/EEB ið dalies keièiama taip:

1. áterpiamas ðis skirsnis:

„7a SKIRSNIS

Vertinimas pagal tikràjà vertæ

42a straipsnis

1. Nukrypdamos nuo 32 straipsnio ir atsiþvelgdamos á ðio straipsnio 2–4 dalysenurodytas sàlygas, valstybës narës leidþia arba reikalauja, kad visos bendrovësarba tam tikros bendrovës finansines priemones, áskaitant ir iðvestines, vertintøpagal tikràjà vertæ.

Galima nustatyti, kad toks leidimas arba reikalavimas bûtø taikomas tikDirektyvoje 83/349/EEB apibrëþtoms konsoliduotoms finansinëms ataskaitoms.

2. Ðioje direktyvoje birþos prekiø sandoriai, kurie suteikia bet kuriai iðsusitarianèiø ðaliø teisæ atsiskaityti grynaisiais pinigais arba kokia nors kita finansinepriemone, laikomi iðvestinëmis finansinëmis priemonëmis, iðskyrus atvejus, kai:

a) sandoriai buvo átraukti á bendrovës numatomo pirkimo, pardavimo arnaudojimo poreikius ir toliau juos atitinka;

b) sandoriai buvo skirti minëtam tikslui jø galiojimo termino pradþioje; ir


248

(c) they are expected to be settled by delivery of the commodity.

3. Paragraph 1 shall apply only to liabilities that are:

(a) held as part of a trading portfolio; or

(b) derivative financial instruments.

4. Valuation according to paragraph 1 shall not apply to:

(a) to non-derivative financial instruments held to maturity;

(b) to loans and receivables originated by the company and not held for tradingpurposes; and

(c) to interests in subsidiaries, associated undertakings and joint ventures, equityinstruments issued by the company, contracts for contingent considerationin a business combination as well as other financial instruments with suchspecial characteristics that the instruments, according to what is generallyaccepted, should be accounted for differently from other financialinstruments.

5. By way of derogation from Article 32, Member States may in respect ofany assets and liabilities which qualify as hedged items under a fair value hedgeaccounting system, or identified portions of such assets or liabilities, permitvaluation at the specific amount required under that system.

Article 42b

1. The fair value referred to in Article 42a shall be determined by reference to:

(a) a market value, for those financial instruments for which a reliable marketcan readily be identified. Where a market value is not readily identifiablefor an instrument but can be identified for its components or for a similarinstrument, the market value may be derived from that of its componentsor of the similar instrument; or

(b) a value resulting from generally accepted valuation models and techniques,for those instruments for which a reliable market cannot be readily identified.Such valuation models and techniques shall ensure a reasonableapproximation of the market value.

2. Those financial instruments that cannot be measured reliably by any ofthe methods described in paragraph 1, shall be measured in accordance withArticles 34 to 42.

Article 42c

1. Notwithstanding Article 31(1)(c), where a financial instrument is valuedin accordance with Article 42b, a change in the value shall be included in theprofit and loss account. However, such a change shall be included directly inequity, in a fair value reserve, where:


249

c) pagal sandorius numatoma atsiskaityti pristaèius birþos prekes.

3. 1 dalis taikoma tik tiems ásipareigojimams, kurie:

a) sudaro prekybos portfelio dalá; arba

b) yra iðvestinës finansinës priemonës.

4. Vertinimas pagal 1 dalies nuostatas netaikomas:

a) neiðvestinëms finansinëms priemonëms, laikomoms iki mokëjimo termino;

b) bendrovëje sukurtoms paskoloms ir kitoms gautinoms sumoms, kurios nëralaikomos prekybai; ir

c) turimai dukteriniø ámoniø, asocijuotø ámoniø ir bendrø ámoniø kapitalodaliai, bendrovës iðleistiems nuosavybës vertybiniø popieriø priemonëms,sandoriams dël abipusio nenumatytø iðlaidø kompensavimo verslojunginiuose, taip pat kitoms finansinëms priemonëms, turinèioms tokiasspecifines savybes, kad pagal bendrai pripaþintus principus ðios priemonësturi bûti vertinamos skirtingai nei kitos finansinës priemonës.

5. Nukrypdamos nuo 32 straipsnio, valstybës narës, atsiþvelgdamos á tam tikràturtà ir ásipareigojimus, kurie pagal draudimo nuo rizikos pagal tikràjà vertæapskaitos sistemà atitinka apdraustø nuo rizikos straipsniø kategorijà, arba á ðioturto, arba ásipareigojimø nustatytas dalis, gali leisti vertinti pagal konkreèiàtokios sistemos reikalaujamà sumà.

42b straipsnis

1. Tikroji vertë, nurodyta 42a straipsnyje, nustatoma atsiþvelgiant á:

a) tokiø finansiniø priemoniø, kuriø patikima rinka gali bûti lengvai nustatyta,rinkos vertæ. Jei priemonës rinkos vertës lengvai nustatyti neámanoma, taèiaugalima nustatyti priemonës sudedamøjø daliø arba panaðios priemonës rinkosvertæ, rinkos vertë gali bûti iðvesta ið jos sudedamøjø daliø arba panaðiospriemonës rinkos vertës; arba

b) tokiø finansiniø priemoniø, kuriø patikimos rinkos lengvai nustatytineámanoma, vertæ, nustatytà taikant bendrai pripaþintus vertinimo modeliusir bûdus. Tokie vertinimo modeliai ir bûdai turi uþtikrinti pagrástà apytikslærinkos vertës reikðmæ.

2. Finansinës priemonës, kurios negali bûti patikimai ávertintos taikant 1 dalyjeiðvardytus metodus, ávertinamos pagal 34–42 straipsnius.

42c straipsnis

1. Nepaisant 31 straipsnio 1 dalies c punkto, kai finansinë priemonë yravertinama pagal 42b straipsná, vertës pokytis átraukiamas á pelno (nuostolio)ataskaità. Taèiau toks pokytis tiesiogiai átraukiamas á nuosavà kapitalà, á tikrosiosvertës rezervà, jei:


250

(a) the instrument accounted for is a hedging instrument under a system ofhedge accounting that allows some or all of the change in value not to beshown in the profit and loss account; or

(b) the change in value relates to an exchange difference arising on a monetaryitem that forms part of a company’s net investment in a foreign entity.

2. Member States may permit or require a change in the value on an availablefor sale financial asset, other than a derivative financial instrument, to be includeddirectly in equity, in the fair value reserve.

3. The fair value reserve shall be adjusted when amounts shown therein areno longer necessary for the implementation of paragraphs 1 and 2.

Article 42d

Where valuation at fair value of financial instruments has been applied, thenotes on the accounts shall disclose:

(a) the significant assumptions underlying the valuation models and techniqueswhere fair values have been determined in accordance with Article 42b(1)(b);

(b) per category of financial instruments, the fair value, the changes in valueincluded directly in the profit and loss account as well as changes includedin the fair value reserve;

(c) for each class of derivative financial instruments, information about the extentand the nature of the instruments, including significant terms and conditionsthat may affect the amount, timing and certainty of future cash flows; and

(d) a table showing movements in the fair value reserve during the financial year.’;

2. in Article 43(1):

(a) the reference in point 10 to ‘Articles 31 and 34 to 42’ shall be replaced by areference to ‘Articles 31 and 34 to 42c’, and

(b) the following point shall be added:

‘14. Where valuation at fair value of financial instruments has not beenapplied in accordance with Section 7a:

(a) for each class of derivative financial instruments:

(i) the fair value of the instruments, if such a value can bedetermined by any of the methods prescribed in Article 42b(1);

(ii) information about the extent and the nature of the instruments;and


251

a) á apskaità átraukiama priemonë atitinka nuo rizikos apdraustos priemonëskriterijus pagal draudimo nuo rizikos apskaitos sistemà, kuri leidþia nerodytipelno (nuostolio) ataskaitoje vertës pokyèio dalies arba viso pokyèio; arba

b) vertës pokytis yra susijæs su pinigø straipsnio, kuris sudaro bendrovës grynøjøinvesticijø á uþsienio bendrovæ dalá, valiutos kurso svyravimu.

2. Valstybës narës gali leisti arba reikalauti, kad parduoti parengto finansinioturto, kuris nëra iðvestinë finansinë priemonë, vertës pokytis bûtø tiesiogiaiátrauktas á nuosavà kapitalà, á tikrosios vertës rezervà.

3. Tikrosios vertës rezervas tikslinamas, jei jo sumos daugiau nëra bûtinos1 ir 2 daliø nuostatoms ágyvendinti.

42d straipsnis

Tais atvejais, kai finansinës priemonës buvo vertinamos pagal tikràjà vertæ,paaiðkinamajame raðte pateikiama:

a) svarbios prielaidos, sudariusios vertinimo modeliø ir bûdø pagrindà, kaitikroji vertë buvo nustatyta pagal 42b straipsnio 1 dalies b punktà;

b) kiekvienos finansiniø priemoniø kategorijos tikroji vertë, vertës pokyèiai,tiesiogiai átraukti á pelno (nuostolio) ataskaità, taip pat pokyèiai, átraukti átikrosios vertës rezervà;

c) informacija apie kiekvienos iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø rûðies priemoniømastà ir pobûdá, áskaitant svarbias nuostatas ir sàlygas, kurios gali neigiamaipaveikti bûsimø grynøjø pinigø srautø dydá, pasiskirstymà per tam tikrà laikàir pagal tikimybæ; ir

d) lentelë, kurioje nurodomi tikrosios vertës rezervo pokyèiai per finansiniusmetus.“;

2. 43 straipsnio 1 dalyje:

a) 10 punkte nuoroda á „31 ir 34–42 straipsnius“ keièiama nuoroda á „31 ir 34–42c straipsnius“ ir

b) áraðomas ðis punktas:

„14. Jei finansinës priemonës nebuvo vertinamos pagal tikràjà vertæ remiantis7a skirsniu:

a) kiekvienos iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø rûðies:

i) priemoniø tikroji vertë, jei tokià vertæ galima nustatyti taikantkurá nors ið 42b straipsnio 1 dalyje nustatytø metodø;

ii) informacija apie priemoniø mastà ir pobûdá; ir


252

(b) for financial fixed assets covered by Article 42a, carried at anamount in excess of their fair value and without use being madeof the option to make a value adjustment in accordance withArticle 35(1)(c)(aa):

(i) the book value and the fair value of either the individual assetsor appropriate groupings of those individual assets;

(ii) the reasons for not reducing the book value, including thenature of the evidence that provides the basis for the beliefthat the book value will be recovered.’;

3. the text of Article 44(1) shall be replaced by the following text:

‘1. Member States may permit the companies referred to in Article 11 to drawup abridged notes on their accounts without the information required in Article43(1)(5) to (12) and (14)(a). However, the notes must disclose the informationspecified in Article 43(1)(6) in total for all the items concerned.’;

4. in Article 46(2) the following point shall be added:

‘(f) in relation to the company’s use of financial instruments and where materialfor the assessment of its assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss,

— the company’s financial risk management objectives and policies,including its policy for hedging each major type of forecasted transactionfor which hedge accounting is used, and

— the company’s exposure to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk andcash flow risk.’;

5. in Article 59(2)(a) and (b) the reference to ‘Articles 31 to 42’ shall be replacedby a reference to ‘Section 7 or 7a’;

6. the following Article shall be inserted:

‘Article 61a

Not later than 1 January 2007, the Commission shall review the provisions in Article42a to 42d, Article 43(1)(10) and (14), Article 44(1), Article 46(2)(f) and Article59(2)(a) and (b) in the light of the experience acquired in applying provisions onfair value accounting and taking account of international developments in the fieldof accounting and, if appropriate, submit a proposal to the European Parliamentand the Council with a view to amending the abovementioned Articles.’

Article 2


1. the text of Article 29(1) shall be replaced by the following text:


253

b) finansinio pagrindinio ilgalaikio turto, atitinkanèio 42a straipsná,jei tokio turto vertë yra didesnë uþ jo tikràjà vertæ ir kainepasinaudojama galimybe patikslinti vertæ pagal 35 straipsnio 1dalies c punkto aa papunktá:

i) individualaus turto arba atitinkamø ðio individualaus turtogrupiø balansinë vertë ir jø tikroji vertë;

ii) balansinës vertës nesumaþinimo prieþastys, áskaitant irárodymø, suteikianèiø pagrindo manyti, kad balansinë vertëbus atkurta, pobûdá.“;

3. 44 straipsnio 1 dalis iðdëstoma taip:

,,1. Valstybës narës gali leisti 11 straipsnyje nurodytoms bendrovëms sudarytisutrumpintà paaiðkinamàjá raðtà, á kurá nebus átraukta 43 straipsnio 1 dalies 5–12 punktuose ir 14 punkto a papunktyje reikalaujama informacija. Taèiaupaaiðkinamajame raðte turi bûti pateikta visa 43 straipsnio 1 dalies 6 punktenurodyta informacija apie visus susijusius straipsnius.“;

4. 46 straipsnio 2 dalis papildoma tokiu punktu:

„f) kai bendrovë naudoja finansines priemones ir jos yra reikðmingos vertinantjos turtà, ásipareigojimus, finansinæ bûklæ ir pelnà arba nuostolius,

- bendrovës finansinës rizikos valdymo tikslai ir politika, áskaitant joskiekvienos svarbesnës prognozuojamo sandorio rûðies, kuriai taikomadraudimo nuo rizikos apskaita, draudimo nuo rizikos politikà, ir

- bendrovës kainø rizikos, kredito rizikos, likvidumo rizikos ir grynøpinigø srautø rizikos pozicija.“;

5. 59 straipsnio 2 dalies a ir b punktuose nuoroda á „31–42 straipsnius“ keièiamanuoroda á „7 ar 7a skirsná“;

6. áterpiamas ðis straipsnis:

,,61a straipsnis

Atsiþvelgdama á apskaitos pagal tikràjà vertæ nuostatø taikymo patirtá ir átarptautinio masto pokyèius apskaitos srityje, Komisija perþiûri 42a–42dstraipsniø, 43 straipsnio 1 dalies 10 ir 14 punktø, 44 straipsnio 1 dalies, 46straipsnio 2 dalies f punkto ir 59 straipsnio 2 dalies a ir b punktø nuostatas nevëliau kaip iki 2007 m. sausio 1 d. ir prireikus pateikia Europos Parlamentui irTarybai pasiûlymà dël minëtø straipsniø keitimo.“

2 straipsnis

Direktyva 83/349/EEB ið dalies keièiama taip:

1. 29 straipsnio 1 dalis iðdëstoma taip:


254

‘1. Assets and liabilities to be included in consolidated accounts shall be valuedaccording to uniform methods and in accordance with Sections 7 and 7a andArticle 60 of Directive 78/660/EEC.’;

2. in Article 34:

(a) the reference in point 10 to ‘Articles 31 and 34 to 42’ shall be replaced by areference to ‘Articles 31 and 34 to Article 42c’, and

(b) the following points shall be added:

‘14. Where valuation at fair value of financial instruments has been appliedin accordance with Section 7a of Directive 78/660/EEC:

(a) the significant assumptions underlying the valuation models andtechniques where fair values have been determined in accordancewith Article 42b(1)(b) of that Directive;

(b) per category of financial instruments, the fair value, the changesin value included directly in the profit and loss account as well as,in accordance with Article 42c of that Directive, changes includedin the fair value reserve;

(c) for each class of derivative financial instruments, information aboutthe extent and the nature of the instruments, including significantterms and conditions that may affect the amount, timing andcertainty of future cash flows; and

(d) a table showing movements in the fair value reserve during thefinancial year.

15. Where valuation at fair value of financial instruments has not beenapplied in accordance with Section 7a of Directive 78/660/EEC:

(a) for each class of derivative instruments:

(i) the fair value of the instruments, if such a value can bedetermined by any of the methods prescribed in Article42b(1) of that Directive;

(ii) information about the extent and the nature of theinstruments; and

(b) for financial fixed assets covered by Article 42a of that Directive,carried at an amount in excess of their fair value and without usebeing made of the option to make a value adjustment inaccordance with Article 35(1)(c)(aa) of that Directive:

(i) the book value and the fair value of either the individual assetsor appropriate groupings of those individual assets;


255

„1. Turtas ir ásipareigojimai, kurie turi bûti átraukti á konsoliduotas finansinesataskaitas, vertinami pagal vienodus metodus ir pagal Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 7ir 7a skirsnius bei 60 straipsná.“;

2. 34 straipsnyje:

a) 10 punkte nuoroda á „31 ir 34–42 straipsnius“ keièiama nuoroda á „31 ir34–42c straipsnius“ ir

b) áraðomi ðie punktai:

„14. Tais atvejais, kai pagal Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 7a skirsná finansinëspriemonës buvo vertinamos pagal tikràjà vertæ:

a) svarbios prielaidos – vertinimo modeliø ir bûdø pagrindas, kaitikroji vertë buvo nustatyta pagal minëtos direktyvos 42b straipsnio1 dalies b punktà;

b) kiekvienos finansiniø priemoniø kategorijos tikroji vertë, vertëspokyèiai, tiesiogiai átraukti á pelno (nuostolio) ataskaità, taip patpokyèiai pagal minëtos direktyvos 42c straipsná átraukti á tikrosiosvertës rezervà;

c) informacija apie kiekvienos iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø rûðiespriemoniø mastà ir pobûdá, áskaitant svarbias nuostatas ir sàlygas,kurios gali paveikti bûsimø grynøjø pinigø srautø dydá,pasiskirstymà per tam tikrà laikà ir uþtikrintumà; ir

d) lentelë, kurioje nurodomi tikrosios vertës rezervo pokyèiai perfinansinius metus.

15. Jei finansinës priemonës nebuvo vertinamos pagal tikràjà vertæ pagalDirektyvos 78/660/EEB 7a skirsná:

a) kiekvienos iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø rûðies:

i) priemoniø tikroji vertë, jei tokià vertæ galima nustatyti taikantkurá nors ið minëtos direktyvos 42b straipsnio 1 dalyje nustatytømetodø;

ii) informacija apie priemoniø mastà ir pobûdá; ir

b) finansinio pagrindinio ilgalaikio turto, atitinkanèio minëtosdirektyvos 42a straipsná, jei tokio turto vertë virðija jo tikràjà vertæir kai nepasinaudojama galimybe patikslinti vertæ pagal minëtosdirektyvos 35 straipsnio 1 dalies c punkto aa papunktá:

i) individualaus turto arba atitinkamø ðio individualaus turtogrupiø balansinë vertë ir jø tikroji vertë;


256

(ii) the reasons for not reducing the book value, including thenature of the evidence that provides the basis for the beliefthat the book value will be recovered.’;

3. in Article 36(2) the following point shall be added:

‘(e) in relation to the use by the undertakings of financial instruments and, wherematerial for the assessment of assets, liabilities, financial position and profitor loss,

— the financial risk management objectives and policies of theundertakings, including their policies for hedging each major type offorecasted transaction for which hedge accounting is used, and

— the exposure to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow risk.’;

4. the following Article shall be inserted:

‘Article 50a

Not later than 1 January 2007, the Commission shall review the provisions inArticle 29(1), Article 34(10), (14) and (15) and Article 36(2)(e) in the light ofthe experience acquired in applying provisions on fair value accounting andtaking account of international developments in the field of accounting and, ifappropriate, submit a proposal to the European Parliament and the Councilwith a view to amending the abovementioned Articles.’

Article 3

The text of Article 1(1) of Directive 86/635/EEC shall be replaced by the followingtext:

‘1. Articles 2, 3, 4(1), (3) to (5), Articles 6, 7, 13, 14, 15(3) and (4), Articles16 to 21, 29 to 35, 37 to 41, 42 first sentence, 42a to 42d, 45(1), 46(1) and (2),Articles 48 to 50, 50a, 51(1), 56 to 59, 61 and 61a of Directive 78/660/EECshall apply to the institutions mentioned in Article 2 of this Directive, exceptwhere this Directive provides otherwise. However, Articles 35(3), 36, 37 and39(1) to (4) of this Directive shall not apply with respect to assets and liabilitiesthat are valued in accordance with Section 7a of Directive 78/660/EEC.’

Article 4

1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary for them to comply with this Directive before 1 January 2004.They shall forthwith inform the Commission thereof.

When Member States adopt these provisions, they shall contain a reference to thisDirective or shall be accompanied by such reference on the occasion of their officialpublication. The methods for making such reference shall be laid down by MemberStates.


257

ii) balansinës vertës nesumaþinimo prieþastys, áskaitant irárodymø, suteikianèiø pagrindo manyti, kad balansinë vertëbus atkurta, pobûdá.“;

3. 36 straipsnio 2 dalis papildoma ðiuo punktu:

„e) kai ámonës naudoja finansines priemones ir jos yra reikðmingos vertinantturtà, ásipareigojimus, finansinæ bûklæ ir pelnà arba nuostolius,

- ámoniø finansinës rizikos valdymo tikslai ir politika, áskaitant ir jøkiekvienos svarbesnës prognozuojamo sandorio rûðies, kuriai taikomadraudimo nuo rizikos apskaita, draudimo nuo rizikos politikà, ir

- kainø rizikos, kredito rizikos, likvidumo rizikos ir grynø pinigø srautørizikos pozicijos“;

4. áterpiamas ðis straipsnis:

,,50a straipsnis

Atsiþvelgdama á tikrosios vertës nuostatø taikymo patirtá ir á tarptautinio mastopokyèius apskaitos srityje, Komisija perþiûri 29 straipsnio 1 dalies, 34 straipsnio10, 14 ir 15 daliø ir 36 straipsnio 2 dalies e punkto nuostatas ne vëliau kaip iki2007 m. sausio 1 d. ir prireikus pateikia Europos Parlamentui ir Tarybai pasiûlymàdël minëtø straipsniø pakeitimo“.

3 straipsnis

Direktyvos 86/635/EEB 1 straipsnio 1 dalis iðdëstomas taip:

„1. Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 2 ir 3 straipsniai, 4 straipsnio 1 dalis ir 3–5 dalys, 6,7, 13 ir 14 straipsniai, 15 straipsnio 3 ir 4 dalys, 16–21, 29–35, 37–41 straipsniai,42 straipsnio pirmas sakinys, 42a–42d straipsniai, 45 straipsnio 1 dalis, 46 straipsnio1 ir 2 dalys, 48–50 straipsniai, 50a straipsnis, 51 straipsnio 1 dalis, 56–59 straipsniaibei 61 ir 61a straipsniai taikomi ðios direktyvos 2 straipsnyje minëtoms ástaigoms,iðskyrus atvejus, kai ðioje direktyvoje nurodoma kitaip. Taèiau ðios direktyvos 35straipsnio 3 dalis, 36 ir 37 straipsniai ir 39 straipsnio 1–4 dalys netaikomos turtuiir ásipareigojimams, kurie vertinami pagal Direktyvos 78/660/EEB 7a skirsná“.

4 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës iki 2004 m. sausio 1 d. priima ástatymus ir kitus teisës aktus,bûtinus, kad bûtø laikomasi ðios direktyvos. Apie tai jos nedelsdamos praneða Komisijai.

Valstybës narës, priimdamos ðias priemones, daro jose nuorodà á ðià direktyvà arbatokia nuoroda daroma jas oficialiai skelbiant. Nuorodos darymo bûdus nustatovalstybës narës.


258

2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the main provisions ofdomestic law, which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

Article 5





N. FONTAINE C. PICQUÉ


259

2. Valstybës narës pateikia Komisijai ðios direktyvos taikymo srityje priimtønacionaliniø teisës aktø pagrindines nuostatas.

5 straipsnis

Ði direktyva yra skirta valstybëms narëms.




N. FONTAINE C. PICQUÉ

INDËLIØ GARANTIJØSISTEMOS


262


DIRECTIVE 94/19/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THECOUNCIL

of 30 May 1994

on deposit-guarantee schemes


Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particularthe first and third sentences of Article 57 (2) thereof,



Acting in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 189b of the Treaty (3),

Whereas, in accordance with the objectives of the Treaty, the harmonious developmentof the activities of credit institutions throughout the Community should be promotedthrough the elimination of all restrictions on the right of establishment and the freedomto provide services, while increasing the stability of the banking system and protectionfor savers;

Whereas, when restrictions on the activities of credit institutions are eliminated,consideration should be given to the situation which might arise if deposits in a creditinstitution that has branches in other Member States become unavailable; whereas itis indispensable to ensure a harmonized minimum level of deposit protection whereverdeposits are located in the Community; whereas such deposit protection is as essentialas the prudential rules for the completion of the single banking market;

Whereas in the event of the closure of an insolvent credit institution the depositors atany branches situated in a Member State other than that in which the credit institutionhas its head office must be protected by the same guarantee scheme as the institution’sother depositors;

Whereas the cost to credit institutions of participating in a guarantee scheme bearsno relation to the cost that would result from a massive withdrawal of bank depositsnot only from a credit institution in difficulties but alsofrom healthy institutionsfollowing a loss of depositor confidence in the soundness of the banking system;

Whereas the action the Member States have taken in response to Commissionrecommendation 87/63/EEC of 22 December 1986 concerning the introduction of

(1) OJ No C 163, 30. 6. 1992, p. 6 and OJ No C 178, 30. 6. 1993, p. 14.(2) OJ No C 332, 16. 12. 1992, p. 13.(3) OJ No C 115, 26. 4. 1993, p. 96 and Decision of the European Parliament of 9 March 1994

(OJ No C 91, 28. 3. 1994).


263


1994 m. geguþës 30 d.


dël indëliø garantijø sistemø



atsiþvelgdami á Komisijos pasiûlymà1,

atsiþvelgdami á Ekonomikos ir socialiniø reikalø komiteto nuomonæ2,

laikydamiesi Sutarties 189b straipsnyje3 nustatytos tvarkos,

kadangi pagal Sutarties tikslus, harmoninga kredito ástaigø veiklos plëtra visojeBendrijoje turëtø bûti skatinama ðalinant visus steigimosi teisës ir laisvës teiktipaslaugas apribojimus kartu stiprinant bankø sistemos stabilumà ir taupytojø apsaugà;

kadangi, panaikinus kredito ástaigø veiklos apribojimus, reikëtø atsiþvelgti á situacijà,kuri gali susidaryti tuo atveju, kai kredito ástaigoje, turinèioje savo skyrius kitosevalstybëse narëse, laikomi indëliai bûtø negràþinami; kadangi bûtina uþtikrinti suderintàminimalø indëliø apsaugos lygá nepriklausomai nuo to, kurioje Bendrijos vietovëje jielaikomi; kadangi tokia indëliø apsauga yra taip pat svarbi, kaip ir rizikos ribojimoprincipais pagrástos taisyklës, skirtos baigti kurti bendrà bankø rinkà;

kadangi, uþdarant nemokià kredito ástaigà, visø skyriø, esanèiø ne toje paèioje valstybëjenarëje, kurioje yra pagrindinë kredito ástaigos buveinë, indëlininkus turi apsaugoti tospaèios draudimo sistemos, kurios apsaugo kitus tos ástaigos indëlininkus;

kadangi kredito ástaigø dalyvavimo garantijø sistemoje iðlaidos neprilygsta iðlaidoms,kurias sukeltø masinis indëliø atsiëmimas ne tik ið sunkumus patirianèios kreditoástaigos, bet ir ið normaliai veikianèiø ástaigø, indëlininkams praradus pasitikëjimàbankø sistemos patikimumu;

kadangi veiksmai, kuriø ëmësi valstybës narës atsakydamos á 1986 m. gruodþio 22 d.Komisijos rekomendacijà 87/63/EEB dël indëliø garantijø sistemø ávedimo

1 OL C 163, 1992 06 30, p. 6 ir OL C 178, 1993 06 30, p. 14.2 OL C 332, 1992 12 16, p. 13.3 OL C 115, 1993 04 26, p. 96 ir 1994 m. kovo 9 d. Europos Parlamento sprendimas (OL C 91,

1994 03 28).


264

deposit-guarantee schemes in the Community (1) has not fully achieved the desiredresult; whereas that situation may prove prejudicial to the proper functioning of theinternal market;

Whereas the Second Council Directive 89/646/EEC of 15 December 1989 on thecoordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to the takingup and pursuit of the business of credit institutions and amending Directive77/780/EEC (2), provides for a system for the single authorization of each creditinstitution and its supervision by the authorities of its home Member State, whichentered into force on 1 January 1993;

Whereas a branch no longer requires authorization in any host Member State, becausethe single authorization is valid throughout the Community, and its solvency will bemonitored by the competent authorities of its home Member State; whereas thatsituation justifies covering all the branches of the same credit institution set up in theCommunity by means of a single guarantee scheme; whereas that scheme can only bethat which exists for that category of institution in the State in which that institution’shead office is situated, in particular because of the link which exists between thesupervision of a branch’s solvency and its membership of a deposit-guarantee scheme;

Whereas harmonization must be confined to the main elements of deposit-guaranteeschemes and, within a very short period, ensure payments under a guarantee calculatedon the basis of a harmonized minimum level;

Whereas deposit-guarantee schemes must intervene as soon as deposits becomeunavailable;

Whereas it is appropriate to exclude from cover, in particular, the deposits made bycredit institutions on their own behalf and for own account; whereas that should notprejudice the right of a guarantee scheme to take any measures necessary for therescue of a credit institution that finds itself in difficulties,

Whereas the harmonization of deposit-guarantee schemes within the Community doesnot of itself call into question the existence of systems in operation designed to protectcredit institutions, in particular by ensuring their solvency and liquidity, so that depositswith such credit institutions, including their branches established in other MemberStates, will not become unavailable; whereas such alternative systems serving a differentprotective purpose may, subject to certain conditions, be deemed by the competentauthorities to satisfy the objectives of this Directive; whereas it will be for thosecompetent authorities to verify compliance with those conditions;

Whereas several Member States have deposit-protection schemes under theresponsibility of professional organizations, other Member States have schemes set upand regulated on a statutory basis and some schemes, although set up on a contractualbasis, are partly regulated by statute; whereas that variety of status poses a problemonly with regard to compulsory membership of and exclusion from schemes; whereas itis therefore necessary to take steps to limit the powers of schemes in this area;

(1) OJ No L 33, 4. 2. 1987, p. 16.(2) OJ No L 386, 30. 12. 1989, p. 1. Directive as amended by Directive 92/30/EEC (OJ No L 110,

28. 4. 1992, p. 52).


265

Bendrijoje1, nedavë visø norimø rezultatø; kadangi tokia padëtis gali pakenktitinkamam vidaus rinkos funkcionavimui;

kadangi 1989 m. gruodþio 15 d. antrojoje Tarybos direktyvoje 89/646/EEB dël ástatymøir kitø teisës aktø, susijusiø su kredito ástaigø steigimu ir veikla, suderinimo, kuri iðdalies pakeitë Direktyvà 77/780/EEB2, nustatyta 1993 m. sausio 1 d. ásigaliojusi sistema,pagal kurià bet kuriai kredito ástaigai suteikiamas vienas veiklos leidimas ir kreditoástaigø prieþiûrà vykdo buveinës valstybës narës institucijos;

kadangi skyriui nebereikalingas në vienos priimanèios valstybës narës veiklos leidimas,nes vienas veiklos leidimas galioja visoje Bendrijoje, o skyriaus mokumà stebi buveinësvalstybës narës kompetentingos institucijos; kadangi tokia situacija pateisina vienosgarantijø sistemos taikymà visiems Bendrijoje esantiems tos paèios kredito ástaigosskyriams; kadangi kalbama tik apie tà sistemà, kuri taikoma tokios kategorijos ástaigomsvalstybëje, kurioje yra ástaigos pagrindinë buveinë, ypaè dël ryðio, kuris egzistuojatarp skyriaus mokumo prieþiûros ir jo dalyvavimo indëliø garantijø sistemoje;

kadangi derinimas turi apsiriboti pagrindiniais indëliø garantijø sistemø elementais iruþtikrinti, kad per labai trumpà laikotarpá bûtø iðmokëtos pagal garantijà nustatytosiðmokos, apskaièiuotos remiantis suderintu minimaliu lygiu;

kadangi indëliø garantijø sistemos turi imtis veiksmø ið karto, kai indëliai yranegràþinami;

kadangi dera nedrausti bûtent tø indëliø, kuriuos kredito ástaigos laiko savo vardu irsavo sàskaita; kadangi tai neturëtø paþeisti indëliø garantijø sistemos teisës imtis betkokiø priemoniø, kurios bûtinos sunkumus patirianèiai kredito ástaigai gelbëti;

kadangi Bendrijoje veikianèiø indëliø garantijø sistemø derinimas pats savaime nekeliaklausimo dël to, ar turëtø egzistuoti jau veikianèios sistemos, skirtos apsaugoti kreditoástaigas, ypaè uþtikrinant jø mokumà ir likvidumà, nuo to, kad jose, áskaitant kitosevalstybëse narëse ásteigtus jø skyrius, laikomi indëliai taptø negràþinami; kadangi tokiasalternatyvias sistemas, kuriomis siekiama kitø apsaugos tikslø, kompetentingosinstitucijos, nustaèiusios joms tam tikras sàlygas, gali laikyti atitinkanèiomis ðiosdirektyvos tikslus; kadangi bûtent ðios kompetentingos institucijos turi tikrinti, kaiplaikomasi minëtø sàlygø;

kadangi kai kurios valstybës narës turi indëliø apsaugos sistemas, uþ kurias yraatsakingos profesinës organizacijos, o kitos valstybës narës turi ástatymø nustatytatvarka sukurtas ir reguliuojamas sistemas, ir tam tikras sistemas, kurios nors ir ákurtosremiantis sutartimis yra ið dalies reguliuojamos ástatymais; kadangi dël tokios teisinëspadëties ávairovës iðkyla problema, kuri yra susijusi tik su privalomu dalyvavimusistemose ir nepriklausymu joms; kadangi todël bûtina imtis priemoniø, kurios apribotøsistemø galias ðioje srityje;

1 OL L 33, 1987 02 04, p. 16.2 OL L 386, 1989 12 30, p. 1. Direktyva ið dalies pakeista Direktyva 92/30/EEB (OL L 110,

1992 04 28, p. 52).


266

Whereas the retention in the Community of schemes providing cover for depositswhich is higher than the harmonized minimum may, within the same territory, lead todisparities in compensation and unequal conditions of competition between nationalinstitutions and branches of institutions from other Member States; whereas, in orderto counteract those disadvantages, branches should be authorized to join their hostcountries’ schemes so that they can offer their depositors the same guarantees as areoffered by the schemes of the countries in which they are located; whereas it isappropriate that after a number of years the Commission should report on the extentto which branches have made use of this option and on the difficulties which they orthe guarantee schemes may have encountered in implementing these provisions;whereas it is not ruled out that home Member State schemes should themselves offersuch complementary cover, subject to the conditions such schemes may lay down;

Whereas market disturbances could be caused by branches of credit institutions whichoffer levels of cover higher than those offered by credit institutions authorized intheir host Member States; whereas it is not appropriate that the level of scope ofcover offered by guarantee schemes should become an instrument of competition;whereas it is therefore necessary, at least during an initial period, to stipulate that thelevel and scope of cover offered by a home Member State scheme to depositors atbranches located in another Member State should not exceed the maximum level andscope offered by the corresponding scheme in the host Member State; whereas possiblemarket disturbances should be reviewed after a number of years, on the basis of theexperience acquired and in the light of developments in the banking sector;

Whereas in principle this Directive requires every credit institution to join a deposit-guarantee scheme; whereas the Directives governing the admission of any creditinstitution which has its head office in a non-member country, and in particular theFirst Council Directive (77/780/EEC) of 12 December 1977 on the coordination of thelaws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to the taking up and pursuit ofthe business of credit institutions (1) allow Member States to decide whether and subjectto what conditions to permit the branches of such credit institutions to operate withintheir territories; whereas such branches will not enjoy the freedom to provide servicesunder the second paragraph of Article 59 of the Treaty, nor the right of establishmentin Member States other than those in which they are established; whereas, accordingly,a Member State admitting such branches should decide how to apply the principles ofthis Directive to such branches in accordance with Article 9 (1) of Directive77/780/EEC and with the need to protect depositors and maintain the integrity of thefinancial system; whereas it is essential that depositors at such branches should befully aware of the guarantee arrangements which affect them;

Whereas, on the one hand, the minimum guarantee level prescribed in this Directiveshould not leave too great a proportion of deposits without protection in the interestboth of consumer protection and of the stability of the financial system; whereas, onthe other hand, it would not be appropriate to impose throughout the Community alevel of protection which might in certain cases have the effect of encouraging theunsound management of credit institutions; whereas the cost of funding schemes

(1) OJ No L 322, 17. 12. 1977, p. 30. Directive as last amended by Directive 89/646/EEC (OJ NoL 386, 30. 12. 1989, p. 1).


267

kadangi sistemø, kurios nustato, kad apdraudþiama didesnë indëliø suma, negusuderintas minimalus lygis, tolesnis egzistavimas toje paèioje Bendrijos teritorijojegali lemti kompensavimo netolygumus bei nevienodas nacionaliniø ástaigø bei kitøvalstybiø nariø ástaigø skyriø konkurencijos sàlygas; kadangi, norint paðalinti ðiuostrûkumus, skyriams turëtø bûti leidþiama dalyvauti priimanèiø ðaliø sistemose, kadjie galëtø siûlyti savo indëlininkams tokias pat garantijas, kokios teikiamos ðaliø, kuriosejie veikia, sistemose; kadangi po keleriø metø Komisija turëtø pateikti ataskaità apietai, kaip skyriai pasinaudojo ðia galimybe, bei apie sunkumus, kuriuos galëjo patirtijie arba garantijø sistemos, ágyvendindami ðias nuostatas; kadangi taip pat neatmetamagalimybë, kad buveinës valstybës narës sistemos gali teikti papildomà indëliø draudimàpagal savo nustatytas sàlygas;

kadangi kredito ástaigø skyriai, siûlantys aukðtesná apdraudimo lygá uþ tà, kurá siûlojuos priimanèiose valstybëse narëse veiklos leidimus gavusios kredito ástaigos, galisutrikdyti rinkà; kadangi garantijø sistemø siûlomi draudimo lygis ir kompensavimoapimtis neturi tapti konkurencijos priemone; kadangi dël ðios prieþasties, bent jaupradiniu laikotarpiu yra bûtina nustatyti, kad buveinës valstybës narës sistemos kitojevalstybëje narëje esanèiø skyriø indëlininkams taikomo draudimo lygis irkompensavimo apimtis nevirðytø priimanèios valstybës narës atitinkamos sistemostaikomo maksimalaus draudimo lygio ir kompensavimo apimties; kadangi galimi rinkossutrikimai turëtø bûti iðnagrinëti po keleriø metø, remiantis ágyta patirtimi beiatsiþvelgiant á bankø sektoriaus pokyèius;

kadangi ið esmës ði direktyva reikalauja, kad kiekviena kredito ástaiga dalyvautø indëliøgarantijø sistemoje; kadangi direktyvos, reguliuojanèios pripaþinimà bet kuriø kreditoástaigø, kuriø pagrindinë buveinë yra ne valstybëje narëje, ir ypaè 1977 m. gruodþio12 d. pirmoji Tarybos direktyva (77/780/EEB) dël ástatymø ir kitø teisës aktø, susijusiøsu kredito ástaigø steigimu ir veikla, suderinimo1 , leidþia valstybëms narëms nuspræsti,ar leisti ir kokiomis sàlygomis leisti veikti tokiø kredito ástaigø skyriams savo teritorijose;kadangi tokie skyriai negali naudotis nei paslaugø teikimo laisve, nustatyta Sutarties59 straipsnio antroje pastraipoje, nei teise steigtis kitose valstybëse narëse, iðskyrustas, kuriose yra ásteigti; kadangi atitinkamai valstybë narë, leidþianti steigti minëtusskyrius savo teritorijoje, turi nuspræsti, kaip jiems taikyti ðios direktyvos principuspagal Direktyvos 77/780/EEB 9 straipsnio 1 dalá ir atsiþvelgiant á poreiká apsaugotiindëlininkus ir iðlaikyti finansø sistemos vientisumà; kadangi bûtina, kad tokiø skyriøindëlininkai gerai þinotø apie jiems taikomà garantijø tvarkà;

kadangi, viena vertus, norint apsaugoti vartotojus ir iðlaikyti finansø sistemos stabilumà,ðioje direktyvoje nustatytas minimalus garantijos lygis turi bûti toks, kad neliktøpernelyg daug neapsaugotø indëliø; kadangi, kita vertus, nederëtø visoje Bendrijojetaikyti toká apsaugos lygá, kuris tam tikrais atvejais galëtø paskatinti nesaugø kreditoástaigø valdymà; kadangi turi bûti atsiþvelgiama á sistemø finansavimo iðlaidas; kadangibûtø racionalu nustatyti suderintà minimalø 20 000 ekiu garantijø lygá; kadangi siekiant,

1 OL L 322, 1977 12 17, p. 30. Direktyva paskutiná kartà pakeista Direktyva 89/646/EEB (OL L386, 1989 12 30, p. 1).


268

should be taken into account; whereas it would appear reasonable to set the harmonizedminimum guarantee level at ECU 20 000; whereas limited transitional arrangementsmight be necessary to enable schemes to comply with that figure;

Whereas some Member States offer depositors cover for their deposits which is higherthan the harmonized minimum guarantee level provided for in this Directive; whereasit does not seem appropriate to require that such schemes, certain of which havebeen introduced only recently pursuant to recommendation 87/63/EEC, be amendedon this point;

Whereas a Member State must be able to exclude certain categories of specificallylisted deposits or depositors, if it does not consider that they need special protection,from the guarantee afforded by deposit-guarantee schemes;

Whereas in certain Member States, in order to encourage depositors to look carefullyat the quality of credit institutions, unavailable deposits are not fully reimbursed;whereas such practices should be limited in respect of deposits falling below theminimum harmonized level;

Whereas the principle of a harmonized minimum limit per depositor rather than perdeposit has been retained; whereas it is therefore appropriate to take into considerationthe deposits made by depositors who either are not mentioned as holders of an accountor are not the sole holders; whereas the limit must therefore be applied to eachidentifiable depositor; whereas that should not apply to collective investmentundertakings subject to special protection rules which do not apply to theaforementioned deposits;

Whereas information is an essential element in depositor protection and must thereforealso be the subject of a minimum number of binding provisions; whereas, however,the unregulated use in advertising of references to the amount and scope of a deposit-guarantee scheme could affect the stability of the banking system or depositorconfidence; whereas Member States should therefore lay down rules to limit suchreferences;

Whereas, in specific cases, in certain Member States in which there are no deposit-guarantee schemes for certain classes of credit institutions which take only anextremely small proportion of deposits, the introduction of such a system may insome cases take longer than the time laid down for the transposition of this Directive;whereas in such cases a transitional derogation from the requirement to belong to adeposit-guarantee scheme may be justified; whereas, however, should such creditinstitutions operate abroad, a Member State would be entitled to require theirparticipation in a deposit-guarantee scheme which it had set up;

Whereas it is not indispensable, in this Directive, to harmonize the methods offinancing schemes guaranteeing deposits or credit institutions themselves, given, onthe one hand, that the cost of financing such schemes must be borne, in principle, bycredit institutions themsejves and, on the other hand, that the financing capacity ofsuch schemes must be in proportion to their liabilities; whereas this must not, however,jeopardize the stability of the banking system of the Member State concerned;


269

kad sistemos galëtø pasiekti ðá lygá, nedaugeliu atvejø gali prireikti pereinamøjølaikotarpiø;

kadangi kai kurios valstybës narës siûlo indëlininkams indëliø draudimà, virðijantáðioje direktyvoje nurodytà suderintà minimalø garantijø lygá; kadangi netinkamareikalauti, kad tokios sistemos, ið kuriø kai kurios buvo ákurtos visai neseniaivadovaujantis Rekomendacija 87/63/EEB, dël to bûtø pakeistos;

kadangi valstybë narë turi turëti galimybæ tam tikroms konkreèiai nurodytø indëliø arindëlininkø kategorijoms netaikyti indëliø garantijø sistemø teikiamø garantijø, jeigu,valstybës narës nuomone, jø nereikia specialiai apsaugoti;

kadangi tam tikrose valstybëse narëse, siekiant paskatinti indëlininkus atidþiai vertintikredito ástaigø kokybæ, negràþinami indëliai kompensuojami ne visiðkai; kadangi ðipraktika turëtø bûti ribojama indëliø, kuriø suma yra maþesnë uþ minimalø suderintàlygá, atþvilgiu;

kadangi iðlaikytas suderintos minimalaus dydþio vienam indëlininkui, o ne vienamindëliui, principas; kadangi dël ðios prieþasties reikia atsiþvelgti á indëlius,priklausanèius indëlininkams, kurie nenurodyti kaip sàskaitos turëtojai, arba kurienëra vieninteliai jos turëtojai; kadangi dël to dydis turi bûti siejamas su kiekvienuindëlininkui, kuris gali bûti nustatytas; kadangi tai neturëtø bûti taikoma kolektyvinioinvestavimo ámonëms, kurioms nustatytos specialios apsaugos taisyklës, netaikomosanksèiau minëtiems indëliams;

kadangi informacija yra esminis indëlininkø apsaugos elementas, todël jai taip patturi bûti taikomos minimalios privalomos nuostatos; taèiau kadanginereglamentuojamos nuorodos á indëliø garantijø sistemos uþtikrinamas sumas beikompensavimo apimtá reklamoje gali turëti átakos bankø sistemos stabilumui arbaindëlininkø pasitikëjimui; kadangi dël ðios prieþasties, valstybës narës turëtø parengtitaisykles, ribojanèias tokias nuorodas;

kadangi tam tikrais atvejais indëliø garantijø sistemos ádiegimas kai kuriose valstybësenarëse, kuriose nëra indëliø garantijø sistemø, apimanèiø tam tikrø kategorijø kreditoástaigas, priimanèias ypaè maþai indëliø, gali uþsitæsti ilgiau, negu ðios direktyvosperkëlimui nustatytas laikotarpis; kadangi tokiais atvejais galima pateisinti pereinamàjàiðlygà reikalavimui priklausyti indëliø garantijø sistemai; kadangi vis dëlto, jeigu tokioskredito ástaigos veikia uþsienyje, valstybë narë turi teisæ reikalauti, kad jos dalyvautøtos valstybës narës sukurtoje indëliø garantijø sistemoje;

kadangi ðioje direktyvoje nëra bûtina suderinti indëliams arba paèioms kreditoástaigoms garantijas nustatanèiø sistemø finansavimo metodø, jeigu, viena vertus, tokiøsistemø finansavimo iðlaidas ið principo, turi padengti paèios kredito ástaigos, o, kitavertus, tokiø sistemø finansavimo pajëgumas turi bûti proporcingas jø ásipareigojimams;kadangi vis dëlto, tai neturi kelti pavojaus atitinkamos valstybës narës bankø sistemosstabilumui;


270

Whereas this Directive may not result in the Member States’ or their competentauthorities’ being made liable in respect of depositors if they have ensured that one ormore schemes guaranteeing deposits or credit institutions themselves and ensuringthe compensation or protection of depositors under the conditions prescribed in thisDirective have been introduced and officially recognized;

Whereas deposit protection is an essential element in the completion of the internalmarket and an indispensable supplement to the system of supervision of creditinstitutions on account of the solidarity it creates amongst all the institutions in agiven financial market in the event of the failure of any of them,


Article 1


1. ‘deposit’ shall mean any credit balance which results from funds left in an accountor from temporary situations deriving from normal banking transactions andwhich a credit institution must repay under the legal and contractual conditionsapplicable, and any debt evidenced by a certificate issued by a credit institution.

Shares in United Kingdom and Irish building societies apart from those of acapital nature covered in Article 2 shall be treated as deposits.

Bonds which satisfy the conditions prescribed in Article 22 (4) of Council Directive85/611/EEC of 20 December 1985 on the coordination of laws, regulations andadministrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment intransferable securities (Ucits) (l) shall not be considered deposits.

For the purpose of calculating a credit balance, Member States shall apply therules and regulations relating to set-off and counterclaims according to the legaland contractual conditions applicable to a deposit;

2. ‘joint account’ shall mean an account opened in the names of two or more personsor over which two or more persons have rights that may operate against thesignature of one or more of those persons;

3. ‘unavailable deposit’ shall mean a deposit that is due and payable but has notbeen paid by a credit institution under the legal and contractual conditionsapplicable thereto, where either:

(i) the relevant competent authorities have determined that in their view thecredit institution concerned appears to be unable for the time being, forreasons which are directly related to its financial circumstances, to repaythe deposit and to have no current prospect of being able to do so.

(1) OJ No L 375, 31. 12. 1985, p. 3. Directive as last amended by Directive 88/220/EEC (OJ NoL 100, 19. 4. 1988, p. 31.).


271

kadangi ði direktyva negali nustatyti, kad uþ indëlininkø apsaugà atsako valstybësnarës ar jø kompetentingos institucijos, jeigu jos yra uþtikrinusios, kad viena ar daugiausistemø, numatanèiø garantijas indëliams ar paèioms kredito ástaigoms ir uþtikrinanèiøkompensacijø iðmokëjimà arba indëlininkø apsaugà pagal ðioje direktyvoje nustatytassàlygas, yra ádiegtos ir oficialiai pripaþintos;

kadangi indëliø apsauga yra esminis elementas, leidþiantis baigti kurti vidaus rinkà,taip pat – bûtinas kredito ástaigø prieþiûros sistemos papildymas, nes ji suvienija visasatitinkamoje finansø rinkoje veikianèias ástaigas bet kurios ið jø þlugimo atveju,


1 straipsnis

ðioje direktyvoje:

1. „Indëlis“ – bet koks kredito likutis, atsiradæs dël sàskaitoje paliktø lëðø arba iðlaikinø situacijø, susidariusiø dël áprastø banko operacijø, kurá kredito ástaigaturi gràþinti pagal taikomas teisines ir sutarèiø sàlygas, taip pat – bet kokia skola,patvirtinta kredito ástaigos iðduotu paþymëjimu.

Jungtinës Karalystës ir Airijos namø statybos bendrijø akcijos, iðskyrus 2straipsnyje nurodytas kapitalo savybiø turinèias akcijas, yra laikomos indëliais.

Indëliais nelaikomos obligacijos, atitinkanèios 1985 m. gruodþio 20 d. Tarybosdirektyvos 85/611/EEB dël ástatymø ir kitø teisës aktø, susijusiø su kolektyvinioinvestavimo á apyvartinius vertybinius popierius ámonëmis (KIAVPÁ),suderinimo1 22 straipsnio 4 dalies sàlygas.

Kredito likuèiui apskaièiuoti valstybës narës taiko taisykles ir reglamentus, susijusiussu prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaita bei prieðprieðinëmis pretenzijomis pagalindëliui taikomas teisines ir sutarèiø sàlygas.

2. „Bendra sàskaita“ – dviejø ar daugiau asmenø vardu atidaryta sàskaita arbasàskaita, á kurià teises turi du ar daugiau asmenø ir kuria galima naudotis pagalvieno ar keliø minëtø asmenø paraðus.

3. „Negràþinamas indëlis“ – suëjusio termino ir mokëtinas indëlis, kurio kreditoástaiga neiðmokëjo pagal jam taikomas teisines ir sutarèiø sàlygas, kai:

i) atitinkamos kompetentingos institucijos nustato, kad, jø nuomone, atitinkamakredito ástaiga tuo metu negali gràþinti indëlio dël prieþasèiø, tiesiogiaisusijusiø su jos finansine padëtimi, ir neturi galimybiø to padaryti artimiausiumetu.

1 OL L 375, 1985 12 31, p. 3. Direktyva paskutiná kartà pakeista Direktyva 88/220/EEB (OLL 100, 1988 04 19, p. 31).


272

The competent authorities shall make that determination as soon as pos-sible and at the latest 21 days after first becoming satisfied that a creditinstitution has failed to repay deposits which are due and payable; or

(ii) a judicial authority has made a ruling for reasons which are directly relatedto the credit institution’s financial circumstances which has the effect ofsuspending depositors’ ability to make claims against it, should that occurbefore the aforementioned determination has been made;

4. ‘credit institution’ shall mean an undertaking the business of which is to receivedeposits or other repayable funds from the public and to grant credits for its ownaccount;

5. ‘branch’ shall mean a place of business which forms a legally dependent part ofa credit institution and which conducts directly all or some of the operationsinherent in the business of credit institutions; any number of branches set up inthe same Member State by a credit institution which has its head office in anotherMember State shall be regarded as a single branch.

Article 2

The following shall be excluded from any repayment by guarantee schemes:

— subject to Article 8 (3), deposits made by other credit institutions on their ownbehalf and for their own account,

— all instruments which would fall within the definition of ‘own funds’ in Article 2of Council Directive 89/299/EEC of 17 April 1989 on the own funds of creditinstitutions (1),

— deposits arising out of transactions in connection with which there has been acriminal conviction for money laundering as defined in Article 1 of CouncilDirective 91/308/EEC of 10 June 1991 on prevention of the use of the financialsystem for the purpose of money laundering (2).

Article 3

1. Each Member State shall ensure that within its territory one or more deposit-guarantee schemes are introduced and officially recognized. Except in thecircumstances envisaged in the second subparagraph and in paragraph 4, no creditinstitution authorized in that Member State pursuant to Article 3 of Directive 77/780/EEC may take deposits unless it is a member of such a scheme.

A Member State may, however, exempt a credit institution from the obligation tobelong to a deposit-guarantee scheme where that credit institution belongs to a systemwhich protects the credit institution itself and in particular ensures its liquidity and

(1) OJ No L 124, 5. 5. 1989, p. 16. Directive is last amended by Directive 92/16/EEC(OJ No L 75, 21. 3. 1992, p. 48).

(2) OJ No L 166, 28. 6. 1991, p. 77.


273

Kompetentingos institucijos ðá sprendimà priima kaip galima greièiau ir nevëliau kaip praëjus 21 dienai po to, kai pirmà kartà ásitikino, kad kreditoástaiga negràþina suëjusio termino ir mokëtinø indëliø; arba

ii) teismas, vadovaudamasis prieþastimis, kurios yra tiesiogiai susijusios sukredito ástaigos finansine padëtimi, priima sprendimà, kuriuo sustabdomaindëlininkø galimybë reikðti pretenzijas kredito ástaigai, jeigu tai ávykstaanksèiau nei kompetentingos institucijos priima anksèiau minëtà sprendimà.

4. „Kredito ástaiga“ – ámonë, kuri verèiasi indëliø ar kitø gràþintinø lëðø priëmimuið visuomenës ir paskolø teikimu savo sàskaita.

5. „Skyrius“ – veiklos vieta, kuri sudaro juridiðkai priklausomà kredito ástaigos daláir kuri tiesiogiai atlieka visas arba tam tikras kredito ástaigoms bûdingas operacijas;bet koks kredito ástaigos, kurios pagrindinë buveinë yra vienoje valstybëje narëje,skyriø, ásteigtø kitoje valstybëje narëje, skaièius yra laikomas vienu skyriumi.

2 straipsnis

Garantijø sistemø iðmokos netaikomos:

- pagal 8 straipsnio 3 dalá kitø kredito ástaigø savo vardu ir savo sàskaita padëtiemsindëliams;

- bet kurioms nuosavø lëðø sudedamosioms dalims, kurios patenka á 1989 m.balandþio 17 d. Tarybos direktyvos 89/299/EEB dël kredito ástaigø nuosavø lëðø1

2 straipsnyje pateiktà „nuosavø“ lëðø apibrëþimà;

- indëliams, atsiradusiems ið operacijø, dël kuriø priimti nuosprendþiai dëlnusikalstamos veiklos, susijusios su pinigø plovimu, kuris apibûdintas 1991 m.birþelio 10 d. Tarybos direktyvos 91/308/EEB dël finansø sistemos apsaugos nuojos panaudojimo pinigø plovimui2 1 straipsnyje.

3 straipsnis

1. Kiekviena valstybë narë uþtikrina, kad jos teritorijoje bûtø ádiegta ir oficialiaipripaþinta viena ar kelios indëliø garantijø sistemos. Në viena pagal Direktyvos77/780/EEB 3 straipsná toje valstybëje narëje veiklos leidimà gavusi kredito ástaiga,nedalyvaujanti minëtoje sistemoje, negali priimti indëliø, iðskyrus antroje pastraipojeir 4 dalyje numatytas aplinkybes.

Taèiau valstybë narë gali atleisti kredito ástaigà nuo prievolës dalyvauti indëliø garantijøsistemoje, jeigu tokia kredito ástaiga priklauso jà apsauganèiai sistemai, kuri visø pirmauþtikrina kredito ástaigos likvidumà ir mokumà ir tokiu bûdu garantuoja indëlininkø

1 OL L 124, 1989 05 05, p. 16. Direktyva paskutiná kartà pakeista Direktyva 92/16/EEB(OL L 75, 1992 03 21, p. 48).

2 OL L 166, 1991 06 28, p. 77.


274

solvency, thus guaranteeing protection for depositors at least equivalent to thatprovided by a deposit-guarantee scheme, and which, in the opinion of the competentauthorities, fulfils the following conditions:

— the system must be in existence and have been officially recognized when thisDirective is adopted,

— the system must be designed to prevent deposits with credit institutions belongingto the system from becoming unavailable and have the resources necessary forthat purpose at its disposal,

— the system must not consist of a guarantee granted to a credit institution by aMember State itself or by any of its local or regional authorities,

— the system must ensure that depositors are informed in accordance with theterms and conditions laid down in Article 9.

Those Member States which make use of this option shall inform the Commissionaccordingly; in particular, they shall notify the Commission of the characteristics ofany such protective systems and the credit institutions covered by them and of anysubsequent changes in the information supplied. The Commission shall inform theBanking Advisory Committee thereof.

2. If a credit institution does not comply with the obligations incumbent on it as amember of a deposit-guarantee scheme, the competent authorities which issued itsauthorization shall be notified and, in collaboration with the guarantee scheme, shalltake all appropriate measures including the imposition of sanctions to ensure that thecredit institution complies with its obligations.

3. If those measures fail to secure compliance on the part of the credit institution,the scheme may, where national law permits the exclusion of a member, with theexpress consent of the competent authorities, give not less than 12 months’ notice ofits intention of excluding the credit institution from membership of the scheme.Deposits made before the expiry of the notice period shall continue to be fully coveredby the scheme. If, on the expiry of the notice period, the credit institution has notcomplied with its obligations, the guarantee scheme may, again having obtained theexpress consent of the competent authorities, proceed to exclusion.

4. Where national law permits, and with the express consent of the competentauthorities which issued its authorization, a credit institution excluded from a deposit-guarantee scheme may continue to take deposits if, before its exclusion, it has madealternative guarantee arrangements which ensure that depositors will enjoy a leveland scope of protection at least equivalent to that offered by the officially recognizedscheme.

5. If a credit institution the exclusion of which is proposed under paragraph 3 isunable to make alternative arrangements which comply with the conditions prescribedin paragraph 4, then the competent authorities which issued its authorization shallrevoke it forthwith.


275

apsaugà, prilygstanèià bent jau indëliø garantijø sistemoje teikiamai apsaugai, ir kuri,kompetentingø institucijø nuomone, atitinka toliau iðvardytas sàlygas:

- sistema turi egzistuoti ir bûti oficialiai pripaþinta ðios direktyvos priëmimo metu;

- sistema turi bûti skirta tam, kad neleistø susidaryti tokiai padëèiai, kai sistemaipriklausanèioje kredito ástaigoje laikomi indëliai bûtø negràþinami, ir turëtø tamtikslui bûtinø lëðø;

- sistemos negali teikti garantijø, kurias kredito ástaigai suteikia pati valstybë narëar bet kuri ið jos vietos ar regiono valdþios institucijø;

- sistema turi uþtikrinti, kad indëlininkams bûtø teikiama informacija pagal 9straipsnio terminus ir sàlygas.

Tos valstybës narës, kurios pasinaudoja ðia galimybe, apie tai informuoja Komisijà;pirmiausia jos praneða Komisijai apie visø tokiø apsaugos sistemø savybes ir apiekredito ástaigas, kurias jos apima, bei apie visus tolesnius pateiktos informacijospasikeitimus. Komisija apie tai informuoja Bankininkystës patariamàjá komitetà.

2. Jeigu kredito ástaiga nesilaiko savo, kaip indëliø garantijø sistemos dalyvës,ásipareigojimø, apie tai informuojamos jai veiklos leidimà iðdavusios kompetentingosinstitucijos, kurios kartu su garantijø sistema imasi visø bûtinø priemoniø, áskaitantsankcijø taikymà, kad bûtø uþtikrinta, jog kredito ástaiga vykdytø savo ásipareigojimus.

3. Jeigu tomis priemonëmis nepavyksta uþtikrinti, kad kredito ástaiga laikytøsiásipareigojimø, sistema tais atvejais, kai nacionaliniai ástatymai leidþia ið sistemospaðalinti dalyvá, gavusi tiesioginá kompetentingø institucijø sutikimà ne vëliau kaipprieð 12 mënesiø áspëja kredito ástaigà apie ketinimà jà paðalinti ið sistemos nariø.Sistema ir toliau visiðkai garantuoja uþ indëlius, áneðtus prieð baigiantis iðankstinioáspëjimo laikotarpiui. Jeigu pasibaigus áspëjimo laikotarpiui kredito ástaiga neávykdosavo ásipareigojimø, garantijø sistema gali vël gavusi kompetentingø institucijø sutikimàtoliau siekti paðalinimo.

4. Tais atvejais, kai tai leidþia nacionaliniai ástatymai ir gavusi tiesioginá jai veiklosleidimà iðdavusiø kompetentingø institucijø sutikimà, ið indëliø draudimo sistemospaðalinta kredito ástaiga gali ir toliau priimti indëlius, jeigu iki paðalinimo ji ádiegëalternatyvias garantijø priemones, uþtikrinanèias, kad indëlininkai galës naudotis bentjau tokio lygio ir tokios apimties apsauga, kurià teikia oficialiai pripaþinta sistema.

5. Jeigu kredito ástaiga, kurià siûloma paðalinti pagal 3 dalá, negali ádiegti alternatyviøgarantijø priemoniø, atitinkanèiø 4 dalyje nurodytas sàlygas, tuomet kompetentingosinstitucijos, kredito ástaigai iðdavusios veiklos leidimà, já ið karto atðaukia.


276

Article 4

1. Deposit-guarantee schemes introduced and officially recognized in a MemberState in accordance with Article 3 (1) shall cover the depositors at branches set up bycredit institutions in other Member States.

Until 31 December 1999 neither the level nor the scope, including the percentage, ofcover provided shall exceed the maximum level or scope of cover offered by thecorresponding guarantee scheme within the territory of the host Member State.

Before that date, the Commission shall draw up a report on the basis of the experienceacquired in applying the second subparagraph and shall consider the need to continuethose arrangements. If appropriate, the Commission shall submit a proposal for aDirective to the European Parliament and the Council, with a view to the extension oftheir validity.

2. Where the level and/or scope, including the percentage, of cover offered by thehost Member State guarantee scheme exceeds the level and/or scope of cover providedin the Member State in which a credit institution is authorized, the host MemberState shall ensure that there is an officially recognized deposit-guarantee scheme withinits territory which a branch may join voluntarily in order to supplement the guaranteewhich its depositors already enjoy by virtue of its membership of its home MemberState scheme.

The scheme to be joined by the branch shall cover the category of institution to whichit belongs or most closely corresponds in the host Member State.

3. Member States shall ensure that objective and generally applied conditions areestablished for branches’ membership of a host Member State’s scheme in accordancewith paragraph 2. Admission shall be conditional on fulfilment of the relevantobligations of membership, including in particular payment of any contributions andother charges. Member States shall follow the guiding principles set out in Annex IIin implementing this paragraph.

4. If a branch granted voluntary membership under paragraph 2 does not complywith the obligations incumbent on it as a member of a deposit-guarantee scheme, thecompetent authorities which issued the authorization shall be notified and, incollaboration with the guarantee scheme, shall take all appropriate measures to ensurethat the aforementioned obligations are complied with.

If those measures fail to secure the branch’s compliance with the aforementionedobligations, after an appropriate period of notice of not less than 12 months theguarantee scheme may, with the consent of the competent authorities which issuedthe authorization, exclude the branch. Deposits made before the date of exclusionshall continue to be covered by the voluntary scheme until the dates on which they falldue. Depositors shall be informed of the withdrawal of the supplementary cover.

5. The Commission shall report on the operation of paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 no laterthan 31 December 1999 and shall, if appropriate, propose amendments thereto.


277

4 straipsnis

1. Valstybëje narëje pagal 3 straipsnio 1 dalá ádiegtos ir oficialiai pripaþintos indëliøgarantijø sistemos apdraudþia kitose valstybëse narëse kredito ástaigø ásteigtø skyriøindëlininkus.

Iki 1999 m. gruodþio 31 d. nei draudimo lygis, nei kompensavimo apimtis, áskaitantprocentinæ dalá, nevirðija maksimalaus draudimo lygio arba kompensavimo apimties,kurie nustatyti pagal atitinkamà garantijø sistemà priimanèios valstybës narës teritorijoje.

Iki tos datos, remdamasi ágyta patirtimi ágyvendinant antrà pastraipà, Komisija parengiaataskaità ir apsvarsto bûtinumà toliau taikyti ðias priemones. Jeigu reikia, Komisijapateikia Europos Parlamentui ir Tarybai pasiûlymà dël direktyvos siekdama minëtøpriemoniø galiojimo pratæsimo.

2. Tais atvejais, kai priimanèios valstybës narës garantijø sistemos siûlomas draudimolygis ir (arba) kompensavimo apimtis bei procentinë dalis virðija draudimo lygá ir(arba) kompensavimo apimtá, nustatytà kredito ástaigai veiklos leidimà iðdavusiojevalstybëje narëje, priimanèioji valstybë narë uþtikrina, kad jos teritorijoje bûtø oficialiaipripaþinta indëliø garantijø sistema, prie kurios savanoriðkai gali prisijungti skyrius,siekdamas papildyti savo indëlininkams jau taikomas buveinës valstybës narës sistemos,kuriai priklauso ðis skyrius, garantijas.

Sistema, prie kurios prisijungia skyrius, turi apimti tà ástaigø kategorijà, kuriai jispriklauso arba kurià jis geriausiai atitinka priimanèioje valstybëje narëje.

3. Valstybës narës uþtikrina, kad skyriams bûtø nustatytos objektyvios ir bendraitaikomos sàlygos dalyvauti priimanèios valstybës narës sistemoje pagal 2 dalá.Priëmimas priklauso nuo atitinkamø narystës ásipareigojimø ávykdymo, pirmiausiaáskaitant visø ámokø bei kitø mokesèiø sumokëjimà. Valstybës narës, ágyvendindamosðià dalá, vadovaujasi II priede iðdëstytais principais.

4. Tuo atveju, jeigu skyrius, kuriam pagal 2 dalá leista savanoriðkai dalyvauti sistemoje,nevykdo savo, kaip indëliø garantijø sistemos nario, ásipareigojimø, apie tai informuojamosveiklos leidimà iðdavusios kompetentingos institucijos, kurios kartu su garantijø sistemaimasi visø atitinkamø priemoniø, uþtikrinanèiø anksèiau minëtø ásipareigojimø vykdymà.

Jeigu tos priemonës neuþtikrina anksèiau nurodytø skyriaus ásipareigojimø vykdymo,praëjus ne trumpesniam kaip 12 mënesiø iðankstinio áspëjimo laikotarpiui, ir gavusiveiklos leidimà iðdavusiø kompetentingø institucijø sutikimà, garantijø sistema galiskyriø paðalinti. Indëliai, áneðti iki paðalinant skyriø ið sistemos, ir toliau iðliekasavanoriðkos sistemos apdrausti iki jø gràþinimo termino. Indëlininkai informuojamiapie papildomo draudimo panaikinimà.

5. Komisija pateikia ataskaità apie 2, 3 ir 4 dalyse nustatytø sàlygø taikymà ne vëliaukaip iki 1999 m. gruodþio 31 d. ir prireikus pateikia pasiûlymus dël ðiø daliø pakeitimo.


278

Article 5

Deposits held when the authorization of a credit institution authorized pursuant toArticle 3 of Directive 77/780/EEC is withdrawn shall continue to be covered by theguarantee scheme.

Article 6

1. Member States shall check that branches established by a credit institution whichhas its head office outwith the Community have cover equivalent to that prescribed inthis Directive.

Failing that, Member States may, subject to Article 9(1) of Directive 77/780/EEC,stipulate that branches established by a credit institution which has its head officeoutwith the Community must join deposit-guarantee schemes in operation within theirterritories.

2. Actual and intending depositors at branches established by a credit institutionwhich has its head office outwith the Community shall be provided by the creditinstitution with all relevant information concerning the guarantee arrangements whichcover their deposits.

3. The information referred to in paragraph 2 shall be made available in the officiallanguage or languages of the Member State in which a branch is established in themanner prescribed by national law and shall be drafted in a clear and comprehensibleform.

Article 7

1. Deposit-guarantee schemes shall stipulate that the aggregate deposits of eachdepositor must be covered up to ECU 20 000 in the event of deposits’ being unavailable.

Until 31 December 1999 Member States in which, when this Directive is adopted,deposits are not covered up to ECU 20 000 may retain the maximum amount laid downin their guarantee schemes, provided that this amount is not less than ECU 15 000.

2. Member States may provide that certain depositors or deposits shall be excludedfrom guarantee or shall be granted a lower level of guarantee. Those exclusions arelisted in Annex I.

3. This Article shall not preclude the retention or adoption of provisions whichoffer a higher or more comprehensive cover for deposits. In particular, deposit-guaranteeschemes may, on social considerations, cover certain kinds of deposits in full.

4. Member States may limit the guarantee provided for in paragraph 1 or thatreferred to in paragraph 3 to a specified percentage of deposits. The percentageguaranteed must, however, be equal to or exceed 90 % of aggregate deposits until theamount to be paid under the guarantee reaches the amount referred to in paragraph 1.

5. The amount referred to in paragraph 1 shall be reviewed periodically by theCommission at least once every five years. If appropriate, the Commission shall submit


279

5 straipsnis

Indëliai, laikomi kredito ástaigoje tuo metu, kai atðaukiamas jos pagal Direktyvos77/780/EEB 3 straipsná suteiktas veiklos leidimas, lieka apdrausti indëliø garantijøsistemos.

6 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës tikrina, kad kredito ástaigos, kurios pagrindinë buveinë yra uþBendrijos ribø, ásteigti skyriai apdraustø indëlius taip, kad draudimas bûtø tolygusðioje direktyvoje nustatytam draudimui.

Prieðingu atveju valstybës narës, vadovaudamosi Direktyvos 77/780/EEB 9 straipsnio1 dalimi, gali nustatyti, kad kredito ástaigos, kurios pagrindinë buveinë yra uþ Bendrijosribø, ásteigti skyriai turi tapti jø teritorijoje veikianèiø indëliø garantijø sistemø dalyviais.

2. Kredito ástaiga esantiems ir bûsimiems kredito ástaigos, turinèios pagrindinæbuveinæ uþ Bendrijos ribø, ásteigtø skyriø indëlininkams pateikia visà svarbià informacijàapie jø indëliams taikomas garantijø priemones.

3. Informacija, nurodyta 2 dalyje, aiðkiai ir suprantamai pateikiama valstybës narës,kurioje yra ásteigtas skyrius, valstybine kalba ar kalbomis, laikantis nacionaliniøástatymø.

7 straipsnis

1. Indëliø garantijø sistemos nustato, kad tais atvejais, kai indëliai negràþinami,kiekvienam indëlininkui uþ visus jam priklausanèius indëlius turi bûti kompensuojamaiki 20 000 ekiu.

Iki 1999 m. gruodþio 31 d. valstybës narës, kuriose priëmus ðià direktyvàkompensuojama indëliø suma yra maþesnë kaip 20 000 ekiu, gali ir toliau taikytididþiausià jø garantijø sistemose nustatytà sumà, jeigu ji ne maþesnë kaip 15 000 ekiu.

2. Valstybës narës gali numatyti, kad tam tikriems indëlininkams ar indëliamsgarantijos netaikomos arba kad jiems bûtø nustatytos maþesnio lygio garantijos. Ðiosiðimtys iðvardytos I priede.

3. Ðis straipsnis netrukdo ir toliau taikyti ar priimti nuostatas, kurios numatytødidesná ar visapusiðkesná indëliø draudimà. Tai reiðkia, kad dël tam tikrø socialiniøprieþasèiø, indëliø garantijø sistemos gali apdrausti visà kai kuriø rûðiø indëliø sumà.

4. Valstybës narës gali 1 ar 3 dalyse nurodytà garantijà taikyti tik tam tikrai procentineiindëliø daliai. Taèiau garantuojama procentinë dalis turi bûti lygi arba didesnë kaip90% visø indëliø sumos tol, kol pagal garantijà iðmokama suma pasiekia 1 dalyje nurodytàdydá.

5. Komisija 1 dalyje nurodytà sumà periodiðkai perþiûri maþiausiai kartà perpenkerius metus. Prireikus Komisija pateikia Europos Parlamentui ir Tarybai


280

to the European Parliament and to the Council a proposal for a Directive to adjustthe amount referred to in paragraph 1, taking account in particular of developmentsin the banking sector and the economic and monetary situation in the Community.The first review shall not take place until five years after the end of the period referredto in Article 7 (1), second subparagraph.

6. Member States shall ensure that the depositor’s rights to compensation may bethe subject of an action by the depositor against the deposit-guarantee scheme.

Article 8

1. The limits referred to in Article 7 (1), (3) and (4) shall apply to the aggregatedeposits placed with the same credit institution irrespective of the number of deposits,the currency and the location within the Community.

2. The share of each depositor in a joint account shall be taken into account incalculating the limits provided for in Article 7 (1), (3) and (4).

In the absence of special provisions, such an account shall be divided equally amongstthe depositors.

Member States may provide that deposits in an account to which two or more personsare entitled as members of a business partnership, association or grouping of a similarnature, without legal personality, may be aggregated and treated as if made by asingle depositor for the purpose of calculating the limits provided for in Article 7 (1),(3) and (4).

3. Where the depositor is not absolutely entitled to the sums held in an account,the person who is absolutely entitled shall be covered by the guarantee, provided thatthat person has been identified or is identifiable before the date on which the competentauthorities make the determination described in Article 1 (3) (i) or the judicial authoritymakes the ruling described in Article 1 (3) (ii). If there are several persons who areabsolutely entitled, the share of each under the arrangements subject to which thesums are managed shall be taken into account when the limits provided for in Article7 (1), (3) and (4) are calculated.

This provision shall not apply to collective investment undertakings.

Article 9

1. Member States shall ensure that credit institutions make available to actual andintending depositors the information necessary for the identification of the deposit-guarantee scheme of which the institution and its branches are members within theCommunity or any alternative arrangement provided for in Article 3 (1), secondsubparagraph, or Article 3 (4). The depositors shall be informed of the provisions ofthe deposit-guarantee scheme or any alternative arrangement applicable, includingthe amount and scope of the cover offered by the guarantee scheme. That informationshall be made available in a readily comprehensible manner.

Information shall also be given on request on the conditions for compensation andthe formalities which must be completed to obtain compensation.


281

pasiûlymà dël direktyvos, kad bûtø patikslinta 1 dalyje nurodyta suma, pirmiausiaatsiþvelgiant á bankø sektoriaus pokyèius ir Bendrijos ekonominæ bei monetarinæ padëtá.Pirmoji perþiûra atliekama ne anksèiau, kaip praëjus penkeriems metams po 7straipsnio 1 dalies antroje pastraipoje nurodyto laikotarpio.

6. Valstybës narës uþtikrina, kad indëlininkas, gindamas savo teises á kompensacijà,galëtø indëliø garantijø sistemà paduoti á teismà.

8 straipsnis

1. Dydþiai, nustatyti 7 straipsnio 1, 3 ir 4 dalyse, taikomi visiems toje paèioje kreditoástaigoje laikomiems indëliams nepriklausomai nuo jø skaièiaus, valiutos bei laikymovietos Bendrijoje.

2. Apskaièiuojant 7 straipsnio 1, 3 ir 4 dalyse nustatytus dydþius, atsiþvelgiama ábendroje sàskaitoje esanèio indëlio dalá, priklausanèià kiekvienam indëlininkui.

Jeigu nëra specialiø nuostatø, tokia sàskaita indëlininkams padalinama lygiomisdalimis.

Valstybës narës gali numatyti, kad apskaièiuojant 7 straipsnio 1, 3 ir 4 dalyse nustatytusdydþius, indëliai, esantys sàskaitoje, kuria naudotis teisæ turi du ar daugiau asmenø,kurie yra ûkiniø bendrijø, asociacijø ar panaðaus pobûdþio struktûrø, neturinèiøjuridinio asmens teisiø, nariai, gali bûti sudedami ir laikomi vieno indëlininko áneðtuindëliu.

3. Tais atvejais, kai indëlininkas neturi absoliuèios teisës á visas sàskaitoje esanèiassumas, garantijos taikomos tam asmeniui, kuris turi visas teises á minëtas sumas, jeiguðis asmuo buvo arba gali bûti nustatytas iki dienos, kada kompetentingos institucijospriima 1 straipsnio 3 dalies i punkte nurodytà sprendimà arba teismas priima 1straipsnio 3 dalies ii punkte nurodytà sprendimà. Jeigu yra keletas visas teises turinèiøasmenø, apskaièiuojant 7 straipsnio 1, 3 ir 4 dalyse nurodytus dydþius atsiþvelgiamaá kiekvienam tokiam asmeniui priklausanèià dalá pagal susitarimus, kuriais remiantisðios sumos tvarkomos.

Ði nuostata netaikoma kolektyvinio investavimo ámonëms.

9 straipsnis

1. Valstybës narës uþtikrina, kad kredito ástaigos sudarytø sàlygas esamiems irbûsimiems indëlininkams gauti informacijà apie indëliø garantijø sistemà, kuriojedalyvauja kredito ástaiga ir jos skyriai Bendrijoje, arba apie kurias nors kitas 3 straipsnio1 dalies antroje pastraipoje arba 3 straipsnio 4 dalyje nustatytas alternatyvias priemones.Indëlininkai yra informuojami apie indëliø garantijø sistemos ar kitos taikomosalternatyvios priemonës nuostatas, garantijø sistemos uþtikrinamas sumas irkompensavimo apimtá. Tokia informacija pateikiama lengvai suprantama forma.

Papraðius taip pat pateikiama informacija apie kompensavimo sàlygas bei formalumus,kurie turi bûti atlikti norint gauti kompensacijà.


282

2. The information provided for in paragraph 1 shall be made available in themanner prescribed by national law in the official language or languages of the MemberState in which the branch is established.

3. Member States shall establish rules limiting the use in advertising of theinformation referred to in paragraph 1 in order to prevent such use from affecting thestability of the banking system or depositor confidence. In particular, Member Statesmay restrict such advertising to a factual reference to the scheme to which a creditinstitution belongs.

Article 10

1. Deposit-guarantee schemes shall be in a position to pay duly verified claims bydepositors in respect of unavailable deposits within three months of the date on whichthe competent authorities make the determination described in Article 1 (3) (i) or thejudicial authority makes the ruling described in Article 1 (3) (ii).

2. In wholly exceptional circumstances and .in special cases a guarantee schememay apply to the competent authorities for an extension of the time limit. No suchextension shall exceed three months. The competent authorities may, at the requestof the guarantee scheme, grant no more than two further extensions, neither of whichshall exceed three months.

3. The time limit laid down in paragraphs 1 and 2 may not be invoked by a guaranteescheme in order to deny the benefit of guarantee to any depositor who has beenunable to assert his claim to payment under a guarantee in time.

4. The documents relating to the conditions to be fulfilled and the formalities to becompleted to be eligible for a payment under the guarantee referred to in paragraph1 shall be drawn up in detail in the manner prescribed by national law in the officiallanguage or languages of the Member State in which the guaranteed deposit is located.

5. Notwithstanding the time limit laid down in paragraphs 1 and 2, where a depositoror any person entitled to or interested in sums held in an account has been chargedwith an offence arising out of or in relation to money laundering as defined in Article1 of Directive 91/308/EEC, the guarantee scheme may suspend any payment pendingthe judgment of the court.

Article 11

Without prejudice to any other rights which they may have under national law, schemeswhich make payments under guarantee shall have the right of subrogation to therights of depositors in liquidation proceedings for an amount equal to their payments.

Article 12

Notwithstanding Article 3, those institutions authorized in Spain or in Greece andlisted in Annex III shall be exempt from the requirement to belong to a deposit-guarantee scheme until 31 December 1999.


283

2. Informacija, nurodyta 1 dalyje, pateikiama nacionaliniuose ástatymuose nustatytubûdu valstybës narës, kurioje yra ásteigtas skyrius, valstybine kalba ar kalbomis.

3. Valstybës narës parengia taisykles, apribojanèias 1 dalyje nurodytos informacijosnaudojimà reklamoje, siekdamos uþtikrinti, kad tai nepakenktø bankø sistemosstabilumui ar indëlininkø pasitikëjimui. Ypaè valstybës narës gali apriboti tokià reklamàteleisdamos nurodyti sistemà, kuriai priklauso kredito ástaiga.

10 straipsnis

1. Indëliø garantijø sistemos turi sugebëti patenkinti deramai patikrintas indëlininkøpretenzijas dël negràþinamø indëliø per tris mënesius po to, kai kompetentingosinstitucijos priima 1 straipsnio 3 dalies i punkte nurodytà sprendimà arba teismaspriima sprendimà, apibûdintà 1 straipsnio 3 dalies ii punkte.

2. Esant tikrai iðskirtinëms aplinkybëms ir ypatingais atvejais, garantijø sistemagali kreiptis á kompetentingas institucijas, kad laikotarpis bûtø pratæstas. Laikotarpisnegali bûti pratæstas ilgiau kaip trims mënesiams. Kompetentingos institucijos, garantijøsistemos praðymu, laikotarpá gali pratæsti ne daugiau kaip du kartus, taèiau në vienuatveju pratæsimas negali virðyti trijø mënesiø.

3. Garantijø sistema negali remtis 1 ir 2 dalyse nurodytais laikotarpiais, kad uþkirstøkelià pasinaudoti garantija bet kuriam indëlininkui, negalëjusiam laiku pareikðtipretenzijø dël iðmokëjimo pagal garantijà.

4. Iðsamûs dokumentai, susijæ su sàlygomis, kurios turi bûti ávykdytos, beiformalumais, kuriuos reikia atlikti, kad bûtø galima gauti iðmokà pagal 1 dalyjenurodytà garantijà, parengiami nacionaliniuose ástatymuose nurodyta tvarka valstybësnarës, kurioje laikomas garantuojamas indëlis, valstybine kalba ar kalbomis.

5. Nepriklausomai nuo 1 ir 2 dalyse nurodytø terminø, tais atvejais, kai indëlininkuiar bet kuriam kitam asmeniui, turinèiam teisæ á sàskaitoje esanèias sumas arsuinteresuotam tokiomis sumomis, pareikðtas kaltinimas dël pinigø plovimo ar dëlveiklos, susijusios su pinigø plovimu, kuris apibûdintas Direktyvos 91/308/EEB 1straipsnyje, garantijø sistema gali sustabdyti bet koká iðmokëjimà iki tol, kol teismaspriims sprendimà.

11 straipsnis

Pagal garantijas kompensacijas iðmokanèios sistemos, nepaþeisdamos nacionaliniuoseástatymuose nustatytø jokiø kitø teisiø, likvidavimo procedûrø metu turi teisæ perimtiindëlininkø teises á sumà, kuri lygi jiems iðmokëtoms sumoms.

12 straipsnis

Nepriklausomai nuo 3 straipsnio, veiklos leidimus Ispanijoje ar Graikijoje gavusiomsástaigoms, kurios iðvardytos III priede, iki 1999 m. gruodþio 31 d. netaikomasreikalavimas priklausyti indëliø garantijø sistemai.


284

Such credit institutions shall expressly alert their actual and intending depositors tothe fact that they are not members of any deposit-guarantee scheme.

During that time, should any such credit institution establish or have established abranch in another Member State, that Member State may require that branch tobelong to a deposit-guarantee scheme set up within its territory under conditionsconsonant with those prescribed in Article 4 (2), (3) and (4).

Article 13

In the list of authorized credit institutions which it is required to draw up pursuant toArticle 3 (7) of Directive 77/780/EEC the Commission shall indicate the status ofeach credit institution with regard to this Directive.

Article 14

1. The Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary for them to comply with this Directive by 1 July 1995. They shallforthwith inform the Commission thereof.

When the Member States adopt these measures they shall contain a reference to thisDirective or shall be accompanied by such reference on the occasion of their officialpublication. The methods of making such reference shall be laid down by the MemberStates.

2. The Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the mainprovisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

Article 15



Article 16


Done at Brussels, 30 May 1994.



E. KLEPSCH G. ROMEOS


285

Tokios kredito ástaigos aiðkiai áspëja savo esamus ir bûsimus indëlininkus apie tai, kadjos nedalyvauja jokioje indëliø garantijø sistemoje.

Jeigu kuri nors tokia kredito ástaiga per ðá laikotarpá ásteigia ar ásteigë skyriø kitojevalstybëje narëje, pastaroji gali reikalauti, kad tas skyrius priklausytø jos teritorijojeveikianèiai indëliø garantijø sistemai pagal sàlygas, atitinkanèias 4 straipsnio, 3 ir 4daliø reikalavimus.

13 straipsnis

Veiklos leidimus turinèiø kredito ástaigø sàraðe, kuris turi bûti parengtas pagalDirektyvos 77/780/EEB 3 straipsnio 7 dalá, Komisija nurodo kiekvienos kredito ástaigospadëtá ðios direktyvos poþiûriu.

14 straipsnis

1. Iki 1995 m. liepos 1 d. valstybës narës priima ástatymus ir kitus teisës aktus,bûtinus, kad bûtø laikomasi ðios direktyvos. Apie tai jos nedelsdamos praneðaKomisijai.

Valstybës narës, priimdamos ðias priemones, daro jose nuorodà á ðià direktyvà arbatokia nuoroda daroma jas oficialiai skelbiant. Tokios nuorodos darymo tvarkà nustatovalstybës narës.

2. Valstybës narës pateikia Komisijai ðios direktyvos taikymo srityje priimtønacionaliniø ástatymø pagrindines nuostatas.

15 straipsnis

Ði direktyva ásigalioja jos paskelbimo þurnale „Europos bendrijø oficialiajame leidinyje“dienà.

16 straipsnis


Priimta Briuselyje, 1994 m. geguþës 30 d.



E. KLEPSCH G. ROMEOS


286

ANNEX I

List of exclusions referred to in Article 7 (2)

1. Deposits by financial institutions as defined in Article 1 (6) of Directive89/646/EEC.

2. Deposits by insurance undertakings.

3. Deposits by government and central administrative authorities.

4. Deposits by provincial, regional, local and municipal authorities.

5. Deposits by collective investment undertakings.

6. Deposits by pension and retirement funds.

7. Deposits by a credit institution’s own directors, managers, members personallyliable, holders of at least 5 % of the credit institution’s capital, persons responsiblefor carrying out the statutory audits of the credit institution’s accountingdocuments and depositors of similar status in other companies in the same group.

8. Deposits by close relatives and third parties acting on behalf of the depositorsreferred to in 7.

9. Deposits by other companies in the same group.

10. Non-nominative deposits.

11. Deposits for which the depositor has, on an individual basis, obtained from thesame credit institution rates and financial concessions which have helped toaggravate its financial situation.

12. Debt securities issued by the same institution and liabilities arising out of ownacceptances and promissory notes.

13. Deposits in currencies other than:

— those of the Member States,

— ecus.

14. Deposits by companies which are of such a size that they are not permitted todraw up abridged balance sheets pursuant to Article 11 of the Fourth CouncilDirective (78/660/EEC) of 25 July 1978 based on Article 54 (3) (g) of theTreaty on the annual accounts of certain types of companies (l).

(1) OJ No L 222, 14. 8. 1978, p. 11. Directive as last amended by Directive 90/605/EEC (OJ NoL 317, 16. 11. 1990, p. 60).


287

I PRIEDAS

7 straipsnio 2 dalyje nurodytø iðimèiø sàraðas

1. Direktyvos 89/646/EEB 1 straipsnio 6 dalyje apibûdintø finansø ástaigø indëliai.

2. Draudimo ámoniø indëliai.

3. Vyriausybës ir centriniø valdymo organø indëliai.

4. Provincijø, regionø, vietos ir municipaliniø valdþios institucijø indëliai.

5. Kolektyvinio investavimo ámoniø indëliai.

6. Pensijø ir pensijø kaupimo fondø indëliai.

7. Kredito ástaigø direktoriø, vadovø, asmeniðkai atsakingø nariø, asmenø, kuriemspriklauso maþiausiai 5% kredito ástaigos kapitalo, asmenø, atsakingø uþástatymuose nustatyto kredito ástaigos apskaitos dokumentø audito atlikimà, irindëlininkø, turinèiø panaðø statusà kitose tai paèiai grupei priklausanèiosebendrovëse, indëliai.

8. Artimø giminaièiø ir treèiøjø ðaliø, veikianèiø 7 punkte nurodytø indëlininkøvardu, indëliai.

9. Kitø tos paèios grupës bendroviø indëliai.

10. Anoniminiai indëliai.

11. Indëliai, uþ kuriuos ta pati kredito ástaiga indëlininkui atskirai yra nustaèiusitokias palûkanas bei suteikusi tokias finansines nuolaidas, kurios prisidëjo priekredito ástaigos finansinës padëties pablogëjimo.

12. Tos paèios kredito ástaigos iðleisti skolos vertybiniai popieriai ir ásipareigojimai,susijæ su jos akceptuotais vekseliais bei paprastaisiais vekseliais.

13. Indëliai bet kuria valiuta, iðskyrus:

- valstybiø nariø valiutas;

- ekiu.

14. Indëliai tø bendroviø, kurioms atsiþvelgiant á jø dydá neleidþiama sudarytisutrumpintø balansø, pagal 1978 m. liepos 25 d. ketvirtosios Tarybos direktyvos(78/660/EEB), pagrástos Sutarties 54 straipsnio 3 dalies g punktu, dël tam tikrørûðiø bendroviø metø ataskaitø1, 11 straipsná.

1 OL L 222, 1978 08 14, p. 11. Direktyva paskutiná kartà pakeista Direktyva 90/605/EEB(OL L 317, 1990 11 16, p. 60).


288

ANNEX II

Guiding principles

Where a branch applies to join a host Member State scheme for supplementary cover,the host Member State scheme will bilaterally establish with the home Member Statescheme appropriate rules and procedures for paying compensation to depositors atthat branch. The following principles shall apply both to the drawing up of thoseprocedures and in the framing of the membership conditions applicable to such abranch (as referred to in Article 4 (2)):

(a) the host Member State scheme will retain full rights to impose its objective andgenerally applied rules on participating credit institutions; it will be able to requirethe provision of relevant information and have the right to verify such informationwith the home Member State’s competent authorities;

(b) the host Member State scheme will meet claims for supplementary compensationupon a declaration from the home Member State’s competent authorities thatdeposits are unavailable. The host Member State scheme will retain full rightsto verify a depositor’s entitlement according to its own standards and proceduresbefore paying supplementary compensation;

(c) home Member State and host Member State schemes will cooperate fully witheach other to ensure that depositors receive compensation promptly and in thecorrect amounts. In particular, they will agree on how the existence of acounterclaim which may give rise to set-off under either scheme will affect thecompensation paid to the depositor by each scheme;

(d) host Member State schemes will be entitled to charge branches for supplementarycover on an appropriate basis which takes into account the guarantee funded bythe home Member State scheme. To facilitate charging, the host Member Statescheme will be entitled to assume that its liability will in all circumstances belimited to the excess of the guarantee it has offered over the guarantee offeredby the home Member State regardless of whether the home Member State actuallypays any compensation in respect of deposits held within the host Member State’sterritory.


289

II PRIEDAS

Pagrindiniai principai

Tais atvejais, kai skyrius kreipiasi dël ástojimo á priimanèios valstybës narës sistemà,kad galëtø papildomai apdrausti indëlius, priimanèios valstybës narës sistema kartusu buveinës valstybës narës sistema nustato atitinkamas kompensacijø iðmokëjimo toskyriaus indëlininkams taisykles ir procedûras. Rengiant minëtas procedûras beinumatant tokiam skyriui taikytinas dalyvavimo sistemoje sàlygas (kaip nurodyta 4straipsnio 2 dalyje), vadovaujamasi toliau iðvardytais principais:

a) priimanèios valstybës narës sistema iðlaiko visas teises vadovautis savotaisyklëmis, paprastai taikomomis joje dalyvaujanèioms kredito ástaigoms; sistemagali reikalauti, kad jai bûtø pateikiama reikalinga informacija, ir turi teisæ patikrintitokià informacijà buveinës valstybës narës kompetentingose institucijose;

b) priimanèios valstybës narës sistema patenkina pretenzijas dël papildomokompensavimo, buveinës valstybës narës kompetentingoms institucijomspraneðus, kad indëliai negràþinami. Priimanèios valstybës narës sistema, prieðiðmokëdama papildomà kompensacijà, iðsaugo visas teises pagal savoreikalavimus ir tvarkà patikrinti indëlininkø teisæ á tokià kompensacijà;

c) buveinës ir priimanèios valstybiø nariø sistemos visapusiðkai tarpusavyjebendradarbiauja, kad uþtikrintø, jog indëlininkai kompensacijas gautø greitai irkad jø sumos bûtø teisingos. Visø pirma, susitariama dël to, kokià átakà kiekvienossistemos indëlininkui mokamai kompensacijai turës esanti prieðprieðinë pretenzija,dël kurios kiekvienoje ið sistemø gali bûti atlikta prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaita;

d) priimanèiosios valstybës narës sistemos turi teisæ nustatyti skyriams mokestá uþpapildomà draudimà vadovaudamosi principais, kurie numato garantijà,finansuojamà buveinës valstybës narës sistemos. Kad nustatyti mokestá bûtølengviau, priimanèios valstybës narës sistema turi teisæ vadovautis prielaida, kadesant bet kokioms aplinkybëms jos ásipareigojimai apsiribos tik ta garantijosdalimi, kuri virðija buveinës valstybës narës taikomà garantijà, nepriklausomainuo to, ar buveinës valstybë narë iðmoka kompensacijas uþ priimanèios valstybësnarës teritorijoje laikomus indëlius, ar ne.


290

ANNEX III

List of credit institutions mentioned in Article 12

(a) Specialized classes of Spanish institutions, the legal status of which is currentlyundergoing reform, authorized as

— Entidades de Financiación o Factoring,

— Sociedades de Arrendamiento Financiero,

— Sociedades de Crédito Hipotecario.

(b) The following Spanish state institutions:

— Banco de Crédito Agricola, SA,

— Banco Hipotecario de España, SA,

— Banco de Crédito Local, SA.

(c) The following Greek credit cooperatives:

— Lamia Credit Cooperative,

— loannina Credit Cooperative,

— Xylocastron Credit Cooperative,

as well as those of the credit cooperatives of a similar nature listed below whichare authorized or in the process of being authorized on the date of the adoptionof this Directive:

— Chania Credit Cooperative,

— Iraklion Credit Cooperative,

— Magnissia Credit Cooperative,

— Larissa Credit Cooperative,

— Patras Credit Cooperative,

— Thessaloniki Credit Cooperative.


291

III PRIEDAS

12 straipsnyje minëtø kredito ástaigø sàraðas

a) Ispanijos ástaigø specializuotos grupës, kuriø teisinis statusas ðiuo metu keièiamasir kurios yra gavusios veiklos leidimus:

— Entidades de Financiación o Factoring,

— Sociedades de Arrendamiento Financiero,

— Sociedades de Crédito Hipotecario.

b) Ispanijos ðios valstybinës ástaigos:

— Banco de Crédito Agríicola, SA,

— Banco Hipotecario de España, SA,

— Banco de Crédito Local, SA.

c) Graikijos ðie kredito kooperatyvai:

— Lamia Credit Cooperative,

— Ioannina Credit Cooperative,

— Xylocastron Credit Cooperative,

toliau iðvardyti panaðaus pobûdþio kredito kooperatyvai, kurie ðios direktyvospriëmimo metu jau buvo gavæ veiklos leidimus, arba kuriø praðymai dël veiklosleidimø iðdavimo nagrinëjami ðios direktyvos priëmimo metu:

-— Chania Credit Cooperative,

— Iraklion Credit Cooperative,

— Magnissia Credit Cooperative,

— Larissa Credit Cooperative,

— Patras Credit Cooperative,

— Thessaloniki Credit Cooperative.

KREDITO ÁSTAIGØREORGANIZAVIMAS IR

LIKVIDAVIMAS


294



of 4 April 2001

on the reorganisation and winding up of credit institutions


Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, and in particularArticle 47(2) thereof,



Having regard to the opinion of the European Monetary Institute (3),


Whereas:

(1) In accordance with the objectives of the Treaty, the harmonious and balanceddevelopment of economic activities throughout the Community should bepromoted through the elimination of any obstacles to the freedom ofestablishment and the freedom to provide services within the Community.

(2) At the same time as those obstacles are eliminated, consideration should begiven to the situation which might arise if a credit institution runs into difficulties,particularly where that institution has branches in other Member States.

(3) This Directive forms part of the Community legislative framework set up byDirective 2000/12/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 March2000 relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions (5).It follows therefrom that, while they are in operation, a credit institution and itsbranches form a single entity subject to the supervision of the competent authoritiesof the State where authorisation valid throughout the Community was granted.

(1) OJ C 356, 31.12.1985, p. 55 and OJ C 36, 8.2.1988, p. 1.

(2) OJ C 263, 20.10.1986, p. 13.(3) OJ C 332, 30.10.1998, p. 13.(4) Opinion of the European Parliament of 13 March 1987 (OJ C 99, 13.4.1987, p. 211), con-

firmed on 2 December 1993 (OJ C 342, 20.12.1993, p. 30), Council Common Position of 17July 2000 (OJ C 300, 20.10.2000, p. 13) and Decision of the European Parliament of 16January 2001 (not yet published in the Official Journal). Council Decision of 12 March 2001.

(5) OJ L 126, 26.5.2000, p. 1. Directive as amended by Directive 2000/28/EC (OJ L 275, 27.10.2000,p. 37).


295


2001 m. balandþio 4 d.


dël kredito ástaigø reorganizavimo ir likvidavimo


atsiþvelgdami á Europos Bendrijos steigimo sutartá ir ypaè á jos 47 straipsnio 2 dalá,



atsiþvelgdami á Europos pinigø instituto nuomonæ3 ,

veikdami Sutarties 251 straipsnyje nustatyta tvarka4 ,

kadangi:

1) Atsiþvelgiant á Sutartyje numatytus tikslus, pageidautina skatinti darnià irsuderintà ekonominës veiklos plëtrà visoje Bendrijoje paðalinant bet kokias kliûtisásisteigimo laisvei ir laisvei teikti paslaugas Bendrijoje.

2) Ðalinant minëtas kliûtis, reikëtø atsiþvelgti á padëtá, kuri gali susidaryti, jei kreditoástaiga, o ypaè ástaiga, turinti skyrius kitose valstybëse narëse, susiduria suproblemomis.

3) Ði direktyva – dalis Bendrijos teisës aktø sistemos, nustatytos 2000 m. kovo 20d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva dël kredito ástaigø steigimosi irveiklos5 . Pagal minëtà direktyvà veikiantys kredito ástaiga ir jos skyriai kartusudaro vienà subjektà, kuriam taikoma valstybës, kurioje iðduotas visojeBendrijoje galiojantis leidimas, kompetentingø institucijø prieþiûra.

1 OL C 356, 1985 12 31, p. 55 irOL C 36, 1988 02 08, p. 1.

2 OL C 263, 1986 10 20, p. 13.3 OL C 332, 1998 10 30, p. 13.4 1987 m. kovo 13 d. Europos Parlamento nuomonë (OL C 99, 1987 04 13, p. 211), patvirtinta

1993 m. gruodþio 2 d. (OL C 342, 1993 12 20, p. 30), 2000 m. liepos 17 d. Tarybos bendrapozicija (OL C 300, 2000 10 20, p. 13) ir 2001 m. sausio 16 d. Europos Parlamento sprendimas(dar nepaskelbtas Oficialiajame leidinyje). 2001 m. kovo 12 d. Tarybos sprendimas.

5 OL L 126, 2000 05 26, p. 1. Direktyva ið dalies pakeista Direktyva 2000/28/EB (OL L 275,2000 10 27, p. 37).


296

(4) It would be particularly undesirable to relinquish such unity between aninstitution and its branches where it is necessary to adopt reorganisation measuresor open winding-up proceedings.

(5) The adoption of Directive 94/19/EC of the European Parliament and of theCouncil of 30 May 1994 on deposit-guarantee schemes (1), which introduced theprinciple of compulsory membership by credit institutions of a guarantee schemein their home Member State, brings out even more clearly the need for mutualrecognition of reorganisation measures and winding-up proceedings.

(6) The administrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State must havesole power to decide upon and to implement the reorganisation measuresprovided for in the law and practices in force in that Member State. Owing tothe difficulty of harmonising Member States’ laws and practices, it is necessaryto establish mutual recognition by the Member States of the measures taken byeach of them to restore to viability the credit institutions which it has authorised.

(7) It is essential to guarantee that the reorganisation measures adopted by theadministrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State and the measuresadopted by persons or bodies appointed by those authorities to administer thosereorganisation measures, including measures involving the possibility of asuspension of payments, suspension of enforcement measures or reduction ofclaims and any other measure which could affect third parties’ existing rights,are effective in all Member States.

(8) Certain measures, in particular those affecting the functioning of the internalstructure of credit institutions or managers’ or shareholders’ rights, need not becovered by this Directive to be effective in Member States insofar as, pursuantto the rules of private international law, the applicable law is that of the homeState.

(9) Certain measures, in particular those connected with the continued fulfilmentof conditions of authorisation, are already the subject of mutual recognitionpursuant to Directive 2000/12/EC insofar as they do not affect the rights of thirdparties existing before their adoption.

(10) Persons participating in the operation of the internal structures of credit institutionsas well as managers and shareholders of such institutions, considered in thosecapacities, are not to be regarded as third parties for the purposes of this Directive.

(11) It is necessary to notify third parties of the implementation of reorganisationmeasures in Member States where branches are situated when such measurescould hinder the exercise of some of their rights.

(12) The principle of equal treatment between creditors, as regards the opportunitiesopen to them to take action, requires the administrative or judicial authoritiesof the home Member State to adopt such measures as are necessary for thecreditors in the host Member State to be able to exercise their rights to takeaction within the time limit laid down.

(1) OJ L 135, 31.5.1994, p. 5.


297

4) Toká ryðá tarp ástaigos ir jos skyriø panaikinti tuo atveju, kai bûtina taikytireorganizavimo priemones arba iðkelti likvidavimo bylà, bûtø ypaè nepageidautina.

5) Priëmus 1994 m. geguþës 30 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyvà94/19/EB dël indëliø garantijø sistemø1, nustaèiusià kredito ástaigø privalomodalyvavimo jø buveinës valstybës narës garantijø sistemoje principà, iðryðkëjoreorganizavimo priemoniø ir likvidavimo bylø abipusio pripaþinimo bûtinumas.

6) Buveinës valstybës narës administracinës ar teisminës institucijos turi turëtiiðimtinæ galià priimti sprendimus dël reorganizavimo priemoniø, numatytøástatymuose ir galiojanèiø toje valstybëje narëje, bei tokiø priemoniøágyvendinimo. Kadangi valstybiø nariø ástatymus ir praktikà derinti sudëtinga,bûtinas valstybiø nariø priemoniø, kurias kiekviena jø taiko kredito ástaigø,turinèiø jø iðduotus leidimus, gyvybingumui atkurti, abipusis pripaþinimas.

7) Svarbu uþtikrinti, kad visose valstybëse narëse galiotø buveinës valstybës narësadministraciniø arba teisminiø institucijø priimtos reorganizavimo priemonës irpriemonës, kurias tokioms reorganizavimo priemonëms administruoti priimaminëtø institucijø paskirti asmenys ar ástaigos, áskaitant priemones, apimanèiasgalimybæ nutraukti mokëjimus, sustabdyti vykdymo uþtikrinimo priemones arbasumaþinti reikalavimus, ir bet kokià kità priemonæ, galinèià daryti poveiká treèiøjøðaliø teisëms.

8) Tam, kad tam tikros priemonës, ypaè daranèios poveiká kredito ástaigø vidausstruktûrai arba vadovø ar akcininkø teisëms, galiotø valstybëse narëse, nebûtinataikyti ðios direktyvos, jeigu pagal privatinës tarptautinës teisës normas turi bûtitaikomi buveinës valstybës ástatymai.

9) Tam tikrø priemoniø, ypaè susijusiø su nuolatiniu leidime nustatytø sàlygøvykdymu, tarpusavio pripaþinimas jau numatytas Direktyvoje 2000/12/EB, jeiguminëtos priemonës nedaro poveikio treèiøjø ðaliø teisëms, kurias jos turëjo prieðtaikant aptariamas priemones.

10) Pagal ðià direktyvà kredito ástaigø vidaus struktûrø veikloje dalyvaujantysasmenys ir tokiø ástaigø vadovai bei akcininkai, laikomi einanèiais tokias pareigas,neturi bûti priskiriami treèiosioms ðalims.

11) Treèiàsias ðalis bûtina informuoti apie valstybëse narëse, kuriose veikia skyriai,ágyvendinamas reorganizavimo priemones, jeigu ðios priemonës gali trukdytiágyvendinti tam tikras jø teises.

12) Vienodø sàlygø taikymo kreditoriams principas, kalbant apie jø galimybes iðkeltibylà, reikalauja, kad buveinës valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminësinstitucijos priimtø tokias priemones, kuriø reikia, kad kreditoriai priimanèiojevalstybëje narëje galëtø ágyvendinti savo teises iðkelti bylà per nustatytà terminà.

1 OL L 135, 1994 05 31, p. 5.


298

(13) There must be some coordination of the role of the administrative or judicialauthorities in reorganisation measures and winding-up proceedings for branchesof credit institutions having head offices outside the Community and situated indifferent Member States.

(14) In the absence of reorganisation measures, or in the event of such measuresfailing, the credit institutions in difficulty must be wound up. Provision shouldbe made in such cases for mutual recognition of winding-up proceedings and oftheir effects in the Community.

(15) The important role played by the competent authorities of the home MemberState before winding-up proceedings are opened may continue during the processof winding up so that these proceedings can be properly carried out.

(16) Equal treatment of creditors requires that the credit institution is wound upaccording to the principles of unity and universality, which require theadministrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State to have solejurisdiction and their decisions to be recognised and to be capable of producingin all the other Member States, without any formality, the effects ascribed tothem by the law of the home Member State, except where this Directive providesotherwise.

(17) The exemption concerning the effects of reorganisation measures and winding-up proceedings on certain contracts and rights is limited to those effects anddoes not cover other questions concerning reorganisation measures and winding-up proceedings such as the lodging, verification, admission and ranking of claimsconcerning those contracts and rights and the rules governing the distributionof the proceeds of the realisation of the assets, which are governed by the law ofthe home Member State.

(18) Voluntary winding up is possible when a credit institution is solvent. Theadministrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State may nevertheless,where appropriate, decide on a reorganisation measure or winding-upproceedings, even after voluntary winding up has commenced.

(19) Withdrawal of authorisation to pursue the business of banking is one of theconsequences which winding up a credit institution necessarily entails. Withdrawalshould not, however, prevent certain activities of the institution from continuinginsofar as is necessary or appropriate for the purposes of winding up. Such acontinuation of activity may nonetheless be made subject by the home MemberState to the consent of, and supervision by, its competent authorities.

(20) Provision of information to known creditors on an individual basis is as essentialas publication to enable them, where necessary, to lodge their claims or submitobservations relating to their claims within the prescribed time limits. This shouldtake place without discrimination against creditors domiciled in a Member Stateother than the home Member State, based on their place of residence or thenature of their claims. Creditors must be kept regularly informed in an appropriatemanner throughout winding-up proceedings.


299

13) Reikia derinti administraciniø arba teisminiø institucijø funkcijas, taikantreorganizavimo priemones ir iðkeliant likvidavimo bylas kredito ástaigø skyriams,kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra ne Bendrijoje ir kurie veikia skirtingose valstybësenarëse.

14) Nesant reorganizavimo priemoniø arba tokioms priemonëms nepasiteisinus,sunkioje finansinëje padëtyje atsidûrusias kredito ástaigas bûtina likviduoti.Tokiais atvejais turëtø bûti priimama nuostata dël likvidavimo bylø tarpusaviopripaþinimo ir jø poveikio Bendrijai.

15) Siekiant tinkamai iðspræsti likvidavimo bylà, likvidavimo proceso metu buveinësvalstybës narës kompetentingos institucijos gali ir toliau vykdyti svarbias funkcijaskaip ir prieð iðkeliant likvidavimo bylà.

16) Vienodø sàlygø kreditoriams taikymas reikalauja, kad kredito ástaiga bûtølikviduojama laikantis vienovës ir universalumo principø, pagal kuriuos buveinësvalstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijos turi turëti iðimtinæjurisdikcijà, jø sprendimai bûtø pripaþástami ir jos, netaikant jokiø formalumø,visose kitose valstybëse narëse galëtø atlikti veiksmus, priskirtus joms buveinësvalstybës narës ástatymuose, jeigu ðioje direktyvoje nenumatyta kitaip.

17) Reorganizavimo priemoniø ir likvidavimo bylos poveikio tam tikroms sutartimsir teisëms iðimtis turi tik pirmiau nurodytà poveiká ir netaikoma kitiems sureorganizavimo priemonëmis ir likvidavimo bylomis susijusiems reikalams,tokiems kaip reikalavimø dël minëtø sutarèiø ir teisiø pateikimas, tikrinimas,pripaþinimas ir eiliðkumo nustatymas, bei buveinës valstybës narës ástatymaisreglamentuojamoms pajamø, gautø realizavus turtà, paskirstymo taisyklëms.

18) Savanoriðkai gali bûti likviduojama tik moki kredito ástaiga. Vis dëlto tam tikraisatvejais buveinës valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijossprendimà dël reorganizavimo priemonës arba likvidavimo bylos gali priimti jaupradëjus savanoriðkà likvidavimà.

19) Vienas ið bûtinø kredito ástaigos likvidavimo padariniø yra leidimo verstis bankineveikla atðaukimas. Taèiau, atðaukus leidimà, ástaigai neturëtø bûti draudþiamatæsti tam tikrà veiklà, jei tai bûtina ar tikslinga likvidavimo tikslais. Veikla galibûti tæsiama buveinës valstybës narës kompetentingoms institucijoms pritariantir priþiûrint.

20) Individualiai informuoti þinomus kreditorius yra taip pat svarbu kaip ir skelbtiinformacijà, kad prireikus jie galëtø nurodytu laiku pateikti savo reikalavimusarba su jais susijusias pastabas. Kreditoriai, nuolat gyvenantys valstybëje narëje,bet ne buveinës valstybëje narëje, turëtø bûti informuojami vienodai atsiþvelgiantá jø gyvenamàjà vietà arba reikalavimø pobûdá. Kreditorius bûtina atitinkamubûdu reguliariai informuoti per visà likvidavimo bylos procesà.


300

(21) For the sole purpose of applying the provisions of this Directive to reorganisationmeasures and winding-up proceedings involving branches located in theCommunity of a credit institution of which the head office is situated in a thirdcountry, the definitions of ‘home Member State’, ‘competent authorities’ and‘administrative or judicial authorities’ should be those of the Member State inwhich the branch is located.

(22) Where a credit institution which has its head office outside the Communitypossesses branches in more than one Member State, each branch should receiveindividual treatment in regard to the application of this Directive. In such a case,the administrative or judicial authorities and the competent authorities as well asthe administrators and liquidators should endeavour to coordinate their activities.

(23) Although it is important to follow the principle that the law of the home MemberState determines all the effects of reorganisation measures or winding-upproceedings, both procedural and substantive, it is also necessary to bear inmind that those effects may conflict with the rules normally applicable in thecontext of the economic and financial activity of the credit institution in questionand its branches in other Member States. In some cases reference to the law ofanother Member State represents an unavoidable qualification of the principlethat the law of the home Member State is to apply.

(24) That qualification is especially necessary to protect employees having a contractof employment with a credit institution, ensure the security of transactions inrespect of certain types of property and protect the integrity of regulated marketsfunctioning in accordance with the law of a Member State on which financialinstruments are traded.

(25) Transactions carried out in the framework of a payment and settlement systemare covered by Directive 98/ 26/EC of the European Parliament and of the Councilof 19 May 1998 on settlement finality in payment and securities settlementsystems (1).

(26) The adoption of this Directive does not call into question the provisions ofDirective 98/26/EC according to which insolvency proceedings must not haveany effect on the enforceability of orders validly entered into a system, or oncollateral provided for a system.

(27) Some reorganisation measures or winding-up proceedings involve the appointment of aperson to administer them. The recognition of his appointment and his powers in allother Member States is therefore an essential factor in the implementation of decisionstaken in the home Member State. However, the limits within which he may exercise hispowers when he acts outside the home Member State should be specified.

(28) Creditors who have entered into contracts with a credit institution before areorganisation measure is adopted or winding-up proceedings are opened shouldbe protected against provisions relating to voidness, voidability or unenforceabilitylaid down in the law of the home Member State, where the beneficiary of the

(1) OJ L 166, 11.6.1998, p. 45.


301

21) Kai ðios direktyvos nuostatos taikomos reorganizavimo priemonëms ir likvidavimobyloms, á kurias átraukti kredito ástaigos, kurios pagrindinë buveinë yra treèiojojeðalyje, Bendrijoje veikiantys skyriai, turëtø bûti vartojami valstybëje narëje,kurioje yra skyrius, galiojantys „buveinës valstybës narës“, „kompetentingøinstitucijø“ ir „administraciniø arba teisminiø institucijø“ apibrëþimai.

22) Jeigu kredito ástaigos, kurios pagrindinë buveinë yra ne Bendrijoje, skyriai veikiadaugiau kaip vienoje valstybëje narëje, kiekvienas skyrius, taikant ðià direktyvà,turëtø bûti traktuojamas individualiai. Tokiu atveju administracinës arba teisminësinstitucijos ir kompetentingos institucijos bei administratoriai ir likvidatoriaiturëtø stengtis derinti savo veiklà.

23) Nors bûtina laikytis principo, pagal kurá buveinës valstybës narës ástatymaireglamentuoja visus procesinius ir esminius reorganizavimo priemoniø arbalikvidavimo bylø veiksmus, taip pat svarbu nepamirðti, kad tokie veiksmai galiprieðtarauti taisyklëms, paprastai taikomoms atitinkamos kredito ástaigos ir kitosevalstybëse narëse veikianèiø jos skyriø ûkinei bei finansinei veiklai. Kai kuriaisatvejais nuoroda á kitos valstybës narës ástatymus reikalauja bûtinai taikytibuveinës valstybës narës ástatymus.

24) Ði iðlyga ypaè svarbi siekiant apsaugoti darbuotojus, sudariusius darbo sutartá sukredito ástaiga, uþtikrinti operacijø su tam tikrø rûðiø nuosavybe apsaugà ir saugotipagal valstybës narës ástatymus veikianèiø reguliuojamø rinkø, kuriose prekiaujamafinansinëmis priemonëmis, vientisumà.

25) Mokëjimo ir atsiskaitymo sistemoje vykdomi sandoriai yra numatyti 1998 m.geguþës 19 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyvoje 98/26/EB dël atsiskaitymøbaigtumo mokëjimo ir vertybiniø popieriø atsiskaitymo sistemose1 .

26) Ðia direktyva nepaþeidþiamos Direktyvos 98/26/EB nuostatos, pagal kuriasnemokumo bylos negali turëti jokio poveikio teisëtai á sistemà ávestø pavedimøávykdymui arba sistemai pateiktam uþstatui.

27) Kai kurioms reorganizavimo priemonëms arba likvidavimo byloms paskiriamasadministratorius. Jo paskyrimo ir ágaliojimø pripaþinimas visose kitose valstybësenarëse yra svarbus vykdant buveinës valstybëje narëje priimtus sprendimus. Taèiauturëtø bûti nustatytos ribos, kuriø neperþengdamas jis galëtø vykdyti savoágaliojimus veikdamas ne buveinës valstybëje narëje.

28) Kreditoriai, kurie yra sudaræ sutartis su kredito ástaiga iki priimant reorganizavimopriemonæ arba iðkeliant likvidavimo bylà, turëtø bûti apsaugoti nuo buveinësvalstybës narës teisëje nustatytø nuostatø, susijusiø su teisiniø veiksmø uþginèijimu,panaikinimu arba nevykdymu, jeigu naudos ið sandorio gavëjas pateikia árodymà,

1 OL L 166, 1998 06 11, p. 45.


302

transaction produces evidence that in the law applicable to that transaction thereis no available means of contesting the act concerned in the case in point.

(29) The confidence of third-party purchasers in the content of the registers oraccounts regarding certain assets entered in those registers or accounts and byextension of the purchasers of immovable property should be safeguarded, evenafter winding-up proceedings have been opened or a reorganisation measureadopted. The only means of safeguarding that confidence is to make the validityof the purchase subject to the law of the place where the immovable asset issituated or of the State under whose authority the register or account is kept.

(30) The effects of reorganisation measures or winding-up proceedings on a lawsuitpending are governed by the law of the Member State in which the lawsuit ispending, by way of exception to the application of the lex concursus. The effectsof those measures and procedures on individual enforcement actions arisingfrom such lawsuits are governed by the legislation of the home Member State, inaccordance with the general rule established by this Directive.

(31) Provision should be made for the administrative or judicial authorities in thehome Member State to notify immediately the competent authorities of thehost Member State of the adoption of any reorganisation measure or the openingof any winding-up proceedings, if possible before the adoption of the measureor the opening of the proceedings, or, if not, immediately afterwards.

(32) Professional secrecy as defined in Article 30 of Directive 2000/12/EC is anessential factor in all information or consultation procedures. For that reason itshould be respected by all the administrative authorities taking part in suchprocedures, whereas the judicial authorities remain, in this respect, subject tothe national provisions relating to them,


TITLE I

SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS

Article 1

Scope

1. This Directive shall apply to credit institutions and their branches set up inMember States other than those in which they have their head offices, as defined inpoints (1) and (3) of Article 1 of Directive 2000/12/EC, subject to the conditionsand exemptions laid down in Article 2(3) of that Directive.

2. The provisions of this Directive concerning the branches of a credit institutionhaving a head office outside the Community shall apply only where that institutionhas branches in at least two Member States of the Community.


303

kad nurodytam sandoriui taikomuose ástatymuose nenumatyta jokiø priemoniøatitinkamam teisiniam veiksmui nagrinëjamoje byloje uþginèyti.

29) Treèiøjø sandorio ðaliø pirkëjø pasitikëjimas registrø ar apyskaitø, registruojanèiøtam tikrà turtà, turiniu, siekiant ir nekilnojamojo turto pirkëjø pasitikëjimo, turëtøbûti uþtikrinamas ir po to, kai iðkeliama likvidavimo byla arba priimamareorganizavimo priemonë. Vienintelis bûdas minëtam pasitikëjimui uþtikrintiyra numatyti, kad pirkimà reglamentuoja vietos, kurioje yra nekilnojamasis turtas,arba valstybës, kurios institucija tvarko registrà ar apyskaità, ástatymai.

30) Reorganizavimo priemoniø arba likvidavimo bylø poveiká nagrinëjamam ieðkiniuireglamentuoja valstybës narës, kurioje ieðkinys nagrinëjamas, ástatymai, netaikantlex concursus nuostatos. Minëtø priemoniø ir bylø poveiká atskiriems priverstiniovykdymo veiksmams, atsirandantiems dël minëtø ieðkiniø, reglamentuoja buveinësvalstybës narës ástatymai pagal ðioje direktyvoje nustatytà bendrà taisyklæ.

31) Turëtø bûti priimta nuostata, pagal kurià buveinës valstybës narës administracinësar teisminës institucijos priimanèios valstybës narës kompetentingas institucijasnedelsiant informuotø apie bet kokios reorganizavimo priemonës priëmimà arbabet kokios likvidavimo bylos iðkëlimà, jei ámanoma, iki priemonës priëmimo arbylos iðkëlimo, o jei ne – ið karto po to.

32) Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 30 straipsnyje apibrëþta profesinë paslaptis yra pagrindinisvisoms informavimo arba konsultavimo procedûroms taikomas reikalavimas. Dëlto profesinæ paslaptá saugoti turëtø visos tokiose procedûrose dalyvaujanèiosadministracinës institucijos, o teisminëms institucijoms ðiuo atveju ir toliautaikomos su jomis susijusios nacionalinës nuostatos,


I DALIS

TAIKYMO SRITIS IR APIBRËÞIMAI

1 straipsnis

Taikymo sritis

1. Ði direktyva taikoma kredito ástaigoms ir jø skyriams, ásteigtiems valstybësenarëse, bet ne tose, kuriose yra jø pagrindinës buveinës, kaip apibrëþiama Direktyvos2000/12/EB 1 straipsnio 1 ir 3 punktuose, taikant minëtos direktyvos 2 straipsnio 3dalyje nustatytas sàlygas ir iðimtis.

2. Ðios direktyvos nuostatos dël kredito ástaigos, kurios pagrindinë buveinë yra neBendrijoje, skyriø taikomos tik tada, kai minëtos ástaigos skyriai veikia ne maþiaukaip dviejose valstybëse Bendrijos narëse.


304

Article 2

Definitions


— ‘home Member State’ shall mean the Member State of origin within the meaningof Article 1, point (6) of Directive 2000/12/EC;

— ‘host Member State’ shall mean the host Member State within the meaning ofArticle 1, point (7) of Directive 2000/12/EC;

— ‘branch’ shall mean a branch within the meaning of Article 1, point (3) of Directive2000/12/EC;

— ‘competent authorities’ shall mean the competent authorities within the meaningof Article 1, point (4) of Directive 2000/12/EC;

— ‘administrator’ shall mean any person or body appointed by the administrativeor judicial authorities whose task is to administer reorganisation measures;

— ‘administrative or judicial authorities’ shall mean such administrative or judicialauthorities of the Member States as are competent for the purposes ofreorganisation measures or winding-up proceedings;

— ‘reorganisation measures’ shall mean measures which are intended to preserveor restore the financial situation of a credit institution and which could affectthird parties’ preexisting rights, including measures involving the possibility of asuspension of payments, suspension of enforcement measures or reduction ofclaims;

— ‘liquidator’ shall mean any person or body appointed by the administrative orjudicial authorities whose task is to administer winding-up proceedings;

— ‘winding-up proceedings’ shall mean collective proceedings opened andmonitored by the administrative or judicial authorities of a Member State withthe aim of realising assets under the supervision of those authorities, includingwhere the proceedings are terminated by a composition or other, similar measure;

— ‘regulated market’ shall mean a regulated market within the meaning of Article1, point (13) of Directive 93/22/EEC;

— ‘instruments’ shall mean all the instruments referred to in Section B of the Annexto Directive 93/22/EEC.


305

2 straipsnis

Apibrëþimai

Ðioje direktyvoje:

- „buveinës valstybë narë“ – kilmës valstybë narë, apibrëþta Direktyvos2000/12/EB 1 straipsnio 6 punkte;

- „priimanti valstybë narë“ – priimanti valstybë narë, apibrëþta Direktyvos2000/12/EB 1 straipsnio 7 punkte;

- „skyrius“ – skyrius, apibrëþtas Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 1 straipsnio 3 punkte;

- „kompetentingos institucijos“ – kompetentingos institucijos, apibrëþtosDirektyvos 2000/12/EB 1 straipsnio 4 punkte;

- „administratorius“ – bet koks administraciniø arba teisminiø institucijø paskirtasasmuo ar ástaiga, kurio uþduotis yra administruoti reorganizavimo priemones;

- „administracinës arba teisminës institucijos“ – tokios valstybiø nariøadministracinës arba teisminës institucijos, kurios yra ágaliotos vykdytireorganizavimo priemones arba likvidavimo bylà;

- „reorganizavimo priemonës“ – priemonës, skirtos kredito ástaigos finansineipadëèiai iðsaugoti arba atkurti ir galinèios daryti poveiká treèiøjø ðaliø pirmiauturëtoms teisëms, áskaitant priemones, susijusias su galimybe sustabdytimokëjimus, priverstinio vykdymo priemones arba sumaþinti reikalavimus;

- „likvidatorius“ – bet koks administraciniø arba teisminiø institucijø paskirtasasmuo ar ástaiga, kurio uþduotis yra administruoti likvidavimo bylà;

- „likvidavimo byla“ – valstybës narës administraciniø arba teisminiø institucijøpradëtas ir kontroliuojamas bendras teismo procesas siekiant realizuoti turtàpriþiûrint minëtoms institucijoms, áskaitant tuos atvejus, kai byla nutraukiamapasiekus kompromisà ar panaudojus kità panaðià priemonæ;

- „reguliuojama rinka“ – reguliuojama rinka, apibrëþta Direktyvos 93/22/EEB 1straipsnio 13 punkte;

- „priemonës“ – Direktyvos 93/22/EEB priedo B skyriuje nurodytos priemonës.


306

TITLE II

REORGANISATION MEASURES

A. Credit institutions having their head offices within the Community

Article 3

Adoption of reorganisation measures — applicable law

1. The administrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State shall alonebe empowered to decide on the implementation of one or more reorganisationmeasures in a credit institution, including branches established in other Member States.

2. The reorganisation measures shall be applied in accordance with the laws,regulations and procedures applicable in the home Member State, unless otherwiseprovided in this Directive.

They shall be fully effective in accordance with the legislation of that Member Statethroughout the Community without any further formalities, including as against thirdparties in other Member States, even where the rules of the host Member Stateapplicable to them do not provide for such measures or make their implementationsubject to conditions which are not fulfilled.

The reorganisation measures shall be effective throughout the Community once theybecome effective in the Member State where they have been taken.

Article 4

Information for the competent authorities of the host Member State

The administrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State shall withoutdelay inform, by any available means, the competent authorities of the host MemberState of their decision to adopt any reorganisation measure, including the practicaleffects which such a measure may have, if possible before it is adopted or otherwiseimmediately thereafter. Information shall be communicated by the competentauthorities of the home Member State.

Article 5

Information for the supervisory authorities of the home Member State

Where the administrative or judicial authorities of the host Member State deem itnecessary to implement within their territory one or more reorganisation measures,they shall inform the competent authorities of the home Member State accordingly.Information shall be communicated by the host Member State’s competent authorities.


307

II DALIS

REORGANIZAVIMO PRIEMONËS

A. Kredito ástaigos, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra Bendrijoje

3 straipsnis

Reorganizavimo priemoniø priëmimas – taikytini ástatymai

1. Buveinës valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijos turi iðimtinæteisæ priimti sprendimà dël vienos arba keliø reorganizavimo priemoniø taikymo kreditoástaigai, áskaitant skyrius, veikianèius kitose valstybëse narëse.

2. Reorganizavimo priemonës taikomos laikantis buveinës valstybës narës ástatymøir kitø teisës aktø, jeigu ðioje direktyvoje nenumatyta kitaip.

Jos galioja visoje Bendrijoje minëtos valstybës narës ástatymø nustatyta tvarka, netaikantpapildomø formalumø, taip pat ir kitose valstybëse narëse esanèiø treèiøjø ðaliø atþvilgiu,net jei treèiosioms ðalims taikomose priimanèios valstybës narës taisyklëse tokiospriemonës nenumatytos arba jø ágyvendinimui neávykdytos nustatytos sàlygos.

Reorganizavimo priemonës visoje Bendrijoje ásigalioja ið karto po to, kai jos ásigaliojajas priëmusioje valstybëje narëje.

4 straipsnis

Priimanèios valstybës narës kompetentingø institucijø informavimas

Buveinës valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijos priimanèiosvalstybës narës kompetentingoms institucijoms skubos tvarka bet kokiomis turimomispriemonëmis praneða apie savo sprendimà priimti bet kokià reorganizavimo priemonæ,áskaitant galimus tokios priemonës praktinius padarinius, jeigu ámanoma, ikipriimdamos tokià priemonæ, o jeigu ne – ið karto po to. Informacijà perduoda buveinësvalstybës narës kompetentingos institucijos.

5 straipsnis

Buveinës valstybës narës prieþiûros institucijø informavimas

Jeigu priimanèios valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijosnusprendþia, kad jø teritorijoje bûtina ágyvendinti vienà arba daugiau reorganizavimopriemoniø, jos atitinkamai informuoja buveinës valstybës narës kompetentingasinstitucijas. Informacijà perduoda priimanèios valstybës narës kompetentingosinstitucijos.


308

Article 6

Publication

1. Where implementation of the reorganisation measures decided on pursuant toArticle 3(1) and (2) is likely to affect the rights of third parties in a host Member Stateand where an appeal may be brought in the home Member State against the decisionordering the measure, the administrative or judicial authorities of the home MemberState, the administrator or any person empowered to do so in the home MemberState shall publish an extract from the decision in the Official Journal of the European

Communities and in two national newspapers in each host Member State, in order inparticular to facilitate the exercise of the right of appeal in good time.

2. The extract from the decision provided for in paragraph 1 shall be forwarded atthe earliest opportunity, by the most appropriate route, to the Office for OfficialPublications of the European Communities and to the two national newspapers ineach host Member State.

3. The Office for Official Publications of the European Communities shall publishthe extract at the latest within twelve days of its dispatch.

4. The extract from the decision to be published shall specify, in the official languageor languages of the Member States concerned, in particular the purpose and legalbasis of the decision taken, the time limits for lodging appeals, specifically a clearlyunderstandable indication of the date of expiry of the time limits, and the full addressof the authorities or court competent to hear an appeal.

5. The reorganisation measures shall apply irrespective of the measures prescribedin paragraphs 1 to 3 and shall be fully effective as against creditors, unless theadministrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State or the law of thatState governing such measures provide otherwise.

Article 7

Duty to inform known creditors and right to lodge claims

1. Where the legislation of the home Member State requires lodgement of a claimwith a view to its recognition or provides for compulsory notification of the measureto creditors who have their domiciles, normal places of residence or head offices inthat State, the administrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State or theadministrator shall also inform known creditors who have their domiciles, normalplaces of residence or head offices in other Member States, in accordance with theprocedures laid down in Articles 14 and 17(1).

2. Where the legislation of the home Member State provides for the right of creditorswho have their domiciles, normal places of residence or head offices in that State tolodge claims or to submit observations concerning their claims, creditors who havetheir domiciles, normal places of residence or head offices in other Member Statesshall also have that right in accordance with the procedures laid down in Article 16and Article 17(2).


309

6 straipsnis

Skelbimas

1. Jeigu reorganizavimo priemoniø, dël kuriø buvo nuspræsta pagal 3 straipsnio 1ir 2 dalis, ágyvendinimas gali daryti poveiká treèiøjø ðaliø teisëms priimanèioje valstybëjenarëje ir jeigu sprendimas dël priemonës priëmimo buveinës valstybëje narëje galibûti apskøstas, buveinës valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijos,administratorius ar asmuo, kuriam tokie ágaliojimai suteikti veikti buveinës valstybëjenarëje, sprendimo iðtraukà skelbia „Europos bendrijø oficialiajame leidinyje“ irdviejuose nacionaliniuose laikraðèiuose kiekvienoje priimanèioje valstybëje narëje,kad bûtø galima laiku pasinaudoti teise apskøsti sprendimà apeliacine tvarka.

2. Iðtrauka ið 1 dalyje numatyto sprendimo ið karto tinkamiausiu bûdu iðsiunèiamaEuropos bendrijø oficialiø leidiniø biurui ir dviem nacionaliniams laikraðèiamskiekvienoje priimanèioje valstybëje narëje.

3. Europos bendrijø oficialiø leidiniø biuras minëtà iðtraukà paskelbia ne vëliaukaip per dvylika dienø nuo jos iðsiuntimo.

4. Skelbtinoje sprendimo iðtraukoje atitinkamø valstybiø nariø valstybine kalba arbakalbomis pirmiausia nurodoma priimto sprendimo paskirtis ir juridinis pagrindas,terminai, per kuriuos turi bûti pateiktos apeliacijos, ypaè aiðkiai suprantamos galutinësterminø datos bei tikslus apeliacijà nagrinëti ágaliotø institucijø arba teismo adresas.

5. Reorganizavimo priemonës taikomos neatsiþvelgiant á 1–3 dalyse nustatytaspriemones ir galioja visiems kreditoriams, jeigu buveinës valstybës narësadministracinës arba teisminës institucijos ar minëtas priemones reglamentuojantystos valstybës ástatymai nenumato kitaip.

7 straipsnis

Pareiga informuoti þinomus kreditorius ir teisë pateikti reikalavimus

1. Jeigu buveinës valstybës narës ástatymuose reikalaujama pateikti reikalavimus,siekiant jø pripaþinimo, arba numatyta privaloma tvarka informuoti apie priemonækreditorius, kuriø nuolatinë arba áprastinë gyvenamosios vietos ar pagrindinës buveinësyra toje valstybëje, buveinës valstybës narës administracinës, teisminës institucijosarba administratorius, laikydamiesi 14 straipsnyje ir 17 straipsnio 1 dalyje nustatytøprocedûrø, taip pat informuoja þinomus kreditorius, kuriø nuolatinës arba áprastinësgyvenamosios vietos ar pagrindinës buveinës yra kitose valstybëse narëse.

2. Jeigu buveinës valstybës narës ástatymuose numatyta teisë kreditoriams, kuriønuolatinë arba áprastinë gyvenamosios vietos ar pagrindinës buveinës yra tojevalstybëje, pateikti reikalavimus arba su jais susijusias pastabas, kreditoriai, kuriønuolatinë arba áprastinë gyvenamosios vietos ar pagrindinës buveinës yra kitosevalstybëse narëse, taip pat turi pirmiau nurodytà teisæ pagal 16 straipsnyje ir 17straipsnio 2 dalyje nustatytà tvarkà.


310

B. Credit institutions having their head offices outside the Community

Article 8

Branches of third-country credit institutions

1. The administrative or judicial authorities of the host Member State of a branchof a credit institution having its head office outside the Community shall withoutdelay inform, by any available means, the competent authorities of the other hostMember States in which the institution has set up branches which are included on thelist referred to in Article 11 of Directive 2000/12/EC and published each year in theOfficial Journal of the European Communities, of their decision to adopt anyreorganisation measure, including the practical effects which that measure may have,if possible before it is adopted or otherwise immediately thereafter. Information shallbe communicated by the competent authorities of the host Member State whoseadministrative or judicial authorities decide to apply the measure.

2. The administrative or judicial authorities referred to in paragraph 1 shallendeavour to coordinate their actions.

TITLE III

WINDING-UP PROCEEDINGS

A. Credit institutions having their head offices within the Community

Article 9

Opening of winding-up proceedings — Information to be communicated to othercompetent authorities

1. The administrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State which areresponsible for winding up shall alone be empowered to decide on the opening ofwinding-up proceedings concerning a credit institution, including branches establishedin other Member States.

A decision to open winding-up proceedings taken by the administrative or judicialauthority of the home Member State shall be recognised, without further formality,within the territory of all other Member States and shall be effective there when thedecision is effective in the Member State in which the proceedings are opened.

2. The administrative or judicial authorities of the home Member State shall withoutdelay inform, by any available means, the competent authorities of the host MemberState of their decision to open winding-up proceedings, including the practical effectswhich such proceedings may have, if possible before they open or otherwiseimmediately thereafter. Information shall be communicated by the competentauthorities of the home Member State.


311

B. Kredito ástaigos, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra ne Bendrijoje

8 straipsnis

Treèiøjø ðaliø kredito ástaigø skyriai

1. Priimanèios valstybës narës, kurioje yra kredito ástaigos, turinèios savo pagrindinæbuveinæ ne Bendrijoje, skyrius, administracinës arba teisminës institucijos skubos tvarkabet kokiomis turimomis priemonëmis informuoja kitø priimanèiø valstybiø nariø,kuriose yra ásisteigæ ástaigos skyriai, átraukti á Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 11 straipsnyjenurodytà sàraðà, kiekvienais metais skelbiamà „Europos bendrijø oficialiajameleidinyje“, kompetentingas institucijas apie savo sprendimà priimti bet kokiàreorganizavimo priemonæ, áskaitant galimus praktinius tokios priemonës padarinius,jeigu ámanoma, iki priimant tokià priemonæ, o jeigu ne – ið karto po to. Informacijàperduoda priimanèios valstybës narës, kurios administracinës arba teisminës institucijosnusprendþia tokià priemonæ taikyti, kompetentingos institucijos.

2. 1 dalyje nurodytos administracinës arba teisminës institucijos stengiasi derintisavo veiksmus.

III DALIS

LIKVIDAVIMO BYLA

A. Kredito ástaigos, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra Bendrijoje

9 straipsnis

Likvidavimo bylos iðkëlimas – Informacija, perduodama kitomskompetentingoms institucijoms

1. Buveinës valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijos, atsakingosuþ likvidavimà, turi iðimtinæ teisæ priimti sprendimà iðkelti likvidavimo bylà kreditoástaigai, áskaitant skyrius, ásteigtus kitose valstybëse narëse.

Buveinës valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijos priimtassprendimas iðkelti likvidavimo bylà, netaikant papildomø formalumø, pripaþástamasvisø kitø valstybiø nariø teritorijose ir jose ásigalioja, kai tik minëtas sprendimasásigalioja valstybëje narëje, kurioje buvo iðkelta byla.

2. Buveinës valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijos skubos tvarkabet kokiomis turimomis priemonëmis informuoja priimanèios valstybës narëskompetentingas institucijas apie savo sprendimà iðkelti likvidavimo bylà, áskaitantgalimus praktinius tokios bylos padarinius, jeigu ámanoma, iki iðkeliant bylà, o jeigune – ið karto po to. Informacijà perduoda buveinës valstybës narës kompetentingosinstitucijos.


312

Article 10

Law applicable

1. A credit institution shall be wound up in accordance with the laws, regulationsand procedures applicable in its home Member State insofar as this Directive doesnot provide otherwise.

2. The law of the home Member State shall determine in particular:

(a) the goods subject to administration and the treatment of goods acquired by thecredit institution after the opening of winding-up proceedings;

(b) the respective powers of the credit institution and the liquidator;

(c) the conditions under which set-offs may be invoked;

(d) the effects of winding-up proceedings on current contracts to which the creditinstitution is party;

(e) the effects of winding-up proceedings on proceedings brought by individualcreditors, with the exception of lawsuits pending, as provided for in Article 32;

(f) the claims which are to be lodged against the credit institution and the treatmentof claims arising after the opening of winding-up proceedings;

(g) the rules governing the lodging, verification and admission of claims;

(h) the rules governing the distribution of the proceeds of the realisation of assets,the ranking of claims and the rights of creditors who have obtained partialsatisfaction after the opening of insolvency proceedings by virtue of a right in re

or through a set-off;

(i) the conditions for, and the effects of, the closure of insolvency proceedings, inparticular by composition;

(j) creditors’ rights after the closure of winding-up proceedings;

(k) who is to bear the costs and expenses incurred in the winding-up proceedings;

(l) the rules relating to the voidness, voidability or unenforceability of legal actsdetrimental to all the creditors.

Article 11

Consultation of competent authorities before voluntary winding up

1. The competent authorities of the home Member State shall be consulted in themost appropriate form before any voluntary winding-up decision is taken by thegoverning bodies of a credit institution.

2. The voluntary winding up of a credit institution shall not preclude the adoptionof a reorganisation measure or the opening of winding-up proceedings.


313

10 straipsnis

Taikytini ástatymai

1. Kredito ástaiga likviduojama pagal jos buveinës valstybës narës ástatymus, taisyklesir tvarkà, jeigu ðioje direktyvoje nenumatyta kitaip.

2. Buveinës valstybës narës ástatymuose pirmiausiai nustatoma:

a) administruojamas turtas ir turto, kurá kredito ástaiga ágijo iðkëlus likvidavimobylà, valdymas;

b) atitinkami kredito ástaigos ir likvidatoriaus ágaliojimai;

c) prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaitø taikymo sàlygos;

d) likvidavimo bylos padariniai galiojanèioms sutartims, kuriose viena ið ðaliø yrakredito ástaiga;

e) likvidavimo bylos poveikis atskirø kreditoriø iðkeltoms byloms, iðskyrus nebaigtusnagrinëti ieðkinius, numatytus 32 straipsnyje;

f) reikalavimai, kurie turi bûti pateikti kredito ástaigai, ir iðkëlus likvidavimo bylàatsirandanèiø reikalavimø nagrinëjimas;

g) reikalavimø pateikimà, tikrinimà ir pripaþinimà reglamentuojanèios taisyklës;

h) taisyklës, reglamentuojanèios pajamø, gautø realizavus turtà, paskirstymà,reikalavimø eiliðkumo nustatymà ir kreditoriø, kuriø reikalavimai, iðkëlusnemokumo bylà, buvo ið dalies patenkinti dël teisës in re arba prieðprieðiniøreikalavimø áskaitos bûdu, teises;

i) nemokumo bylos baigimo sàlygos ir padariniai, ypaè kai byla baigiama priëmuskompromisiná susitarimà;

j) kreditoriø teisës baigus likvidavimo bylà;

k) kas turi padengti likvidavimo bylos sànaudas ir iðlaidas;

l) taisyklës, susijusios su visiems kreditoriams þalingø teisiniø veiksmø uþginèijimu,panaikinimu arba nevykdymu.

11 straipsnis

Konsultavimasis su kompetentingomis institucijomis iki savanoriðko likvidavimo

1. Prieð priimdami bet koká sprendimà dël savanoriðko likvidavimo, kredito ástaigosvaldymo organai tinkamiausia forma konsultuojasi su buveinës valstybës narëskompetentingomis institucijomis.

2. Savanoriðkas kredito ástaigos likvidavimas netrukdo taikyti reorganizavimopriemonæ ar iðkelti likvidavimo bylà.


314

Article 12

Withdrawal of a credit institution’s authorisation

1. Where the opening of winding-up proceedings is decided on in respect of acredit institution in the absence, or following the failure, of reorganisation measures,the authorisation of the institution shall be withdrawn in accordance with, in particular,the procedure laid down in Article 22(9) of Directive 2000/12/EC.

2. The withdrawal of authorisation provided for in paragraph 1 shall not preventthe person or persons entrusted with the winding up from carrying on some of thecredit institution’s activities insofar as that is necessary or appropriate for the purposesof winding up.

The home Member State may provide that such activities shall be carried on with theconsent, and under the supervision, of the competent authorities of that Member State.

Article 13

Publication

The liquidators or any administrative or judicial authority shall announce the decisionto open winding-up proceedings through publication of an extract from the winding-up decision in the Official Journal of the European Communities and at least two nationalnewspapers in each of the host Member States.

Article 14

Provision of information to known creditors

1. When winding-up proceedings are opened, the administrative or judicial authorityof the home Member State or the liquidator shall without delay individually informknown creditors who have their domiciles, normal places of residence or head officesin other Member States, except in cases where the legislation of the home State doesnot require lodgement of the claim with a view to its recognition.

2. That information, provided by the dispatch of a notice, shall in particular dealwith time limits, the penalties laid down in regard to those time limits, the body orauthority empowered to accept the lodgement of claims or observations relating toclaims and the other measures laid down. Such a notice shall also indicate whethercreditors whose claims are preferential or secured in re need lodge their claims.

Article 15

Honouring of obligations

Where an obligation has been honoured for the benefit of a credit institution which isnot a legal person and which is the subject of winding-up proceedings opened in anotherMember State, when it should have been honoured for the benefit of the liquidator inthose proceedings, the person honouring the obligation shall be deemed to havedischarged it if he was unaware of the opening of proceedings. Where such an obligationis honoured before the publication provided for in Article 13 has been effected, the


315

12 straipsnis

Kredito ástaigos leidimo atðaukimas

1. Jeigu sprendimas iðkelti likvidavimo bylà priimamas kredito ástaigai netaikantreorganizavimo priemoniø arba joms nepasiteisinus, ástaigos leidimas atðaukiamasDirektyvos 2000/12/EB 22 straipsnio 9 dalyje nustatyta tvarka.

2. 1 dalyje numatytas leidimo atðaukimas netrukdo asmeniui arba asmenims,kuriems suteikti likvidavimo ágaliojimai, vykdyti tam tikrà kredito ástaigos veiklà, jeigutai bûtina ar tikslinga likvidavimo tikslais.

Buveinës valstybë narë gali numatyti, kad tokia veikla bûtø vykdoma pritariant irpriþiûrint jos kompetentingoms institucijoms.

13 straipsnis

Skelbimas

Likvidatoriai arba bet kokia administracinë ar teisminë institucija praneða apiesprendimà iðkelti likvidavimo bylà skelbdami jo iðtraukà „Europos bendrijøoficialiajame leidinyje“ ir ne maþiau kaip dviejuose nacionaliniuose kiekvienospriimanèios valstybës narës laikraðèiuose.

14 straipsnis

Þinomø kreditoriø informavimas

1. Iðkëlus likvidavimo bylà, buveinës valstybës narës administracinë arba teisminëinstitucija ar likvidatorius ið karto individualiai informuoja þinomus kreditorius, kuriønuolatinës ar áprastinës gyvenamosios vietos arba pagrindinës buveinës yra kitosevalstybëse narëse, iðskyrus tuos atvejus, kai buveinës valstybës narës ástatymuosenereikalaujama pateikti reikalavimo, kad jis bûtø pripaþintas.

2. Minëta informacija, pateikiama iðsiunèiant praneðimà, konkreèiai nurodoterminus, uþ terminø nesilaikymà taikomas nuobaudas, pateikiamus reikalavimus arbasu jais susijusias pastabas priimti ágaliotà ástaigà arba institucijà ir kitas nustatytaspriemones. Praneðime taip pat nurodoma, ar kreditoriai, kuriø reikalavimai tenkinamipirmumo tvarka arba garantuoti in re, privalo pateikti savo reikalavimus.

15 straipsnis

Ásipareigojimø vykdymas

Ásipareigojimas, kurá ávykdo asmuo kredito ástaigos, kuri nëra juridinis asmuo ir kuriaiiðkelta likvidavimo byla kitoje valstybëje narëje, naudai ir kai minëtas ásipareigojimasturëtø bûti ávykdytas likvidatoriaus toje byloje naudai, laikomas ávykdytu, jeigu pirmiaunurodytas asmuo neþinojo apie minëtos bylos iðkëlimà. Kai minëtas ásipareigojimasávykdomas prieð paskelbiant 13 straipsnyje nurodytà sprendimà, jeigu nëra prieðingøárodymø, laikoma, kad ásipareigojimà vykdantis asmuo neþinojo apie likvidavimo bylos


316

person honouring the obligation shall be presumed, in the absence of proof to thecontrary, to have been unaware of the opening of winding-up proceedings; where theobligation is honoured after the publication provided for in Article 13 has been effected,the person honouring the obligation shall be presumed, in the absence of proof to thecontrary, to have been aware of the opening of proceedings.

Article 16

Right to lodge claims

1. Any creditor who has his domicile, normal place of residence or head office ina Member State other than the home Member State, including Member States’ publicauthorities, shall have the right to lodge claims or to submit written observationsrelating to claims.

2. The claims of all creditors whose domiciles, normal places of residence or headoffices are in Member States other than the home Member State shall be treated inthe same way and accorded the same ranking as claims of an equivalent nature whichmay be lodged by creditors having their domiciles, normal places of residence, orhead offices in the home Member State.

3. Except in cases where the law of the home Member State provides for thesubmission of observations relating to claims, a creditor shall send copies of supportingdocuments, if any, and shall indicate the nature of the claim, the date on which itarose and its amount, as well as whether he alleges preference, security in re orreservation of title in respect of the claim and what assets are covered by his security.

Article 17

Languages

1. The information provided for in Articles 13 and 14 shall be provided in theofficial language or one of the official languages of the home Member State. For thatpurpose a form shall be used bearing, in all the official languages of the EuropeanUnion, the heading ‘Invitation to lodge a claim. Time limits to be observed’ or, wherethe law of the home Member State provides for the submission of observations relatingto claims, the heading ‘Invitation to submit observations relating to a claim. Timelimits to be observed’.

2. Any creditor who has his domicile, normal place of residence or head office ina Member State other than the home Member State may lodge his claim or submitobservations relating to his claim in the official language or one of the official languagesof that other Member State. In that event, however, the lodgement of his claim or thesubmission of observations on his claim shall bear the heading ‘Lodgement of claim’or ‘Submission of observations relating to claims’ in the official language or one of theofficial languages of the home Member State. In addition, he may be required toprovide a translation into that language of the lodgement of claim or submission ofobservations relating to claims.


317

iðkëlimà; kai minëtas ásipareigojimas ávykdomas po 13 straipsnyje nurodyto sprendimopaskelbimo, jeigu nëra prieðingø árodymø, laikoma, kad ásipareigojimo vykdytojasþinojo apie likvidavimo bylos iðkëlimà.

16 straipsnis

Teisë pateikti reikalavimus

1. Bet kuris kreditorius, kurio nuolatinë arba áprastinë gyvenamoji vieta ar pagrindinëbuveinë yra kitoje valstybëje narëje, o ne buveinës valstybëje narëje, áskaitant valstybiønariø valstybinës valdþios institucijas, turi teisæ pateikti reikalavimus arba su jaissusijusias raðytines pastabas.

2. Visø kreditoriø, kuriø nuolatinës arba áprastinës gyvenamosios vietos ar pagrindinësbuveinës yra kitose valstybëse narëse, o ne buveinës valstybëje narëje, reikalavimamstaikomos vienodos sàlygos ir tokia pat jø eiliðkumo tvarka kaip ir lygiaverèiamsreikalavimams, kurie galëtø bûti pateikti kreditoriø, kuriø nuolatinës arba áprastinësgyvenamosios vietos ar pagrindinës buveinës yra buveinës valstybëje narëje.

3. Iðskyrus atvejus, kai buveinës valstybës narës ástatymuose yra numatyta pateiktisu reikalavimais susijusias pastabas, kreditorius siunèia pateisinamøjø dokumentø,jeigu tokie dokumentai yra, kopijas nurodydamas reikalavimo pobûdá, jo atsiradimodatà, sumà ir ar jis tvirtina turás pirmumo teisiø, garantijø in re arba nuosavybës teisiønelieèiamybæ reikalavimo atþvilgiu, taip pat turtà, kuriam taikoma jo garantija.

17 straipsnis

Kalbos

1. Informacija, nurodyta 13 ir 14 straipsniuose, pateikiama buveinës valstybës narësvalstybine kalba arba viena ið jos valstybiniø kalbø. Ðiam tikslui reikia naudoti formàsu antraðte visomis valstybinëmis Europos Sàjungos kalbomis „Siûlymas pateiktireikalavimà. Pateikimo terminai“ arba, kai buveinës valstybës narës ástatymuose yranumatyta pateikti su reikalavimais susijusias pastabas, su antraðte „Siûlymas pateiktipastabas, susijusias su reikalavimu. Pateikimo terminai“.

2. Bet kuris kreditorius, kurio nuolatinë arba áprastinë gyvenamoji vieta arpagrindinë buveinë yra kitoje valstybëje narëje, o ne buveinës valstybëje narëje, galipateikti savo reikalavimà arba su juo susijusias pastabas tos kitos valstybës narësvalstybine kalba arba viena ið jos valstybiniø kalbø. Taèiau tokiu atveju minëtokreditoriaus pateikiama reikalavimo arba su juo susijusiø pastabø forma yra su antraðtebuveinës valstybës narës valstybine kalba arba viena ið jos valstybiniø kalbø„Reikalavimo pateikimas“ arba „Pastabø, susijusiø su reikalavimais, pateikimas“. Beto, gali bûti reikalaujama, kad kreditorius pateiktø savo reikalavimo arba sureikalavimais susijusiø pastabø vertimà á minëtà kalbà.


318

Article 18

Regular provision of information to creditors

Liquidators shall keep creditors regularly informed, in an appropriate manner,particularly with regard to progress in the winding up.

B. Credit institutions the head offices of which are outside the Community

Article 19

Branches of third-country credit institutions

1. The administrative or judicial authorities of the host Member State of the branchof a credit institution the head office of which is outside the Community shall withoutdelay inform, by any available means, the competent authorities of the other hostMember States in which the credit institution has set up branches on the list referredto in Article 11 of Directive 2000/12/EC and published each year in the Official Journal

of the European Communities, of their decision to open winding-up proceedings,including the practical effects which these proceedings may have, if possible beforethey open or otherwise immediately thereafter. Information shall be communicatedby the competent authorities of the first abovementioned host Member State.

2. Administrative or judicial authorities which decide to open proceedings to windup a branch of a credit institution the head office of which is outside the Communityshall inform the competent authorities of the other host Member States that winding-up proceedings have been opened and authorisation withdrawn.

Information shall be communicated by the competent authorities in the host MemberState which has decided to open the proceedings.

3. The administrative or judicial authorities referred to in paragraph 1 shallendeavour to coordinate their actions.

Any liquidators shall likewise endeavour to coordinate their actions.

TITLE IV

PROVISIONS COMMON TO REORGANISATION MEASURES AND WINDING-UP PROCEEDINGS

Article 20

Effects on certain contracts and rights

The effects of a reorganisation measure or the opening of winding-up proceedings on:

(a) employment contracts and relationships shall be governed solely by the law ofthe Member State applicable to the employment contract;

(b) a contract conferring the right to make use of or acquire immovable propertyshall be governed solely by the law of the Member State within the territory of


319

18 straipsnis

Reguliarus kreditoriø informavimas

Likvidatoriai reguliariai ir tinkamu bûdu informuoja kreditorius, ypaè apie likvidavimoeigà.

B. Kredito ástaigos, kuriø pagrindinës buveinës yra ne Bendrijoje

19 straipsnis

Treèiøjø ðaliø kredito ástaigø skyriai

1. Kredito ástaigos, kurios pagrindinë buveinë yra ne Bendrijoje, skyriauspriimanèios valstybës narës administracinës arba teisminës institucijos skubos tvarkabet kokiomis turimomis priemonëmis informuoja kompetentingas institucijas kitosepriimanèiose valstybëse narëse, kuriose yra minëtos kredito ástaigos skyriai, áraðyti áDirektyvos 2000/12/EB 11 straipsnyje nurodytà sàraðà, kiekvienais metais skelbiamà„Europos bendrijø oficialiajame leidinyje“, apie savo sprendimà iðkelti likvidavimobylà ir apie galimus praktinius jos padarinius, jeigu ámanoma, iki iðkeliant bylà, ojeigu ne – ið karto po to. Informacijà teikia pirmosios anksèiau minëtos priimanèiosvalstybës narës kompetentingos institucijos.

2. Administracinës arba teisminës institucijos, kurios priima sprendimà iðkeltilikvidavimo bylà kredito ástaigos, kurios pagrindinë buveinë yra ne Bendrijoje, skyriui,informuoja kitø priimanèiø valstybiø nariø kompetentingas institucijas apie tai, kadbuvo iðkelta likvidavimo byla ir leidimas atðauktas.

Informacijà teikia priimanèios valstybës narës kompetentingos institucijos,nusprendusios iðkelti bylà.

3. 1 dalyje nurodytos administracinës arba teisminës institucijos stengiasi derintisavo veiksmus.

Visi likvidatoriai taip pat stengiasi derinti savo veiksmus.

IV DALIS

REORGANIZAVIMO PRIEMONIØ IR LIKVIDAVIMO BYLØ BENDROSNUOSTATOS

20 straipsnis

Pasekmës tam tikroms sutartims ir teisëms

Reorganizavimo priemonës arba likvidavimo bylos iðkëlimo pasekmës:

a) darbo sutartims ir darbo santykiams reglamentuojamos tik valstybës narësástatymais, taikomais darbo sutarèiai;

b) sutarèiai, suteikianèiai teisæ naudoti ar ásigyti nekilnojamàjá turtà,reglamentuojamos tik valstybës narës, kurioje yra nekilnojamasis turtas, ástatymais.


320

which the immovable property is situated. That law shall determine whetherproperty is movable or immovable;

(c) rights in respect of immovable property, a ship or an aircraft subject toregistration in a public register shall be governed solely by the law of the MemberState under the authority of which the register is kept.

Article 21

Third parties’ rights in re

1. The adoption of reorganisation measures or the opening of winding-upproceedings shall not affect the rights in re of creditors or third parties in respect oftangible or intangible, movable or immovable assets — both specific assets andcollections of indefinite assets as a whole which change from time to time — belongingto the credit institution which are situated within the territory of another MemberState at the time of the adoption of such measures or the opening of such proceedings.

2. The rights referred to in paragraph 1 shall in particular mean:

(a) the right to dispose of assets or have them disposed of and to obtain satisfactionfrom the proceeds of or income from those assets, in particular by virtue of alien or a mortgage;

(b) the exclusive right to have a claim met, in particular a right guaranteed by a lienin respect of the claim or by assignment of the claim by way of a guarantee;

(c) the right to demand the assets from, and/or to require restitution by, anyonehaving possession or use of them contrary to the wishes of the party so entitled;

(d) a right in re to the beneficial use of assets.

3. The right, recorded in a public register and enforceable against third parties,under which a right in re within the meaning of paragraph 1 may be obtained, shall beconsidered a right in re.

4. Paragraph 1 shall not preclude the actions for voidness, voidability orunenforceability laid down in Article 10(2)(l).

Article 22

Reservation of title

1. The adoption of reorganisation measures or the opening of winding-upproceedings concerning a credit institution purchasing an asset shall not affect theseller’s rights based on a reservation of title where at the time of the adoption of suchmeasures or opening of such proceedings the asset is situated within the territory of aMember State other than the State in which the said measures were adopted or thesaid proceedings were opened.

2. The adoption of reorganisation measures or the opening of winding-upproceedings concerning a credit institution selling an asset, after delivery of the asset,


321

Tokiuose ástatymuose yra apibrëþiamas kilnojamasis arba nekilnojamasis turtas;

c) teisëms á nekilnojamàjá turtà, laivà arba orlaivá, registruojamiems valstybiniameregistre, reglamentuojamos tik registrà tvarkanèios valstybës narës ástatymais.

21 straipsnis

Treèiøjø ðaliø teisës in re

1. Reorganizavimo priemoniø priëmimas arba likvidavimo bylos iðkëlimas nedaroátakos kreditoriø arba treèiøjø ðaliø teisëms in re á kredito ástaigai priklausantá ir minëtøpriemoniø priëmimo arba bylos iðkëlimo metu kitoje valstybëje narëje esantá materialøjáar nematerialøjá, kilnojamàjá ar nekilnojamàjá turtà – konkretø turtà ir visumàneapibrëþto turto, kuris laikui bëgant keièiasi.

2. 1 dalyje nurodytos teisës pirmiausia yra:

a) teisë disponuoti turtu ar leisti juo disponuoti ir naudotis lëðomis arba pajamomisið tokio turto, ypaè turto suvarþymo arba hipotekos atvejais;

b) iðimtinë teisë patenkinti reikalavimà, ypaè garantuota teisë patenkinti reikalavimàið skolininko turto arba reikalavimo perleidimu;

c) teisë reikalauti, kad asmuo, kuris turtà valdo arba juo naudojasi be ðalies, turinèiosá já tokià teisæ, pritarimo, turtà gràþintø ir (arba) uþ já atlygintø;

d) teisë in re gauti naudà ið naudojamo turto.

3. Valstybiniame registre uþregistruota ir treèiosioms ðalims taikoma teisë, pagalkurià gali bûti ágyta 1 dalyje nurodyta teisë in re, laikoma teise in re.

4. 1 dalis netrukdo iðkelti bylø dël 10 straipsnio 2 dalies l punkte nurodytø teisiniøveiksmø uþginèijimo, panaikinimo arba nevykdymo.

22 straipsnis

Nuosavybës teisës nelieèiamybë

1. Reorganizavimo priemoniø priëmimas arba likvidavimo bylos iðkëlimas turtàperkanèiai kredito ástaigai nedaro poveikio pardavëjo teisëms, grindþiamomsnuosavybës teisiø nelieèiamybe, kai tokios priemonës priëmimo arba bylos iðkëlimometu turtas yra kitoje valstybëje narëje, o ne valstybëje, kurioje buvo priimtos pirmiaunurodytos priemonës arba iðkelta byla.

2. Reorganizavimo priemoniø priëmimas arba likvidavimo bylos iðkëlimas turtàparduodanèiai kredito ástaigai nelaikomas pagrindu atðaukti arba nutraukti pardavimà


322

shall not constitute grounds for rescinding or terminating the sale and shall not preventthe purchaser from acquiring title where at the time of the adoption of such measuresor the opening of such proceedings the asset sold is situated within the territory of aMember State other than the State in which such measures were adopted or suchproceedings were opened.

3. Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not preclude the actions for voidness, voidability orunenforceability laid down in Article 10(2)(l).

Article 23

Set-off

1. The adoption of reorganisation measures or the opening of winding-upproceedings shall not affect the right of creditors to demand the set-off of their claimsagainst the claims of the credit institution, where such a set-off is permitted by the lawapplicable to the credit institution’s claim.

2. Paragraph 1 shall not preclude the actions for voidness, voidability orunenforceability laid down in Article 10(2)(l).

Article 24

Lex rei sitae

The enforcement of proprietary rights in instruments or other rights in such instrumentsthe existence or transfer of which presupposes their recording in a register, an accountor a centralised deposit system held or located in a Member State shall be governedby the law of the Member State where the register, account, or centralised depositsystem in which those rights are recorded is held or located.

Article 25

Netting agreements

Netting agreements shall be governed solely by the law of the contract which governssuch agreements.

Article 26

Repurchase agreements

Without prejudice to Article 24, repurchase agreements shall be governed solely bythe law of the contract which governs such agreements.

Article 27

Regulated markets

Without prejudice to Article 24, transactions carried out in the context of a regulatedmarket shall be governed solely by the law of the contract which governs suchtransactions.


323

po to, kai turtas yra perduotas, ir nekliudo pirkëjui ásigyti á já teisës, kai tokios priemonëspriëmimo arba bylos iðkëlimo metu parduotas turtas yra kitoje valstybëje narëje, o nevalstybëje, kurioje buvo priimtos pirmiau nurodytos priemonës arba iðkelta byla.

3. 1 ir 2 dalys netrukdo iðkelti bylø dël 10 straipsnio 2 dalies l punkte nurodytøteisiniø veiksmø uþginèijimo, panaikinimo arba nevykdymo.

23 straipsnis

Prieðprieðiniø reikalavimø áskaita

1. Reorganizavimo priemoniø priëmimas arba likvidavimo bylos iðkëlimas neturiátakos kreditoriø teisei reikalauti, kad jø ir kredito ástaigos prieðprieðiniai reikalavimaibûtø áskaityti, jeigu tai yra numatyta kredito ástaigos reikalavimui taikomuose ástatymuose.

2. 1 dalis netrukdo iðkelti bylø dël 10 straipsnio 2 dalies l punkte nurodytø teisiniøveiksmø uþginèijimo, panaikinimo arba nevykdymo.

24 straipsnis

Lex rei sitae

Turtiniø arba kitø teisiø á finansines priemones, kurias, prieð naudojimà ar perleidimàbûtina uþregistruoti valstybei narei priklausanèiame arba joje esanèiame registre,apyskaitoje arba centralizuotoje indëliø sistemoje, ágyvendinimà reglamentuojavalstybës narës, kuriai priklauso arba kurioje yra minëtas teises registruojantis registras,apyskaita arba centralizuota indëliø sistema, ástatymai.

25 straipsnis

Prieðprieðiniø pozicijø áskaitos sutartys

Prieðprieðiniø pozicijø áskaitos sutartims taikoma tik tokias sutartis reglamentuojantisutarèiø teisë.

26 straipsnis

Atpirkimo sutartys

Nepaþeidþiant 24 straipsnio, atpirkimo sutartims taikoma tik tokias sutartisreglamentuojanti sutarèiø teisë.

27 straipsnis

Reguliuojamos rinkos

Nepaþeidþiant 24 straipsnio, reguliuojamoje rinkoje vykdomiems sandoriams taikomatik tokius sandorius reglamentuojanti sutarèiø teisë.


324

Article 28

Proof of liquidators’ appointment

1. The administrator or liquidator’s appointment shall be evidenced by a certifiedcopy of the original decision appointing him or by any other certificate issued by theadministrative or judicial authority of the home Member State.

A translation into the official language or one of the official languages of the MemberState within the territory of which the administrator or liquidator wishes to act may berequired. No legalisation or other similar formality shall be required.

2. Administrators and liquidators shall be entitled to exercise within the territoryof all the Member States all the powers which they are entitled to exercise within theterritory of the home Member State. They may also appoint persons to assist or,where appropriate, represent them in the course of the reorganisation measure orwinding-up proceedings, in particular in host Member States and, specifically, in orderto help overcome any difficulties encountered by creditors in the host Member State.

3. In exercising his powers, an administrator or liquidator shall comply with thelaw of the Member States within the territory of which he wishes to take action, inparticular with regard to procedures for the realisation of assets and the provision ofinformation to employees. Those powers may not include the use of force or the rightto rule on legal proceedings or disputes.

Article 29

Registration in a public register

1. The administrator, liquidator or any administrative or judicial authority of thehome Member State may request that a reorganisation measure or the decision toopen winding-up proceedings be registered in the land register, the trade register andany other public register kept in the other Member States.

A Member State may, however, prescribe mandatory registration. In that event, theperson or authority referred to in the preceding subparagraph shall take all themeasures necessary to ensure such registration.

2. The costs of registration shall be regarded as costs and expenses incurred in theproceedings.

Article 30

Detrimental acts

1. Article 10 shall not apply as regards the rules relating to the voidness, voidability orunenforceability of legal acts detrimental to the creditors as a whole, where thebeneficiary of these acts provides proof that:

— the act detrimental to the creditors as a whole is subject to the law of a MemberState other than the home Member State, and


325

28 straipsnis

Likvidatoriaus paskyrimo árodymas

1. Administratoriaus arba likvidatoriaus paskyrimas paliudijamas patvirtintaoriginalaus jo paskyrimo sprendimo kopija arba bet kokiu kitu buveinës valstybësnarës administracinës arba teisminës institucijos iðduotu paþymëjimu.

Gali prireikti pateikti pirmiau nurodytø dokumentø vertimà á valstybës narës, kuriosteritorijoje administratorius ar likvidatorius ketina veikti, valstybinæ kalbà arba vienàið jos valstybiniø kalbø. Nereikalaujama áteisinimo ar kito panaðaus formalumo.

2. Administratoriai ir likvidatoriai turi teisæ visose valstybëse narëse vykdyti visuságaliojimus, kurie jiems suteikiami buveinës valstybëje narëje. Jie taip pat gali paskirtiasmenis, kurie jiems padëtø arba prireikus atstovautø jiems vykdant reorganizavimopriemonæ arba likvidavimo byloje, ypaè priimanèiose valstybëse narëse, ir pirmiausiatam, kad padëtø iðspræsti bet kokias kreditoriams iðkilusias problemas priimanèiojevalstybëje narëje.

3. Vykdydamas savo ágaliojimus, ypaè susijusius su turto realizavimo ir darbuotojøinformavimo tvarka, administratorius arba likvidatorius laikosi valstybiø nariø, kuriosejis ketina veikti, ástatymø. Tokie ágaliojimai negali bûti susijæ su jëgos naudojimu arbateismo bylø arba ginèø tvarkos nustatymu.

29 straipsnis

Registracija valstybiniame registre

1. Administratorius, likvidatorius ar bet kuri kita buveinës valstybës narësadministracinë ar teisminë institucija gali reikalauti, kad reorganizavimo priemonëarba sprendimas iðkelti likvidavimo bylà bûtø registruojami þemës registre, prekybosregistre ar bet kuriame kitame kitø valstybiø nariø tvarkomame valstybiniame registre.

Taèiau valstybë narë gali reikalauti privalomos registracijos. Tokiu atveju ankstesnëjepastraipoje nurodytas asmuo arba institucija imasi visø tokià registracijà uþtikrinanèiøpriemoniø.

2. Registracijos iðlaidos laikomos bylos sànaudomis ir iðlaidomis.

30 straipsnis

Þalingi veiksmai

1. 10 straipsnis netaikomas taisyklëms, susijusioms su visiems kreditoriams þalingøteisiniø veiksmø uþginèijimu, panaikinimu ar nevykdymu, jeigu naudà dël ðiø aktøtaikymo gaunantis asmuo árodo, kad:

- visiems kreditoriams þalingà teisiná veiksmà reglamentuoja kitos valstybës narës,o ne buveinës valstybës narës, ástatymai ir


326

— that law does not allow any means of challenging that act in the case in point.

2. Where a reorganisation measure decided on by a judicial authority provides forrules relating to the voidness, voidability or unenforceability of legal acts detrimentalto the creditors as a whole performed before adoption of the measure, Article 3(2)shall not apply in the cases provided for in paragraph 1 of this Article.

Article 31

Protection of third parties

Where, by an act concluded after the adoption of a reorganisation measure or theopening of winding-up proceedings, a credit institution disposes, for consideration, of:

— an immovable asset,

— a ship or an aircraft subject to registration in a public register, or

— instruments or rights in such instruments the existence or transfer of whichpresupposes their being recorded in a register, an account or a centralised depositsystem held or located in a Member State,

the validity of that act shall be governed by the law of the Member State within theterritory of which the immovable asset is situated or under the authority of which thatregister, account or deposit system is kept.

Article 32

Lawsuits pending

The effects of reorganisation measures or winding-up proceedings on a pending lawsuitconcerning an asset or a right of which the credit institution has been divested shall begoverned solely by the law of the Member State in which the lawsuit is pending.

Article 33

Professional secrecy

All persons required to receive or divulge information in connection with theinformation or consultation procedures laid down in Articles 4, 5, 8, 9, 11 and 19shall be bound by professional secrecy, in accordance with the rules and conditionslaid down in Article 30 of Directive 2000/12/EC, with the exception of any judicialauthorities to which existing national provisions apply.


327

- tokiuose ástatymuose nenumatyta jokiø priemoniø, kuriomis bûtø galimauþginèyti minëtà veiksmà nagrinëjamoje byloje.

2. Jeigu reorganizavimo priemonëje, dël kurios sprendimà priima teisminëinstitucija, yra numatytos taisyklës, susijusios su visiems kreditoriams þalingø teisiniøveiksmø, ávykdytø prieð taikant tokià priemonæ, uþginèijimu, panaikinimu arnevykdymu, 3 straipsnio 2 dalis netaikoma ðio straipsnio 1 dalyje numatytais atvejais.

31 straipsnis

Treèiøjø ðaliø apsauga

Jeigu veiksmu, uþbaigtu jau priëmus reorganizavimo priemonæ arba iðkëlus likvidavimobylà, kredito ástaiga uþ atlygá perleidþia:

- nekilnojamàjá turtà,

- laivà ar orlaivá, kurá bûtina uþregistruoti valstybiniame registre, arba

- esamas arba perleidþiamas finansines priemones arba teises á tokias priemones,kurios turi bûti registruojamos registre, apyskaitoje arba centralizuotoje indëliøsistemoje, priklausanèioje arba esanèioje valstybëje narëje,

tokio akto galiojimà reglamentuoja valstybës narës, kurioje yra nekilnojamasis turtasarba kuri tvarko minëtà registrà, apyskaità ar indëliø sistemà, ástatymai.

32 straipsnis

Nagrinëjami ieðkiniai

Reorganizavimo priemoniø arba likvidavimo bylø poveiká nagrinëjamam ieðkiniui dëlið kredito ástaigos atimto turto arba teisës reglamentuoja tik valstybës narës, kuriojenagrinëjamas ieðkinys, ástatymai.

33 straipsnis

Profesinë paslaptis

Visi asmenys, kurie pagal 4, 5, 8, 9, 11 ir 19 straipsniuose nustatytas informavimoarba konsultavimo procedûras turi gauti arba suteikti informacijà, privalo saugotiprofesinæ paslaptá pagal Direktyvos 2000/12/EB 30 straipsnyje nustatytas taisykles irsàlygas, iðskyrus bet kurias teismines institucijas, kurioms taikomos galiojanèiosnacionalinës nuostatos.


328

TITLE V

FINAL PROVISIONS

Article 34

Implementation

1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrativeprovisions necessary to comply with this Directive on 5 May 2004. They shall forthwithinform the Commission thereof.

National provisions adopted in application of this Directive shall apply only toreorganisation measures or winding-up proceedings adopted or opened after the datereferred to in the first subparagraph. Measures adopted or proceedings opened beforethat date shall continue to be governed by the law that was applicable to them at thetime of adoption or opening.

2. When Member States adopt these measures, they shall contain a reference tothis Directive or shall be accompanied by such reference on the occasion of theirofficial publication. The methods of making such reference shall be laid down byMember States.

3. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the mainprovisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

Article 35

Entry into force

This Directive shall enter into force on the date of its publication.

Article 36

Addressees


Done at Luxembourg, 4 April 2001.



N. FONTAINE B. ROSENGREN


329

V DALIS


34 straipsnis

Ágyvendinimas

1. Valstybës narës ástatymais ir kitais teisës aktais átvirtina nuostatas, bûtinas, kadðios direktyvos bûtø pradëta laikytis ne vëliau kaip nuo 2004 m. geguþës 5 d. Apie taijos nedelsdamos praneða Komisijai.

Nacionalinës nuostatos, priimtos taikant ðià direktyvà, taikomos tik po pirmojepastraipoje nurodytos datos priimtoms reorganizavimo priemonëms ir iðkeltomslikvidavimo byloms. Iki minëtos datos priimtas priemones arba iðkeltas bylasreglamentuoja ástatymai, kurie buvo taikomi jø priëmimo ar iðkëlimo metu.

2. Valstybës narës, priimdamos ðias priemones, daro jose nuorodà á ðià direktyvàarba tokia nuoroda daroma jas oficialiai skelbiant. Nuorodos darymo tvarkà nustatovalstybës narës.

3. Valstybës narës perduoda Komisijai ðios direktyvos taikymo srityje priimtønacionalinës teisës aktø pagrindiniø nuostatø tekstus.

35 straipsnis

Ásigaliojimas

Ði direktyva ásigalioja jos paskelbimo dienà.

36 straipsnis

Adresatai


Priimta Liuksemburge, 2001 m. balandþio 4 d.



N. FONTAINE B. ROSENGREN

ÞODYNAS

Þodynas

332

PAGRINDINIAI ÞODÞIAI IR TERMINAI,VARTOJAMI ÐIAME LEIDINYJE

Account sàskaita, ataskaitaannual ~ metø (finansinë) ataskaitaconsolidated ~ konsoliduota ataskaitajoint ~ bendra sàskaitanote on the ~s ~os paaiðkinamasis raðtasprofit and loss ~ pelno (nuostolio) ataskaita

Accounting apskaita~ procedures ~os procedûros~ technique ~os metodika

Adequacy pakankamumascapital ~ kapitalo ~capital ~ ratio kapitalo ~o koeficientas, normatyvas

Administrative or judicial authorities administracinës arba teisminës institucijos

Administrator administratorius

Advance avansas

Amount sumagross ~ bendra ~notional ~ sàlyginë ~principal ~ pagrindinë ~single net ~ viena grynoji ~

Assets turtasfinancial fixed ~ ilgalaikis finansinis ~fixed ~ ilgalaikis ~immovable ~ nekilnojamasis ~intangible ~ nematerialus ~risk-adjusted ~ pagal rizikà ávertintas ~subordinated ~ subordinuotas ~tangible ~ materialus ~valuation of ~ ~o vertinimas, vertës nustatymas

Authorisation (veiklos) leidimas~ refusal atsisakymas iðduoti ~notification of the ~ to (kieno nors) informavimas apie

iðduotà ~àrequirements for ~ reikalavimai ~ui gautiwithdrawal of ~ ~o atðaukimas

Back-testing gráþtamasis patikrinimas

Þodynas

333

Banking Advisory Committee Bankininkystës patariamasis komitetas(sudarytas prie Komisijos ið valstybiø ESnariø prieþiûros institucijø atstovø)

Bearer turëtojas

Bill vekselistreasury ~ iþdo ~

Branch skyrius

Capital kapitalascalled-up ~ pareikalautas ámokëti ~~ requirements ~o reikalavimai~ structure ~o struktûraequity ~ akcinis ~initial ~ pradinis ~subordinated loan ~ subordinuotø paskolø ~subscribed ~ pasiraðytas (ástatinis) ~uncalled ~ nepareikalautas ~unpaid ~ neapmokëtas ~

Certificate skolos lakðtas

Clearing house kliringo rûmairecognized ~ pripaþinti ~

Clearing member kliringo narys

Collateral uþstatas

Collateralise apdrausti (pateikiant uþstatà)

Commitments (nebalansiniai) ásipareigojimaiirrevocable ~ neatðaukiami ~

Company (akcinë) bendrovëfinancial holding ~ finansinë kontroliuojanèioji

(holdingo) ~holding ~ kontroliuojanèioji (holdingo) ~insurance ~ draudimo ~mixed-activity holding ~ miðrià veiklà vykdanti

kontroliuojanèioji (holdingo) ~parent ~ patronuojanti ~

Competent authority kompetentinga institucija

Competition konkurencijaequal conditions of ~ vienodos ~os sàlygosfair conditions of ~ sàþiningos ~os sàlygosfree ~ laisva, nevarþoma ~

Þodynas

334

Contract sutartis, sandorisderivatives ~ iðvestiniø finansiniø priemoniø

sutartisforeign-exchange ~ uþsienio valiutos sandorisinterest-rate ~ palûkanø normos sandorisover-the-counter (OTC) ~ nebirþinis sandoris

Costs sànaudos

Counterparty sandorio ðalis~ risk ~ies rizika~ weighting ~ies rizikos koeficientas

Coupon atkarpa

Cover indëliø draudimas, kompensavimaslevel of ~ ~o lygis (t. y. suma)scope of ~ ~o apimtis (t. y. draudþiamø ir

kompensuojamø indëliø rûðys)

Credit institution kredito ástaigainsolvent ~ nemoki ~

Creditor kreditorius

Current replacement cost einamoji atkuriamoji vertë (vienossutarties pakeitimo kita iðlaidos)

Debt skola, ásiskolinimas~ agreement ~ sutartis~ instrument ~ priemonë~ securities ~ vertybiniai popieriaifixed maturity ~ nustatytos trukmës ~

Debtor skolininkas

Deposit indëlis~ guarantee scheme ~iø garantijø sistema~ receipt ~iø pakvitavimasnon-nominative ~ anoniminis ~savings ~ taupomasis ~sight ~ ~ iki pareikalavimounavailable ~ negràþinamas ~

Depositor indëlininkas

Electronic device elektroninë laikmena

Electronic money elektroniniai pinigai~institution ~ø ástaigaissuance of ~ ~ iðleidimas (emisija)outstanding ~ neapmokëti ~

Þodynas

335

Electronic surrogate for coins elektroninis monetø ir banknotø pakaitalasand banknotes

Equity nuosavybës vertybiniai popieriai

Establishment ásisteigimasexercise the right of ~ naudojimasis ~o teiseright of ~ ~o teisë

Exchange birþarecognised ~ pripaþinta ~stock ~ vertybiniø popieriø ~

Exposure paskola, rizika, pozicijafuture ~ ateities pozicijalarge ~ didelë paskola

Financial sector finansø sektorius

Firm ámonëinvestment ~ investicinë ~local ~ vietos ~

Forward iðankstinis~ agreement ~ susitarimas, sandoris, sutartis~ commitment ~ ásipareigojimas~ contract ~ sandoris, sutartis~ foreign exchange contract uþsienio valiutos ateities sandoris~ rate agreement ~ palûkanø normø sandoris, sutartisoutright ~ purchase ~ vienakryptis pirkimas

Free delivery pristatymas be atsiskaitymo

Freedom to provide services laisvë teikti paslaugasexercise of the ~ naudojimasis ~

Futures (contract) ateities sandoris, sutartiscurrency ~ ~ valiutos sandoris, sutartisinterest-rate ~ ~ palûkanø normø sandoris, sutartisstock-index ~ akcijø indekso ~

Holding (turimos) akcijos

Member state valstybë narëhome ~ buveinës ~host ~ priimanti ~

Income pajamosaccrued ~ sukauptos ~deferred ~ atidëtos ~

Þodynas

336

Institution ástaiga, institucija, ámonëaffiliated ~ dukterinë ámonëcredit ~ kredito ástaigafinancial ~ finansø ástaiga

Instrument (finansinë) priemonëderivative ~ iðvestinë ~financial ~ finansinë ~non-derivative ~ neiðvestinë ~

Investment services investicinës paslaugos

Issuer emitentas

Item straipsnis, sudedamoji dalis, pozicijabalance sheet ~ balanso straipsnisoff-balance sheet ~ nebalansinis straipsnisown funds ~ nuosavø lëðø sudedamoji dalisqualifying ~ pripaþástama pozicija

Liability ásipareigojimascontingent ~ tikëtinas ~

Liquidator likvidatorius

Liquidity likvidumas

Loan paskola~ agreement ~os sutartismortgage ~ hipotekos ~subordinated ~ subordinuota ~written-off nuraðyta ~

Losses nuostoliaimaterial ~ reikðmingi ~

Management valdymas, vadovybë~ body valdymo organas

Maturity (gràþinimo) terminasoriginal ~ pradinis ~to fix ~ nustatyti ~à

Means of payment mokëjimo priemonës

Money pinigaielectronic ~ elektroniniai ~~ broking finansø maklerio paslaugos~ laundering ~ø plovimas~ market ~ø rinka~ market instrument ~ rinkos priemonë (èekiai, vekseliai,

indëlio paþymëjimai)

Þodynas

337

Mutual recognition tarpusavio pripaþinimas

Netting prieðprieðiniø pozicijø áskaita~ agreement ~os sutartis

Office ástaiga, buveinëhead ~ pagrindinë ~post ~ bank banko operacijas vykdantis paðto

skyriusregistered ~ registruota ~

Option pasirinkimo sandoriscurrency ~ valiutos ~interest rate ~ palûkanø normø ~written ~ raðtiðkai sudarytas ~

Over-the counter (OTC) nebirþinis~ derivative instruments iðvestinës (finasinës) priemonës,

kuriomis prekiaujama ne birþoje~ option ~ pasirinkimo sandoris

Own funds nuosavos lëðosadditional ~ papildomos ~original ~ pradinës ~

Participation dalyvavimas valdant kapitalà

Period of notice áspëjimo laikotarpis nutraukiant sutartáanksèiau laiko

Position pozicijadelta weighted ~ pagal delta koeficientà ávertinta ~duration weighted ~ pagal trukmë ávertinta ~long ~ ilgoji ~matched ~ suderinta ~net ~ grynoji ~short ~ trumpoji ~unmached ~ nesuderinta ~wighted ~ pagal rizikà ávertinta ~

Power ágaliojimai, teisë~ of competent authorities kompetentingø institucijø ~

Prepayments iðankstiniai mokëjimai

Professional secrecy profesinë paslaptis

Promissory note skolinis ásipareigojimas

Protection (indëlininkø, indëliø) apsauga

Þodynas

338

Qualifying holding akcijø paketasnon-financial ~ nefinansinis ~ (kredito ástaigos

turimas ne kreditoir ne finansø ástaigos ~)

Qualifying participation kontrolinis akcijø paketas

Rate norma, koeficientas, kursascarry ~ gabenimo kainø koeficientasforeign exchange ~ uþsienio valiutos keitimo kursasinterest ~ palûkanø normaoutright ~ tiesioginio sandorio kainø

koeficientasreference ~ bazinë normaspread ~ pirkimo ir pardavimo kainø skirtumo

koeficientas

Redeemability iðperkamumas

Redemption iðpirkimas

Regulated market reguliuojama rinka

Reorganization measures reorganizavimo priemonës

Repayable on demand iki pareikalavimo

Report ataskaita, iðvada, praneðimasannual~ vadovybës, valdybos metø

praneðimas, ataskaitadraw up ~ rengti, sudaryti ~à

Reporting ataskaitø teikimas~ of large exposures ataskaitø apie dideles paskolas

teikimas

Repurchase agreement atpirkimo sandorisreverse ~ atvirkðtinis ~

Reserves atsargos

Risk rizikacommodity ~ birþos prekiø ~counterparty ~ sandorio ðalies ~delivery ~ pristatymo ~foreign-exchange ~ uþsienio valiutos keitimo ~full, medium, low ~ didelë, vidutinë, maþa ~interest rate ~ palûkanø normos ~market ~ rinkos ~~ weighted ávertintas pagal rizikà~ weighting ~os koeficientassettlement ~ atsiskaitymo ~

Þodynas

339

Saver taupytojas

Savings bonds taupomieji lakðtai

Securities vertybiniai popieriaiconvertible ~ konvertuojami ~debt ~ skolos ~fixed-income ~ pastoviø pajamø ~mortgage-backed ~ hipoteka uþtikrinti ~negotiable ~ apyvartoje esantys ~

(laisvai perleidþiami ~)own-debt ~ nuosavi skolos ~~ borrowing ~iø skolinimasis~ lending ~iø skolinimas~ of indeterminate duration neterminuoti ~transferable ~ apyvartiniai ~variable-yield ~ kintamø pajamø ~

Setting-off tarpusavio áskaitymai

Shareholder akcininkas

Solvency mokumas~ ratio ~o koeficientas, normatyvas

Stock financing finansavimas parduodamø atsargø sàskaita

Subconsolidation dalinis konsolidavimas

Subscription pasiraðymascapital ~ kapitalo pasiraðymas

Subsidiary dukterinë ámonë

Subordinated loan subordinuota paskola

Supervision prieþiûraconsolidated ~ konsoliduota ~home/host member state ~ buveinës/priimanèios valstybës narës

(vykdoma) prieþiûra(unconsolidated) basis rizikos ribojimo principaisprudential ~ pagrásta ~~ on a consolidated konsoliduota (nekonsoliduota) ~

Supervisory prieþiûros~ authorities ~ institucijos~ functions ~ funkcijos

Surety (finansinio dokumento) laidavimas

Þodynas

340

Swap apsikeitimo sandorisfloating interest rate ~ kintanèios palûkanø normos ~

Trading portfolio prekybai skirtø vertybiniø popieriø portfelis

Transaction sandoris, operacijabanking ~ banko operacijacommercial ~ komercinis sandoris, operacijacross-border ~ tarptautinis sandorisforeign exchange ~ uþsienio valiutos operacijaleasing ~ iðperkamosios nuomos sandorisoff-balance-sheet ~ nebalansinë operacija, sandorisrepurchase ~ atpirkimo sandorissale ~ pardavimo sandorisself-liquidating ~ savaime pasibaigiantis sandoris

Transferee gavëjas

Transferor perdavëjas

Undertaking ámonëcollective investment ~ kolektyvinio investavimo ~insurance ~ draudimo ~parent ~ patronuojanti ~

Underwriting garantavimas iðplatinti finansinespriemones

Value vertëbook ~ balansinë ~fair ~ tikroji ~market ~ rinkos ~underlying ~ pirminë ~~ adjustment ~s koregavimas~ date lëðø áskaitymo diena (atsiskaitymo uþ

sandorá diena)~ re-adjustment ~s atkûrimas

Waiver (reikalavimo, teisës ir pan.) atsisakymas

Warrant ilgalaikë pirkimo teisëcovered ~ padengta ~

Winding up likvidavimas~ procedures ~o procedûros

Withdrawal (indëliø) atsiëmimasmassive ~ masinis ~

RODYKLË

Rodyklë

342

Serijos „Europos Bendrijos teisës aktø rinkinys“ leidiniuose iðspausdinti teisës aktai(po dokumento pavadinimo eina leidinio pavadinimas ir jo iðleidimo metai):

Sutartys ir jø protokolai

Protokolas dël Europos centriniø bankø sistemos ir Europos centrinio banko statuto„Ekonominë ir pinigø sàjunga“ (pirma knyga), 2003

1998 m. rugsëjo 1 d. Europos centrinio banko ir euro zonai nepriklausanèiø valstybiønariø nacionaliniø centriniø bankø sutartis, nustatanti valiutos kurso mechanizmoveikimo bûdus Ekonominës ir pinigø sàjungos treèiajame etape (98/C 345/05)

„Ekonominë ir pinigø sàjunga“ (pirma knyga), 2003

Europos Vadovø Tarybos rezoliucijos

Europos Vadovø Tarybos rezoliucija dël valiutos kurso mechanizmo ádiegimoEkonominës ir pinigø sàjungos treèiajame etape, Amsterdamas, 1997 m. birþelio 16 d.(97/C 236/03) „Ekonominë ir pinigø sàjunga“ (pirma knyga), 2003

Europos Parlamento ir Europos Sàjungos Tarybos reglamentai ir direktyvos

1997 m. sausio 27 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 97/5/EB dël tarptautiniøkredito pervedimø „Laisvas kapitalo judëjimas“, 2003

1998 m. geguþës 19 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 98/26/EB dëlatsiskaitymø baigtumo mokëjimo ir vertybiniø popieriø atsiskaitymo sistemose

„Laisvas kapitalo judëjimas“, 2003

2000 m. kovo 20 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 2000/12/EB dël kreditoástaigø steigimosi ir veiklos „Kredito ástaigos“ (pirma knyga), 2002

2001 m. gruodþio 4 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos direktyva 2001/97/EB, iðdalies pakeièianti Tarybos direktyvà 91/308/EEB dël finansø sistemos panaudojimopinigams plauti prevencijos „Laisvas kapitalo judëjimas“, 2003

2001 m. gruodþio 19 d. Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos reglamentas (EB) Nr.2560/2001 dël tarptautiniø mokëjimø eurais „Laisvas kapitalo judëjimas“, 2003

Europos Sàjungos Tarybos reglamentai ir direktyvos

1988 m. birþelio 24 d. Tarybos direktyvos 88/361/EEB dël Sutarties 67 straipsnioágyvendinimo I priedas „Laisvas kapitalo judëjimas“, 2003

1991 m. birþelio 10 d. Tarybos direktyva 91/308/EEB dël finansø sistemos panaudojimopinigams plauti prevencijos „Laisvas kapitalo judëjimas“, 2003

Rodyklë

343

1997 m. birþelio 17 d. Tarybos reglamentas (EB) Nr. 1103/97 dël tam tikrø nuostatø,susijusiø su euro ávedimu „Ekonominë ir pinigø sàjunga“ (pirma knyga), 2003

1998 m. geguþës 3 d. Tarybos reglamentas (EB) Nr. 974/98 dël euro ávedimo„Ekonominë ir pinigø sàjunga“ (pirma knyga), 2003

1998 m. birþelio 5 d. Tarybos sprendimas dël statistiniø duomenø, kurie turi bûtinaudojami nustatant Europos centrinio banko kapitalo pasiraðymo raktà, (98/382/EB)


1998 m. lapkrièio 23 d. Tarybos reglamentas (EB) Nr. 2531/98 dël Europos centriniobanko privalomøjø atsargø reikalavimo taikymo


1998 m. lapkrièio 23 d. Tarybos reglamentas (EB) Nr. 2532/98 dël Europos centriniobanko teisiø taikyti sankcijas „Ekonominë ir pinigø sàjunga“ (pirma knyga), 2003

2000 m. geguþës 8 d. Tarybos reglamentas (EB) Nr. 1010/2000 dël Europos centriniobanko papildomo uþsienio atsargø pareikalavimo


Europos Bendrijø Komisijos rekomendacijos

1997 m. liepos 30 d. Komisijos rekomendacija dël operacijø elektroninëmis mokëjimopriemonëmis ir ypaè dël jas iðleidusiø bei turinèiø asmenø santykiø (tekstas taikomasEuropos ekonominei erdvei) (97/489/EB) „Laisvas kapitalo judëjimas“, 2003

Europos centrinio banko reglamentai ir sprendimai

1998 m. birþelio 9 d. Europos centrinio banko sprendimas, nustatantis Europoscentrinio banko kapitalui apmokëti bûtinas priemones, (ECB/1998/2) (1999/32/EB)


1998 m. gruodþio 1 d. Europos centrinio banko reglamentas (EB) Nr. 2818/98 dëlprivalomøjø atsargø reikalavimo taikymo (ECB/1998/15)


1998 m. gruodþio 1 d. Europos centrinio banko sprendimas dël nacionaliniø centriniøbankø procentiniø daliø Europos centrinio banko kapitalo rakte (ECB/1998/13)(1999/331/EB) „Ekonominë ir pinigø sàjunga“ (pirma knyga), 2003

1998 m. gruodþio 1 d. Europos centrinio banko sprendimas, nustatantisnedalyvaujantiems nacionaliniams centriniams bankams Europos centrinio bankokapitalui apmokëti bûtinas priemones, (ECB/1998/14) (1999/285/EB)


1999 m. rugsëjo 23 d. Europos centrinio banko reglamentas (EB) Nr. 2157/1999 dëlEuropos centrinio banko teisiø taikyti sankcijas (ECB/1999/4)


Rodyklë

344

2000 m. rugpjûèio 31 d. Europos centrinio banko reglamentas (EB) Nr. 1921/2000,ið dalies pakeièiantis Europos centrinio banko reglamentà (EB) Nr. 2818/98 dëlprivalomøjø atsargø reikalavimo taikymo (ECB/1998/15) ir Europos centrinio bankoreglamentà (EB) Nr. 2819/98 dël pinigø finansiniø institucijø sektoriaus konsoliduotobalanso (ECB/1998/16), (ECB/2000/8)


Rodyklë

345

Uþraðams

Serija „Europos Bendrijos teisës aktø rinkinys“

Kredito ástaigos. Antra knyga

Pasiraðyta spaudai 2003 12 23

18,62 leidyb. apsk. l. Tiraþas 80 egz. Uþsakymas Nr. 340

Iðleido Lietuvos bankas, Gedimino pr. 6, LT-2001 Vilnius

Spaudai parengë Lietuvos banko Ryðiø su visuomene skyrius

Spausdino UAB „Baltijos kopija“, Kareiviø g. 13B, LT-2012 Vilnius

Documents

elibrary.ltelibrary.lt/resursai/DB/LB/ES_rinkinys/EB_kredito_istaigos_2.pdf · 3 TURINYS Kapitalo pakankamumas 7 Council Directive 93/6/EEC of 15 March 1993 on the capital adequacy